TRCS Techmax

https://cee-book.blogspot.
com
Edition 2 01 ~·
Strictly as per the !\~ ~· ·. >·:)vised Syllabus (Rev- 2016) of
Mumbai Univ r _:ity
w.e.f. academic year 2019-2020
(As per Choice Based Credit and Grading System)
al
ev ·.
nR
•
Theory of R f reed
U
Concrete .
t s . , ..·t,
~\~"·*·Y
'
-1'.- ..
.
m
Sa
rkiTEcH-NEo
~ PUBLICATIONS
(A300)
I Ill I
https://cee-book.blogspot.com
Theory of Reinforced
Concrete Structures
(CE-C 702)
Semester VII - Civil Engineering
(Mumbai University)
. <.4' .. ~.' ... , .. _._;.: .);f'"~.>·t(.
Strictly as per the New Syllabus of Mumbal Unlv~rslty Yllt~.eff~;fr'Q~.-~~1·~,~f;t)
Indrajeet M. Jain
PhD (Scholar), M.E. Civil (Stn..._:·•res), M.E. (Town & Country Planning), MAeSI, AMIE, LMISTE, MIAENG, MISH
Head, Department of Civil Engineering, Sinhgad Institute of Technology and Science,
al
Narhe, Pune 411041, Maharashtra, India
Mr. lndrajeet M. Jain is the Head of Civil Engineering Department in "Sinhgad Institute of Technology and
ev
Science,", Narhe, Pune. He is having more than 20 years experience in teaching in various Civil Engineering subjects
such as Engineering Mechanics, Strength of Material, Structural Analysis, Structural Design, Fluid Mechanics and many
more. He has published more than 25 papers in National and International Journals and Conferences.
He is pursuing his PhD (Structure) from BAMU. He has completed M.E. Civil (Town and Country Planning)
from COEP in 2003 and also completed ME Civil (Structural Engineering) from SCOE, Savitrlbai Phule Pune
nR
University in 2009. He was SPPU First Ranker in ME Structures in 2009.
Mr. Jain has also delivered more than 30 expert lectures on various Civil Engineering subjects in various Institutes
in Maharashtra. He is the member of Aeronautical Engineering Society of India, Institute of Engineers (India), Indian
Society of Hydraulics etc.
Development of Nation through Education is his ideal quote and he is rigorously working to make all
mathematical concepts of various subjects into a simplified way so that students can easily understand and implement
U
them to higher leveL To make ease to study and also score same, He has written this book in a very easy and
understandable format.
The overall experience of teaching is greatly reflected through his writing. He has written more than 45 books for
both Mechanical and Civil Engineering Subjects and his previous books have been received overwhelming response
m
from Engineering students and teaching faculties all over India.

Sa
Scan QR code to
know about Author
rklTECH-NEo
~ PUBLICATIONS A300
Wht-•tt- Autho ·ts lnspi'tt- l!Uwt•tdion

A Sachin Shah Venture IIIII I
~--------------------------------------------~~r-~~-~
Mumbal University
B.E. (Civil Engineering) 2016 Course
- -
Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (CE-C 702) ~'.·~
. "'--''
Semester-7 IV.
Credits: 06
-
V.
VI.
--
al
04 I - I 02 04 - I o2 I 06
--
ev
Evaluation Scheme
Term Work/ Practical/Oral Total
Dura~lonof
nREndSe.m TW PR OR
r Exam
20 20 20 80 04 Hrs. 25 25 150
Detailed Syllabus
U
Contents Hn
I. Working Stress Method 12
Concept of reinforced concrete, Working Stress Method (WSM) of design for reinforced
m
concrete, permissible stresses as per IS-456-2000; stress- strain curve of concrete and steel,
characteristics of concrete steel reinforcement.
Concept of balanced, under reinforced and over reinforced sections. Analysis design of singly
reinforced and doubly reinforced rectangular beams for flexure, shear by WSM, Analysis and
Sa
design of Cracked and un-cracked RCC column sections by WSM. (Refer Chapter 1)
II. Limit State Method 03
Introduction to limit state method of design as per IS-456-2000; concepts of probability and
reliability, characteristic loads, characteristic strength, partial safety factors for loads and
m.
materials, introduction to various limit states.
Limit State of Collapse - Flexure, Shear, Bond and Torsion
(Refer Chapter 2)
-
15
Limit state of collapse in flexure, shear and Limit state of serviceability in deflection and
cracking, design of singly and doubly reinforced rectangular and T sections for flexure, design of
members in shear and bond, design of beam subjected to bending and torsion. Requirements
governing reinforcement detailing. Deflection and crack width calculation for RCC members.
(Refer Chapter 3)
L-----~----------------------------------------------------~
' . ·~.
~,
· ModUle .. ,
.. :· . "t-;>
-~· : . ·contents '· '
'
06
IV. Design of Slabs using LSM
Design of one way, one way continuous slab and two way slabs with all end conditions as per
IS-456-2000. (Refer Chapter 4)
08
v. Limit State of CoUapse - Compression
Limit state of collapse compression for short and slender column. Members subjected to
combined axial and uni-axial as well as biaxial bending. Development of interactive curves and
their use in column design. (Refer Chapter 5)
08
VI. Design of Foundations
Isolated square and rectangular footings subjected to axial load and moments. Design of
combined rectangular pad footings, s~ab beam type footing. Design of Raft foundations
(No numerical to be asked on raft foundations in the exam ) (Refer Chapter 6)
al
CJCICI
ev
nR
U
m
Sa
~ Chapter 1 : Working Stress Method (1-A, 1-8) ................. 1-1 to 1·32
al
Wot1d1
concre
~ Chapter 2 : Limit State Method (2-A, 2-B) ................. 2·1 to 2-8 concre
ev
Conca
reinfor
sectio!
nR
1.1 II
~ Chapter 3 : Limit State of Collapse - Flexure,
Shear, Bond and Torsion (3-A, 3-E) ................. 3-1 to 3-97

U
m
~ Chapter 4 : Design of Slabs using LSM (4-A) ......................... 4-1 to 4-44 1.2
1.3
Sa
1.4
~ Chapter 5: Limit State of Collapse-Compression (5-A, 5-B) ................. 5-1 to 5-33
1.5
~ Chapter 6 : Design of Foundations (6-A, 6-B) ................. 6-1 to 6-33 1.6
Working Stress Method
r--------------~t Syllabus I
J
Working Stress Method : Concept of reinforced concrete, Working Stress Method (WSM) of design for reinforced
concrete, permissible stresses as per IS-456-2000; stress- strain curve of concrete and steel, characteristics of
al
concrete steel reinforcement.
Concept of balanced, under reinforced and over reinforced sections. Analysis design of singly reinforced and doubly
ev
reinforced rectangular beams for flexure, shear by WSM, Analysis and design of Cracked and un-cracked RCC column
sections by WSM.
nR
1.1 Introduction to Various Design Philosophies of R.C. Structures ................................................................................ 1-1
LQ. 1.1.1 Enlist various design methods available for design of RCC structure. Also state limitations of
WSM method over LSM method ............................................................................................................ 1·1
1.1.1 Advantages of Reinforced Concrete ....................................................................................................... 1·2

U
1.1 .2 Disadvantages of R.C.C .............................................. ............................................................. .. ............ 1·2
1.1 .3 Reinforced Concrete Building Elements .......... ....................................................................................... 1·2

m
1.2 Working Stress Method (WSM) ............................................................................. ..................................................... 1·3
1.3 Permissible Stresses for Materials in the WSM .... ................................................................................. .................... 1-3
Sa
1.3.1 Permissible Stresses for Different Grades of Concrete .... ......................................... ............................. 1-3
1.3.2 Permissible Stresses in Steel in Tension ............................................................... ............ .................... 1-4
1.4 Assumptions made in Working Stress Method .... .. ..................................................................................................... 1-4
1.4.1 Modular Ratio ......................... .............................................. ;..................................... ............................ 1-4
1.5 Beams ............. .................. ......................................... ................................................................................................ 1-4
1.5.1 Singly Reinforced Beam ......................................................................................................................... 1·5
1.5.2 Doubly Reinforced Beam .......... ................. ... ..... ........................................... .......................................... 1-5
1.6 Basic Terminology ...................... ..................................................... ........................................................................... 1·5
1.6.1 Effective Depth ....................................................................................................................................... 1·5
1.6.2 Clear Cover ..........................................................................~ ................................................................. 1-5
1.6.3 Effective Cover ...... ................... .............................................................................................................. 1·5
1-B
~ Theory of Reinforced concrete Structures (MU)
. .. .... ........................ .... .... .. ..... ..... ..................................... 1-6 Iii Theory of Reinforced Concretr
.7 Neutral Axis in the Section .... ................ ............................ ..
1 Transformed Section or Equivalent Section ............................. ........... .. ........ ......................................... 1-7
1.7.1
Position of Neutral Axis when Stresses Induced in Section are Known ........................... ...................... 1-7
a. 1.1 Introduction tc
Philosophies c
1.7.2
Position of Neutral Axis when Section is Known ..... ............................ .................. ................. .... ............ 1-8 Structures
1.7.3 . .. .............................................................................................. 1-B
Moment of Resistance .............................................. ..
1.8 . f . e' and its significance in the design of flexure members............ 1•8
LQ. 1.1.1 Enlist various. de~
LQ. 1.8.1 Explain the term moment o res1s1anc design ~f RCC
Balanced. Under-reinforced and Over Reinforced Section for WSM .................................... ............... ...................... 1-9 limitations of V.
1.9 method.
lain with neat sketch balanced, under reinforced and over reinforced section as per WSM . .......... 1·9
LQ. 1.9.1 Exp Concrete is strong in compr
1.9.1 Balanced Section ................................................................... ............................... ..... ............................. 1-9
al
Steel is reinforced suitable
LQ. 1.9.2 Explain the meaning of balanced section with respect to WSM ................ ............................................. 1·9 is weak in tension. Such
concrete is called as reinfo1
1.9.2 Under-Reinforced Section ..... ...................................... ............. .......... ............ ...........: ................... ......... 1·9
ev
The purpose of R.C. strucr
1.9.3 Over-reinforced Section .............. ............................................... .............. ................................ ............... 1·9
concrete section and to 1
1.9.4 Need of Under Reinforced Section in LSM Design ......................... .............. ...... .......................... ....... 1·10 members.
Various design philosoph!
LQ. 1.9.3 Explain need of under reinforced section in L.S.M. Design .......................................... .. .. .................... HO
1.10
1.10.1
1.10.2
nR
Design Constants in Working Stress Method ...... .................................................................. .. ........ ......................... 1-10
Design Constant for M15 Grade of Concrete and Fe250 Grade of Steel.. ... ........................................ 1-11
Design Constant for M15 Grade of Concrete and Fe415 Grade of Steel.. ........... ................ ..... ........... 1-11
(i) Working stress metb
(ii) Ultimate Load meth
(iii) Limit state method
Reinforced concrete i~
U
Design Constant for M20 Grade of Concrete and Fe250 Grade of Steel... .. ............. ........................... 1-11 structures
1.10.3
Design Constant for M20 Grade of Concrete and Fe415 Grade of Steel. ...... .................. ........ ............ 1-12 ( 1) Buildings
1.10.4
(3) Flyovers
1.10.5 Design Constant for M20 Grade of Concrete and Fe500 Grade of Steel .... ......................................... 1-12
(5) Retaining Walls
m
1.11 Solved Example ....................... ........................................... ............................ ...................... ........................ ........... 1-13
(7) Chimney
1.12 Doubly Reinforced Beam ..................... .................................................................... ............. ............ ... .............. ...... 1.21
(9) Concrete roads
1.12.1 Natural Axis Depth in Doubly Reinforce of Section ............ ....... : .... ........ .................. ............................ 1-21
Sa
1.12.2 Compressive Stress in Concrete at the e.g. of Compression Steel (cr'cbc) ........................................... 1-21
1.12.3 Moment of Resistance of Double Reinforced Rectangular Sections .................................................... 1-21
1.13 Solved Example for Doubly Reinforced Section ...................................... ............................. ... .. ........ .... ................... 1-22
1.14 Comparison ........... ................... ....................................... ............................................ .... .... ... ................. .. ............. :. 1_31
1.14.1 Comparison between Singly Reinforced and Doubly Reinforced Beam ................................ .............. 1-31
LQ. 1.14.1 What is difference between singly reinforced add bl .

ou Y re~nforced section?.......... 1-31
Chapter End ........................... ..
• 8
....... ............. ................................ .... .. . ..... .............. .... . ............. .. ...... . ............. .. .... . ......... . .. ........ ........ . 1-32
1r~~~-NN~~p~~~·~u~ti~~~-=--=·-=-J~~e~~A~u~~~~m;K.;p~~~H.w~or.~~~6~00;----------------------------------------------------
.
••...A SACHINSRA.R Jleoture - Teeh-Neo Publications---·---·A
[i1 Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 1-1 Wor1<ing Stress Method
~ 1.1 Introduction to Various Design

Philosophies of R.C.
Structures
LO. 1.1.1 Enlist v~rious design methods available for

design of RCC structure. Also state nyover
limitations of WSM method over LSM
method.
Concrete is strong in compression but weak in tension .
Steel is reinforced suitable at the place where concrete
al
is weak in tension. Such combination of steel and
concrete is called as reinforced concrete.
ev
The purpose of R.C. structure increases the strength of
concrete section and to reduce the size of structural
members. Water tank Silos
nR
Various design philosophies of R.C. structures are
(i) Working stress method (WSM)
(ii) Ultimate Load method (ULM)
(iii) Limit state method (LSM)

U
Reinforced concrete is used to construct various

structures
(1) Buildings (2) Bridges

m
chimney
(3) Ayovers (4) Water Tanks Fig. 1.1.1 :Various concrete structures
(5) Retaining Walls (6) Bunkers and silos
Following are the various design methods for RCC
Sa
(7) Chimney (8) Towers structures :
(9) Concrete roads 1. Working Stress Method (WSM).
2. Ultimate Load Method (ULM).
3. Limit State Method (LSM) .

.:w Limitations of WSM methods over LSM
1. Since WSM based on elastic theory, the reserve
strength materials beyond yield point is not taken into
account.
2. In working stress method, serviceability criteria is not

Building
taken into consideration, moment of resistance for same
cross section is more in LSM than WSM .
Teeb-Neo Publications..•-...._When: Authors inspire irmoration .....A SA CHINSHAH Yen tun:
~ Theo of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 1-2 Working Stress
a. 1.1.1 Advantages of Reinforced ~ 1.1.2 Disadvantages of R.c.c.J

Concrete li) Theor
R.C.C. has followed disadvantages
Advantages of Reinforced concrete is as follows Beams
l. Weight of R .C . structures
on sup
Advantages of materials.
Reinforced Concrete Failun
2. Heavy formwork is required for R .C. members
to fail1
1. Strength 3. R .C . structures take more times to attain ~ 3. (
strength.
2. Ductility Colun
axial
3. Durability 'B. 1.1.3 Reinforced Concrete Building come:
Elements
al
4. Mouldability The
bee au
Main elements of the RC building are
5. Permeability struct
ev
Elements of • 4.
6. Fire resistance Reinforced Concrete Building
Footi
7 . Economy trans•
1. Slab
Fig. Cl.l : Advantages of Reinforced Concrete area 1
1. Strength
It has very good Tensile as well as compressive

strength.
nR 2. Beam
3. Column
4. Footing
~ 2. Ductility
U
Fig. Cl.2 : Elements of Reinforced Concrete Building
Ductility of structures increases due to steel
reinforcement Design of each elements depend on load on structure
I
3. Durability
®
and structural action of member subjected to this load.
m
R.C. structures are more durable.

Load transfer mechanism in R.C. building is the load
~ 4. Mouldability
from slab is transferred to the supporting beams, and
The flexibility of reinforcement and the fluidity of
from beam to column and from column to footing
Sa
concrete makes the R.C. member to be moulded in any Flg.l

shape. Hence it is suitable for architectural ultimately, footing transferred the loads to soil strata.
requirement. ~ 1. Slabs
~ 5. Permeability
Slab is the two dimensional element i.e. plate element
R.C. members are impermeable to moisture. because the depth of slab is so smaller than its length in W!
6. Fire resistance x and y direction. str
R.C. structures are more fire resistance than other It is a flexural member subject to transverse load. It i
materials such as steel and wood. ~ 2. Beams In
~ 7. Economy pe
Beam is the one dimensional element which is
stt
R.C.C. is cheaper than steel and prestressed concrete. subjected to transverse loading. Beam carries load frolll
we
slabs, from masonry walls and their self weights·
Teda-Neo Publieations••_._ Here Authors iDapire inDo1111tion
~ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 1·3 Wor1<1ng Streea Method
Beams may be supported on !mother heam or may he - In WSM , the re~erve 11trength to matcrial11 beyond yield
on supported on column . . point. is not taken into account .
Failure of beam will be local failure, which may leads - The permissible stress in concrete ill obtained by the
tu failure of that floor onl y. ratio of ultimate strength of concrete to factor of 11afety .
3. Columns The permissible stress in steel is obtained by the ratio
Column ~ arc generally the vertical member subjected to of yield strength or 0.2 % proof stress of steel to factor
axial or eccentric loads. The load carries by column of safety.
comes fmm beams and from upper columns, if any. As per IS456, factor of safety of 3 for concrete and
The column i very important structural member I .78 for yield strength of steel .
because faiJure of column leads to collapse of whole
a.
al
structure. 1.3 Permissible Stresses for
~ 4. Footings Materials In the WSM
Footing is the strong base to the structures. It helps to
ev
tran mit the loads from structure uniformly to the large As per annex B table 21 and 22 of IS456 : 2000 gives
area beneath. the permissible stresses of concrete and steel.
Gravity load
nR
Slab
a. 1.3.1 Permissible Stresses for
Different Grades of Concrete
Permissible stress
Permissible stress in
U
in bond (Avenge)
Grade of compression
for plain
Concrete
Footing Be~,tding Direct bars in tension ('tw)
m
odic (Ja:
MIO 3.0 2.5 -

Sa
Ml5 5.0 4.0 0.6
Fig. 1.1.2 : Elements of reinforced concrete building M20 7.0 5.0 0.8
Ia 1.2 Working Stress Method (WSM) I M25
M30
8.5
10.0
6.0
8.0
0.9
1.0
M35 11.5 9.0 1.1

WSM in one of the oldest method of design of
M40 13.0 10.0 1.2
structures.
M45 14.5 11.0 1.3
It is based on the elastic theory.
M50 16.0 12.0 1.4
In WSM, a structural element is so designed that the
permissible stresses are not exceeded anywhere in the Note: Bond stress 'tbd shall be increased by 25
structures when it is subjected to worst combination of percent for bars in compression
working loads.
Teth-Neo PublieatioD!I .•-·- Jnere Authors inspire innor11tion ·-·..4 SACHINSHAH fenture
~~=~~·=Th~e=o~o=f=R~ei=n=ro=ro=e~d~C=o=n=cr=e=te==S=tru==ct~u=re=s~(~M=U==)==~~1~-4~~-=====~================VV~o~~~in~g~S~tr:es:s~M~~
a. 1.3.2 Permissible Stresses In Steel In The modular ratio varies with the grade of cone
rete.
Tension Modular ratio as per IS 456 : 2000 for R.C. desi.....
o•• IS
280
Permi8Slble stresses ln N/mm1 m =--
3 (Jcbc
Mild steel High yield strength Long term creep is partially taken into considerati .
Reinforcement on 10
bar grade deformed b•rs the equation of modular ratio as per IS456.
1 Fe•US FeSOO Grade of
Modular ratio
(o11 =o.ss r,> Concrete
280
Reinforcement Ml5 m =3;-s = 18.66
up to and ~--------r-
140 230 275 280
al
including M20 m =~ = 13.33
~----------r-
20m.m 280
M25 m= 3 x 8 _5 = 10.98
Reinforcement
ev
~------------1--
130 . 280
Over 20 mm M30 m =3 x lO = 9.33
"21. 1.4 Assumptions made in Working

Stress Method
nR ~ 1.5 Beams
I. Sections that are plane before bending, remain plane Beams are the flexural members are classified into two types
even after bending. S' Based on geometry
U
2. The stress - strain relationship for concrete and steel (i) Rectangular beam
under working load is linear. (i) Singly reinforced beam
3. . m has the v al ue o f - 280
The modular ratio -- (ii) Doubly reinforced beam
m
3 crctx:
4. All tensile stresses are taken up by steel reinforcement (ii) Flanged beam
only and the concrete area in tension zone is neglected. T-beam
Sa
5. There must be a perfect bond between steel and

L -beam
concrete lO resist tensile and compressive forces.
S' Based on mode of failu re (strength)
6. The modulus of elasticity steel and concrete are
(a) Balanced beam
constant.
(b) Under reinforced beam
a. 1.4.1 Modular Ratio (c) Over reinforced beam
rr ~ : The rotio between modulli of elasticity ~ Types of Rectangular Beam

of flteel ·t o concrete is called as modular ratio.
M (i) Singly reinforced beam
It is denoted by m
4j (ii) Doubly reinforced bea
m =
.s.
E
c Fig. Cl.3 : Types of Rectangular beam
Teeb-Neo Publieatiooa-- Inert: Authon iiUpire WDOt-6tioa
~ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 1-5 Working Stress Method
( ~ 1.5.1 Singly Reinforced Beam = D- ~ - clear cover
I L.~~··~
rr 0./lldlfora : TM. beam ~eetion in which
reill/oroetnent u provided to resut only tension is clllled
cu singly reinforced ~eeti.on.
ln such beam, steel provided only one side of the section.
( a. 1.5.2 Doubly Reinforced Beam I 1

0 --· · · .. I
-• • ·-
Fig. 1.6.1
L Cover
rr Definition : TM. beam section in which

reinforceTTU!nt is provided to resist tension and
I~ 1.6.2 Clear Cover I
al
compression is calkd as doubly reinforced section.
ln such beam, steel is provided on both side of the cr Definition : The minimum distance between the
neutral axis. surface of concrete to the outside of the
.
ev
Hanger bar reinforceTTU!nt is called as cover or clear cover.
' •
Overall depth D = d + ~ + cover
nR
0 -- - - - - --------- -- -- N.A. It is provided to protect reinforcement from weather
and ft.re , so that it does not corrode or melt.
• __ Steel bar in To produce the grip of concrete to steeL
• t-- tension
To develop the sufficient bond strength along the
8 ., surface area of the steel bar.
U
..
(a) Singly reinforced section
...
Concrete In Steel bar In
oompressions oompression
m
Ast
-
Sa
Steel bar in
tension ~l·,·"·•-•-•--•--~
· ,·.·'. 1 Cover
(b) Doubly reinforced section
Fig.l.5.1 b
Ia
Fig.l.6.2
1.6 Basic Terminology
I 1 a. 1.6.3 Effective Cover
I~ 1.6.1 Effective Depth " Definition .,: It is distance between extreTTU!

compression fibre of · centroid of tensile
r:r DefinitWn : Effective depth of section is the reinforcement.
distance between the centroid of the area of tension Bar diameter
reinforceTTU!nt and maximum compression fibre.
Effective cover = Clear cover + 2
d = Overall depth - effective cover = Overall depth - Effective depth

Teeh-Neo Public:atiom .•.___ IJ11ere Authors inspire ioooratioo ..•..A SA. CHIN SHA./1 Yeotlll'e
liJ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 1-6 Working Stress M
Nominal cover is the design depth of concrete cover to Exposure Nomhial conerete·
all the steel reinforcements including links.
condition cover -i n mm not leS;
It shall not be less than the diameter of bars. tban
Mild 20
Moderate 30
Severe 45
Very severe 50
extreme 75
11• Note : Nominal cover may be reduced by 5

for main reinforcement up to 12 mm diameter
Fig. 1.6.3
Ia.
for mild exposure
t
al
Minimum cover for various structural elements as per
clause 26.4
Structural miriimum cover
1.7 Neutral Axis In the Section]
~
ev
·eJelnent ' (nlm) ;
The axis at which the flexural stresses are zero in the A<
Beam 20 section is called as Neutral Axis (N.A.)
Neutral axis divides the section in Tension and
Slab 15
compression zone.
Column 40
nR In simply supported section, compression zone above
Column Footing 50
N.A. and tension zone below N.A.
Nominal cover to meet durability requirements as per
clause 26.4.2 and table 16 IS456 : 2000
U
m
Tensile stress
Fig. 1.7.1
Sa
j~,~,·'\,··-,·~'-·-·-.
In cantilever section, Tension zone is above N.A. and compression zone below N.A.
'
' <'<_.. -<-,,
_'; :~;,.
_ _.• -~. -;:
_,_-- -·------ -·-·-·--. .
t B
- --- -
Fig.l.7.2 T!
Teeb-Neo Publications.•-·-··· Where Authors inspire inno.-ation
Position of neutral axis helps the structural engineer to know the exact amount of strains developed in concrete and
steel.
Concrete is week in tension so steel is provided in reinforced member to resist tension in the section, hence steel is
provided below N. A. in simply supported member and above N.A. in cantilever members.
~ 1.7.1 Transformed Section or ~ 1.7.2 Position of Neutral Axis when

Equivalent Section Stresses Induced In Section are
Known
l
Concrete
Consider a rectangular beam of Width 'b' overall depth
'D' and effective depth 'd' .
Let 'x' be the distance of neutral axis from the extreme

compression fibre.
al
0
cbc
r_
RCC eec:tlon
N~ ~-.......- ~-, I------1------

Equivalent section In term of RCC
ev
Fig.1.7.3: Transfonned section
_
Consider an RCC section shown in Fig. 1.7.3 subjected
to compressive force 'P'. - - - ;. 1= s st
nR
Modular ratio make possible to transfer composite
Cross section Strain diagram Stress diagram
RCC section into an equivalent homogeneous section
of concrete only. Fig. 1.7.4: Strain stress variation across the section
Transformed section must maintain the magnitude, Where, Ec = Maximum strain in concrete
U
direction and line of action of resultant force of steel

E5 = Maximum strain in steel
due to its flexural stresses.
crabc = compressive stress in concrete in bending
Bond between steel and concrete is assumed to be
m
perfect so that strain in steel and concrete will be <J51 = Stress in steel in tension
remain same.
Sa
Stress-strain diagram is linear, hence the strain in

E.
cr. = E'c crc=m crc .. concrete and steel are proportional to N .A.
Ec X
. . for composite section, total load
Es
= d-x
(Jcbc / Ec X
<J51 /E 5 = d-x
p = crc (Ac + m A 51)
0 cbc Es X
(Jst XE: = d- X
~ + m A 51 = Equivalent area of RCC in terms of concrete
E.
Acq = Ac+ m ASI =(A- As,) + m ASI Where,
Ec
=m =modular ratio
= A+(m-l)Ast
Tub-Neo Publiations"'"···- Where Authors inspire irmor11tion .....A SACHIN SHAH Yenture
1§;1 Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 1-8 Working Streaa Mett..
n-d,..
.. --
-li
X
m =
o., d- x
0
mn,."" - chc
- = X
--- = d- x
X But we know,
d-x
o~, o".'"'
= ITI O chc (d- X

-x) mor~
0 .. o .. -
d - X = ( "' ) X
L
m o ct><
.. -o chc
2
- X b· X = rn o chc (d -x)
-x- X A.,
!
2 I
.. ~
2 = m A., (d - x )
(bx) (x/2) = ( rn Ast) (d -

moment of area In compression) _ ( moment of area in tension)
( zone about Ne utral axis - about Neutral axis
x)
al
I B.. 1.8 Moment of Resistance I
ev
'a. 1.7.3 Positio n of Neutral Axis when
Sectio n Is K no wn LQ. 1.8.1 Explain the term moment of resistance' and
its significance in the design of flexure
Moment of resistance is the balancing couple
nR members.
developed in the system.
r:ir Definition : The moment of couple formed by total
Tension developed in section is resisted by steel and tensile force (T) in steel acting at e.g. of reinforcement
compression is re. isted by concrete. and the total compressive force (c) in the c~ncrete acting
at e.g. of the compression zone, to counter balanced the
Since the concrete is weak in tension, the tension bending moment ·d ue to external loa¢ing is . known aa
U
resisted by concrete is neglected. moment of resistance. ··
Neutral axis will be the centre of gravity of composite

T T f+I-
![:J
x/J
section which consist of concrete area in compression
N:~ _ ______~l_:Y----- Ilev(~tm
.d C
m
and area of steel in tension

- • ••;e -1
Ast · / _:
- - -- - - - ~T
I• b ~ol
Sa
Fig. 1.8.1 : Moment of Resistance
Moment of resistance = Tensile force x Lever arm

= T x z = (stress x area) x z
,. b IJj
MR = o., X A., (d- x/3)
Beam cross section Stress distribution diagram
Moment of resistance = Compressive force x lever arm
Fig. 1. 7.5 : Stress diagram for balanced section
Compress in concrete = Tension in steel =CXZ -- ( crcbc2+ 0) X b · X (d - X /3)
(Average stress above N .A.) x (Area of concrete)

MR = · bx (d- x/3)
2
= (Stress in steel) x Area of steel
Te
-T-~
----Neo
---P-ub
--~
--.MKu
-----..-----~
--e-~-A-u-tho
--~-,-i-~~-~
----m-~-o-~-U-Q-U---------------------------------------...-.A~£~~~C~~
R~W~£
~~~~r~~~~
· ---
;
https://cee-book.blogspot.com I

In flexure members,
Moment of resistance helps to balance the bending

I~ 1.9.2 Under-Reinforced Section ·J
moment due to loading. Neutral axis is calculated by taking moment of area of
compression and tension zone about neutral axis
a. 1.9 Balanced, Under-reinforced
moment of area In compression) _ ( moment of area In tension)
and Over Reinforced Section ( zone about Neutral axis - about Neutral axis
forWSM
(b·x)x/2 = mA 11 (d-x)
LQ. 1.9.1 When actual neutral axis is less than critical neutral
Explain with .neat sketch ba~~. ,under',
reinforced and over reinforced ~11Cin il$. · axis such section is called as under reinforced section
perWSM. ,
<acbe acbc
al
r;l----~:-~--~~-
wL_ zr - - -:~1~- ~--- A
ev
N_DI I
~
b 0 stlm
,....., ~
Ostlm
_,,_ < astlm
nR
Section of Balanced Under reinforced Over reinforced In this section, stress in the concrete reached its
beam section section section
x=xc X<Xc X>Xc maximum permissible stress in steel, hence the section
Fig. 1.9.1 : Stress diagram fails in compression.
Actual neutral axis is greater than critical neutral axis,

U
the section is over-reinforced section.
LQ.1.9.2 ExplSin the .

mea~lng ~f balanced. s~ctio-&:
with respectto WSM. .. ,. ' '
m
Over-reinforced section is not permitted in design as it

fails under compression. Concrete is brittle and does
r:r Definition : When t¥ maximum stresses induc_ed
not alarm to occupant before failure.
in concrete and steel reaches valU.esf
Sa
.
their permiSsible
. " ·, /.-
--~ "';
simultaneously, suph · section· is . calkd as ·ba.laJu:ed , Table 1.9.1 : Comparison between various sections
section or critical section or eeonom~ section. -~/~
The neutral axis of this section is called as critical
neutral axis. It is denoted by X 0 •
Critical neutral axis is calculated from stress diagram 1. Steel Steel Steel Steel
~ provided as provided less provided

= d-xc per than more than
Balance sections are most economical sections for requirement requirement requirement
design.
2. Natural axis X= X., X<X., X>X,
Tech-Neo Public:atioDB.-··-- Where Authors inspire iooontioo .OH.A SACHIN SIMI/ Yeoture
liJ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 1-10 Working Stress M

~
~ 1.10 Design Constants In Workln;--
Stress Method
3. Actual (o.,.,.). =a..,. (a.,.,.). <a..,. (o.,.,.)1 =octo

Neutral axis constant, lever axis constant and Ill
0
stress In
of resistance constant : 1lleJt
concreta
(a.). I Design Constanta In Working Streu MethOd l ~
4.
-
Actual
stress In
(o.J. = o11 ...jt . Neutral axis constant (k)
J
steel (o11 )1
..j2.Lever arm constant (j) _ 1
-+[ 3. Moment of resistance constant (A or Q) 1
5. Moment of MR=TxZ MR=TxZ MR=CxZ
...j4. P~rcentage steel in tension("'opt) ·1
al
resistance
=CxZ
6. Economic Economical More Costlier

Fig. C1.4 : Design Constants in Working Stress Method
ev
~ 1. Neutral axis constant (k) :
economical
Depth of critical neutral axis is obtained by
1. safety More safe Fails in Fails in
tension compression
nR
[
~ 1.9.4 Need of Under Reinforced
Section In LSM Design
U
X =k·d
Where, k = Neutral axis constant F
- When quantity of steel provided is less than steel

m
required in balanced section, such section is called as

under reinforced section.
(I
2. Lever arm constant (j) :
- In this section, stress in the steel reaches its maximum
Sa
permissible value earlier than the permissible stress in It is the distance between the compressive force and
concrete. Hence the section fails in tension. tensile force developed in the section due to flexural action
Steel has an elastic material which allows to deflect in a in a RC member.
tension zone. This leads to cracks at bottom surface It is denoted by z
which is an alarm to occupant to take care of structure (I
Lever arm z = (d- x /3)
component.
put x = kd (ii
In case of failure in compression zone i.e. in concrete is
sudden without any alarm to the occupant. Hence it is Z = (d- kd /3) = {1- X /3)d = jd
always preferable to use under reinforced section in where, j =lever arm constant = (1- x /3)
LSM design.
T
Tech-Neo PublicatioDJ__ ~Authors ilupirt iDDontioD
liJ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 1·11 Working Stress Method
~ 3. Moment of resistance constant (R or Q) (lv) Percentage steel In tension :

k. crc~ 0.4 X 5
Moment of resistance = Compressive force x lever %pt = --x}()()= 2 X 140 X 100
2 cr111
arm
crc~ crc~ crc~ = 0.714%
MR = 2 · bx · jd =- 2- · b.kd.jd =- 2- k.jbd2
= Qbdl ~ 1.1 0.2 Design Constant for M15 Grade

of Concrete and Fe415 Grade of
Where Q or R = Moment of resistance constant Steel
cr~
= -2- k.j For M15, cr~ = 5 N/mm
2
and For Fe415,
2
~ 4. Percentage steel in tension (%pt): cr51 = 230 N/mm
Tension = compression 280 280
Modular ratio m = = = 18.66
al
3 cr~ 3 x 5
(I) Neutral axis constant k :
J= ( m :~a;~crJ
ev
A.t k.crc~ 1
bd = 2 cr51
k =[ cr51
1+--
mcr~
k. crc~
%pt =--X}()() 18.66x5 )
2 cr,1
nR
= ( 18.66x5 + 230 =0·29
(II) Lever arm constant :
~ 1.1 0.1 Design Constant for M15 Grade
of Concrete and Fe250 Grade of j = (1 - k /3) = (l - 0.29 /3) = 0.904
Steel (iii) Moment of resistance constant :
U
2 crc~ 5
ForM15, crc~ = 5 N/mm and For Fe250, Q orR = - 2- k.j = 2 X0.29X0.904 = 0.655 N/mm2
2
cr,1 = 140 N/mm
!: 3
(iv) Percentage steel in tension :
m
= !~
2 2 k.crcbc: 0.29X5
Modular ratio m =
3 = 18.66 %pt = Xl00= x x100 =0.315%
2051 2 230
(I) Neutral axis constant k :
Sa
cr:~cr;~cr.J
1
k = [ cr51
1+--
= ( m J ~ 1.10.3 Design Constant for M20 Grade
of Concrete and Fe250 Grade of
m crc~ Steel
18.66X5 )
= ( 18.66X5 + 140 = 0.4
(ii) Lever arm constant : 280 280
Modular ratio m = ~ = x = 13.33
c~ 3 7
j = (l - k /3) = (l - 0.4 /3) = 0.867
(i) Neutral aJtis constant k
(iii) Moment of resistance constant
crc~ 5 m crc~ ) 13.33 X7
k - ( -- 13.33 X7 + 140 = 04
Q orR = - - k.j =
2 2 X0.4 X0.867 - ffi Oc~ + 0 51 .
= 0.867 N/mm2 (i.i) Lever arm constant j = ( 1 - ~) = ( 1-

04
3) = 0.87
......4 SA CHINSll4JJ l'eo~
--- -- https://cee-book.blogspot.com
Ji1~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~;:::;:~::::;;~~~W~o:oo:·n~g~S=tr:e~~~M~e~ ~
a;-, 'n:::U "' Reinforl:ed CoiJCI818 $11UCfUI86 (MU)
1!11 ,:.::::::! "'
1-12
(I) Neutral axis constant k

liJ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 1-13 Wooong Stress Method
(iii) MOIIICIII of resi,llauce (OIISISlll ( I ) - ( m crdx ) 0 Soln.:
~n-lx7x0.4x0.87 :!114N/mlll ~
2
l K = - mcr,"' + cr.. M20 crdx = 7 N/mm
2
, m = 1333,
Q=2u<~><··r 2 1 + mcrdx
O"a,c ( 1(\
Fe 415 0 01 = 230 N/mm2 = --zxbxkd x d 1-3;
(iv) Pen:enta&C steel in r.ensioo ( 13.33 x 7 - ) - 0 253
tCJ<~>< _Mx..LxtOO=I% = t3.33x7+275- · Ga,c 2 2
%pi =r;;x - 100 2 !40 = - -xk ·jXbd =R·bd
2
(il) Lever anu constant
O"a,c
j = (l-k/3J = (1-0.253 /3) = 0.916 Where R = Lever arm constant = - 2- k · j
eonstant tor M20 Grade
~ 1.10.4 ~andFe415Gradeof (Iii) Moment of resistaJKe constant = 27 X 0.29 X 0.904
al
Steel (Jdx 7
Q orR = - - k.j = 2 x 0.253 x 0.916 = 0.81 N/IIIJnl Beam Strain Stress
= 0.916 N/mm1
2 sectlon diagram
ForM20. CJ<~>< = 7N/mm aodForFe415,
2 diagram
= 230N/mm2 (iv) Percentage steel in tension Fig. P.1.10.1

Ja. 1.11 Solved Example I
ev
u.
280 280 k.CJ,bc 0.253 X 7
Modularralio m =--=
3 (Jd><
- 7 = 13.33
JX %pt = - - X 100= 2 X 275 X 100 = 0.32%
2 Og
1. Neutral axis cons1ant
Consider equivalent stress diagram. by similarity of Type I : Numencal on mom ent o f res1stanc e
Table 1.10.1 : Design constant foe various grade
triangles, and udl of smgly remforced beam
.. -
of concrete and steel
-
nR
(hdeot Neulrll
.__ MorMntof Percentage Given data : size of beam. area of steel and grade of
concrwle rnletanc:e ofatael materials
t3.33x7 1 nl COIIIIanl c:onetllllt RorQ %pt
= ( l333x7 + 230 ;= 0.29 steel k J ¢ Step 1 : Depth of critical neu\[al axis (x.J
(II) a.- arm constant M15and 0.4 0.867 0.867 0.714 ~~
Fe250 d-x., = o 01 /m
U
j = (l-t/3)=(1 - 0.29/3)=0.903
M15and 0.29 0.904 0.655 0.315 ¢ Step 2 : Actual depth of neutral axis (x)
(Ill) Moment of resiltance constant
Fe415 2
7 bx
Q orR = 2
(Jdlc
lj = 2 x 0.29 x 0.903 = 0.9l7N/mm 2 M20 and 0.4 0.867 1.214 1 2 = mA.1 (d-x)
Fe250
(Jv) Percentage steel In 1enslon ¢ Step 3 : Type of beam section
M20and 0.29 0.903 0.917 Where k
m
0.44
ludic Fe415 (i) x = x.,, balanced section
%pt = --xtoo
2 u. M20and 0.253 0.916 0.81 0.32 (ii) x < x,. under reinforced section
= ~
0.29 X 7
X 100 =O.Ol37Xl00 = 0.44%
FeSOO
k = ( ~30 ) =0.29 .••Ans. (iii) x > x,, over reinforced section
M25 and 029
Sa
0.867 1.070 0.536 J + 13.33 X7

Fe415 ¢ Step 4 : Moment of resistance
M25and 2. Lever arm constant :
~ 1.1 0.5 Design Constant for M20 Grade 0.253 0.916 0.984 0.39 (i) For under reinforced section
d - xiJ=d-¥=(1-~)d=jd
Fesoo
of Concrete and Fe500 Grade of Leverann =
Steel Ex. 1.10.1 MR = TxZ=o.. · A, · (d-t)
Where j = Lever ann constant
Using stress and strain diagrams for a balanced singly (ii) For over reinforced section
(l-3k) = (1- -3-;=
2
ForM20, ocbc = 7N/mm andForFe4J5,
reinforced section as per WSM , Den've the desrgn
. cons tants 0.29.'\
= 0.904 •.•Ans.
u. = 275 N/mm2 (k = Neutral axis constant, j = Lever arm constant and MR = cxz=-%" x bx(d - t)
Modular nuio m _ ~ 280
- Joa. = '3;'7 = 13.33
R =Moment of Resistance constant). Use M20 gra~e of 3. Moment of resistance :
(iii) For balanced section
concrete and Fe415 grade sleel.
MR = TxZ=CxZ
Tecb-Neo PubliatioDB.---··-II'll= Aulhon isapire imw.,.tioa

--A SACR/IfSHAH YeDture
World~ Stress Me!!!od
te StnJCIUI'88 (MU) = 13.33 X942.5 (700- lt) ~ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) Wor1dng Stress Method
~ TheoiY of Relntorctd COf1CI8 1-15
6
-
ex. 1.11.1 . of siz.c 300 nun X 150
x2 = 8.794 x 10 -12563.53lt
For M30, a"" =10 N/mm2
Ex. 1.11 .3
te beaJl1 sccUOD A simply supported beam of size 230 mm wide and 564 mm
A reinfon:ed coll(;re . reinforced witb 3 ban of 20 nun 8 794X 106 =0
:. 150 x2+ 12563.53 x- · m = 280 effective deplh is reinforced with 4 number 12 mm diameter
700 rnm effective depcb IS . d HYSD steel 3cr""'
. concreter mtX an . dratic equation, we get, bars. The span of beam is 4 m. Find .
diameter in tension. '!be M20 and Fo415 Solving qua
used are of gradeS x : 203.85 =~ (i) Depth of neutral axis
reinforcement 3 X 10 bs230mm
respectively. ~ (ii) Type of section
Type of beam section
Find
¢ Step3:
the section is over reinforced
= 9.33 Fig. P. 1.11.2
(iii) Moment of resistance
(i) Depth of neutral axis Since x > x,. section and willl be fwls m compression For Fe415, (iv) Unifonnly distributed load on beam in addition to its
al
(ii) Type of reinforced section
¢ Step4: Moment of resistance Area of tensile steel,
1t,
A,. = x4d =4x 4x20
1t 2
self weight.
(ill) Moment of resistaDCt . MR = cxz Use material : M20 grade concrete, Fe415 grade
. indtJcCd in tbe malerials w.s.M. 1s = 1256.64 mm2
wesses reinforcement.
~bx(d-~)
(iv) MaxiJJium
ev
~- = ¢ Step 1 : Depth of critical neutral axis (xc)
0 Soln.:
1!3 Soln. : = 1X 300 X203.85 ( 700 - - 3-)
203 .8~
Given : Width b =230 mm
Gl- : b = 300 rnm = 135.29 x 10 6 ~ 10 Effective depth d =564 mm
N.mm = 125.29 kN.m ... Ans.
°·406
d = 700mm
[!~"" ~ ~ } 660- x, = 230 /9.33
Steel =4-12mm41
nR
= 700mm ¢ Step 5 : Maximum stress induced in materials
To Ibid: x,MRanda"" b= 230""'
Since !he section fails in compression, Span of beam L =4 m I• •I
$-2011111. 3.464 x, = 660
a..... = 7 N/mm'
ForM20, ... Ans. Fig. P. 1.11.3
a.... = 7N/mm 2 andm=l3.33 ~·- ~
b = 300""'
Corresponding maximum stress in steel
x, = 190.5 mm To find: x, MRandudl
For Fc415, ~ <> Step 2 : Actual depth of neutral axis (x) ForM20, cr<~~c: = 7 N/mm2
~--x- 2
2 bx
a. = 230 N/mm F'J&. P. 1.11.1 a.tm - d-x
U
2 = mA. (d-x) 280 280
__ 7- = 203.85 m = 3cr<~~c: = 3 x 7 =13·33
Area of steel in tension. 2
a./13.33 700- 203.85 230 x 2
It l It l l
- 2 - = 10.98 x 1256.64(660-x) ForFe415, cr,. = 230 N/mm
A,.= 0 X;jd = 3 X ;j(20) = 942.5 mm
93 1
.3
a,.
= 0.41086 2
115 x = 9.107 X 106 - 13797.91 X Area of steel in tension,
¢ Step 1 : Depdt of critical neutral axis 2
m
1t 2 1tz 2
a.., ... = 227.1 N/mm
2
... Ans. :. 115 x + 13797.91x- 9.107 x 106 = 0 A. = n X 4 d = 4 X 4 l2 = 452.39 mm
~ .2.....
a.tm = d-x, Solving quadratic equation, we get,
Ex.1.11.2 <> Step 1 : Depth of critical neutral axis
7 ~ A rectangular RCC beam of size 230 mm wide 660 mm x = 227.74mm ... Ans.
(230 /1333) = 700-"' ~~
effective depth is reinforced with 4 no. 20 mm diameter
Sa
¢ Step 3 : Type of section d - xc - cr,.J m

0.406 =~ bars. Find out moment of resistance of beam. Also state
s· the section is over reinforced ~ 7
wea!her the beam is under reinforced or over reinforced mce x > x,, the beam is fails under compression 564-x. = 230/l3.33 =0.406
700-x, = ~ materials : M30 grade of concrete and HYSD reinforcement
<> Step 4 : Moment of resistance 2.465 Xc : 564 - X,
of grade Fe415. WSM is recommended.
.. 700 = x,+2.464x, 0' Soln.: MR = CxZ =~xb(d - 1) .. 3.465 X. = 564
700
x, = 1465 =202 mm Given : b = 230 mm, Effective depth, d =660 mm = I~ X 227.74 X 230 (660- 22~· 74)
x, = 162.78 mm
¢ Step 2 : Depth of actual neutral axis (x) Toftnd: MR <> Step 2 : Actual Depth of neutral axis (x)
bx2
= 152.97 x 106 N.mrn =152.97 kN.m hx
2
T = mA,.(d-x) T = mA,.(d-x)
Teeb-NeoPuhlieotieu_R.n,,jlliAon . . .
----4 SA CHIN S/l41/ rurure Teeb-Neo Pub~ationo........... IJ!here Aulhon msp1re mno,..lloD
~ .
~ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 1·17 Working Stress Method

Ex.1.11.5 141.63)
140x603.19 ( 430-- -
3
A RC beam section of size 230 mm wide and 430 mm
effective depth is' reinforced with 3 no 16 nun diameter bars. = 30.05 x 106 N·mm = 30.05 kN-m
Find the moment of resistance of .section using WSM ¢ Step 5 : Safe uniformly distributed load :
approach. Also find safe intensity of uniformly disuibuted MR = BM
load that can be placed on simply supported beam of wf wx4 2
¢ Step 3 : Type of section 30.05 = -g=-8-
. tbe beam is under reinforced section and Fig. p, t.Il.4 effective span 4 m. Use M20 grade of concrete and Fe 250
Smce X <x,, steel.
fails intension.
Total udl w = 15.025 kN/m
0
al
Soln.:
Assume effective cover = 30 mm
¢ Step 4 : Moment of resistanCe
Width b = 230 mm, Effective depth d = 430 mro :. D = 430+30=460mm
MR = TxZ =a.A,.(d-t)
Reinforcement 3- 16 mm, Effective span L = 4 m Self weigh of beam w' = yBD = 25 x 0.23 x 0.46
147.74~
ev
2
= 230 X 452.39 ( 564--3-) M20 and Fe250 : ocbc = 7 N/mm and C/11 = 140 N/mm2
= 2.645kN/m
= 53.56 x 106 N.mm = 53.51i kN.m .••Ans. To find : Safe udl (WSM) . . safe udl = Total udl- self weigh= 12.38 kN/m
280 280
¢ Step 5 : Uniformly disuibuted load in addition to self Modular ratio m = 30"" = W = 13.33 Ex.1.11.6
= 0.29 x 565 = 163.85 mm
weight (w). A rectangular, singly reinforced beam. 300 mm wide and
nR
¢ Step z:Actual depth of Neutral axis Areaofsteelintension A,.= nx4d =3x4(16)
1t 2 1t 2
465 mm effective depth is used as simply supported beam
BM = MR
bi over a span of 4 m. The reinforcement consists of 4 bars ·of
w; 2
= 53.56 2
= mA,.(d-x) = 603.19mm
2
16 mm diameter at tension face. Find the safe concentrated
load (at mid-span) in addition to its self weight. Use WSM
230i = 13.33 x 452.33 (565- x)
w; 4 2
= 53.56 2 ¢ Step 1 : Critical depth of Neutral axis (xc):
with M25 concrete and Fe415 steel.
0 Soln.:
U
x = I47.8mm 1
w = 26.78 kN/m x, = [ -)d=( \ 40 Jx430
Ex.1.1U ¢ Step 3 : Type of beam I + m;~ I + 13.33 X 7 Gi,en : b = 300 mm, d = 465 mm, L = 4 m
A simply supported beam AB of span 4 with effective size Since x < x,, the beam is under-reinforced section and Reinforcement = 4-16 mm'
= 0.4 x 430 = 172 nun
230 mm x 565 mm provided With 12 # 4 no's on tension beam fails tension (ductile failure) Material grade = M25 and Fe415
¢ Step 2 : Actual depth or Neutral axis (x) :
m
side, Calculate its depth of ·neutral axis, type of section.
I
2
¢ Step 4 : Moment of resistance bx
Moment of resistance and UDL in addition to its self weight 2 = m A,. (d- x)
using WSM, use M20 and Fe415. MR = T x Z = C/11 • A,. ( d - ~) 230 x
2
d = 465 mm
~ Soln.: 14 8 2 = 13.33 x 603.19 (430- x)
1
Sa
= 230 x 452.38 (565- ;· ) 2

Gl'en: L =4 m; b=230mm, 115 x = 3.44 X 106 - 8000.5 X 4-16mm+
6 2 6
d=565mm ; A,.=4-12mm' = 53.67 x 10 N-mm = 53.67 kN·m 115 X + 8000.5 X- 3.44 X 10 = 0
300mm
¢ Step 5 : Total udl in addition to self weight Solving equation we get, x = 141.63 mm I• •I
To lind : x, MR. w
2 Fig. P. 1.11.6
BM = MR, wL ¢ Step 3 : Type or section :
M20 a'"'= 7 N/mm 2 ; s-= 53.67
2 ·: x < x,, the section is under-reinforced and beam fails in Toftnd: Safe concentrated load (W)
Fe415 a.=230N/mm2 WX4
-8- = 53.67 tension. ForM25, 2
cr,bc = 8.5 N/mm and
280 280
m = 3 a'"' =w= 13.33 ¢ Step 4 : Moment or resistance
·· w = 26.83 kN/m ... Ans. m = 280 = ~= 10.98
3o,bc 3 x 8.5
MR = T x Z = C/11 • A,. ( d- ~)
2
For Fe415, 230N/rnm
Tecb-Neo Publieatiocu __ rn.,., AutlJon i1Uf1ire ~tioD

-4 SA CHIN SJWI l'ut~~tt
il~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~::~::~::~~~~W:o:oo~·n;g~Str~~~Me~~
J
1-18 0..'\'Q
~
l!tl ThtlOIY of Rein
torced eoncrete struetures (MU)
Self weight of beaiD W
Iii Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 1-19 Wooong Stress Method
=nx~d2 :4X ~(16)

2
Aieaofstt;el,
A, ~lght 0 Soln. : Solving quadratic equation, we get.
Given : Width b =350 mm x = 217.3 mrn

~
2
= 804.25 DlDI Stress in steel in tension
Overall depth D =650 mm ¢ Step3:
¢ Step 1 : Depth of critical neutral axis Fig. p, I.U.6(a)
Effective cover C =25 mm MR = cr,. ·A. (d-~)
~-~ =Y, X b x 0 = 25 X 0.3 X 0.49
o.tm - d-x, w Steel = 4 -22 nun 4l (22.5 X J06 = !J
217 .3~
1520.5 ( 625 - -
11
X
3 -;
8.5 _&.--
w = 3.615 kNim udlw = 20 kN/m
(230 I 10.98) = 465 -X.
Effective span L, = 7m
= 840.2 X 103 o,.
load _ Moment of resistance
X. BMdueto - :. a,. = 145.8 N/nml ... Ans.
al
0.406 ='465-i;' ~+ w;
2
650111¥'9.'·''~~.,:
= 74
¢ Step 4 : Stress in concrete in bending in coinpression
465- x, = 2.46 x, Wx4 3.675X4 = 74
2 0=
~ X
465 4+=-s- cr,. /m = d-x
ev
x, = 3.46 = 134.2 mm 4-22mm+ 1
w =74-7.35 · • .•.• ~;f):. 25 mm ~ 217.3
¢ Step 2 : Actual Depth of neutral axis (x) 625-217.3
w = 66.65 kN b=350mm T 145.8)
( 13.33
T = mA,(d-x)
b 2
I• •I
o,bc =0.533 x 10.94 =5.83 N/mmz ... Ans.
Type 11 : Actual stresses in concrete and steel Fig. P. 1.11.7: Beam section
nR
2
-300x- = 10.98 x 804.25 (465- x) m Singly Reinforced beam Ex. 1.11.8
2 To find:
A rectangular, singly reinforced beam, 300 mm wide and
)50 x1 = 4.106 X 106 -8830.67 X Data given : Breadth (b), depth (D), cover (c), steel (A.) Effective depth= overall depth- effective cover 565 rnm effective depth is used as simply supported beam
2 6
:. 150 x + 8830.67 X -4.106 X 10 = 0 modular ratio (m) and bendidg moment (M). = D-C=650-25 over an effective span of 6m. The reinforcement consists of
. -~ 4 bars of 20 rnm diameter at tension face. If the beam carries
Solving quadratic equation, we get. ¢ Step 1 : To find bending moment d = 625 rnm a load of 15 kN/m inclusive of its self weight, determine the
U
x = 138.6mm ¢ Step 2 : Actual depth of Neutral axis 1t 2
AreaofsteelA.=n x 4d =4 x 4(22) = 1520.5mm
1t 2 2 stress developed in concrete and steel using WSM. Use M20
2 concrete and Fe415 steel.
¢ Step 3 : Type of beam
Tbx = mA,,(d-x) ¢ Step 1 : bending moment
2 2
0 Soln.:
wL 20x7
the section is over reinforced and beam fails in
¢ Step 3 : Moment of resistance M = g = -- = 122.5 kN.m
8 Given : Width b = 300 mm
m
compression MR = T x Z
122.5 X 10 N.mm
6 Effective depth d =565 mm
¢ Step 4 : Moment of resisLance Effective span L, 6m
MR = CxZ
¢ Step 4: Stress in concrete in bending in compression
r:t¥5 L,=7m
reinforcement
Sa
=~bx(d-f) ~~
udl w = 15 kN/m
o.lm = d-x, Fig. P.1.11.7(a) ToOnd: <rJc and cr,.
8.5 ( 138~
=2x300x 138.6 465---· )
3 Ex.1.11.7 ¢ Step 2 : Actual depth of neutral axis Modular ratio for M20, m =13.33
= 74 x 106 N.mm =74 kN.m ... Ans. A beam 350 mm x 650 mm overall is provided with tensile bx
2
1t 2 1t 2
2 = mA,.(d-x) Area of steel A,.= n x4d =4 x 420 =1256.6 mm2
¢ Step 5 : Safe concentrated load (W) reinforcement 4 - 22 mm diameter of bar. Calculate !be 2
350 x ¢ Step 1 : Bending moment
Assume cover 25 mm, D =490 mm slresses developed in steel and concrete, if the beam is
2
13.33 x 1520.5 (625- x)
2 2
subjected to udl of 20 kN/m inclusive self weight. Effective w/ 15 x 6
6 M = g = --=67.5kN-m
12.67 X 10 -20268.3 X 8
span of beam is 7 m and effective cover is 25 mm. Take
modular ratio m =13.33. .'. )75 X
2
+ 20268.3 X- 12.67 X 10
6
=0 = 67.5 x 106 N.mm
Ted!-Neo PuJ.IicatiOIU Tecb-Neo Pub~catiOill.-·- fl'llere Aut!Jors iDspiro mDOYOUO/J
li1 TheOrY ol ReinfoiC8CI eoncrete struetures (MU) 1-20
liJ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 1-21 Wooong Stress Melhod
or MR
TxZ=a11 x A.x(d-~)
¢ Step l : ActUal dqllb of oeutral axis Moment of are;, on compression and tension sides are
2
MR =
!!!.- _ mA,.(d-x) Ex. 1.11 .9
2 - equal.
. the minimum effective depth n:quired and ••-
2
Deterrrune ~ ..
= 230 X A• ( 844 - ~S) Momen1 of area on ) _ (Momenl olatea on Tension olde)
300 x x . area of tension reinforcement for , ( ~- llde abou18 N.A. - aboot N.A.
1333 x 1256.6 (565- x)
z-= d
correspon JOg
having a width of 230 mm to resist
•
150 x 10
6
2
(bx) x ~ -A,. (x- d') + 1.5 m A,. (x- d') = m A,. (d- x)
(50 1 2 9.464 X 10
6
- 16750.5 X
recl:lngu Iar beam
kN-m Use M20 grade of concrete and
175.33 x 103 =855 mm
moment of 150 · 2
Ia. I
bx
.. 150 X2 + 16750.5 X- 9.464 X 106 =0 Fe415 HYSD bars. Use WSM. T+(1.5 m-1)A,. (x-d') = m AQ(d-x)
1.12 Doubly Reinforced Beam
Solving quadratic equation, we get, 0 Soln.: Where 1.5 m A,. = equivalent area of concrete
= 201.5mm =
al
x b = 230mm; M 150kN.m When the dimensions of beam are restricted by compression steel.
architectural or structural point of view, the section bas
¢ Step 3 : StresS in s!eel To find : d and A,.
MR = a. · A,.(d-5) 7 N/mm and m =13.33
2
insufficient area of concrete for compressive stresses
induced in the section. .
a. 1.12.2 Compressive Stress In Concrete
For M20, acbc: at the e.g. of Compression Steel
ev
2
201.f\ ForFe415. a" 230N/mm This excess compressive stress induced in concrete due (a' cbc:)
67.5xl06 =a. xl2.56.6 ( 565--3--) to reduction in section is resisted by steel provided in
¢ Step 1 : Depth of critical natural axis
From similarity of stress diagram.
3 the compression zone.
= 625.58 x I0 a.
6 ~ Compression reinforcement provided in compression
:. a. 67.5 x 10 J =107.8 Ntmm' ... Aos. = a,.lm
zone increases moment of resislallce without changing
nR
625.6 X 10
= (m:~~aJ d=C3. ~~·~ 7x+ 230)d
3 7
the dimension of beam.
¢ Step 4 : StresS in concrete x.
The beam section in which steel in provided to resist
~ .2..... x. = 0.29 x d
a.tm = d -x tension as weU as compression both
a~ _ ~(-x-)_107.8 ( 201.5 )
¢ Step 2 : Moment of resislallce doubly reinforced section. a 1.12.3 Moment of Resistance of Double
Reinforced Rectangular Sections
~ - m d-x -13.33 565-201.5
-%" ·b · x (d - ~) When the bending moment is greater than moment of
U
MR =
resislallce of singly reinforced balanced section, the
= 4 .487 Nlmm1 ... Ans.
7 ( 0.29 f\ 2 doubly reinforced beam is provided.
150 x 10
6
= 2x230(0.29d\d- - 3- ;=210.9d
Type Ill To find depth of beam and Area of
6
steel rn tens1on 150 X 10 _ .38 B. 1.12.1 Natural Axis Depth In Doubly
d 210.9 - 843
Reinforce of Section
m
Given : Width of beam, grade of materials, bending • 844mm ... Ans.
moment Neutral axis and centroidal axis of a section is always .,,.,
¢ Step 3 : Area of sleel
coincides.
¢ Step 1 : To find depth of critical neutral axis
X = 0.29 X d =0.29 X 844 =245 mm Fig. 1.12.2
Sa
X = ( m a"" ) d= kd C 1 = Compressive force resisted by concrete above N.A.

' mac:tc +a. Tension = compression
depth of beam from

b/ a cbc
2 = rnA . (d - x) =--bx
2
¢ Step 2 : Moment of re~isl:lnce 230 y 245 2 C1 = Compressive force resisted by steel in
- - 2 - = 13.33 X A• (844 - 245) compression (Equivalent concrete force)
MR = C Y Z = !f bx (d - ~) (1.5m - 1) a'.A
6.889 x JO" = 7.985 x 101 A. "•Vm ""' "'
¢ Step 3 : Aru of ~I in te~ion
I• •I T Tension resisted by steel in tension.
Boom BGCUon Equlvalenl atresa
2 A. = R62.3 mm 2 d lat~bution diagram
bx
2 = mA.Id - x)
OR (li) BeMm section (b) StreHH diHtrlbution dU.gram
Fig. I .12.1
.....A .!'Af.l!IN.S1/AI/ f'<nlulfJ
~ Theoty ol Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 1-23
Woridng Stress Method
Ex. 1.13.1 560-Xc = 2.46-Xc _._ 3.46 Xc =560

A rectaDgular beam bas the following delails :
Xc = 161.62IDID
(i) Siz.e of beam- 230 ,nun x 560 nun effective depth
SofVed wmple for Doubly ¢ Step 2 : Actual depth of neutral axis :
~ 1.13 _..__.-.4 SectiOn (ii) Compression steel - 3 number 20 nun diameter bars a1
2
d _L.----· ~· ·· - -- ·
• Relmvr.,_. 40 nun effective cover from top. b!.. + (1.5m- I) A,. (x- d')= m A,. (d- x)
2
(iii) Tension steel- 3 nmnber 25 nun diameter bars.
l
IV_ Numen C ~
~l on t.loment of Resrstanr
- '·
FJ.Dd : 230 x-T+ (U x 1333 -I) 942.48 (x -40)
Type bly re 1nforced section (i) Depth of oeutraJ axis
lor dou =13.33 x 1472.62 (560- x)
(ii) Type of reinforce of =tion..
find critical de:ptb of Neutral a.tis (XJ . (Iii ) Moment of resistance of section. 115 x2 + 17902.4 (x- 40) =19630 (560- x)
T
¢Supl:O .
al
6 6
acilc x" Materials : M20 grade of concrete, Fe415 grade of J15x 2 + 17902.4x-0.716x 10 :1 1 X 10 -19630x
7.::.a =d-x, reinforcement 2
JJ5 x + 37532.4x- I 1.72 x 10
6
=0
Method : Worting steel method (WSM).
4-:- rr
ID
Solving qnadratic equation, we get.
ev
¢ Sup 2 :To find AcWal depth of Neutral a.tis (x) : 0 Soln.:
= 195.34IDID
+-:-I. = 230 nun X

Widtb b
b x\ (I J ID _I ) A,. (X- c() = IDA,. (d- X)
Effective depth d = 560 nun ¢ Step 3 : Type of section :
2
To find : x and MR : x > x, • hence the section is over reinforced.
¢ Stq> 3 : Type of section :
••
--:::
nR
-
2
ForM20, odx =7 N/nun and m =13.33
.........
-~
(i) x=x, •ba}anced section
For Fe415, o. = 230 N/mm
2
¢ Step 4 : Stress in concrete a1 centroidal axis of
compression steel.
.......... (ii) x < x, . under reinforced section
'
odx 7
l
Sleel ~ ,., llldilillall--' ~ =M - MI (iii) x > x, . over reinforced section j_40mm
= 195·34
3-20 rrrn+ T 195.34-40
fi&. Ul.3 ¢ Sup 4: StresS in concrete a1 the C.G. of compression d=560mm
a~ = 5.57 NJmm
2
•>
U
~, ~ brllliDC . . theory: steel 3-25 rrrn +
In !hi\ Jlldbod. JDOfiJelll of ~ is caJcuJa!td by '
oct< ' (x-d') ••• ¢ Step 5 : Moment of Resistance :
laking momeou of forces about the e.g. of the tenSile -x-
oct< = otlx b = 230 rrrn MR
X- c(
I• •I
steel.
Moment of resi.!wlce = Moment of forces about the ¢ Step 5 : Moment of Resistance :
otlx ( x)
- -bx d-3 +(1.5m-l)o""'xA,.(d-d)
2
, ,
m
Fig. P. 1.13.1
e.g. of ~tmiJe force MR = C1x Z1+<; X ~
Area of compression steel ~ X 230 X 195.34 (560- 19; ·34 )
= ~ bx ( d-t)+ (1.5m-1 ) o~ x A., (d -d')
0
+ (1.5 X 13.33 -I) 5.57 X 942.48 (-40)

=-a... ( x ) ,
Sa
-bx d - 3 +11.5m-l)o.u ld-d'J 6 6

2 77.82 X 10 + 51.85 X 10
¢ Step 6: Total udl beam can carry : Area of tensile steel
129.67 x 10 N.mm = 129.67 kN-m
6
MR = BM 7t 2 7t l l
Jt is an approxim.are melhod. 2
A. = n x 4d =3 x 4 (25) =1472.62mm
wL Ex. 1.13.2
M =g ...Por simply supported beam ¢ Step 1 : Depth of critical neutral axis :
An umptions made in steel beam theory are : A rectangular beam section, 230 mm wide and 450 mm deep
2
li) Whole concrete area is neglected. wL is reinforced witb 4 bars of 20 mm diameter in the tensile
M =T ...Por cantilever beam
zone and 2 bars of 20 mm in the compression zone. The
(ii) Permissible slresses in steel in tension and compression
are same. ¢ Step 7 : Safe udL : clear cover is 25 mm for both the reinforcement. Determine
__
7_ x, moment of resistance of the section using WSM. Use M25
(iii) Permissible Atres.~es in steel reaches their maximum Safe udL =Total udL - self weight of beam 230 ) = 560 - x, grade of concrete and Fe415 grade of steel.
value of slress at the same lime (i .e. A.,= A.) ( 13.33
Toch-lloo P.t.lir.oaioao. ·- He,. Aut!..n it11pirr: iDDttr•tiott Teeh-Neo Publiaoaion•--·-- Where Author, is1pin: iootMtioo
·-·.A SAl11/NJ1WI Yestm
J
00
i!~:~:!~~~::::::~:W~"---~~_._._..-.--:~::~~W~ooo:-
~ TheOry of RelnfoiOIId eoncr:!te
· n ·g•S•t~ s s~Me~
~
S1IUCII!res (MU)
1-24
415 = 3.46 Xc
~ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 1·25 Wooong Stress Method
_ x, = 119.94 mm
Ex.1.13.3 7 x,
OR ..._ aod 450 J!llll 230:'\ = (415-xJ
. 2J()nllll w1...- . al depth of Neutral axis : A rectangular section of size (230 mm x 415 mm) effecti ve
A rectaDJUiar bea1D secu ,
00
f 2()niJJJ diarotiCr m the ¢ St£P 2 : Actu ( 13.33)
depth is reinforced with 2 bar 20 mm diameter as
"-'h ·s reinforced with
4 barS 0 _.,.;on zone. m A (d- x)
~r- I of ""'"'m JD the comy·-.
2 d')
= " compression steel and 3 bar 25 mm diameter as tension 415- X, = 2.46 x,
--• 2 barS • .,......
~ensile zone IIJ]U • ~ of the section usmg
wsM. -b X + <1.5m - I) A
n,c
(X-
2 steel. The compression steel has effective cover of 40 mm. 415 = 3.46 x,
()ciCmlioc roorocnt of resJ Fe 415 grade of steel 230 2 (I 5 x 13.33 - I) 628.32 (x - 25) Find:
Use M20 grade of C(IIJCICIC IDCI 2 x + . x, = 3415
.46 = 119.94 mm
(i) Depth of neutral axis (ii) Type of section.
It! $0111.: = 13J3X (256.6(415-X) (iii) Moment of resislance. ¢ Step 2 : Actual depth of Neutral axis :
Given: z 1193513(x -25) = 16750(415-x)
2
b = 230 J!llll 115 X + . Materials : M20 grade of concrete and Fe415 grade of steel. b; +(1.5m-l)A"(x- d')= mA,,(d -x)
al
Width
2 1193513x-298378.3 = 6.95 X 106- 16750x WSM is recommended.
115 X + . 2; 0 x2 + (1.5 x 13.33 -I ) 628.32 (x -40) = 13.33
115 / + 28685.131-7.25 X 106 =0 0 Soln. :

Given: X 1256.44 (415- x)'
ev
. the quadratic equation, we get,
SoIvtng 115x2 +11935.13(x -40) = 16451 (4 15-x)
b = 230 mm, d = 415 mm
X = )55.64 Dllll ... Alia.
Assume d' = 40 mm
115 x2 + 11935.13x -477405.2 =6.952 x 106 - 1675lx
6
I 15 x2 + 28686.13x- 7.43 x 10 =0
¢ Skp 3 : Type of section : r.---.-. j_40 mm
I 2·20mm~ T Solving the quadratic equation, we get,
nR
d =41 5mm
Fig. P. 1.13.2 x = 158.41 mm ... Ans.
Hence the section is over reinforc~d and if fails in
3-25 mm ~ ¢ Step 3 : Type of section :
To IIDd : x aDd MR : ... Ans.
2 compression • • • j_40mm
For M20. SlrCSS in coocrc~ o"" =7 N/roro
l ¢ Step 4 : Stress in concrete at centroidal axis of 230mm T
For Fe415. saess in steel in ICDSion a.= 230 N/roro I• •I Hence the section is over reinforced and if fails in
compression steel.
U
230 280 Fig. P.l.l3.3 compression ... Ans.
Modular ratio m = - - = - 3 7 = 13.33
3 Cld>< X
a~ _ crdiC
To ftnd : x and MR : ¢ Step 4 : Stress in concrete at centroidal axis of
ll 2 ~ ('O)l x-d'- x
Area of Steel in ICDSioo A, = n x4d = 4 x 4 - For M20, srress in concrete compression stee I.
1256.6 !DIDl a~ ~
= ( x d') o,t>c =('5~S~M 25) 7 =5.86
m
2
For Fe415, stress in steel in tension cr., = 230 Nlmm
2
Area of steel in compression. N/roro
230 d') _ ( 158.4 ( -40) 7
Modular ratio m = = .1.!!Q_ = 13.33 X-
lt 2 lt
A, = n x4d = 2 x4 (20) = 628.32 roro
2 l
¢ Step 5 : Moment of Resistance : 3 CJ,bc 3X7 o,t>c = ( -x- 0<~>< - 158.41
n ., n , 2
Area, Steel in tension A,. = n x 4 d' = 4 x 4 (20)"
bx ( d -~) + (1.5m-l) o:t>c x A.c (d- d')
0
Sa
= 5.232 Nimm
Effective dcplh d =D-C-~= 450 -25-¥ = 415 roro MR ; "'
= 1253.64 mm
2 ¢ Step 5 : Moment of Resistance :
¢ Step 1 : Dcplh of critical oeurra1 axis (xJ : 7
2x230xl55.64 155.64)
( 415--
3- Area of steel in compression,
0
MR = ; "' bx ( d-}) + (1.5 m- I) o;"'x A"' (d -d')
a"" x,
(f:) = ( d-xJ + (1.5 X 13.33- I) X 5.86 X 628.32 X (415- 25) 1t 2 1t
A"' = n x 4 d = 2 x 4 (20) = 628.32 mm
2 2
7
= 2x230x 158.41)
158.4 1 ( 415-- - + (1.5 x 13.33- 1)
) 7 x,
72.78kN.m
6 6 6
45.5 X 10 + 27.28 X 10 =77.78 X 10 N.mm
... Ans.
¢ Step 1 : Depth of critical neutral axis (x,) :
3
x5.232x 628.32x(415-40)
6
230) = (415-xJ = 46.19 X 106 + 23.42 X 10 = 69.61 X
6
10 N.mm
( 13.33
= 69.61 kN.m •.• Aos.
-A SACBINSIMH Ye1111m Tttb-Neo Puhlicatioru ....... - ll''bell' Authors iospU. ianot'iltion -A S.4CBIN SJL4II r....ture
J~!l~~~~~~~~~~~~k,--l[~~:::::::::;~~~:W~o~oo:·~ng~S~t:~:s ~M: e~
Ex. 1.13.4
Theory of Reinforced Concrete
. 230 mm wJde an
suuctures (MU)
. d effective
1~
2
115 X + ·
t1Sl•7.6:J8 x1 0 x-
l
3
7 638 x 1O (x -
3
3()5 52 X tOl - 5213
·
.
5 521 X J0 = 0
3
3()5S2 x 10 -5.213 x 10 +12563. 2 ~
6
X
o
•
10 -12563 2
· ~
•o
~ Theory of Reinforced
Area of steel in tension.
Concrete Structures (MU) 1-27
<>
Wor!Ong
Step 4 : Stress at compression zone by similarly of

triangle.
Stress Method
A rectangular beam sectron, diameter 2 2020x !0 x- · ocbc

--A ·lb 3 bars of 20 mm 115 X + . o,bc
:. x = 148.22 mm X
~I
deplb 415 mm is reiofor""" Wl . mpression
b fl6mmJDibeCO Area of compression steel, ' - x-d'
in !be !ensile zone and 2 ars 0 . using o,bc
. ce of !be sectron ...._ Type of section
zone. Detennioe moment of resJsiMI
WSM. Use M20 grade of concreu: an d Fe
1
4 15 grade of sree ·
, Step 3 :
the section is over reinforced.
' (X-
d')
o,bc = - x- o,bc
X
x-<J'
x > x, hence
r2·t,emm ~ in concrete at ce nt roi d ;~ axis Stress in concrete for M20, o,bc = 7 N/mm 2 _ e23.4-33) 7
0 Soln.: /L .t. ¢ Step 4 : Stress or - 223.4 X N.A
compression steel Steel in steel for Fe415. og = 230 N/mm2
l ~ 40mm
' 230 = 5.97N/mm
2
Fig. P. 1.13-S(a)
a"" 7 Modular ratio, =13.33
al
m = =_nQ_
~ ... "i48.22 3 o,bc 3 x 7
X
148.22 - 40 = <> Step 5 : Moment of Resistance (M) :
d=415mm Effec1ive depth = d =565 mm
= 5.11 N/rnm
2 M c, +<;
Assume cover 25 mm
; bcbx( d -~)+( 1.5m -l) A..,x o;bc
3-20 IM1. 0
ev
¢ ·Step 5 : Moment of resistance (d-d')
Effective cover for compression,
j.b=230mm-ol
MR = C1 tC2
' 16
steel d = 25 + 2 = 33 mm
z7 X 223.4)
300 X 223.4 ( 565--
3
- + (1.5 X 13.33- 1)
Fig. P. 1.13.4 =~bx (d -~)+(1.5 m- I) cr;bc x A"' (d - d') X 402.12 X 5.97 (565- 33)
2
<> Step 1 : Critical Neutral axi s (x,) :
6
Given: b = 230 mm, d = 415 mm, M20 a,,. =7 N/mm
6
nR
MR= ~x230x(I48.22) x [415 - 148.22/3] 115.06 X 10 + 24.26 X 10
6
and m = 13.33 139.32 X 10 N-mm
t(I.5 X 13J3-I) X5.11 x 402.12 x(415 - 40)
for Fe415 a.,= 230 N/mm 2• 6 6 M 139.32 kN-m ... Ans.
MR = 49.51 X 10 -5.8950 X 10 + 14.63 X 106 __ 7_ x,
To nnd : Momenl of Resislance 6 230 ) = 565 - x,
MR = 58.245 x 10 N.mm = 58.245 kNm
Area of steel in compression
( 13.33 <> Step 6 : UdL over a span of 5 m
U
2
. . 565- x, = 2.465 x, wL
M = -8-
Ex.1.13.5
565 = 3.465 x, :. x, = 163 mrn
A reclangular bea~ section, 300 mrn wide and 565 effective w x 52
Area of sleellension 139.32 = - 8- .. w = 44.58 kN/m .••Ans.
1l l 1l 2 2
depth is reinforced with 4 bars of 25 mm diameter in the <> Step 2 : Actual Neutral axis (x) :
A., = nx4d =3 x 4 x 20 =942.48mm bx
2
Ex. 1.13.6
tensile zone and 2 bars of 16 mm in the compression zone. ,
m
T+(1.5m - l)A,.,(x -d ) =mA~(d -x)
¢ Step 1 : Depth of critical neutral axis The clear cover is 25 mm for both 1hc rei nforcemenL Calculate moment of resistance and safe udL that the beam
300 2
Detennine moment of resistance of section using WSM . Use 2• + (1 .5 x 13.33-1) 402.12 (x-33) = 13.33 x 1963.5 (565 -x) can carry by WSM for following details : Effective simply
~ 2..._
~ = d-x, M20 grade of concrete and Fe415 grade of steel. 2 supported span = 5 m, width of beam = 230 mm, Overall
150 x + 7638.27 (x- 33) = 26173.46 (565- x)
Soln.:
Sa
m depth of beam= 550 mm, 4 nos. 20 mm diameter on tension

0 150 i + 7638.27 X- 0.252 X 10
6
=14.79 X 106 -26173.46 X
_ 7_ -~ side and 2 nos. 16 mrn on compression side, Effective core
230) - 415-x,
( 13.33
Width of beam. b = 300 mm
Effective Depth d = 565 mm 2-16 mm ~
. 2
150 x + 33.812 X 10
3
X-
6
15.04 X 10 = 0 = 40 mm. Material M20 and Fe415.
415 - x, = 2.46x,
Solving equation, we gel, 0 Soln.:
-- x, = 119.77 mm d = 565 mm
Grade of concrete M20 x = 223.4 mm Given : M20 and Fe415
c:> Step 2 : Actual depth of neutral axis
X
2
l
Grade of steel Fe415 4-25 mm+
0 0 0 0 <> Step 3 : Type of section : o,bc = 7 N/mrn
2
230N/mm
2
b X2 +[l .Sm- I]A,. (x -d') =mA (d- ) - ~
. " X 2 t Clear cover c = 25 mm 1---1 L = 5m b = 230 mm
b=300mm
(1.5 X 13.)3 -I) (402 12)(
· x-40)=13.33 x 942.48(415-x) To lind: M.R. Hence the section is over reinforced and the beam fails
Fig. P. 1.13.5 D = 550mm
in compression.
.. ... AulbonJnspirt iDoo•-.tion
Tttb-Neo Publiatioos.... ..._ JTihere Authors inspire iono••tion _ 4i'4CHJN J/U/1 Yatlll'rl
.... .A S.4CIIJ!f SHAD Yentu~
j~~~~====~::~~==~~---l~~:;;7~~::~~--·W=o•oo=· n"g S<tr<e~~Me~
https://cee-book.blogspot.com 0
~ 1-28
[i1 ~~
Theoly at FW*Jrt8d (Ioili} ¢ SttP 3: Type of section :
I[ - .l!. ]fJ):: 1256-6l!IID
1
X >X,'
~ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 1-29 WOIIQng Stress Method
A,. : DX-;jcf:4 X4
l
. is over reinforced section. Materials : M20 and Fe415 150 x2 + 15276.68 (X- 50) = 8.376 X 10 -16751
6
X
")be beaJ11 sectJOD
.l!. i" - 'x!(l6): =4()2.1 2 l!IID Method : WSM
A,. : 2 X 4 -- 4
¢ Sup4: S u<-~
~' at layer of compressible stress ._
uy
= 16751 (500- x)
EffccU--e 00\'U l =40 llllD similarlY of srress triangle. 0 Soln. : 2 6 6

150 x + 15276.68 X -0.764 X 10 = 8.376 X 10 - 16751 X
·~r,rzr
2-1 e rm~+ Given: b = 300mm, 6
act< d 500mm 150 X2 + 32027.68 X- 9.14 X 10 = 0
A 1 act<
-= - -;
d' = 50mm,
X -d L 8m Solving quadratic equation, we get.
'
0=5501 7l'\ T.comm 1 50mm x = 162.18 mm
··~J
••••
4-16mm+ T
1 ¢ Step 3 : Type of section :
al
4-2011111+ 2
• ••• .co""' __ a;.,. = 5.53 N/mm
X > X,'
b=23l""' T Fig. P. 1.13.6(a) 4-20mm+
Hence, the section is over reinforced section.
jo oj ••••
ev
CIOSIIIBdicn of b8am ¢ Step 5 : Moment of Resislll!lce : b=300 nvn ¢ Step 4 : Stress in concrete at compression steel layer.
r~~o P. L1.3-' I• ~ '
M= bx a~ ( d-~) + (1.5 m- I ) A"' cr:bc (d -d') Fig. P. 1.13.7
()'"" ()'""
Ton.d: MudadL: x, -d' x,

230 230 7 ( 190.92 ) To find : MR and udL :
Modulnr rzio m = 3 a"" = = 1333 3x7 : 230X 190.92 X2 5)0--3- :. a'"' = 1627_18 (162.18 - 50)= 4.84 N/mm2
'
nR
2
For M20, cr"" = 7 N/mm , m = 13.33
Effcah·e deplh = Ovcra!J deplh - effective cover
+ (1.5 X 13.33- I ) 402.12 X 5.53 (5 10 -40) ¢ Step 5 : Moment of Resislllllce :
2
6 6 ForFe415, a. = 230N/mm
= 68.60X )0 + 19.85 X 10
d = D-C=550-40=5 10mm
6 Modular ratio m =
230
hl = 13.33 MR. cr~bx( d-~)+(1.5m - l)cr~ A.,(d-d')
¢ Seep I : Critical :"'emral axis : = 88.45 x 10 N.mm = 88.45 kN-m
¢ Step 6 : Safe superimposed UDL : Area of steel in tension A. = 4 x ~ 202 = 1256.64 mm 2 ~x300x 162.18 (soo- 16;.1 8 )
U
2
wL 2 wx5
M = BM =--=88.45 = - - Area of steel in compression, + (1.5 X 13.33- I) X 4.84 X 804.25 X (500-50)
8 8
6
x,
~
It 2
= 4 x 416 =804.25mm
2 75.94 X 10 + 33.27 X 106
0·406 = 510-x, 510- x, = 2.465 X, w = 28JkN/m .• .Ans,
6
Safe UDL =UDL- self weight of beam MR 109.21 X 10 N-mm
510 ¢ Step 1 : Critical depth of Neutral axis (xJ :
510 = 3.465 x,
m
~ = 3_465 = 147.18mm
= 28.3- (0.23 X 0.59 X 25) cr,bc x, 7 x, MR. 109.21 kN-m
¢ Sl.ep 2 : Actual Neutral axis : = 28.3-3.39 = 24.91 k.N/m = d - x, 230 = 500- x,
~ ¢ Step 6 : Safe uniformly distributed load :
bx 2 m 13.33
T+A,. (x - dc) = mA. (d-x) Ex. 1.13.7 wL2
x, MR.= BM 8 = 109.2
Sa
bx 2 A reinforced concrete simply supponed beam of reclllllgular 0.406 = 500- x, 500 - x, = 2.465 x,
T+ (L5m-I ) A,. (x-dc) = mA, (d-x) wx8 2
section of sire 300 x 500 mm effective is reinforced. wilh 8 = 109.2 :. w = 54.6 kN/m ... ADS.
230x' 3.46 x, =500 x, = 144.3 mm
-2-+ (1.5 X 13.33-1) 402.12 (X -40) = 13.33 X 1256.6 (510-X) 4-20 mm diameter bars at a tension face 4-16 rnm bars at
l compression face at an effective cover of 50 mm. ¢ Step 2: Actual depth of Neutral axis (x) : Safe UDL = Total udl - self weight of beam
115 x + 76383 (x -40) = 1675().5 (510 _ x) 2
Determine. bx = 54.6 - (0.3 X 0.55 X 25)
T+(1.5m-I)A.,(x-dc) = mA,,(d-x)
115 x: + 7638.3-305.53 X103= 8.543 X106- 16750.5 X
(i) the moment of resistance of the section
JJ5x + 24388.8 X- 8.848 X106= Q 300 x
2 Safe UDL = 50.48 kN/m
- -+ ( 1.5 X 13.33- I) 804.25 (x- 50)
(ii) the safe uniformly distribution load the beam can 2 Ex. 1.13.8
Solving quadratic equation, we get,
suppons in addition to its self weight over an effective
x = 190.92mm span of8 m.
= 13.33 x 1256.6 (500- x) Design a R.C.C Beam subjected to bending moment of
75 kN-m. using M20 and Fe415. Keep the depth of beam
twice the width of beam. Use WSM .
.••..A SA CHIN SHAH Yeo1ure
Tecb-Neo Publicotioos.•.•.- - Wbere Auihon inspire imlov•litNJ
3.3()()8 X lO
6 = 590=600mm I Exercise J
0 Soln.: 3965 .675 A.
:. Effective depth d = 600- 30 _ ~ = 560 mm
2
Bending moment M =75 kN·m 832.34 rrun
l
a. 1 A singly reinforced concrete beam section of size
Given: A. 200 mm x 400 mm effective depth is reinforced with
Provide beam of size 230 x 600 mm
For M20 and Fe415
2 ,. = 230N/mm· . d = Zb
(v) Number of 20 mm bars + Actual neutral axis, x, = kd = 0.29 x 560 =162.4 mm 4 bars of 16 mm diameter in tension. The concreter
ad>C = 7 N/mm • 0 ~]_illli: 2.64 =3 bars
n = (A.,r 3 t4. 15 Atea of steel in Tension,
mix and HYSD steel reinforcement used are of
grades M15 and Fe 250 respectively.
To lind : d, b and A,. c,
. mm ~ bars on tension side.
~-.w..= 13.33 20
-~-~P~ro~~~d~e~3~-~~~-----------------------_ 2 Rnd moment of resistance.
Modular ratio m =3 0 "" - 3 x 7 rnA., (d-x) = bx
ex. 1.13.9 2 Ana. : M =32.56 kN.m
al
(I) Design constant . ported beam AB of span 4.5 m carries UDL 2
ma"" 13.33 x 7
A strnp1y sup or 13.33 A,, (560 -162.5) =
230 X 162.5
2 Q. 2 A singly reinforced concrete beam section of
. . KN/m Including self weight, design suitabl
Neutral axis constant k = ~- 13.33 x 7 + 230 !Dtenstty 25 e size 300 mm x 400 mm effective depth is
A~ = 432.81 mm
2
. ,_, reed rectangular section for flexure only usi
Smgly reuuo ng reinforced with 4 bars of 16 mm diameter in
=0.29
ev
WSM. use M20 and Fe 4 I 5. Number of 16 mm ~bar
tension . The concreter mix and HYSD steel
Lever arm constant j = (I -~) = (I- i 0 9
0 903
) = · 0 Soln. : Span L = 4.5 m udl A,, 432.81
n = ~=2i)j""'= 2. 15 = 3 bars reinforcement used are of grades M20 and Fe
I . w =25 kN/m including weight 250 respectively.
Moment of resistance constant R = 2 a"" kj a.. = 230 MPa : . Provide 3 - 16 mm ~bars.
Rnd
nR
7
= 2 x 0.29 x 0.903=0.917N/mm
(lij Dimension of beam

2
To find : b, D and Ast
- ,W_=..lli..=
m - 3acbc:
3x 7
13.33
II B.. 1.14 Comparison I (i)
(ii)
Depth of neutral axis
Type of reinforced section
1 (iii) Moment of resistance

BM = MR=Rbd
Design constant,
2
B.. 1.14.1 Comparison between Singly Ans.: x = 137 mm, under reinforced section and
75 X 106 = 0.917 X b(2b) Reinforced and Doubly
6 Neutral axis constant k M = 39.88 kN.m
Reinforced Beam
U
75 X 10 6
bl : J.668= 20.45 X 10
0.3 A singly reinforced concrete beam section of
b = 273.45 rom = 275 rom

i3.33 X 7
13.33 X 7 + 230
LQ. 1.14.1 What is difference between singly I size 225 mm x 350 mm effective depth is
reinforced ad doubly reinforced section? reinforced with 4 bars of 20 mm diameter in
d = 2b=2 x 275=550nun = 0.29 tension. The concreter mix and HYSD steel
~ =( I - ~) =( l -
0 9
·i =0.904 Aspects
m
Overall depth D = d + cover + Lever arm constant j ) Singly Reinforced Doubly reinforcement used are of grades M20 and
beam Reinforced Beam Fe415 respectively.
Assume cover 30 mm and diameter of bar 20 rom Moment of resistance constant
Design criteria Bending moment is Bending moment Rnd
20 l 7
: . D = 550+30+T=590mm=600mm Q =2cr,bc kj =2X 0.29 X 0.904 equal to factored is greater than (i) Depth of neutral axis
Sa
2
:. Effective depth d = D- C- ~ =600- 30 - .7f =560 nun =0.917 N/rnm moment of factored moment (ii) Type of reinforced section
Bending moment : resistance of resistance (iii) Moment of resistance
: . Provide a beam of size 250 mrn x 600 mm 2 2
wL
25 x 4.5 Ana.: x = 101 mm, over reinforced aec:tlon and
M = - - = -- = 63.28kN.m Dimension No restriction for Restriction for
(Iii) Depth of actual neutral axis for balanced 8 8
section, dimension dimensions M = 38.5kN.m
Assume b = 230 mm
X. = kd=0.29 x 560= 162.4 rom 0.4 A singly reinforced concrete beam section of size
Depth of beam, M, = Rbd' Steel On Iy on tension Provided on both
(iv) Area of tensile reinforcement 250 mm x 600 mm effective depth is reinforced with
tension and
63.28 X 106 =0.917 X 230 d' d =547 mm reinforcement side
4 bars of 20 mm diameter in tension. The concreter
T =C compression side
1 Assume cover 30 mm and diameter of bar 20 mm. mix and HYSD steel reinforcement used are of
bx
mA. (d- x) = T; 13.33A.(560-t62.4)
0 veral ldepthD $ 20 grades M15 and Fe 250 respectively.
:. = d+2+C=550+T+30
05
···-··.. t:n Authors inspire innovation Tech-Neu l)ublications........... Where Authon· impire iDnot'ation _,4 SACHIN Sll411 YeDIIU'e
.....A SACHIN SIIA/1 Yeoturt
Wor1dng Stress ••
'Y!Q~
~ ~ SIIIJCIUr8S (MU) SiZe of be8m • 250 mm x 450 mm ettSCUv.

IBI Theo of Reintoroed (I)
8l1d tile unif01TT11Y dejllh
[)etem1lne moment o1 resiS1JW1C8 _,..,.., ssiOI1 steel - 4 number 16 mm
rry rYifJf a""'""' ( II)~
di8J118ter bars at 40 mm eIfactive cover 'lllrn
disiJtlUt8d load. lh8 be8JT1 can ca efi8Ciive
supported elfediY8 span o1 6.1 m. AsSIJITl8
(iii)
toP·
. steel _ 4 number 20 mm diam
TenSIOil ate,
Limit State Method
r:t:JV8f~
bar5-
Ane.: II a 71 .11 I&N.m 8IICIW • 11 .5' IIWm t of resistance of section.
Find Momen
A rec:tangular beam has tile lolloWing details : . . .. grade of concrete, Fe2SO grade
0.5 Matenals · m 15 Cl
lfectiv9
~) Size ol beam - 250 mm x 400 mm e reinforC91Tl911 1
.....,. . Worl<ing steel method (WSM).
depth Meuovu ·
f I
al
,...........- ........, _ • number 16 mm Syllabus
(ii) """'"'"~.. - .. Ant.: 11 :70.43 kH.m
diameter bars at 50 mm effective cover trom A doUblY reinforced rectangular beam is 2so mm
a. 7 wide and 450 mm deep to the centre of tenSile
Limit State Method : Introduction to limit state method of design as per IS-456-2000; concepts of probability and
top. reliability, characteristic loads, characteristic strength, partial safety factors for loads and materials. introduction to
reinfQIC9IIl9nl The areas of the compression &nd
ev
(ui) Tension steel - 4 number 20 mm diameter 2 various limit states.
tensile steel are 1500 mm . The centre of the
bars. compression steel is 50 mm fro the compresSion
FIOd Moment of resistance of section. edge. Find stresses in concret~ and steel, if the
Materials : M20 grade of concrete. Fa250 grade of Moment of resistance of secbon 1s 120 kN .m
nR
Materials : M20 grade of concrete, Fe415 grade of
reintorcement
reinforcement 2.1 Umit State Method ............................................................................................................... ...................................... 2-1
Method : Worlcing steel method (WSM).
Method : Worl<ing steel method (WSM).
AM. : II =61.6 IIN.m acb< =5.71 Ntmm2, a51 = 161.5 N/mm
2
,
LO. 2.1.1 Explain Umit state method ....................... ........... ................................................................................... 2-1
Ana.:
2
0 .6 A rectangJiar beam has the following details : a"= 81.78 Nlmm ) 2.1 .1 Assumption Made in Umit State Design : (Pg. No. 69,15456 : 2000) ............................................ ........ 2-1
Chnpter Ends
UQ. 2.1.2 State the assumptions made in the Umit State of Collapse (flexure) In RCC.
U
DClQ
(MU- Dec 2015 Ma 2016) ................. ................................ ....................... ..................... ................... 2-1
2.1.2 An acceptable Idealized Stress Strain Curve for Concrete and Steel in Umit State Design :
(Pg. No. 69, 15456 : 2000) ........................ .................... .......................................................................... 2-1
m
UQ. 2.1 .3 Draw idealized stress- strain curve for steel and concrete showing the variation after application
of factor of safety bMIM.tpJell:lj .................. ..................................................................................... 2~ 1
ua. 2.1.4 Draw strain and stress diagram across the section. @MII•IW.IoiiOiJ ................................................... 2-2
Sa
2.1.3 Merits and Demerits of Limit State Method ........................................................................................... . 2-3
LQ. 2.1 .5 State the merit of Umit state method .... ............. .. .......................................................... .......... ............... 2-3
2.1.4 Demerits of Umit States Design ....................... ...................................................................................... 2-3
LQ. 2.1.6 State the demerit of Limit state method .. .... ........ .................................................................................... 2-3
2.2 Concept of Probability and Reliability ................................................................ ................................ ......................... 2-3
2.2.1 Statistical Quality Control ............................................. ........... .... ............................. ...... ........................ 2-3
LQ. 2.2.1 Explain on short statistical Quality control. ............... ................................................ .............................. 2-3
2.2.1 .1 Mean Strength ................... .......................................... ............................................. .......................... 2-3
2-A
Umit State Melt)""
) 2-B ""
~ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU ................... ........................... ............................ 2-a ~ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 2-1 limit State Method
LO. 2.2.2 Define Mean Strength ....................... ......... .................. .

(3) Relationship compression stress distribution in concrete
~
2
2.2.t .2
Variance ··························································································· ········· .. ...············....··········· ············· -4
2
Define Variance· ····················· ············································..... ··· ·············· ······ .. ··············· ...··········· ....... -4
[ 2.1 Limit State Method
I may be assumed as :
Rectangle
LO. 2.2.3 .................... ..... ............... 2-4
Standard Deviation ............................... .. ......... ............... ...... .. ...... ................ . .... (MU- May 2015, May 2016) Trapezoidal
2.2.1.3 Parabola or any other shape which obtain for
........................................................ ..................... 2-4 [ LQ. 2.1.1 Explain limit state method
LO. _ Define standard Deviation ...................................... .
22 4 0 Ans.: result.
................................... -2-4
Coefficient of Variation .............. ... ... .. .............. ......... .. ··························· (4) The tensile strength of concrete is ignored.
2.2.1 .4 Limit state method is an improved design philosophy to
......................................... ........... 2-4
al
LQ. 2.2.S Define Coefficient of variance .. ...... .................. ............... .. overcome the drawbacks of WSM and ULM. (5) The stresses in the reinforcement are derived from
....... ... .. .......... .... .. ....................................... .......... 2-4 It is based on semi-empirical approach. representative stress stain curve for the type of steel
Characteristic Load ....... ...........................................................
2.3 used as shown in Fig. 2.1.2.
Limit states are the various requiremeoLs that a
ua. 2.3.1 Discuss characteristic load of materialstW!Iil!ltii'BilJ ...................................... ............ ................. 2-4
(6) The maximum strain in tensile.
ev
stru cture is expected to fulfil so that the performance of
Characteristic Strength .... .. .. ............................. ·····.. ·······

................................................. .............. 2-5
the structure sati sfies the intended purpose for which it ___!t._ _.!t_
2.4 E 0
1:. . E + 0.002-(:. 1.1 5 E + 0.002
is built. Ym s s
ua. 2.4.1 Discuss characteristic strength of materials. [dii'Elifl] ........................................................... 2-5
It is the comprehensive method which will take care of Where, fYis characteristics strength of steel E, modified
.................. .. ....... ................ ..................................... . 2-5
2.5 Concept of Safety .. .......................... ..... ........... .......... .. both strength and serviceability requirements.
elasticity of steel.
nR
UQ. 2.5.1 Why factor of safety is applied to material strength and loads ? I@IMoW4oil:!j ............................. 2-5 IS456 : 2000 is used to design the plain and reinforced
concrete by this method. It considered limit state for ~ 2.1.2 An acceptable Idealized Stress
2.5.1 Partial Safety Factor for Load ........................... .. ........................... .. ... ...... ............. ......... .. ............... .... 2-6
collapse and serviceability. Strain Curve for Concrete and
UQ. 2.5.2 What are partial safely factors for load ? (W!lii'EilEJJ.................................................................... 2-6 Limit state of coll apse are axial (ten sion and
Steel In Limit State Design :
compression), nexure, shear and torsion.
(Pg. No. 69, IS456 : 2000)
2.5.2 Partial Safely Factor for Materials .. .. .. .. .. .............. ............ .. .. ....................................................... ... ....... 2-6
U
Limit state of serviceabili ty arc deOcction, vibration,
UQ. 2.5.3 What are partial safely factors lor material strength? What is their significance in limit state UQ. 2.1.3 Draw idealized stress· strain curve for steel
durability, fire resistance. and concrete showing the variation after
method of design? IW!II!liiiti!1E .................................................................................................... 2-6 .
application of factor of safety.
2.5.3 Design Load as per IS 456:2000 ..................................... ................. .. .. ........... .......... .. .. ... .................... 2-6 ~ 2.1.1 Assumption Made in Limit State MU- Dec 20 18
LQ. 2.5.4 Define Design Load as per IS 456 : 2000 ..

Design : (Pg. No. 69, IS456 : 2000)
·············· ····· ......... .. .. ................................... ......... 2-6
m
2.6 Limit State .. ..... ....................................... ..... ..... .. .. . ........................................ ........... .................... .. .. ... ....... 2-7 .... (MU ·Dec 2012, May 2013, Dec. 2014, An acceptable Idealized stress strain curve for concrete
Dec. 2015, May 2016, Dec 2016) and steel is given in Fig. 2.1 .1.
UQ. 2.6.1 What is limit state ? iiiU!IillfAII!Jj ... ........................... ........... .. .. ................................... 2-7
ua. 2.1 .2 State the assumptions made in the Limit
Parabolic
2.6.1
Sa
Types of Limit States ............ ..................... .. .............................................................. ........ ....... 2-7 State of Collapse (flexure) in RCC. curve
UQ. 2.6.2 What are the various limit states in RCC ? 1iiillDili'E!UiJ.. .. ....... ....... .. .................................. .. ......... 2_7 MU • Dec . 2015, Ma 2016 (/)
(/)
0.67 fck
2.6.2 w
Differences between Limit State Method and Working Stress Method .. ... ...................... ....................... 2-7 0 Ans.: a:
1-
fck
(/) .--_;..---l 0.67Y,; = 0.45fck
LQ. 2.6.3 Differentiate LSM and WSM ....................................... ......... .............. .. Foll owi ng are the assumptions made in Limit state design
..... ... .... ................. 2-7
2.6.3 ( I ) Pl ane section norm al to axis remai ns plane after
Comparison between LSM and WSM .................. .. .. ...... .
........ ....... .......... ...... .. .. .. .. ................ .. .......... .. 2-7
bending.
LQ. 2.6.4 Compare LSM with WSM from consideration of material behavior ................ .. 0.002 0.0035
... ........ ............. ........ .. .. 2-7 (2) To max imum stmin in the concrete and the outem1ost
STRAIN-
Chapter Ends ............ ........................ compressive fibre taken as 0.0035 in hcnding.
............. 2-8 Fig. 2.1.1 Idealized stress strain diugram for concrete
showing vuriation w.r.t. factor of safety
Tech-Neo l»ublicalions ........... JIIJ,t're Aulhor..·1iupin• JimtJva lian
/ https://cee-book.blogspot.com
Umit State Me~ ~ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 2·3 Lim~ State Method
2·2 ..........
IC'1 . f --' Concrete Structures (MU)
l!tl Theory of Retn o'"""
for destgn
.pwpose the compressive strength of
• ..
fy
------fy
2.1.3 Merits and Demerits of Limit State
Method
I conditions etc. Therefore a sufficient number of
specimen should be tested and statistical method should
be 67 time the cbaractensuc
concrete shall be assumed t0 0· L------- tyt1 .1s be used to analyze these result for determinirig strength
~a.
of concrete.
strength.
Partial safety factorym= 1.5 Shall be applied in addition.
i
Stress 2 0 Ans. :
2.1.5 State the merit of Limit state method
The aim of quality control method is to limit
Es = 200000 N/mm variability .

( l) 'The limit states provide a checklist of the basic Statistical quality control method provides scientific
structural requirements for which design calculations
approach to the concrete designer to understand the
may be required.
Strain -+ variability of materials so that necessary steps will be
al
(2) Limit states design, by providing consistent safety and taken with proper tolerance to cater for unavoidable
t
51!858 (b) Mild Steel
serviceability, ensures an economical use of materials variation.
and a wide range of applications.
Fig. 2.1.2 : Idealized stress strain diagram for steel If by taking random sample and the result is plotted on
ev
2
(reinforcement) showing variation w.r.t. factor of safet (3) Limit states design provides both a basic calculation histogram, it forms bell shaped curved called Normal
Es = 200000 N/mm
tool for designing and evaluating civil engineering distribution curve.
structures and a means for unifying structural codes and The figure shows most result is clustered around
standards. average and very few fal l near maximum and minimum
Strain --+ indicating smaller variability.
nR
Fig. 2.1.2 (a) : Cold worked deformed bar
IB. 2.1.4 Demerits of Limit States Design I The results are said to follow a normal distribution if
they are equally spaced about mean value, if the normal
llY Strain and stress diagram across the section b

I LO. 2.1.6 State the demerit of Limit state method I distribution curve is given by equation.
The arithmetic mean or the average value of number of
0 Ans. :
j UQ. 2.u Draw stJaln and stress diagram across the section. @M!IIofWloU•iJ I tests results not give any indication of the extent of
This method requires the good knowledge of the variation of strength, then each cube strength is related
U
0.45 fck designer to assign the loads and analysis. with mean strength obtained from normal distribution
<cu = 0.0035 _
Compression T.T. . ......... 0.02

1
···'"T'T77'777777'•
1
curve.
The common terminologies in statistical quality control
r Concept of Probability and
I
are as given below.
d Xu Reliability
N~. --;e~~~~; ·-.. ·j·t.......L
m
D
• ..
Ast d- xu
I B. 2.2.1 Statistical Quality Control I IB. 2.2.1.1 Mean Strength I
l ·•·•·•·• .1..... t---<su +j
I La.
I La. 2.2.2 Define Mean Strength.
Sa
2.2.1 Explain on short statistical Quality control. \
f 0 Ans. :
. + 0.002
'su < __J__
1.15 •·s 0 Ans.: Mean strength ·is the average strength of concrete mix,
CIS of beam Strain diagnm Stress diagram
Strength is the most desirable property as far as oblained by dividing the sum of strength of all cubes by
Fig. 2.1.3 the number of cubes.
concrete is concerned.
When the number of concrete cubes of 15 em is tested X -
LX
n
in laboratory. there would be scattering of result about
an average value. Where, x = Mean strength
The main factors causing variation are quality of L x = Sum of the strengths of individual cube
materials, method of hatching, mixi ng, pl aci ng, curing n = Number of test cubes, i.e. sample size.
Tedt-N.o Publi ti Tech· Neo Publication~:~ ........... Whe.rt: Authon·lil!ipirr: imwv11tiou .....4 SACHJN JHAJI Y<t~ture
ca ODJ. -...... Ben Autborr iDspire isoorltioo
.....A SAC/liN 5'/ W/ Jleoture

/
~ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 2-5 Umit State Method
Characteristic load
The characteristic strength of concrete is depends on
= Standard deviation for a given sample sile. grade of concrete mix proportion.
where.
Mean strength. Table 2.4.1 : Characteristic strength for different grade
of concrete as per IS456 : 2000
x = Strength of individual cube.
Sample size i.e. number of test cubes. Group Grade Specified characteristic
n
Designation strength of 150 mm
. tandard deviation indicates correspondin cube at 28 days.
Increase tn s &
(I) .
increase m van
·ab.tlity of compression strength of test (Nimm2 )
cubes. Ordinary MIO 10
al
Smaller value of standard deviation indicates better concrete MIS 15
.:ontrol on quality of the concrete mix, i.e. more Fig. 2.3.1 : Frequency distribution curve for load M20 20
unifomtity in quality of concrete. Standard M25 25
ev
[ ~ 2.4 Characteristic Strength II concrete M30 30
Compms9ve strength in MPa a. 2.2.1 .4 Coefficient of Variation M35 35

(b) 40
L[:LQ~.22::·:s__D~e~fi~m_e_c_o_e_ffi_ci_e_nt_o_f_v_ar_ia_n_c_e_________~
IJl> (MU- May 2017) M40
flg.lll : Histogrlm for cube compressive strength
M45 45
nR
UQ. 2.4.1 Discuss characteristic strength of materials.
Cun·es A and B indicate llte concrete mixes having 0 Ans.: M50 50
same mean strength. Curve A indicates Jess variation in
lBlm'lil!mJ
Coefficient of variation expresses the variation of
0 Ans.: M55 55
strengllt of concrete mix lltan c.oncrete mix represented strength about llte mean strength in terms of non.
dimensional measure of variation. It is expressed as, The characteristic strength of any material is defined as High M60 60
by cun·e B.
strength
= Standard deviation x =2._ x 100 the value of strength below which not more than 5% of M65 65
Ia v 100
x concrete
U
Mean value test values may falls.
2.2.1.2 Variance M70 70
Where. v = coefficient of variation, It means that the characteristic has 95% reliability or
I LQ. :u.3 Define Variance s = standard deviation, there is only 5% probability of actual strength being
M75 75
0 Ans.: x = mean strength. Jess than characteristic strength. (Refer c 1.36. I. IS

~~ 2.5 Concept of Safety I
m
456:2000)
Variance is llte measure of variabtlity. It gives llte
difference between any single observed data from llte mean
strength. It can also be expressed as llte square of standard
Ja. 2.3 Characteristic Load
I Characteristic
Strength
1.64s --j
UQ. 2.5.1 Why factor of safety is applied to material
strength and loads ? MU ·Dec 2018
de'·iation \'ariance V = s'
---1
Sa
IJl> (MU- May 2015, May 2011) Mea~ Strength

0 Ans.:
Ia 2.2.1.3 Standard Deviation

UQ. 2.3.1 Discuss characteristic load of materials.
til!lliJil!£iii
Loads and material strengths arc the two important
factors affects the safety of the structure.
/ LQ. 2.U Define Standard Deviation. 0 Ans.:
There is no function relation between loads and
0 Ana. :
It is defined as the load at which is not expected to be material strengths, hence a single factor of safety
Standard deviation is the root mean square deviation of exceeded willt more than 5% probability, during the life cannot be used.
all llte results and expressed as. span of a structure. Hence, the characteristic load wiiJ not be Separate factor of safety for load and material must be
Strength--
exceeded by 95% of the time. (Refer c 1.36.2, IS 456:2000) used as each contributes panially to safety. Such safety
Fig. 2.4.1 : Frequency distribution curve for strength
factor is called as partial safety factors .
Tcch-Neo l•uhlicaliun,;........... When: .4uthon·ill.,JJJft· imwr.'IIJ;JJI .......1 5)1(.11//¥S//A/1 Yeo/ure
~
--- ----
rete Structures (MU) 2-6
r;; rtl Safety Factor for Materlar~
Umit State MeIllotf
..-
/i1 Theory of Reinforced Conereet slructures (MU) 2-7 Umit State Method
r~
Theorv of Reinforced ConC
2.5.1 Partial SafetY Factor for Lo~

~ 2.5.2 Pa a1
....-
8
~ (MU . May 2018, Dec 20181 ~ 2.6 Limit State ] (iii) Shear
(iv) Torsion
I ..
....
18
(MU. May 2015, May 20 '
[)eC 2018) ,..---
uo.u.3 What are
patll81 safety factors for matertaJ ~Q;~.1 'What le'U~ ~tate ?
''
.'RMIIMi!!fMdl/
(2) LlmH lltate of serviceability
ngth? What Is their significance In lim~ (i) Deflection
It! Ana, :
rU0. 2.5.2
Wh81818 perllalsafety laelonl for load ?
ttmJ&IllfSJl
stre
state method of deSign? ltqt 'H'iD!Q
-..J
- The acceptable limit for the safety and serviceability of
(ii) Cracking
'-
the structure hefore failure occurs is called as limit (3) Limit state of durabiHty
611 Ani.: An•· :
· the · of design loads . . th of material is the strength of that state. (i) Natural disasters (i.e. rain, floods, earthquake)
Partial safety facwr for loads JS rauo - Charactensuc streng
h' h not more than of text results are
al
for a structure to its characteristic load material below w JC - The structure will not become unfit for use and will not (ii) Fire
expected to fall. reach a limit state.
F, (iii) Corrosion
may differ from material to
Y, =f. - Characteristic strength
[~
sample. 2.6.1 Types of Limit States
I ~ 2.6.2 Differences betWeen Limit State
ev
- Partial safety for loads depends upon
To rectify this variation in characteristic strength, a
-
(i) Narure by loads or their combination partial safety factor is used for materials. ·
is the ratio of
U0. 2.U What are the variOus llrnit stifti!S in RCC 1 .I Method and Working Stress
Method
(ii) type of limit stare
- Partial safety factor for material , ~m 'IIR!•W . ,. ..
15456 : 2000 recommends the use of partial safety characteristic strength to design strength of material.
It! Ans. : ILO. 2.8.3 Differentiate LSM and WSM I
facwrs for loads (y,J as shown in Table 2.5.1(a) ~
nR
Ym = f, Following are the various limit states in RCC as per
li!l Ans.:
Table 2.5.1(a): Par1lal safety (acton (y1) for loads table
safety IS 456:2000 B" Comparison between LSM and WSM
18 or 15456: 2000 IS456 : 2000 recommends the use of partial
for material strengths {Ym) as shown in (1) Limit s tate of collapse
Umlt state of Limit state of factors Hanger bar Required to hold It is not required
l..olld serviceability Table 2.5. 1(b). (i) Axial load to hold stirrups in
rollapse the stirrup in
comblaatloo Table 2.5.1(b): Partial safety factors for material position. the position.
DL IL WL DL IL WL (ii) Flexure or bending
U
strength (y,.)
1.0 -
DL +IL 1.5 1.5 1.0 1.0
Limit State j ~ 2.6.3 Comparison between LSM and WSM
1.5 Material
DL +WL or
0.9
- 1.5 1.0 - 1.0
Concrete
Collapse Defledion
1.50 1.00
Local da mage
1.00
LO. 2.6A Compare LSM with WSM from consideration of material behavior. I
m
I 1.2 1 1.0 o.8 1 0.8
I
. Sr. Aspects WSM LSM
DL+D..+WL 1.2 / 1.2 J
I Steel 1. 15 I 1.00 I 1.00
No.
Notes :
I. Design criteria Strength Strength and serviceability
1) While considering earthquake effects, subsmute B. 2.5.3 Design Load as per IS
Sa
El forWL.
456:2000 2. Basis of design Under worst combination of load, stress The structure is design to withstand
2) For limn state of serviceability, the value of (y1)
in material is not allowed to exceed safety, against all loads through entire
given in the table are applicable for short term
effects. While assessing the long term effects due
to creep, the dead load and that part of the live
I LQ. 2.5.4 Define Design Load as per IS 456:2000
beyond permissible value. life of the structure and check for
serviceability under working load.
load likely to be permanent may only be 0 Ans.:
considered. 3. Stress-strain relationship Linear Trapezoidal, rectangular, parabolic or
Design load is the ratio of the characteristic load ro
3) 'n' ~is value is to be considered when stability any other shape depends on actual test
panial safety factor.
agamsl overturning or stress reversal is critical. results.
Characteristic load
Design Load
paniaJ safety factor
Tt:d.-Neo l'ublialioru· -~
I1J, A 'ho . . .
t rc ul '1'61arpm: JJJO{JI'Jitirm TO<h-Neo Publicatioos...-...... 111Jen: Authon in•pin: innoflllion ,_.A SACH/If SHAH Yenture
.....A SAC/1/N S//A/1 Yenture
2-8
··:> '
Limit State of Collapse - Flexure,

4. Factor of safety . Shear, Bond and Torsion
For material
Characteristic
strength
ym= Design strength
------------------------~{L_~Sy~ll~ab~u~s__}-1----------------------~
al
Fully considered
s. Creep shrinkage Partially considered Limit S~te of Collapse .- Fl~~ure, Shear, Bond and Torsion : Limit state of collapse in flexure, shear
Uneconomical comparatively
Economical comparatively and L1m1t state of s~rv1ceabllity in deflection and cracking, design of singly and doubly reinforced
6. Economical rectangular and T ~ect1ons fo~ flexure, design of members .in shear and bond, design of beam subjected to
Concrete = 1.5
ev
Safety factor (FOS) Concrete= 3 bend1ng and tors1on. Requirements governing reinforcement detailing. Deflection and crack width
7. calculation for RCC members.
Steel = 1.15
material steel = 1.8
Chapter Ends 3.1 Limit State of Collapse ......... ............. ................................................................................................................ 3-1
ODD
nR
3.2 Limit State of Serviceability ................................................................................. ....................................................... 3-1
3.3 Reinforce Concrete Beam .......................................................................................................................................... 3-1
3.3.1 Singly Reinforced Beam ......................................................................................................................... 3-2
3.3.2 Doubly Reinforced Beam ......... ....................................... ....... ............................. .................................... 3-2
U
3.4 Basic Terminology ...................................................................................................................................................... 3-2
3.4.1 Effective Span ........................................................................................................................................ 3-2
LQ. 3.4.1 Define Span or Clear Span?... ............................................................................................................... 3-2
3.5 Stress- strain Distribution Diagram or Stress Block Parameters ................................................................................ 3-3
m
UQ. 3.5.1 Derive stress block parameters in limit state method for collapse (flexture) . ..............................................
MU • Ma 2016 5 Marks) ............................................. ...................................................................... 3-3
3.5.1 Position of C. G. of Compressive Force .................................................................................................. 3-4

Sa
3.5.2 Depth of Neutral Axis ................................................. ......................................... .................................... 3-4
3.5.3 Lever Arm (Z) ..................................................... ...................... ............................................. 3-4
3.5.4 Limiting Value of Depth of Neutral Axis (x •. ...,.) .................................................................................... 3-4
UQ. 3.5.2 Justify the code provision for the limiting neutral axis depth for any section in LSM ................................ ..
[1Mii•M4"i4iMfMfi...... ................................................................................ 3-s
3.5.4.1 Limiting Value of Depth of Neutral Axis for Different Grades of Steel ....... ............................................. 3-5
3.5.5 Maximum Percentage of Steel (pt.lim) .................................................................................................. 3-5
3.5.5.1 For Mild Steel Fe250 ................................ ............................................................................................. 3-6
3.5.5.2 For HYSD Fe415 ........ ..................................................................................................................... 3-6
https://cee-book.blogspot.com 0
Aexure. Shear. Bond & T~
"state of Col~- ~ Theory of Reinforced Concnate Structunas (MU) 3-C
Umil State of Collapse - Aexuns. Shear. Bond & Tonoian
3-B um ······ ························ · · ········· ········- ~ ........................ ............. 3-23
·············
s ~oiAe~~;::a
3.9.6 Steel Requinament in Doubly Reinforced Beam ............................ .... .... ......... 3-
··· ················ ······ ······· · ·············- ~ 23
........................ . Analysis of Doubly Reinforced Beam ......... ........ ......................... ............ ..... ........ ............... ................. ............... ... ..
··········· .... ···················· 3-e 3.10
3.5.5.3 ············ So l ve d U n 1ve 1S it Ex ;1 m Jlcs
AesiS18"""··························
············ · ···· · ···· · ·· · ·············· -~
nt of
!Aof1l8 of AesistanC" ....... . 24
3.6 UEX. 3.10.1 (MU- May 2015,12 Marlca) ................ .......................... ........................ .......... .... .... ............................ 3-
Umlllnll !AofTl"nt ·· ······ ······ ··· 3-7
3.6.1
For Mild Steel ········· .... ········ ...·············
············· uex. 3.10.2 (MU- May 2012,12 Martca) .... .. .... ...... ........................ ...................... .................... .. .......... .................. 3-
24
3.6.1.1 ······· ··········· ··· ··· ·········· ··· 3-7
al
26
For Fe415 ............................ UEX. 3.10.3 (MU ·May 2018, 10 Marlca) ................ .... ............ .................................... ........ .................................... 3-
3.6.1.2 ··· ··· ········ ··· . 3-7
27
For Fe500 --··--····················· nsiOflln Steel .. .... ·········. ······ ···· ··········· 3-7 UEX. 3.10.4 (MU- May 2013,10 Marl<a) .................... ................ ............ .................... ................ ............................ 3-
3.6.1.3
t of AesistanC" from Te Ultimate Moment M, ······· ·· ··· ···· .. . 29
3.6.2 !Aof118n iated for AesisMQ the ·-·· ····· · 3-7 UEX. 3.10.6 (MU- May 2017, 9 Marl<a) ............................ ...................... .......................... .......... ............................ 3-
:;::::::;::e5()0.. .· · · · · ·· · · ······-··· · · ··: ·:::::::·::: :· · ···· · ·· . . . . . .
ev
3.6.3 UEX. 3.10.7 (MU- Dec. 2013, Dec. 2014, 12 Marl<a) .. .................................................... ...................................... 3-30
3-8
1
3.6.4 .. ........... ... ....... ...... .. ......... 3-8 UEX. 3.10.8 (MU- Dec. 2016, 10 Marl<a) .... .......... .. ........ .... ...... .................... .... .......... .... ...... .......... .......... .............. 3-3
t.4ode of FailUre of A.C.C. Beam in Flexure .............. ..
3.7 Sec;tion ..... .. .... .... . .... .. .. .. .. .... .. .... .... .. .... . 3-8 Flange Beam ... .... ...... ......... ............... ..... ......... ... ........... ... ..... ...... .......... ....... ..... .... :....... ....... ..... .................... .... ....... 3-33
3.11
371
· · =nforced:,:;-- ;~nsion Failure) .. .. · ... · .................:::........ ....................... .. .... ...... ..... 3-8 3 .11 .1 Advantages ofT-beam ........ .... .. .. .............................................................................................. .......... . 3-
34
nR
3.7.2 . . (CompressiOn Failure) ...... .......... · .
ua. 3.1 1.1 Explain the conditions to be satisfied by a beam to design It as a T beam. State the
:~:33.7.1 ;;;:~~~-~".:.~.e-~ -~~l",f~~~~- ~-~~",- ~~-- ~".~~r- ~-~-'".'.o_r~-~--- - ·-- - : : : ·~~~: advantages ofT beams over the rectangular beams. NMIIM•M*41iiii! ............................................. 3-34
...... 3.12 Effective Width of Range ......... .... ... .. ... ............. .... .... ..... .. .. ...... ... .... ... .. .. · ..... . · .... · ... · ... ·... · · ....... · · · · ... · · · · · · · · · · · .. · .. ·..... · · .. 3-34
·························· ·················
3.8
........
Analysis of Single Reinforced Beam ...... .................. ..
.
UEX- 3.4.1 (IIIU -118Y 2018, &Mub) ........ ............ ..
3-10
.. ........ ...... 3-10

3.12.1
3.12.2
Beam lntegnated with Roor Slab ........ .. .. ................ ...... .. ... ...... ........ .......... ..................._. ....................... 3-34
Isolated Beam .................................... ....... .. .... ... .... .... ... ..... .... .. ....... ... ......... ... ........ ....... ....................... . 3-35
Moment of Resistance of a Aanged Beam ................ ........ .. ...................... ............. ...... ................ ........................... 3-35
U
3.13
UEX- _. (IIIU. Dec. 2012, 10 ...rtl8) ...................... .. .. .. .. .. 3-11
3 2
·························· 3.13. 1 Neutnal Axis Ues Within the Range (X. < 0 1) .. .... ........ ........ .............. .. ...... .. .... ................ ........ ........ .. .... 3-35
UEX- 3.8.3 (IIIU -118Y 2013, 10 MarU) ......................... .. ........ ............ .. .. ...... .. .... ...... 3-14
2014 II8Y 2018, 10 ...11<•) .............. ................ . 3.13.2 When Neutnal Axis Ues OUtside of the Range (X. > 0 1), the Rallo 0,/ d Does not Exceed 0 .2 or
UEX- 3.4.7 (IIU- Dec. 2013, Dec. • .. ... ...... .. . .. .. .... ...... 3-14
···················· 0,/ x,. ,;¥.................................................................. ... ........................................................................ 3-36
UEX- 3_._. (IIIU- Dec 2018, tl ...rU) .. -
.... ... ........ .. ....... ... ... ........ ...... ... 3-15
3 .13.3 When Neutral Axis Ues OUtside of the Range (X. > 0 1) and the Rallo o,/d Excaed 0 .2 or
UEX- 3.8.1 (IIIU ·118Y 2017) ................... ..
UEX- 3.8.11 (IIIU -118Y 2012, 8 ...U) .. .
UEX- 3.8.12(111U - 118Y 2015, 8 ...rt18) .. ..

m
... ................................ .. .. .................. .... ........ 3-16
.. ...... ...... .. ........................ ..... ...... .. .... ................ ...... 3-17

3 .14
0 1/ X. > ¥ ... ..... .. ................. .. .......................................... ....................................... ... ... ........... ............... 3-37
Step by Step Analysis of Aanged Section (Oetenmlnation of M~) .. .. .. ............. .... ...... ........ .. .. ........................ ........ . 3-37
.. .. .... ............ .... ........... .. . 3-17
UEX- 3.8.13(111U- Dec. 20111, 10 ...rU) .. .. Sol ve d Un• vcr s1 t Exil m les
Sa
........ .... .... .. .......... .. .... .. .. .. .. .. ... 3-21
3.9 ~ Reinforced Beam .. UEX. 3.14.1 (MU- Dec. 2018,10 Marb) .... .... ...................................... .. ............ .......... .. .. ...................................... 3-38
.. .. .... ....... .. ........ .... . ... ................. ......... .. 3-21
3.9.1 Nec:esalty of Doubly Reinforced Beam . UE.X. 3.14.2 (MU ·Dec. 2016,10 Mar1<a) .. .. .... ...... .. ........ .... ............ .. .... .. .... .......... .................. ......... .... .... ........ .. ... 3-39
Role of Comprell8ion Steel in Doubly Reinforced Beam .. .... .... .. .. ........ .. .. .. .............. .... .. ..................... 3-21
3.9.2 UEX. 3.14.3 (MU- Dec. 2014,10 Marb) .. .... ........................ ........ .. .......... .......... .... .......................... .......... ............ 3-39
3.9.3 Strees in Compression Reinforcement........................ ....... .. ...... .. .... .. .................... ......................... 3-21 UEX. 3.14.4 (MU- Dec. 2013, 16 Marb) .. .. ........ .. .. ...... ............................ .......................... .......... ...... .................. 3-40
3.9.4 Actual Depth of Neutral Axis ........ .... ................ .. ............ . ............... .... ......... .. ..... 3-22
UEX. 3.14.7 (MU- May 2013, 10 Marb) .... ........ .. ................ .. ........ ........... ............ .... .... ........ ...................... .... ..... 3-42
3.9.5 Mornenl of Reeistance of Doubly Reinforced Beam ..... ........................................ ...... .. ...... .... .. 3-22 UEX. 3.14.8 (MU- Dec. 2012, 10 Marl<a) .. . . ...... ... ..... ... .... ..... ..... ....... .... ..... ........... ...... ....... ... ...... ...... ... .. ...... 3-43
.....A SA£11/N SHAH r..,,.,.

rr'l --~ (MU)
--- ---
l.il11il State ol COil~
_flexure . Shear,
Bond & T~
~
································ ... 3-44
Theory of Reinforced
UEX. 3.17.5 (MU

Concrete Slruclures (MU) 3-E umt State of CollapSe_ Flexure, ~. Bond & Tonlon
·Dec. 2012,10 118rb).............................. ..................................................... ............... ............ 3-$>
l.!tl TheOfY ol~""'-= ··········· ... ... ························ . ······· ..... 3-47 UEX. 3.17.6 (MU- May 2015, 14118rb) ..... ................................................................................. ......................... 3-$>
2015,10 ......) ··········
uEX.S.1U ~-*Y ................................... 3-48 UEX. 3.17.7 (MU- May 2012, 10 118rb) ............... ..... ............................................................ ............ ......... .......... 3-62
uEJ(.S.14.13~--2017,9 ......) ······ ............... 3-48
.................. UEX. 3. 17.8 (MU- May 2017,9 Merb) ................................................................................................................. 3-63
Sheaf StreSS....... .... . .. . .. ....
3.15 ........................ 3-48 UEX- 3.17.9 (MU- Dec. 2014, 10 Mna) ............................................................................................................... 3-65
· r streSS ol be8l11? ...... ..
=::
What IS SheS RCC be8l11 ? ................... ..
L0-!.15.1
sl<eiCh sheS' streSS In ........................ 3-49 UEX. 3.17.11 (MU- Dec. 2013, May 2013,10 Merb) ............................................................................................ ~
LO. 3.15.2
streSS~ expre~?
al
snear ..... .......... .. ·:::·:::::::::::::: ....... . .... ............ ... 3-49 3.18 Bond ................ .. ................. ......... ............ .................. ............. ..... ......................... .......................................... ....... ... 3-70
LQ. 3.15.3 ............... 3-70
What is I'IC)fT1inal sheS' streSS ? .......... .. . . .. .. .... .. ..... . .. .. .......... ........... ..... .... 3-49 ua. 3.18.1 How can we increase the bond between steel and concrete ?
LQ. 3.15.4
LQ. 3.15.S
What is~ snear stren~ of oo=ete? ::·~:;~:;:·~·:::·::.:::....... ....... .. .............................. 3·49 3.18.1 Bond Stresses ................................................ ............... ....... .. .... .. ......... ... .......... ..... ....... ...................... 3-70
ev
Define maximum snear streSS of oo=ete WI ..... ... .. .............. 3-49 3 .19 Development Length ......................... ....................... .................................................... ..................... - .... ............. ... 3-70
LQ. 3.15.6 . . shear reinforcement in beam . .. ......... .. ..... .. ... .
State I.S. specificaliOO tor minimum 3·50 3.20 Anchorage Value of Bends and Hooks ........ .............................................................. ............ ..................... ............. 3-71
LQ. 3.15.7 . t with exPression ... .................. ..... ............ ...... .... .... ........ .... ....
Define minimum snear relntoroerne" 3.20.1 Bars in Tension {d. 26.2.2.1 of tS456) ............ ................................ .................................................. . 3-71
LQ. 3.15.8 ·· ·ts exPression as per IS .................. . 3-50
State the condition tor minimum sheS' reinforcement, giVIng I .
Torsion in RCC .... .. ...................... ... ... .............. ............. .............................. ...................................... .. ....... ............. .. 3-71
3.21
nR
LQ. 3.15.9 . 'ded? State the equation use for mlnomum shear
When minimum shear reinforcement IS provo . 3-50 3.21 .1 Primary Torsion ....... ... ............... ..................................... .... ....... ............................... ................... ...... .. . 3-72
LO. 3.15.10 . t . ·n meaning of temns used in it .. .. .... .... ...... ... .. .................... ..... ..... .. ... ........... .... ..
remforoemen QIV1 g 3-50
3.21.2 Secondary Torsion ................................................. ... ......................... ......................... ......... ... ............. 3-72
State I.S. specification tor maximum spacing of stirrups in beam ................ ... ... .. ....... ...... ............ ..
LO. 3.15.11 3-50
3.22 Design Considerations for Torsion as per IS456 : 2000 .. ..................................................................... ................... 3-72
State two types of shear reinforcement. .. ·........... .... .. .. · .................. ..
LQ. 3.15.12 1 for strength as per IS . .. ..... .. . 3 -50 UEX. 3.22.1 (MU- May2017, 9 Marb) .................................................................................................................. 3-74
State various fonns of shear reinforcements giving the exPress ons
U
LQ. 3.15.13
UEX. 3.22.3 (MU- Dec. 2016, 8 Marka) .... ................................. ...... .. .............. .......... .. ....... .. ................. ................. 3-78
State the fonnula used for calcUlating shear resisted by bent up bars in beam.
LQ. 3.15.14 3
Also state the IS clause regarding pennissible shear to be carried by bent up bars ....... .... ........... ·52 3.23 Design of Beams .. ..................................... ... .. ....... ........ .. ...... .. .. ............................. .... ...... ........................ .. ..... : ........ 3-81
· bar · trlcted to 50% in shear resistance ? .. ... .. .. .. ..... ........ ...... 3-52 3.23.1 Singly Reinforced Beam .. ... .. ... .... ..... ............ ..... .... .............. ..................... .................. ............... ........... 3-81
LQ 3.15.15 Why the contribution of bend up IS res •
Necessity of Minimum Shear Reinforcement ....... ............................ ·................ ·.............. .. .... .. · .. · 3-52 3.24 Design Guidelines for Beams ... ................. .... .. .. ............ .... .. ..... .......................... .................................. ..... ............... 3-81
m
3.15.1
What is the necessity of providing shear reinforcement ? @I§IIM•t##~•ii4jffiFMfil ................... 3·52 3.24 .1 Trial Depth of Beam Based on Serviceability ...... .......... .. ................ ..................................................... 3-81
UQ. 3.15.16
3.24.2 Effective Span : [Clause 22.2 page no. 34 of IS456 : 2000) ... ..... .. .. ................................ ..................... 3-62
Maximum Spacing of Shear Reinforcement... ...... .......... .. ...... .... .............. .... .. .. .. .... ·............. ............. ·.. .. ·.... .. .. · .. · .. · 3-52
3.16
3.24.3 Minimum Reinforcement in Tension : {Clause 26.5.1.1) ...... .... .. .... ...... ..... .. .............. ..... ...................... 3-62
LQ. 3.16.1 State the reason for providing shear reinforcement in the fonn of stirrups .............. ........................... 3-52
Sa
3 .24.4 Maximum Reinforcement (Clause 26.5.1 .1(b)] .. .................................. ... ..... ....... ........................ ......... 3-62
LQ. 3.16.2 Writs the condition for shear reinforcement in an A. C. beam according to limit state method . .... .... .. 3-53
3.24.5 Side Face Reinforcement [Clause 26.5.1 .3) ................ .... ............ ..... .............. ...... ....................... ....... 3-62
LQ. 3.16.3 Draw a sketch showing zone of shear reinforcement... .... .. ....................... .. .......................... ... ...... ..... . 3·53
3.24.6 Spacing of Reinforcement Bars [Clause 26.3.2) .... ...... .. ............................... .............. ......... ................ 3-83
LO. 3.16.4 Write the entire procedure, step by step, for providing shear reinforcement in an R.C. beam according to 3.24.7 Nominal Cover [Clause 26.4] ....... .. ............ ..... ...................... ...... ........ .. ... ..................................... ..... ... 3-83
limn state method ......... ................ .. .................. ......... .. .... . .......................................................... 3·54
3.24.8 Curtailment of Tension Reinforcement ..... ... .. ..... .... ..... ....... ....... ................ ..... ... ..... .. .... ....... .... .... ......... 3-83
3.17 Solved Example .. .......................... ............... . ···························· ················· ········· ········ ······ 3-55 3.25 Design of Singly Reinforced Beam ............................ ....... ... .... ...................... ........... ............. ............... ... .... ............. 3-65
3.25.1 Design Steps for Doubly Reinforced Beams .... .. ...................................... .. ......... ................ .... .. ........... 3-91
UEX. 3.17A (MU- May 2016, 20 Mar1ta) ..... .................... ....................................... .......... 3--58 Chapter End• ........... .. .. .............. ..... .... ............................. ... .... .... .. ...... ................ .... .. .... .. ............. ... ............ ........... . 3-97
Tech-Neo PubGc.otion~. ......... lnere Authon iD1f1i"' in-•lioo

.....A !UC/1/N S1UI/ l'estur<
/
------ ------ -~
3-1
Limit State of Coli~
• Aexure, Shear ' Bond & Tors~on
.... ~ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 3-2 Umll State of Collapse· Aexure, Shear Bond & Torsion
~
~ StriJCIUr8S (MU)
lil TheofY of~ (b) eracklng
. the foUowing limiting crack
3.3.1 Singly Reinforced Beam ] For cantilever, it is a clear span plus half of the support
<XXJ prescnbeS width.
IS456 : 2 ncrete members depending The beam section in which reinfort:ement is provided to
. the strUctural co
Umlt State of CollaPs:J widths m . as b
f3 3.1 the envnoruoen
tlll exposure conditions resist only tension is called as singly reinforced section. In Ler = L+2
upon such beaiD. steel provided only one side of tbe section.
JK______.~
The resistanCe to bending. sbear. torsion and IIXI
'a) loads
al
· the Table 3.2.1.
shown 111 6-2000 .. • ·. Hangerbar
- appropriate v ue ·dth of cracks IS 45
at ev section shall DOl be less than Table 3.2.1 : Lind~~.: 35.3.2
ery . produced by the probable most ,.,~
0 -· ................ .
at that sec!IOO L.sff-----.1
oads 00 the strUCture Permissible width·
unfavourable combination of I Type of exposure
Sr. of cracks at Fig. 3.4.2
al
using the appropriate pal1ial safe!)' factors.
No. surface !0 • ~
. Steel bar In
ll considered in ' - -- - - ' tension
- The following limit stat.e of co apse ~ I•
8
o1
s- Span or Clear Span
OJmm
design: I.
Protected and not exposed Fig. 3.3.1 : Singly reinforced section
I Define sPan or Clear Span 7
ev
LQ. U.1
Limit SIJIIe of collapse in flexure to aggressive environmental
I
I.
2. Limit SIJIIe of collapse in sbear. conditions. [ ~ 3.3.2 Doubly Reinforced Beam ~Ana.:
3. Limit stat.e of collapse in torsion. environmental 0.2mm

2. Moderate It is the inner distance between two supports.
Limit stale of collapse in compression. Tbe beam section in which reinforcement is provided tD
4. conditions
resist tension and compression is called as doubly reinforced
nR
O.lmm
k~=:.==-~~-:-n---_-_-_
environmental section. In such beam, steel is provided on both side of the
I 3. Aggressive
neutral axis.
133.2 Umlt State of Serviceability
conditions
. ...... -_T
, J::;;::i:!
· Suppott
(11) Dellec:tlon
1f '?13.3 Reinforced Concrete Beam I Concrete In
oompressions- t-o-
................... N.A
1--- Steel bar In
compression
Fig. 3.4.3
-
-
The final deflection due to all loads including the effect
of temperature, creep, shrillkage and measured from the
as-QISI level of the supports of all horizontal members
sbould nOI exceed of normally spao/250.
The deflection including the effect of temperature.
rypes :
Based on geometry U
Beams are the flexural members are classified into two
.......Jt--..
t..,__..:,•..:...
·
Fig. 3.3.2 : Doubly reinforced section

Steel bar In
tension
• NOTES•
m
creep and shrillkage occurring after erection of
panitions and the application of fmishes should not
normally exceed spao/350 or 20 mm wbicbever is Jess.
(i) Rectangular beam
(a) Singly reinforced beam

I~ 3.4 Basic Terminology I
- For beams and slabs the vertical deflection limits may
Sa
(b) Doubly reinforced beam 1 (1 3.4.1 Effective Span I

generally be assumed tD be satisfied provided that the 1
span to depth ratios are not greater than the values (ii) Flanged beam
It is centre to centre distance between two support.
obtained as below :
(a) Tbeam (b) L beam b b
(i) For span upto 10 m. Basic Ud ratio L," = L+2 + 2 =L+b
(iii) Based on mode offailure (strength)
k - d~
(a) cantilever 7
(b) simply supponed 20 (a) Balanced beam
(c) continuous 26
(ii) For span above 10 m.
(b) Under reinforced beam
¥-11-+1f . - - Effective span I, - - - 1 1-2
1-+l
Basic Ud ratio x 10/span
(c) Over reinforced beam bs bs
(except for cantilevers) Fig. 3.4.1
Ted.-Neo.Publiatiacu
--.A SACHINSHAH Yeoture
/
3-3
1i1 . ~""'rres(MU)
- - A eoncrete "" uv-·~
TheOIY of Aelllfor"""
Umit State of Collapse- Aexure, Shear, Bond & Torsion
Position of C.G. of Compressive Force
-y (OA46 f"' x0.429 x,) x~+ (~x0.446 f"' x0.571 x.) x(o.429 X. +f x o.57l x.)
= (0.44 f<k X 0.429 X,.) + (~X 0.446 fd< X 0.571 x_)
(0.0924 + 0.2446) ~ r.. 2
(0.43 + 0.38) f.,. X.
Compression y 0.42x_.
al
N~ -- -
[ ~ 3.5.2 Depth of Neutral Axis
ev
Considering equilibrium of internal forces
Total compression = Total Tension
C, = T,
0.36 f.,. b x, = 0.87 fy A,.
nR
Stress diagram 0.87; A.,
CIS of beam
X,. = 0.36fdi b
Let X. = depth of neutral axis and d = effective depth of

= 0.446 f,. x (x,- 0.571 x,.) + fx 0.446 f,. CIS of beam Stress diagram
Fig. 3.5.2
beam x0.57 1x,.
From s!J'ain diagram,
Let 'a' be !he distance from N.A. to the point upto
which the suess diagram is parabolic.
By similarity of triangle
•
""'
=0.3611 f.,. X.
= 0.3 6 f.,. ·x.
Total Compressive force

U
= 0.1913 fd<. x, + 0.1698 f.,.. x,
(Adopted as per JS456 : 2000)

I~ 3.5.3 Lever Arm (Z)
It is !he distance between compressive force and tensile

force developed in !he section.
B. 3.5.4 Limiting Value of Depth of
Neutral Axis (X..,......)
m
X. a
e: = 0.002 C =Area of stress block x Width of section z = d -0.42 X.
0.002 4 "
:. a = 0.035 X. = 7 x, = 0.571 x,
=0.36 f.,. . X. . b ... (i)
Where d = Effective deplh of beam
Sa
Area of stress block= Area of rectangular portion + Area of

parabolic portion
Total Tensile force x, = Depth of Neutral axis from extreme
A.,= A,+A2 T, = Area of steel x Stress compression fibre.
2
= 0.446 f,t X (X,- a) + J X 0.446 f,t X a fy fy
=A,,xY:'=A..xw 1--b~
Fig. 3.5.3
=0.87 f A
1 11 ... (ii)
Tech-Neo PuhUatioos___ IJiere Authon inspire inDor~tion
Shear Bond & Torsion
Flexure. Shear Bond & T~ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 3-6 Umlt State of Collapse • Flexure, '
. ·t state of con~-
~ TheOIY of Aelntort:ed c;oncrete

StnJC1Ure5 (MU)
l!rnitil19
3--S
~
umr
5
(b) Fe4l ,
f _ 415 N/(010
1 -
2
)
-
x...... -
d -
0.87 ~ A,
0.36 f"' bd I -a. 3.6 Moment of Resistance J
IJQ. 3.5.2 JustifY .. c:odll
proviiiO" for ""
88(:lion 111 I.SM- E., =
(_!.-
1.15 £,
+ 0.002 A, = (0.36 f"'~
bd 0.81f, )
x..-
d The internal tensile force T an d compression force C is
neutral !llllsdiPf!FFJol*i"d (~ + 0 _002) = o.0038 al .
developed due to bending which are equ 10 rna
goitude and
.
= t.J5 X2X 10 Abd" x 100 - (0.36f,,~~x 100 .
opposite in direction fomung a coup1e, the moment of this
- o.87 r,) d
1!1 Ans.: couple is called as moment of resistance.
. . coocrete in compression ~ ~=1.087
= (o~~ x..d-
Maximum siJ31ll lD = 0.0035
E, pt.Um . set up 10
)t IS
. the beam section to balance external
E~ =0.0035 J=(1.087+
al
Clause 38.1 )
Maximum strain in steel (As per 15456 : 2()00, I _L-;-;. = 0.479 = 0.48 bending momenL
k., _ - I)
r.
0 002
- ~+I
( c~ 3.5.5.1 For Mild Steel Fe250 -1 o.42 x..
e.= u5E/ · E,
____.1_-r-c.
2
ev
~----- ~----
By similarity of triangles in suain diagniiD (cl Fe500. r, = 500 N/mm r, = 250 MPa, ~
d = 0.53
.... (MU - May 2018) z
36 r,,
pt, lim = 0 _87 X 250 X 0.53 = 0.088 f <t
d-x. = e:x..
e.
E.,
f 500
= ~ +0.002=[i5 x2x 10
1.15E, -
+ 0.002
[a
.. . .
(::+ l)x.
nR
d= = 0.0042
3.5.5.2 For HYSD Fe415 b
•I
Fig. 3.6.1
X. =(e: )=(e.:aeJd
- +I
~
E, =
0.0042 120
o:iiOJ5 = . f , = 415MPa, --;t==0.48
x,~.
Em M, = c. x z =T, x z For balanced section

0.0035 d k, = -I- J --'-- -0456=0.46
=(1.20+ I ) - . 36 f"'
·pt,lim = 0 _87 x 415 x 0.48=0.048f"' Moment of resistance from concrete in compression
~E + o.oo2) + o.0035 ( !',.+I
U
= ( E,
\1.15 •
M_ = C, X = (0.36 f,. X, b) (d- 0 .42 X.)
r o.oo35E, _, Table3.5.1
I~ 3.5.5.3 For HYSD Fe500
Z
....... = L0.87 r,. + 0.0055 E] d X.(1-0.42d)bd

x.1 2
= k, x d YleJd stress (~) I-.- k,. = t = 0.36f"'d
x.~;-
Where k, = neutral axis COOSiaDI r, = 500 MPa, = o.46
I~
m
Mild sreel 250 MPa 0.53 d 0.53 3.6.1 Limiting Moment of Resistance
36 f,,
a. 3.5.4.1 Umltlng Value of Depth of Fe415 415MPa 0.48 d 0.48 pt, lim = 0 _87 X
500
X 0.46 = 0.Q38 fcl
Neutral Axis for Different

Grades of Steel Fe500 500MPa 0.46 d 0.46
M,_11 ,. = 0.36 f, , X, d.,. (I -0.42 X.;;-) bd2
Table 3.5.2 :Value of pt, lim for different steel
Sa
Ia_
= R,.bd2
2013 Grade or steel pt, Um
.,. (MU ·May ) 3.5.5 Maximum Percentage of
(a) Mild sreel

Steel (pt.llm)
Fe250 0.088 f,,
Where R,. = Q = 0.36 f,, X,d.,.. (I - 0.42 ~.,..) bd2
f1 = 250 N/mm 2 E, = 2 x 10' N/mm 2 Cu = Tu

Fe415 0.048 f,,
1-a. 3.6.1.1 For Mild Steel I
~
5
[ 0.0035 x2x 10 ]
0.36 fa bd x,_..., = 0.87 fy A,. Fe500 o.o38 r,,
1c, = d = 0.87 x250 x 0.0055 x2x 10' =0.5J
2
M,,llm = 0.36 f"' X 0.53 (I - 0.42 X 0.53) bd
- 0.87 fy A..
X..nw - 0.36 fd< b
= 0.148f,,bd
2
Teeh-Neo Publicatiow.._ rn.- Aullmn ilup~ illstwaliott

-- A SAC/UN SIIAJI Yt11ture
3-8 Umlt State of Collapse- Aexure, Shear, Bond & Torsion
Mode of Failure of R.C.C. Beam In Flexure
W!Jere. Following are the three mode of failure of RCC beam in flexure :
. n we get.
Solving the quadratic eq~uauo
•~] Bd 1. Balanced section 2. Over reinforced section 3. Under reinforced section
=~[t-
----·
1- f bd b
A, ry ck
[a 3.6.1.3 For Fe500 J l

oeslgn constant tor M30 and
£0 0.0035
~ 3.6.4
al
= 0.36 L x 0.46 (I -0.42 x 0.46) bd
M.. ~ ~ Fe500
= o.133 r" bd' 2 f y = 500 N/rom
2
•-"m. Moment oiR~

Table 3 6.1 • •.......,._, f,k
= 30 N/rniD and
ev
M, .. .. Neutral axis constant
Gndeol- ..!.!.-
0.871
d (i) Linuung •su = T+ 0.002
o.l48 r" bd_

2
__L.,..d •
Fe2.50 (M. S.)
Fc415
0.53
0.48 0.138 rd.bdl K. = (t +t) Beam section Balanced section Under reinforced
section
OVer reinforce
section
nR
0.133 rd. bd
2
Fig. 3.7.1: Mode orrailure or RCC beam
0.46 f 500 -:; + 0.002
Fe500
E,. = !.i5E. + 0.002 = 1.15 X 2 X 10
a 3.6.2 Moment of Resistance trom
Tension in Steel
= 4.174 X 10- 3 [a 3.7.1 Balanced Section
Before failure, the beam resists extensive cracks in
-3
4.174 X 10 =1.19 tension and very high deflection. Due to crocking on tensile
0.0035 At critical load, strain in steel and concrete reaches
= T~ z =0.87fyA, (d - 0.42 x,)
U
M, their maximum permissible value at same time. Failure of zone and deflection, the occupant gets alert before failure.
_L...,. = 0.456 =0.46
= 0.87 ~ A, d ( 1- 0.42 ~) k, = (1.1 9 + l) section take place by crushing of concrete and yielding of
steel at same time, such section is called as balanced or
As failure is take place on tension zone by cracking and
yielding of steel, it is known as tension failure. The failure

(ii) Moment of resistance constant (R.) critical section. Neutral axis of such section is critical
X,~
X11 1 max~
but d = 0.36 rd. bd max ( in under reinforced beam is ductile and only such design is
neutral axis or limiting neutral axis.
R,-- o·36 fd. ~ I - OA2 d )
m
0.87 r, A..ll') d acceptable.
. . M,. = 0.87 ryA,. d ( I -0.42 X 0.36 fd. bd) X, = xu.max
R, = 0.36 fd. X0.46 (I - 0.42 X0.46) = 0.133 f,k M, < M..lim
M, = 0.87fyA,d[J-l.015r. · ~J R, = 0.133 x 30 = 4 N/rom
2
a 3.7.2 Under Reinforced Section
Sa
(Tension Failure) a 3.7.3 Over Reinforced Section:

As per 15456 : 2000 : ANNEX G, G-J.I{b), page No. 96 (iii) Development length for 16 DUD ~ (Compression Failure)
M, = 0.87f,A,. d [l- t. ~] Clause 26.2.1, page no. 42 of JS456 : 2000, Ld given by
0.87 f, ~
lf the steel provided in the section is less than the steel If the steel provided in the section is more than the steel
required for balanced section, the section is under reinforced required for a balanced section, the section is said to be over
I Ld = 1.6 (4 tbd)
"Zt.. 3.6.3 Area of Steel is Generally section. At critical load, strain in steel reaches its maximum reinforced section. At critical load, strain in concrete reaches
Calculated for Resisting the tbd = 1.5 from clause 26.2.1.1 value while concrete is not fully strain and does not reaches its maximum while steel is not fully strain and does not
ForM30,
Ultimate Moment M.
its maximum value (0.0035). Actual N.A. (x,) is less than reaches to its maximum value. Depth of Actual Neutral axis
0.87 x 500 x 16 __ mm A
Ld -- 1.6x 4 X 1.5 725 ... II& balance N.A. or x, is above balance N.A. is greater than balance N.A.
....A SACHIN SHAH Yeaturr Teeb-Neo PublieationB--·- lntre Authors inspire iaoon~tion -A SACHIN SIL4fl Ytntlll't
• Flexure, Shear, Bond & T~ Bond & Torsion
. tBte of cotJapse ~ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 3·10 Umlt State of Collapse - Flexure, Sh ear,
9 Umil S . --'e as in case of overloact "-
Y n 2
3- • 'SO it IS UD""'' ""' xu > xu, Jim :. beam is over reinforced 2
tnJCIUr8S (MU ) . 1 used· "' . ve time for the occupant Ia A,. = 5 x
4x 16 = 1005.31 mm
~~~~::!.~~~~~~:=te=S~----
~ry of Rein~
"~-
X. > X..- -orheS its
ef[ecUVC. sudden and dOCS not ,gl_ the design of an ov~
fai]UCC IS . 'fhel1:l 0• v,
peeessatY acuon. ed bY IS456 : 2000.
''
r:::> Step 4 : Moment of Resistance
i) When beam is over reinforced
r:::> Step 1 : Depth of Actual Neutral Axis
' .-nrrcte · -
. Ill . take .s restrict 0.87 fx A,. 0 .87 X 500 X 1005.31
.ve stralll """" . UfS, it IS . orced (JeaDII M,. = C, X Z = 0.36fclo X,. • b (d - 0.42 X,)
As 1be compres5' f section IS OCC . reinf M, > M, . lim•. _ _ _ _ __ _ X, = 0.36 fclo b = 0.36 X 20 X 230
ucJdeD failure 0 f £1eSigD IS When beam is under reinforced
ultimalt value firs~ s . 'Ibis kind o . . . d $eClk>l1 ii)
compression failure· gtb of steel•• not , under Relntorcev~.::...-----J M, = T,xz=0.87f,A.,(d-0.42x,.) = 264.08mm
blown ... 1be available saen --"" secuon and
unecooOJrucal lJcC8USC over Relnfor...,.. iii) when beam is balanced section r:::> Step 2 : Depth of Limiting Neutral Axis
eaJanC8d sactiO"· .
~be!W88" M, = C, x z = 0.36 f"' x,. · b (d- 0.42 x,) or F, 500, x., tim 0.46 d = 0.46 X 450
Code' 22502
al
LO. 3.7.1
li:1 AM. : Refer UO 3.4.3 trorn . M,. = T, X z = 0.87 f, A,. (d - 0.42 x,) 207 mm
.,._.l..,dion
the steel r:::> Step 3 : Type of section
.ded . 1be section is
balanced section, ~3.8 Analysis of Single Reinforced
ev
If 1be steel proVI Ill . such steel ... x, > X.. tim• the section is over reinforced section and
t 1be steel ~uiled.
Definition saiDC as tha seclioo. Beam
its Strain in concrete reaches its
seclion is a balanced seclioo. steel reaches fails in compression side.
strain in maximum val ue first.
. . --~e and steel reacheS w maximum value firSt. ¢ Step 4 : Moment of resistance
Stralll ~~~~·- UEx. 3.8.1 MU • Ma 2018 . 6 Marks
Stain its maximum value at 1be same urne A singly reinforced rectangular beam with width 230 mm M,. = C, X Z = 0.36 f,, • b • X, (d - 0.42 :x,.)
and effective depth 450 mm is reinforced with 5 ban of
nR
X,> X,,m., = 0.36 X 20 X 230 X 264.08 ( 450- 0 .42 X 264.08)
Area of steel 16 mm diameter. Calculate the ultimate moment of 6
148.29 x 10 N·mm
Deplh of resistance of the section using limit state method. Use M-20
M_,=C,XZ concrete and HYSD steel of Fe 500 - 148.29 kN·m ... Aos.
Neutral Axis
M,=T, XZ
M,.=C,xz =(0.36 f" X, b) (d- 0.42 x.J liZ! Soln. : UEx.3.8.2 r,JU . Dec 2 0 12 10 f.lorks
Moment of =0.87f, A,.(d - 0.42 x,) Determine ultimate IIlOilltnt of resistance of a singly
resis[3IJCe Given
<cu < 0.0035 reinforced rectangular beam of width 150 mm and overall
U
Width b = 230mm
depth 360 mm. The effective cover provided to the ICIIailc
Effective depth d = 450 nun reinforcement is 40 mm and the reinforcement compriaes- of
Diagrams
Reinforcement = 5- 16 mm <11 3 bars of 16 mm diameter. The maJCrials are M -20 ~
and HYSD steel of grade Fe 415.
f" = 20 N/mm
2
, f, =500 N/mm2.
To find : M,. liZ! Soln.:
m
Given
Fig. 3.7.4
Fig. 3.7.2
Type I To Fmd Moment of Resistance of a

¢
Fig. 3.7.3
Step 2 : Limiting depth of Neutral axis ld = 450 mm

Width
Overall depth
b
D
= 150 rnm
= 360mm
Sa
For Fc250, x,. Hm = 0.53 d Effective cover C=40rnm
Smgly Rem forced Concrele Beam
2
0.48 d f,, = 20N/rnm
For Fc415,
5-16mm+
•••••
2
f1 = 415 N/mm
w 011111 Given For Fc500. 0.46 d
Reinforcement = 3 - 16 rnm 41
Si1.e of beam (b and d), Area of Steel (A., ). Grade of c:> Step 3 : Classification of section
concrclt (fa! and grade of &tecl (f,) b =230mm Toftnd : M.
¢ Step J : Actual depth of neutral axi• x, = x,. 11,. :. beam is balanced
Effective depth
Fig. P. 3.8.1
0. ~7 ',A.
•' = 0.36 f" h x, < '•·""' :. beam iMunder reinforced d D- C
Area of steel in tension
360 - 40 =320 mm
I .... .A .l'A0/1/Y,\1/A/1 YeD/111< 'f~I• -Nt:o
l'uhliea1iun11 ........... H ere Aullwn Jiupire iDno..-.lion -A SACHIIY SIM/J y,.,,..,
~ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 3-12 Umn State of Collapse- Aexure, Shear, Bond & Torsion
.. Tbe beam is under reinforced
EJI. 3.8.4
A rectangular R:C.C. beam of size 230 mm wide x 660 mm <> Step 4 : Moment of Resistance
effective depth ts remforced with 4 - 20 mm diameter bars. M,. = Tux z = 0 .87 fy A,. (d- 0 .42 X.)
Gi'eo J{)()Olltl Find out moment of resistance of beam. Also state whether
Width of lJe3ID b "' the beam is under reinforced or over reinforced. = 0 .87 X 415 X 1256.64 (660- 0.42 X 182.65)
soo(llltl r.-Jaterial : r.-130 grade of concrete and HYSD reinforcement
overall depth D "'
of grade Fe 415.
= 264.64 x 106 N.rom
40(1lftl ••• Ans.
Effective cover C "' r.-Jethod : L .S.M. is recommended. = 264.64 kN.m
4-16 [llltl41
Reinforcement A,. "'
621 Soln.:
al
2 Ex. 3.8.5
201'1/l]lltl Given: Width b = 230 mm. ,
f,, "' A reinforced concrete beam of rectangular section 200 mm
2 Effective depth d = 660 mm, wide by 550 mm deep is reinforced with 4 baiS of 25 rom 41
4!51'1/lllfll
f "' Number of barn= 4, at an effective depth of 500 mm. Calculate safe moment of
' Diameter of bar 41 = 20 mm, resistance of the section.
ev
Method-LSM
Materials - M20 and Fe415 HYSD baiS.
Characteristic strength of concrete f" =30 MPa.
Area of steel in u:nsion UseLSM.
To lind: M,. Yield strength of steel f., = 415 MPa
It
A._ = 3 X;j X 16
2
=' 603.18
7
IJlll)
2 li1'l Soln.:
Effective depth Width b = 200 rom,
Given:
¢ Step 1 : Dcplb of Acroal Neutral Axis d "' Overall depth- effective cover overall depth D = 550 rom
nR
0.87 fy A._ -0.87 X 415 X 603. 187
d=660mm
Effective depth d = 500 mm.
x, = 0_36 f"'b - o.36 x 20 X 150 = D-C=500-40:o460lllfll
steel 4- 25 rom .P
= 201.65 aun Area of steel in tension Concrete f.,. = 20 mm MPa.

2
steel f 1 = 415 MPa
¢ Step z: Depth of Limiting Neutral Axis A. = n x 4
2Id2 _ 4 X2I ( !6/
- 4 .
=804.24lllfll
F, 415 , x,_.., = 0.48 d = 0.48 X 320
b=230mm
=20 MPa and .
U
For M20-and F, 415, f,,
~-
153.6 aun Fig. P. 3.8.4
f, "' 415 MPa d=500mm
¢ Step 3 : Type of section To find : Moment of resistance 0=550mm
.. ·•· section is over reinforced section and ¢ Step 1 : Depth of Neutral axis
. x,>X.. tim• ""' Area of steel
0.87f A, 0.87 X 415 X 804.24 4-25mm+
fails in compression side. X, = 0.36 ~t b = 0.36 X 20 X 300 • •• .• 1---'
m
¢ Step 4 : Moment of resistance '- lt_· . ;.
M. = c, x Z=0.36 f" . b · x, (d - 0.42 x,) "' !34.4 mm = 1256.64 mm
2 b=200mm
= 0.36 X 20 X J50 X 201.65 (320 -0.42 X 201.65) ¢ Step 2: Limiting depth of Neutral axis Fig. p_ 3.8.5
¢ Step 1 : Actual depth of neutral axis
6
= 51.25 x 10 N·mm
Sa
x,_,;m,. 0.48 d =0.48 x 460 =220.8 mm 0 ·87fy A, 0.87 X 415 X 1256.64 To find : Safe moment of resistance
... Ans. X, = 0.36 f,, b 0.36 X 30 X 230
= 51.26kN·m
¢ Step 3 : Type of section
Area of steel in tension
= 182.65 mm
u~ ~.at-ifh4"i'"'l'~mn Since x, < x,, lim• the section is under reinforced i.e.
Deiennine ultimale moment of resistance for a singly
beam fails from tension side
<> Step 2 : Limiting depth of Neutral axis = 1963.5 mm
1
'reinforced rectangular beam of width 300 mm and 500 mm

'9VC~ ~ Effective cover provided to the tensile ¢ Step 4 : Moment of Resistance
For Fe415, Xu, lim = 0.48 d = 0.48 X 660 <> Step 1 : Actual depth of neutral axis
·remforceillellt is 40 mm. the u:osion reinforcement consist 0 .8? f,. A,, 0.87 X 415 X 1963.5
M, = T, · Z = 0.87 f, A., (d- 0.42 x,) = 316.8 mm
'ilft birs of J6 mm diameter. Use M 20 concrete, Fe 4 I5 X. = 0 .36 f.,. b - 0 .36 X 20 X 200
~~.and J,_,~.M = 0.87 X 415 X 804.24 (460 - 0.42 X 134.4) <> Step 3 : Type of section
= 492.3 mm
6 X, < x,. lim i.e. 182.65 mm < 3 I6.8 mm
117. 17 x 10 N·mrn= 117.17kN·m .. . Ans.
Te<h-Nw Publicalloru-- ll'1wt: Aulilorr IDiflll'< UUHJYII/Jon
.....A SACHI/V SHAH y.,tme
I
(
---- ------ 3-13
Umil StBte of col
f section
~.Flexure, Shear, Bond & To~
Umit State of Collapse - Aexure, Shear, Bond & Torsion
~[i1~~~~~·---<~~c;ooctli~~~~;StriJCII!;:~res~(:;;,M;;;iU)._~
0
¢ SteP 3: rype ¢ "Step 3 : Type of beam
I Theory of Rein"""""
..
,_.
plb ofl'I.A. for lV" 15
;t,. ,. ll,.ii'"
bea!1l is 0 ver re1
.
·ntorced secuoo
X. > X.. lim• (X. = x_, lim)
¢ Step 2 : )..iJiuung de 500 - 240 JDfD Hence. the f resistaDce
= 0.48 d = 0.48 x - inf()!ce(l section. ¢ Step 4 : Moment o . b (d - 0.42 .x.) :. The section is balanced reinforced section.
H::.the section of beam is under re =
M, = c, x z 0.36 fot ;t,.
230
(400 _ 0.42 x 205.48) AD RC sec~oo 230 mm x 600 mm depth ovcraiJ and
¢ Step3:Typeofbeam . 492.3JDfii"240JDfll = OJ6x20x;o5.48x reinforced w1th 4-20 ~ ~ is used as a siinply ~ ¢ Step 4 : Moment of resistance
be3JD · over an effecuve span. of 5 m. ~· the' M_ = Cu X Z =0.36 fc.t b X. (d- 0.42 x,)
·: ;1,. ,. X., Jim J.e. . reed := 106.74 x 10 JII,[Jllll ... AilS.
.~. ~-~ section is over reinfo · wa.xiJnUDl udl the beam ~ap .carry safely :(includin' self
Hence""'.,....... = I06.74 k]ll.ro weigbt). Use Fe 415 steel and M20 ~- ··g = 0.36 X 20 X 230 X 274 (570- 0.42 X 274)
¢ Step 4 : Moroeot of resistaiJCC 42 )
M, = C., X Z = 0.36 fd ;1,. b (d -(~ ~ 42 X 492.3) .. A. bars provided.
~ Soln.: = 206.4 x 106 N·mm = 206.4 kN·m
= 0.36 )( 20 X 492.3 X 200 - . nn.. 5 Nos- 16 [Jllll 'I' Given : b = 230 mm D = 600 mm <:> Step 5 : Uniform distributed load
.,,,._n 2
al
= 207.88 x J06N.rom ..• A~ 1t 2 - 5 x rrx 162:: 1005.3 mm A,, = 4-20mm~ L, =5m w,x 5
2
= 207.88kN.m A. = nx4' - 4 :. 206.4 = -8-

To find: Maximum udl 'w'
Ex. 3.8.& f width 230 rom and w
A singly reinforced rectan~ar beam with 3 No. 20 rom
0
=20 mm
~
Assume clear cover for beams
ev
400 rom effective depth IS reinfredorced roent of resistance of
diameter bars. Find out the facto mo For M20 and F, 415,
....
d =400 mm
the section. d HYSD reinforcement 2 Fig. P. 3.8.7
Materials : M20 grade of concrete an f,k = 20Nimm and f, =415N/mm2
~~=~~·the factored moment of resistance if it is w. = 66.048 kN I m ••• Ans.
nR
reinforced with 5 Nos - 16 rom ' bars. &-16mm+
•· --- UEx. 3.8.8 (MU- Dec 2018 6 Marks
Find MR for a beam 230 x 450mm effective, reinforced.
li1l Soln. : . - 400 mm = 1256.64 mm2 with 3 bars of 25 mm diameter. Also, fmd a safe load the
Given : Width b = 230 mm. effecUve depth d -
beram.can cany over a span of Sm. Use M-20 concrete and
Concrete f" = 20 MPa. b = 230 mm
Effective cover d = D- ~ -clear cover HYSD steel of F'e 415.
yield stress in steel f, =415 MPa Flg. P. 3.8.6(11)
To ftnd : Moment of resistance 0 Soln.:
20
IIIII
When 3 No. of 20 mm ' bars provided
1 1
¢ Step 1 :Actual depth of N.A
x, = ~ =
0.87 f1 A,
= 219.18 mro
0.36x20x230
U
0.87 X 415 X 1005.3
D=600mm
T l
= 600-2 -20=570mm Given
Width
Effective depth
Reinforcement
b = 230mm
d = 450mm
= 3-25mm~
fy = 415 N/mm ,
2
f, = 20 N/mm
2
m
d = 570 mm To find: MR
d=400mm ¢ Step 2: Limiting depth of N.A
1::·:~ 1
D=550mm Area of steel in tension
1 • • •· 1
xu,lim
-- 048d=
•
0.48x400=192mm
1t 2 2
¢ Step 3 : Type of Section
A,, = 3 X '4X 25 =1472.62 mm
3-20mm+
Sa
x \J > xu, llm r - - - -,. .,1-
:. The beam is over reinforced section b=230mm

b=230mm
¢ Step 4 : Moment of resistance Fig. P. 3.8.7
Flg. P. 3.8.6(a)
d=450mm
48 M, = c, x z = 0.36 f,1 x, b (d -0.42 x.)
A. =n x4' = 3•x4(20)
1t 2 1t 2
=942. nun
2 ¢ Step 1 : Actual depth of Neutral axis
¢ Slep 1 : Actual Neutral axis depth

0.87 ~A. 0.87 X 415 X 942.48
X, = 0.36 f, 1 b = 0.36 X 20 X 230
= 205.48mm
= 0.36 X 20 X 219.18 X 230 (400- 0.42 X 2J9.J8)
= 111.77x 10 N.mm
= 111.77 kN.m
6
... Ans.
Xu
0.87 fy A.,
= 0.36 fck b
= 274 mm
-
0.87 X 415 X 1256.64
0.36 X 20 X 230
. •·:·•--
5-25mm +
---
b=230mm
<:> Step 2 : Limiting depth of Neutral axis for Fe 415
¢ Slep 2 : Limiting depth of N.A for Fe4 I5
x,,lim = 0.48 d = 0.48 x 400 = 192 mm x•. Jim = 0.48 d = 0.48 X 570 = 273.6 mm Fig. P. 3.8.8
.....A SACHIN S/M/1 Ye11tute Tecl!-Neo Publications .......... Wbere Authors iiHpU. iluJo ...tios .....A SACHIN S/L4IJ r.,true
~ fll?<J2' of Relnfort:OO Contr Slruaur~t~ (MUJ
f'crr ~ imply ' upported beam Wtlh udl

1 1
MaAtmum fJM • gw L • w 11)( 5 To n.d : LllruWIC MtJoleo& a( Jle&&JWIU
J'or cqUtlillrium. RM • M, • O.l3lH b( • 0.138 x 20 x 400 x 6IXf

w )(5 1
~ • 73.2.11 • J'n ~ 11f i.l'l · m > 300 i.N.m
J';telored udl , w, • 21.45 kN/m .. M. <

• )11"""
~ ....... . . 11 "' a •ing.Jy rernlcxced beml and t«IJOO i under
¢ Slip l ' DqlCh "' lftUUII&
0 4 d a 0.~ retnforccd.
F, 41~. '- .. "
al
L • 5m
• :1o rnm Area of steel
flg. P. JJI.9(•J
o..s r,,[ ~ 4.6 ~bd
Self weigh! of beam = Yu- . x b x D A. =T '- I- r.. bd
ev
-~[1 -
self weigh! of beam = 25 / 0.2 Y 0 4 = 2 kN/m 4.6 >< J00 X I0 X 400 )( 600
-415 I- zox 400x«il
Fac1ored udl in addi1ion 10 self weigh! = w, - \elf wetght
¢ SiiP ' ' t.~orncnc "' rc:si~nc<
036( + (d - 04h, l s an of beam L=5m
M_ • C, ) l Z• d
Clear cover= 30 mm. P = 23.45 - 2 = 21.45kN/m
• 0 .\!> 20' 2JO 311 (450 - 0 41 ' >211
nR
Moment or re!illltance.
• 16 .541 • 10' !'l·mm ronnel: Safe udl in add ilion 10 self weight UELU.11 f.lU . f,la 2012 a M,uk'· '
... Alii- Art:ll of steel 21.45 21.45
Decmnine tbc aru of steel requited (01 a sia&IY Jllla(Oftl!'Jd
~ 16 .~241:1'1·m 2
--y:- =Ts cone. beam 200 mm x 4~ mm deep (effective) to raJst Ill
!! ' - Jx![x 16' = 603.19mm
¢ Slql s : Urufonn dlslnhutcd load A, = nx 4 41- 4 ultimlle IIIOIDCIIl o 70 kNm. M.2M'e 41-'.
2
( w ¢ Step I : AciUul depth of neu!I'JI axis
14.30 kN/rn ...AnlL
It! Soln. :
M, = - 8-
~ L"
n1. P. 3.1.81•1
¢
0.87 ( A. 0.87 X 415 X 603.19
1
x, = O.J6 f,, b = 0.36 x 20 x 200
= 151.24 nun
Step 2 : Lirniling depth of Neutral axis
U Type Ill : To Find Moment of Res1slance and
Ex. 3.8.10
Area of Steel
Ginn : b
To ftnd:
= 200 nnm,
M20 and Fe 41 5
A.
d = 4SO mm. M. • 70 kN·m
m
For Fe4 I5. x•. ""' = 0.48 d = 0.48 X 400 A reinforced concrele beam has following delails : ¢ Step l : Limiting momcn1 of resistance
"'· x5' 192 mm
167.~14 = - 8- Widlh =400 mrn
M..~om 1 1
0. I 38 f" bd =0. 138 x 20 x 200 x 4S0
...An.. ¢ Slep 3 : Type of section Effcclive dcplh = 600 mm
~·. = 53.6 kN·m
111.78 x 106 N·mm., 111.78 kN·m
Sa
x, < x,.11'" i.e. 151.24 mm < 192 mm Uhimatc momenl the beam can support = 300 kN · m
U&.u.tdBI&&l Effecli ve cover = 60 mm Since M, < M~~. ""' beam is a singly reinforced.
:. The bean1 is under reinforced and fails under tension
A II!<Dftlllla' beam. hlviDa 200 mm width and 400 mm Stress in compression reinforcement C = 35) N/m!
effceli~ dqllh i reinforced wi!b 3 bini of 16 mm diameter
Area of sleel in 1ension.
•::> Step 4 : Momenl is under Resistance Design !he rcinfor,·emcnl,
Fe41S S1CC1. F'md 1be ultimMc UDL (f~ or design Malerials : M20 grade of (·oncrele, Fc4 I5 sl~cl.
UDL wllidllbe bum CIO wely carry over a span of 5 m).
M, = T, x z = 0.87 fy A., (d - 0.42 x,)
A. =-0.5ff,,- [ 1- 1-
4.6 M,. ]
f,, . b. d
bd
Iii Soln. : )
UeM20~. = 0.87 X 415 X 603.19 (400 - 0.42 X 15 1.24)

1!:1 Soln. : 6
Given : b = 400 mrn d = 600 mm
= 73.28 x 10 N.mm = 73.28 kN.m ... Alii.
GJ- : Width b = 200 mm. , M, = 300 kN m cover = 60 mm
¢ StepS : Safe uniformly dislributed load
etTCCii ve depth d =400 rnm, ...Alii.
Effecli ve lenglh L, = 5 m f.. = 353 N/nun2 f,1 = 20 N/mm2
Ttrb-Neol'uhli<lliurli........._ IJ1Jcm Aut/Jon irupim "'-•liM
.....A SAl1/IN jJWI Yt:~~lm
/
--- -- -~
~ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 3-18 Umll Slate of Collapse- Aexure, Shear, Bond & Torsion
I J,>'
use 25 OlJJI 41 bar, A4l
It
='4 X (25) = 490.87 mm2
2 (ii) If the depth of N.A. is limited to 0.35 d what will be the
value of M, and A,. 7
10164.5
Number of bars= = 490:87 = 20.70 "' 20 (iii) If the section is reinforced with 0.4 % steel, determine
the depth of N.A. Hence calc~ M,.
provide 20- 25mm 41 bars
li1l' Soln.:
2
Given: b=230mm fa.= 20 N/mm
EX· 3.8.14 2
d =400 men f1 =415 N/mm
find the limiting moment of resistance and area of tensile
0 Soln.:
D soomm steel for a beam 300 x 600 mm effective using M20 and
Given: b = 250mm :
40mm pe4!5.
c
al
M. = 135 kN·m; For balanced section
2 It( soln. :
2
r, = 41 5 N/mm
r.,. = 20N/mm :
Limiting of depth N. A. for balanced section :
Find: A. 2 Given : b = 300 mm, d 600mm
2- 0 25 X 25 X 300 X 550 x.-
M.t>al =0.25 fd bd - . M20 ---t f,,= 20 N/mm
2 For Fe415, = 0.48 d = 0.48 X 400
ev
= 192mm
= 567.18 kN.m Fe415 ---t f 1 = 415 N/mm
2
2
D = 500
For Fe415, M..max = 0.138 f,, bd
The section is under reinforced r::> Step 1 : M, l;m
= 0.138x20x230x4002
M, < M..bu Maximum limit of moment of resistance i.e. M. lim 6
10l.6x l0 N · mm
nR
,;-:._ fc=40mm
i..[!~b= 2-50-
mm -JI-'- a < 0.5 d .. Mu"m = 0.138 X f,, X bd
2
.. .ForFe415 lOl.6kN · m
. for under-reinforced 2 ¢ Area or steel
Fig. P. 3.8.12 Ultimate moment of res1st.ance .. M u lim = 0.!38 X 20 X 300 X (600)
0.87 f 1 A"
section. 6 x,
.. M, Um = 298 x 10 N.mm 0.36 f,k b
Tormd: A,
M. =t f,, ba (d - f) 0.87 X 415 X Aa
U
. . M. 11., = 298 kN.m 192 = 0.36 X 20 X 230
Effective depth
120 X 106 = t X25 X300 Xa ( 550 - t ) r::> Step 2 : Area of steel
d = D- effective cover= 500- 40 = 460 nun A. = 880 rnm2
To find area of steel, equating C, and T,. Case (li) : If the depth or NA (x,) Is limited to 0.35d
Limiting moment of resistance for Fe415 =5 x 103 a(550 - t) x,,mu = 0.35 d = 0.48 X 400
2 T, = c,
m
2
Mu,lim = 0.138 f.,, bd :0.138 x 20 X250 x 460 140mm
24000 =550a - 0.5 i
6
= 146 x 10 N·mm 0.87f1 A,. = 0.36 f,, X, b ... X,= X, mu 0.87f,.A,.
Area of steel
0.5 a2 - 550 a+ 24000 =0 0.36 f,kb
= 146kN·m 0.87 x 415A,. = 0.36 x 20 x 0.479 x d x b
0.87 X 415 X Ap,
Sa
·: M.. lim> M,. beam is a singly reinfon:ed Solving quadratic Equation, we get 14()' = 0.36 X 20 X 230
( X,= 0.479 d 2
Area of steel for singly reinfon:ed beam a = 1054.54 mm A,. = 642.12 mm
0.87 X 415 A,,= 0.36 X 20 X0.479 X600 X 300 for fe415) Moment of Resistance
0.5 fc1 [
A,.=-r- 1- 1---
4.6M,]
2 bd Total compression = Total tension As the x, = 140 mm < x,,1;m. therefore section is under
r r,, bd A, = 1719mm2
reinforced
-~[1-
-415
- 4.6 X 135 X 10 2 X250 X460
I 20 X250 X460
J Ex. 3.8.15 M, = T, Xz =0.87f1 A.. (d- 0.42 x,)
J2 X20 X300 X 1054.54 = 415 A• A singly reinforced concrete beam 230 mm wide and 400
= 0.87x4J5x642.12(400-0.42x 140)
= 990.15mm
2
2
mm deep effectively. Use M20 concrete and Fe415 steel.
6
A. = 10164.5 rnm Use L.S.M. = 79.l0x l0 N.mrn=79. lOkN · m ·
(i) Calculate Mu.mu and A,..... for balanced section
.....A SAC/liNSIWI Yeature Teth-Neo Publications ..- - If/Jere Aut/Jon iD>pire iDtHMtioo
I II )f;O · F10
JUrt! .
ShOn• . Oood & T!lAI....
~'""'~
, : ~ ~trp l : hnd rK.Iu.l l • .

II ~7 f ; II OR7 '~I~ dll~i l ~
01/i ; 2f l ; 2)()
'• • IHJSmm
,_;, Step 3 : Compare •. and •. - · ~ loin. :
lleam " under rc• nforced Gh·m: b = 2JOmm . d • mm

!I I J
115 .35 < 191.6 A•: 4 X4>C(20) •fV(>,t;mm
al
1 75 . 3~ mm
fig. 3.11. 1 C<>n.•ider x, : Ml ~ . f " I~ N/mm'
¢ Strp .a : Actual stras In sted r,
Fe415. r, 41 S Ntmm'
. d str•in in sr.e d E"
Step6 : F10 • T, x Z = 0.87 f 1 A, (d - 0.42Jt,J
ev
values
~ E +0.002 .... f )
from >tep (4).
1
E.. 1.15 , 60 X 10 0.87 X [1 (804.25) 1400 - ( 0 .~ 2" 175.JS JJ M, = 60 "'"·m
: 4S. ~ .m
b ' ,imilar triangles Actual ¢ Step I : Find 11,,

. d strain in concreu: E " )
s~ep7 : Fm
f, : 262.76 N/mrn
1 A,._ = 0.479 d For Fc41~
nR
Grad< of su:el and con~-rett . ¢ Step 5 : ActWII stress In concretr 0.446 r.. : 0.479x .WO: 191.6mm
Gi-a : b. d. "'- and M.
M, C, X Z: 0.36 fd bA,. (d - 0.42 A,.) ¢ Step 2 : Find actual x.
Sup I : Fmd - .. conSJdtrlnf !!f1id< o Sled. Ex. 3.8.16 'de and 400 mm deep
.
A si ngly remforced . 230 mm '" q, bars. Gmde or
bellD1 . 0 .87 f, >e A,. 0 .87 x .al5 >C 12.56.6
1
Sup l: Fmd acnW >:,. 6
· ~ ed " ''th 4-1 mm 60 X 10 0.36 f,, X 230 X 175.35
effective is rem ore used Find the maximum o.J 6 r.,. "b 0.J6 X 15 X 2JO
SLop 3 : Com!>&n' >.., and >.., _ 0 1d steel Fe415 are ·
concrete M2 ru . . d concrete: if Lbe beam is
. d.:r remforced and consider stresses and strwn m stee an 1 m
1400 - (0.42 X 175.35) ]
U
If ~ < _, _ Sec..-uon ~~ un ·\ . : 365.29 mm
. . -~ to factored Ill ment of 60 KN. .
.., for fut!her calculaliO!l>. sub1eci.CU r"' : 12.66 Ntmm' ¢ Step ) : Compare A,. and x, ....
c ~. n IS balanced and consider X. for
0 Soln. :
lf>..,•x,-- =-uO
Given :
b : 230 nun. d : 400 nun. Actual extreme fibre stress in concrete =0 ~6 f" ..... Over remforct:d :w:ction
fun!xr caJcuJauon.,. 1[ l 1
A.: 4 X;j X( 16) :804.25 mm Actual 0 .446 f,, : 5.65 N!mm
1
365 .29 > 191 6 Con.<idc:r "•: X..,... = 191.6 mm
if ~ > "'~ .... - Socuon ts over remforced and con!tidcr
m
¢ Step 6 : Find sLrain in st.eele ~ ¢ Step .a : Actual sr.res.• 1n stttl
L,- for furtba calcuJaLions. Maximum pennissible values
___!,__ 262.76 M, : Tu xz
.~- smaller of x, and x, ""' for further o r.,. : : 1.1 5 E, + 0.002 1.15 x 2x l()l + 0·002
r~n shon. COns•~ M2 20 Ntmm'
caJcuJauons.] M. : o .87 r, A,, (d- 0.42 x,J
Sa
Fe4 l5 r, : 415Ntmm' 0 .00314
SUp 4 ; Find maxunum StreSS in SIJ!el f, by the equation. 1
60 X 10 : 0.87 >C i, X 1256.6 (,WO - 0.42 ( 191.6))
M , : 60kN.m <:> Step 7 : Find strai n in concrete e ,..
1
M, : 0.87 f, A. (d - 0.42 x,) 60x 10 : 0 .87 f, X 1256.6(319.53 )
¢ Step I : Find X. ..., ~ 0.003 14
175.35 (.WO - 175.35)
Slq> s: Find extn:mt fibr< s!Iess in concretr (0.446 f.,.) by x, ..... : 0.479 d .... ForFe415 : . actual r, : 171.76 N/mm
1
the equation.
x, ..... 0.479 x 400 ¢ Step S : A rual stress in concrete
M, : 0.36 f., b x,. (d-0.4 2 x,)
191.6 mm M, = c. X z
M, : 0 .36 f b x, (d - 0.42 x.)
.....A SAC/liN SIIAJJ YeDture
l§iJ jheorY of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 3-22 limit Stale of Collapse· Flexure, S hear.
Bond & Torsion
~
•a. = 0.0035
[i1 Theo
in earthquaq
0.42Xi
1
6()X 10
1
.. r... =u.836 N/DIDI .. , f d
. concrete = 0......, "'
:. Actual extreme fiber streSS 111
l
_ f.,. = 5.279 N/!lllll
0 446
due to restriction in
al
In doubly reuu'
•-'orced beaJD• t of the beam .or' the •..,=· 0, ~) + 0.002
Doubly Reinforced seam . d resisting roolllen -
a. 3.9 dilllenswn an
_ is less than e
th moment of resistance (a) Beam section (b) Strain diavam (c) Stress dlauan>
limited dimenswns . nt due to extemal
cots are provided on both - bendtng mome
ev
. - required to resJSt
The beam in which relnforcem - ailed as doubly Fig. 3.9.1
tension and compression side '-' c loading- Table 3.9.1 : Stress in compression reinforcement (f"').
. tance of beam
can be increase by strain in concrete at the level of the compression steel
reinforced beam-'- ~ \·-: d'/d
refem-ng strain diagram, by similarity of triangles.
-·
Moment of reSIS - till the concrete
. on compression zone to - a of steel in tenswn . GJ'IIde of
Steel reinforcement provided - - called as iocreasmg are If this steel ts not 0.0035 = _2_ 0.15 ' 0.175 0 .20
- - sible value of stress. - 0.05 0.075 0.100 0.125
increase the moment of resistance of secuon IS
nR
reaches 1ts penrus tl e steel in tenston X. x,-d'
_ bending moment, t 335.5 329
doubly reinforced beam- sufficient to reSISt . ve moment of 354 353 347.5 342
= 0.0035 (X~
Fe415 355
:ncreases further to unpro €,.. d' )
cannot be u• 370
Necessity of Doubly Reinforced 412 403.5 395 382.5
a. 3.9.1 resistance- Fe500 424 418
Vl
Beam . also increases the
. e in steel WI 11 Fe 250 21 8 218 218 218 21 8 21 8 21 8
_ Further mcreas beyond the permissible
·f
coropressi ve stress in concrete
Ill> (MU- May 2013, Dec 2013, Oec.2014,
limi~ which leads to brittle failu re of the beam-
I
U
May 2018, Dec 2018)
-
To prevent increase 111 c
ompressive stress in concrete
- -
Xu- d'
I ~ 3.9.4 Actual Depth of Neutral Axis
- - b d of the section is restricted. . . . 't steel is re~nforced 10 the

1. Wben the d1mens10ns or _ be ood pemusstble 1lm• • . Fig. 3.9.1(d) From stress diagram for doubly reinforced beam. we
due to architeCtural strUctural and /or constJUcUonal Y take care excess compress1ve
compression zone to have
problem.
stress in compression steel
c.,+ c., = T,.
m
streSS-
= E, - E., = 2 X 10s (X -d')
2. Wben the sections are subjected to reversal of bending Hence compressiOn s
- teel is helps to prevented brittle
-
f., X 0.0035 ~
0.36 f,, x. b + (f" - f..J ~ = o.87 f, A,,
moment e.g. piles, underground water tanks. bmcing _ rease in compressive stresses 10 doubly
fail ure due to 1nc
= 700 ( ~
X- d')
member of frame subjected to wind load etc.
reinforced bearD- ~ 0.87 f, for Mi ld steel.
,~ 3.9.5 Moment of Resistance of Doubly
Sa
3.
Wben maximum bending moment is exceed than the Reinforced Beam
limiting moment of resistance. Howcver, for High Yield Strength Steel (HYSD), the
relatio n between f., and €" is not available; therefore the .... (MU · Dec. 2018)
a_ 3•9.3 Stress In compression Reinforcement inter-relationship between f.... and x, cannot be calculated.
Table 3.9.1 gives the stress in compression steel (f" ) directly The moment of resistance of doubly reinforced section
Area of the compression steel
Let A. = Area of the tensile steel ; for differem value of d'/d from sp. 16, Table F. is the addition of limiting moment of resistance of single
d effective depth of the beam reinforced beam M...um and additional moment of resistance
x, = depth of Neuo-al axis ;
M,,.
d' = effective cover to compression steel ; stress in the compression reinforcement
f00 = stress in concrete at the level of compression reinforcemenL
Teeh-N.o Puhliatioo•-- J1i.,. Aulilon iDspiro ioDo,.fioD ___ _-~ S.4CHINSllA/1 YeDiluO Tecb-Neo Publications.--.-- lnere Authors in.spire iDDol'lltion
3-24 Lim~ SISto of Collapse . Aoxure, Shear, Bond & Torsion
1!- 3.10.1 r,. = 218 N/mm'

t1 ~C belliD of rectangular c/s 200 mm x soo mm is
[J
~.es (MU f« = 0 .442 fa= 0 .442 X 20
ot~Cof>CI!III A rorced witlt 3-20 mrn ~ (Pe2.10) in COUI~RS~ioo ·~
r-~ ... ----~ ... --1 rc:lll f . .......... = 8.84 MPn
• ••• l (DlclllPlC tJtc IIIDOUDI 0 tells I~ steel grade of fe41 S for
......... Id' l ~ i t)IC section to be fully effective. Adopt M20 concrete and
0.36 X 20 X 216 X 200 + (2 18 - 8.84) X 942.5
:
·····
.:~.. ~
A,a
__••••• . .....
. ____ _ !
'
Gh•ett '
effiec
tlvc cover to both steel as SO mm. Also find sate UDL
621 soln-:
.
t)IC be8lll con corry over a stmply supported span of S m.
= 0.87 X 250 X A.
A ssume 25 mrn ~ bar

:. A.,. = 2336.43 mm'
~" =~2 =4.76 ~ 5
al
Given: n =
ronnel: M. Width b = 200 mm • ~ (25)
M., =M.. .., +~t..:
cr.. r )(d-d", Area of steel oepth o = 500 mm :. Provide 5- 25 mm ~bar
M., =1.36 C.. b s:, (d - 0.42 s:,) + .....
- « .
Step 3 : Mommt of resistance
ev
to f . so 11 can Steel in compression = J - 20 rnm ~ (F, 250) ¢
Tbe va!U< (, ;, very small as compare "'
M,= 0.36 fax, b (d - 0 .42 x,) + (f,.- f.,J A .. (d- d')
i Effective cover c = 50 rnm
be neglected. Effective depth = D- cover- 2 = 0.36 20 X 216 200 (450- 0 .42 216)
• f~ (d- d') X X X
M.. = 0 _36 f" b..., (d- 0.42 x,) + ,., · . d steel in compress at d' L = 5m
span + (218- 8.84) X 942.5 (450- 50)
¢ Step I: Stresses tn concrete an 6
6
111.75 X 10 + 78.84 X 10
'11 3.9.6 Steel Requirement In DoUbly f = 0.446 f,,
nR
" d' 6
Relntorced Beam f tio- and Fe 415 190.6x 10 N ·mrn
Stress in steel in compression cr·ra d
M, 190.6 k.N·m
from SP 16(2). ¢ Step 4 : Total udl
(a) Tensile steel
¢ Step 2 : Limiting depth of Neutral axis 500 IM1
wul
2 w, x s'
A. = A., +A., • . =0.53 d M, = - 8 - 190.6 = - - 8 -
ForFe250,
..,_,,.
A. , = Limiting su:el requiremen•
x...... :0.48 d w, = 61 k.N/m
2
U
For Fe415.
A., = Additional tensile su:el x... ... =0.46 d Safe udl = Total udl- self weigth of beam
ForFe500.
M, = 61-25 (0.2 X 0.5)
A., = 0.87 ~ (d- 0.42:1.,) ¢ Step 3 : Actual depth of neutral axis
•.. Ans.
58 .5 k.N·m
Additional Momenl of Resistan<X M., =M,- M..hm
c., +C,, = r. Ftg. P. 3.10.1
0.36 f"' •• b + (f"- f.J AK = 0.87 f, A,. To find: A,. and w UEx. 3..10.2 r.lU · r,la 2012 12 Marks)
M, 0.87 f,. X A, 1 (d- d')
m
:
1
1t 2 1t , 2 Calculate the MR of a doubly reinforced R.C. beam of
Additional tensile steel
¢ Step 4 : Classification of section A" = nX4 d =3 X 4 X 20' = 942.5 mm rec:tongular section of siz.c 300 mm x 450 mm deep
x, = X...w. :. beam is balanced
Effective depth reinforced with 6 number 20 mm diameter bar on tension
:. beam is under reinforced
A., = 0.87~ (d-d') X,. < ...... d = D -effective cover= 500- 50 side and case :
Sa
:. beam is over reinforced (i) 4 numbeN> 20 mm diameter on compression s~de
(b) Compression s~eel = 450mm
(ii) 5 numbeN> 20 mm diameter on compression side
c., = r., ¢ Step 5 : Moment of Resistance ¢ Step 1 : Limiting depth of Neutral axis (Section is
fully effective) Assume effective cover of 40 nun on both sides. Use M20
i) When beam is over reinforced
crK - r.J AK = o.87 r, A.., 0.48d = 0.48 X 450 and Fe 415.
M, = C, x z= M,= 0.36 f" b x, (d - 0.42 x,)
Tbe val ue off~ is very small as compare to f"' so it can 216mm 0 Soln.:
+A,; (f.,- f.J(d- d')
be neglected. ¢ Step 2 : Area of steel in tension Given: Width b 300mm
ii) When beam is under reinforced
fK AK = 0.87 f, A.,, C, 1 +C, 2 = T, Overall depth D 450mm
M, = T, x z = 0.87 fy A~ (d -0.42 x,)
0.87 f1 A.,2 0 .36 f,, x, b + (f.,- f,J A.., = 0.87 f, A.,
Note : Moment of resistance of doubly reinforced Steel in tension = 6 - 20 mm ~
fK d' 50
beam is remain same by both formulae. d = = 0.111 and F, 250 Effective cover d' = 40 mm
450
Tedo-Neo P.Winot;-. .•..A SA CHIN SHAll Yt:Dture
Tec:h-Neo Pub~catioo• ..- ····· rn.,.., Autbor. iaspin: iDoor•lion _ .,4 SACHIN SHAH Yenture
https://cee-book.blogspot.com Bond & Torsion
l§il fhSOIY of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 3-26 Umlt State of Collapse · Flexure , Sh ear,
_Flexure. Shear, Bond & To~
rcolltiPse MU · Ma 2018 tO Marks Q51.9 - 342~ x (0. 15 -0. 104)
/ 3-25 U
·mit state 0
.
foe = 342.4 + (0.15- 0.1)
sectJon
TYpe o 1 . . under-reinforced section foe = 351.14 MPa
the secuon tS a .
·: ""- •~ ;> X.• ¢ Step 2 : Limiting depth of Neutral axis
res istance
Momentof ~lim = 0.48 d = 0.48 X 480 = 230.4 mm
C~
z . . c,,z, X
I )
. b (d- 0.42X,
To lind:
EJTectived<ptb =
40 410111111
0 36 f,, . X.
.
+ (f,.- - f,)
A,.,(d-d')
?0 x t20.82 X 300
(410- 0.42 X 120.82)
351 .9
Fr-r-
-!-__ -_________-__-
__ _2 ]2.4
d = D- effecti,·e cover= 450 - [i:'l soJn. :
al
0.36 X • 256 64 (410- 40)
Area of steel in tension + (342.82- 8.92) x I . 6 Gi~en : Width b = 230 mm. 0.1 0.104 °·15
2
93.76 x 10' + 155.25 X 10 overall depth D = 530 mm,
A,.. = n X;j11 d' =6 x !!4 (?0)'
•
= IS84.96ml11
Effective cove d' =50 mm
Fig. 3.10.3(b)
= 249 X IO' N·OUII
ev
Bar in tension= 5 - 20 mm q,
talll . mprtSSJOO Sl·'de . Bar in compression= 3- 16 mm q,, d' =50 mm
¢ Step 3 : Acrual depth of Neutral axis
M, "·ben 4 - 20 mm ~ bar use 10 co M, = 249 ld'l·tn
l
To fllld : M,.,
c,, +C., = T.
A
' '>< : nX4
!! d'-- 4 X!!4 (20)' : 1256.64 mJ1l
alii
M, wben
numbers 20 nun q, bar Used
Effective depth d = D- d' =530 - 50 =480 nun 0.36 r... x, . b + (f" - f" ) Asc = 0.87 f, A .,
d' 40
d : 4To : 0.0976 in compression Area of steel in tension
nR
0.36 X 20 X X, X 230 + (351.14- 9) X 603.2
Stress in stec1in compression ((,.,) 11 2 l !!. ,_ !!. l l
A.. = 5 x :t (20) = 1570.8 nun A., = n 4 d - 5 X 4 X 20 = 1570.8 mm 0.87x4 J5x 1570.8
d' 0.05 0.10 0.0976
3
d Area of steel in compression
1656 X.+ 206334 567. 137 X 10 .. . (ii)
Actual depth of Neutral ax.is
351 .9 342.4 ? 1t 2 1t 2 2
[" A,., = n4d =3 X4 x l6 =603.2mm 360803
c,,+C., = T, x, = !656 ; x, = 271.88 nun
illl.9- 342·'!1 (0.1 - 0.0976)
[" : 342.4 + (0. I - 0.05) ¢ Step 1 : Co mpressive stress in steel and concrete
U
0.36 f,, b X.+ (f"- f..,) A.c = 0.87 f, A,
f" = 0.45 f, , = 0.45 x 20 ¢ Step 4 : Type of section
= 342.4 + 0.456 = 342.85 Nlmm'
StreSS in concrete in compression f..,= 0.446 f,,
0.36 X 20 X 300 X, + (342.86- 8.92) X I 570.8 = 9MPa
= 0.87 X 415 X 1884.96 Compressi ~e stress in steel r..,
: 0.446 x 20 : 8.92 MPa
d' 50
: . The beam is over reinforced beam .
Actual deptb of Neutral axis Ford = 480 = 0.104 and Fe 415,
2160 X. + 52455 I.73 = 680564.5 I
m
¢ Step 5 : Moment of resistance
Total compression :Total tension
156013 - 72 23 mm
X. = 2160 - . L M, = C, z, + C, 2 ~ = 0.36 fc> b x, (d - 0.42 x,)
C, 1 +C.., : T,
036 f" b X. + (f" - f.J A,.= 0.87 f, A,.. :. X.. lim ;> x., the section is a under reinforced section. T.
50 mm . - - - - - - - . .. -
-·-;.-;6·~~-;- - .
1
+A~ (f" - f,J (d- d')

Sa
0.36 X 20 X 300 X. + (342.85 - 8.92) X I 256.64: 0.87 = 0.36 X 20 X 230 X 351.14
x 415 x 1884.96 Moment of resistance d = 400 mm D = 530 mm (480- 0 .42 X 27 1.88)
.L..•.~~O.n1~~.- 1
2160 X.+ 419629.7:680564.8 M, = 0.36 f" X. b (d- 0.42 x,) + (f"- fcJ ~ (d- d')
+ 603 .07 (35 1. 14 - 9) (480 - 50)
260935.1 = 0.36 X 20 X 72.23 X 300 (410- 0.42 X 72.23)
x,:~ ; x. = J20.80 mm 6
2 JJ.98X 10 + 88.72 X 10
6
SOmm
+ (342.82 - 8.92) X 1570.8 X (410- 40)
Limiting depth of Neutral axis for F, 415 6
= 59.23 X 10 + 194.06 X 10
6 T b=230mm
= 300.7 x 10° N·mm
X.. tim : 0.48 d: 0.45 X 410 6
= 300.7 kN·m .. •Ans.
= 253.29 x 10 N·mm
Fig. P. 3.10.3(a)
= J96.8mm
= 253.29 kN·m. . .. Aos.
Tet.h·Neo Publicaliun!i ........... Wh~re Authon· inspire iQD0.,6Iion

•...A SAC/1/N SHAH Yaltm
• flexure. Shear, Bond & Torsion
I conapse ~ fheOf)' of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 3-28 Umit State of Collapse . Aexure, Shear, Bond & Torsion
. ~ststeo .
~-zt
oT
urn • •depth 0
f]'oJeuual ax•s ;;:fiP
fa = 25 MPa f1 = 500 MPa
, J)mtUOg = 415.84MPa
~ Strp Z. x 550= 264 mm
=o.48 d =o.4S . b=230mm D=530mm c:> Step 2 : Limiting depth of Neutral axis for Fe500
x,_,;m f Neutral aX IS Clear cover = 35 mm X... lim = 0.46 d = 0.46 x 482.5 = 221.95 mm
3 . ACtual depth o
~ SteP · C = T,
0.36 fd. x,
CIIJ + Ul
. b + (f"- "
.
300 + (352.5 - .
=
f ) AsC 0.87 fy A,.
8 91 ) )( 942.5
i
0=530
c:> Step 3 : Actual depth of Neutral axis
C =T
0.36 f,k x. b + (f., - f") A., = 0.87 fy A,,
QJ6x20XX. X _ x4 15 x2945.24
- o.87 0.36 X 25 x, X 230 + (415.84- 11.15) X 339 .1 2
)
!063.36 )( 10 ... (ii)
b=230mm = 0.87 X 500 X 1962.5
al
2160 x, + 323833
~
2160 x, = 346.31 rnm
0 Soln.: Fig. P. 3.10.5
. de~h d = 550 (tll1l. x, = 342.4 mm c:> Step 4 : Type of beam
Glvm : Width b = 300 mm. Effecuv< I""
ev
To find: M.
Type of section ' q,,.,
Bar in rension = 6- 25 mm 4> ¢Step 4 :
. ... d' :50mm Effective cover at top d = clear cover+ 2 The beam section is over reinforced section.
Bar •n compression = 3 - 20 mm .,.
X,. > Xu. lim
12 c:> Step 5 : Moment of resistance
ToliDd : M...., = 35+2 co41 mm
:. The beaiD is over reinforced beaiD·
M. = c., (d- 0.42 x..> + c. 2 (d- d')
. q,b
nR
Area of steel in rension
¢ Step 5 : Moment of resistance ) Effective depth d overall depth - C- 2 = 0.36 f,k x. b (d- 0.42 x.)
~ d' _ 6 X-7[ X25 ' : 2945.24 llll1l l - 0 36 f b X (d- 0.42 x,
A. = n4 - 4 M, =c,, z, + c,, Zz- . ,, ' 25 + (fsc - foJ A"' (d- d')
+A,. (f"- f") (d- d') 530-35 -2 = 482.5 mm
Area of steel in compression = 0.36 X 25 X 346.13 X 230
1t 2 1t 2
= 0.36 X20 X300 X342.4 Area of steel A,. OX;jQ 1 =4 X;j X25· (482 .5 - 0.42 X 346.13)
A,. = "4
~d'-- 3 x ~4 x 20' = 942.5 mm' (550 _ 0.42 X342.4) 2
1962.5 mm + (415.84- 11.15) X 339.12 (482.5 - 41)
U
¢ Step I : Compressive stress in steel and concrere + 942.5 (352.5 - 8.9 JJ (550 - 50) 1t 2 1t .,
6
n X;jQ, = 3 X;j X (12)" = 302.2 X 10 N·mm
fa = 0.446 fn. = 0.446 X20 = 300.42 X !06+ !61.92 X !06 2
= 339.12 mm M, = 302.2 kN ·m
= 8.92 MPa = 46 2.34 x I 06 N·mrn ¢ Step I : Compressive stresses in steel and com:rete c:> Step 6 : Safe momem of resistance
.• . Ans
m
Compressive stress in steel r.. =462.34 kN·m f" 0.446 f,k = 0.446 X25 M = Mjl.5 = 302.2/1.5 = 201.5KN.m ...Ans.
d' 50 11.15 MPa Type VI : Area of Reinforcement in Doubly

Ford = :0.091 andfe415. Ex. 3.10.5 M b h b
550 Calculate safe moment of resistance by LS y t e earn
d' 41 Reinforced Beam
section de1ailed as follows d = 482.5 = 0·084
Sa
355.1
Pr:r·
Effective simply supported span = 5m,
width of beam =230 mm, 416 Given:
fsc for Fe500,
En'
Overall depth of beam = 530 mm,
To find: A51,A"
0.091 0.1 Reinforcemenl: 4 No. 25 mm diameter on tension side and
O.D75 0.1
0.05
3 No. 12 mm diameter on compression side.
Clear cover = 35mm
..
c:> Step I : M ""'
Fig. P. 3.10.4 418 412 2
0.075 0.1 Fe415 Mu.llm = 0. 138 f<k bd
Material M25 and Fe500
(355. I - 35 1.9) Fig. P. 3.10.5(a)
f.. = = 351.9+ (O.l -0.05) x(O.J - 0.09) 1?1 Soln.: Fe500 M,_,;,, =0.134 f,k bd 2
(418 - 412)
f" =352.5 MPa Given : M25 and Fe500 412 + (0.1- 0.075) (0.1 -0.084)
.....A SAC/11/V S//A/1 Yroturt _..A !i"ACJ/1/V SHAH rentuzr

T<eh-Nto PubliCJltions ........... When: Authon.· iospin: iunot'lllion
_Fle~ure, Shear, Bond & Torsion
f conapse ~
~k,~T~he~o~~~of=R=e=in~m=r~
ced 3-30 Umlt State of Collapse- Ae~ure, Shear, Bond & Torsion
==Co~n~c~re~te:S;t:ru~m~u~re~s~M~U)~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
umit State o 446,.: 20" 8.92 MPa
446 f ,o. . ~ 266.7
~res (MU) :: 0. '' A,;c b
Us· c 12mrn $ arsn= A• =---2 4 3 bars To nod : A. and A,.
113- ·"'
~ Theory of Reintorced ~te <:> Step 1 : Factored bending Moment
"' Step 6 : Area of addition tensile steel for Additional
¢ Step 2 : Cb«t.ror M.. ... rd. moment Factored load w, =.1.5 w =1.5 x 30 =45 k.N/m
M, S M....
... Singly rtinfo~ bCa!11 5oomm
Factored Bending Moment
w,L2 45 X 62
r-.-1., :> M,..., (f..,_ f,.,) A" = 0.87 f, A,12 M,. =- 8- = -8- =202.5k.N · m
___ [)ollbly reinforced bCa!11
(f,.- f") AK
A,.,2 = 0.87 fy
<:> Step 2 : Effective depth
¢ Step 3 : Additional moment of rtSistanCt M.,
al
Assume Nominal cover for mild exposure condition
(353- 8.92) 266.7
~1.,, = M, -M._e ~ A.t 0.85 X 415 C = 20mm
. 1-.uirtd forM.. ' " 230 mm
¢ Slrp 4 : Area of tcnso 1c SW: ,..., Assume 20 mm $ bar
Fig. p, 3.1 0.6(a) = 260.2 mm 2 Fig. P. 3.10.6(b)
cover+~
ev
M..... = 0 _g7 f, ..... Cd- o.42 x.l
.. Effective cover = Nominal
. A and A" "' Step 7: Total tensile steel
To find · • . Fe415
A. , = o.87 f, cd- 0.42 x,....,l . . . moment of re tstance
¢ SteP I : Luruung 2
A" A" '+ A.n =1101 + 260.2 d
' 20 30 mrn
= C=20+T=
steel required 2
¢Step 5
: Area of comprcssooo = o.J38 f,, bct' ::0.138 ,.: 20 ,.: 230 ,.: 500 1361.2 mm .-----1
forM.. - M...oim
1 • • • T50mm . . Effective depth d =D - Effective cover
nR
M., = Cfc - f 00 ) A. ld- d') 6 N m- 158 7 kN ·m < 200 KN .m Use 25 mm $bar 3 - 12mm
158.7 X 10 . - . = 550-30
M., SOOmm
:. Number of bar sin tension n
= 520mrn
1
¢ Step 2 : Check for beam
Ac = (f.- f~ (d- d' )
~ 1361.2 <:> Step 3: Limiting momentror Fe 415
¢ Step
6
: Area of addition u:nsile su:cl for Additional M, > Mu.Jom = A0 = 490.9
2 2
moment :. The beam is doubly reinforced beam Mu.lim = 0.138 fa bd = 0.138 X 20 X 230 X 520
U
C, 2 = T, ¢ Step 3 : Additional moment of resistance M,2 = 2.77 = 3 bars 6
17J.65x 10 N.mm
- M . :Z00-158.7::4J.3kN·m
rf. _f~ A. = o.87 r, A., M ::: Mu u.bm Fig. P. 3.10.6(b)
171.65 kN · m
112
~-f,.J A,. ¢ Step : Nea of tensile steel required for M,,o;m
A., = o.87 f, 4 Provide 3 - 12 mm $ bar as compression steel 1: 3 - 25 ·: M,_um< M,.. the beam is design as a doubly reinforced
= 0_87 f, A., (d- 0.42 x,) mm $ bars a tens iIe steel. beam.
0::, Step 7 : Total u:nsile sOUl Mu.lim
m
Ac = A. , + A._, = 0.48 d = 0.48 x 500 = 240 mm <:> Step 4 : Additional Moment
But x, ~. bm UEx. 3.10.7 MU - Dec. 2013, Dec. 2014 . 12 Marks
UEx. 3.10-' W!&f4 i@IIFMIJ Design a R.C. beam of size 230 mm x 550 mm overall M,., = M,.- Mu.lim
A rec~aDgular beam of siu 230 mm width and 500 mm A.,, = 0.87 f, (d- 0.42 x,_,,.) depth supported between an effective span of 6.0 m. It is 202.5 - 17 1.65
effective deplb is subjecltd 10 a factored moment of subjected to a service load of 30 kN/m. Use M20 concrete
Sa
6
200 kN.m. Find !be n:infon:ement for flexun:. Use M20 J58.7X J0 and Fe 415 steel. 30.85 k.N · m
coocn:te and Fe41 ssteel. 0.87 X 4 J5 (500- 0.42 X 240) ~-.---,---.---.--~
1
d /d ¢ Step 5 : Area or steel in tension required ror M,.,u ..
&:! Soln. : ¢ Step 5 : Nea of compress ion steel req uired for
= 500mm Mu.um = 0.87 f, A 11 (d- 0.42 xu.lim)
Gl•rn : b = 230 mm. M u,addition
0 Soln.:
M, = 200 kN·m, d' = c =50mm M, = (f"- f") A" (d- d') For Fe 415, x,.o;m =0.48d and d =0.48 x 520 =249.6 mm
2
Given:
6
d' 50
Ford= 500 = 0.1 and A _ M, _ 41 .3 X 10
6
171.65 X 10 = 0.87 X 415 A.. (520- 0.42 X 249.6)
" - (f" - f.,,){d- d') - (353- 8.92) (500 - 50) Width b = 230 mm, Overall depth D =550 mm, 6
A _ 17 1.65 x I0 2
f, = 415 MPa, f.= 353 MPa, Effective span L = 6 m 3 1145 mm
2 "1 - 149.9 X 10
= 266.7 mm
f,, = 20 MPa, Service load w = 30 kN/m , Use M20 and Fe 415,
2 2
f,k= 20 N/mm , fy = 415 N/mm
.....AJA(.flf/Y.51/AIII'eotult
Tech-Nco l'ublicotions......... - lf'hen: Author..·inspire inno1'111ioa __...4 JACJ!IIY SHAH Jleoture
/
I . 't518te O
Ul'fll A,.
f coiiBPse -
$J1 " 1.6 "' 2 numbers
FJexure , Shear, Bond & TofSi 0,,, ~ fheOIY of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU)
p>
~SteP 2 .• Additional moment
_
3 32 Umit State of Collapse - Aexure, Shear.
M
Bond & Torsion
~18"""
.....,,ctures (MU) --===
A. !!. (12)
2 Mul = M,-M,.I;,n=320-20958=110.42kNm A.c = ( ftiC- fcJ(d- d')
[!;! Theol)' of Relnf()ICSd
0 "
4 . Area of steel in tension required forM . ll0.42xl0• :814mm2
~ step 3 . u.lom
111eot ""' at toP·
m~ b.....
(350.8- 11.15)(450- 50)
¢ Step 6 : . uired for additional mo for. fe 415, x,Jim = 0.48 d = 0.48 X450 = 216 mm
. vidc2- 12 ru 1
A;e;J of steel in tenston req 10' · · PT1l d' " 30 mm
~:~520- .lUI
10.85~ Mu.Hm = 0.87 fyA,. (d- 0.42 Xu.nml 50mmi
A"' " 0.87f,. (d- d') 0.87 6
• • •
3-20 mm<!>
zo9.58 x JO 0.87x415 x A,.(450-0.42 x 216) 450 mm
1
" 174.40 mm' 0.1297 X 10 ' A,
al
¢ Step 7: Total Area of steel in tension 6 5-25 mrn<!>
209.58 X 10 _ 2 ••••• somm
A. = A •t +A,., " 1145 + 174.4 A,.,1 0.129 x 106 - 1615 ·65 mm
b=300mm
1319.4 mm ~ Step 4 : Area of steel in tension required for additional ~ ~
ev
Nwnberofbar.; in tension moment.
Fig. P. 3.10.8(a)
Assume 20 mm ~ bar M' 110.42 x 106
A._ 1319.4 , 4.2=5bar A,t1 = 0.87fy(d-d') -0.87 X415x(450-50) Assume 20 mm ~ bar in compression
n"A.-!! ,o'
4 X. = 764.57 mm
2
n _ ~ =.....!!£_ = 2.59 = 3 bar
- A• !!.x202
nR
. tension al bonom. ~ Step 5 : Total area of steel in tension 4
:. Provide 5 - 20 mm 0 bars m
· required for M. 1 A,. A, 1 + Ast1 = 1615.65 + 764.57 Provide 3 - 20 mm ~ bars at top
¢ Step 8 : Area of steel in compressiOn
2
M.l " (f., -fJ A_ (d-d') = 2380.22 mm
Ex. 3.10.9
Number of bars in tension Design a rectangular beam for a simply supported beam
M. having an effective span of 8 metres. Superimposed load 15
:. A,. " (~ - f")(d- d')
U
Assume 25 mm tP bars 100 kN/m and the size of the beam is limited to 300 mm by
600 mm overall. Take effective cover to the reinforcement
But f., " 0.446 fa = 0.446 x 20" 8.92 MPa 0 Soln. :
n = ~ =2380.22 = 4.84 =bars as 50 mm. Use M20 and concrete Fe415 steel.
overall depth = 500 mm !!.
.!!: 30 Given : b " 300 mm
A$ 4 x ?5'
_ 0 Soln.:
d " 520 " 0.058. 2
f,, = 25 N/mm
a.M. " 320 kNm. Provide 5- 25 mm tP bars in tension at bottom Given : Effective span l,rr = 8m,
m
3551
d'= 50 mm Step 6 : Area of steel in compression required for M, 1
Ph'"'
f, = 415 Ntmm' . ¢ Superimposed load w = 100 kN/m,
M, 1 = (f" - feel A" (d- d') Width of beam b = 300 mm,
To lind : A. • A.:
Bu~ f,, = 0.446 f,, = 0.446 x 25 = 11 .15 Mpa
0058 01 Depth of beam D = 600 mm, Effective cover c =50mm,
Sa
005
Effective cover= d' =50 mm 353
Fig. P. 3.10.7 f,, = 20 MPa, fy=415 MPa
Effective depth
To find: A,.
(355.1 - 351.9) (0.1 - 0.058)
r. = 351.9 + ro. 1 ..o.o51 d = D- Effective cover= 500- 50= 450 mm
Effective depth d = D- effective cover =600-50 = 550 mm
¢ Srep 1 : Limiting moment for Fe 415
r. = 354 .6 MPa 0.1 0.11 0.15 ¢ Step I : Factored bending Moment
2 2
6 : 0.138 f,, bd =0.138 X25 X 300 X450
30.85 X 10 M u,Urn Fig. P. 3.10.8 Self weight of beam= ybD =25 x 0.3 x 0.6 = 4.5 kN/m
A. " (354.6- 8.92)(520- 30)
~ 50 Superimposed load = 100 kN/m
" 182. 13 mm
2 d = 45o=O. II
= 209.58 kNm Factored udl = 1.5w = 1.5 x( I00+4.5) =156.75 kN/m
As1ume 12 mm 0 bar in compression. (353 - 342)
f" 342+(0.15 - 0.10) (0.15 -0. 11 )
=~
2
Since M,J,m < M,. the beam is design as a doubly 156.75x8 kN
M, 8 8 =I 25 4 .m
reinforced beam.
f" = 350.8 MPa
Ttth~Nw Publication• - rrhr.rt Aulhon ioJPin: ioDOt'llioo .....A SA£1/fl f SIWI Yeoture
Ttth-Neo Pulolications........... When: AuthofY inspire iooo••tion
https://cee-book.blogspot.com ....A JAC/1/If S/1..411 Yeotlll'l'
Bond & Torsion

/ col~ . flexure. Shear, Bond & T~ ~ Thoor)' of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 3-34 Umit State of Collapse • Flexure, Shear,
•mit StBte of pP
u ~)( (0. 1 - 0.0909) The fltlllge of T beam (slab) is helps to resist
= 35'-~- (o. t -0075)
It! Ana.:
f,.. - compressive stress. h helps t increase lhe moment of . ~-- the compressive
(i) In flanged section. the flange provtu=
resistance of beam. ·..... the depth. shear
resistance while the web provt"""
Tbc intcnnediate beams supporting slab monolithically resistance and stiffness.
- are called a.s T · beam.
(ii) It gives higher moment of resistance for the ~
= 250A _ The end supports beams having slab on one side only sectioo of rectangular beam and thus, economy ts
SUp 3 : (heel; fc>C tam
I
¢ are cal led as L ·beam.
achieved.
_ In simply supported continuous beam, sagging bending
moment is developed in mid-span and hogging bending ~ I 3.12 Effective Width of Flange
al
moment is at the supports of the beams. •
_ The top portion of the beam is in compression in the
C., = T, The effective width of the flange may be taken as
mid span upto point of contra-flexure and bence the
~ - 0 87fyA,u '513 .23 foUowing as per IS456 : 2000, clause 23.1.2 - Page no. 37 ·
ev
(f" - f"' ) ,...., - . 353 364 8.92)) beam is behaves as T·beam only upto point of
~=ill=.· conua-flexure (i.e. 0.7 times the effective span).
A,u = 0.87
=5383.4 mm
4
l
o.ssx415
_ The fltlllge of the beam is subjected to tension beyond Ia. 3.12.1 Beam Integrated with Floor Slab ]
point of contra-flexure and over the supports, since the
A, , = o.Si f.(d- 0.41 x.u,) L
250 ~ X 10'- r·~-... Cu2 concrete is weak in tension, tensile resistance of
(i) T-beams, b, =6 +b.,+6D1
nR
.
concrete is totally ignored.
= 0.87 X 41 5 (550- 0.41 X l~) l A.c l
= 1580 mm . steel required for '' _ Tbe flange near the support does not contribute in (ii) L-beams. br = -f2 +b,.+301
Slrp 6 : Area oi rompres5100 resisti ng moment, T · beam behaves as a rectangular
¢ ' Where, b1 = effective width of flange
~~... ..,..,
' beam over the supports.
Aoa: b,. = breadth of web
MY: = (f.,- f,) .'\., (d - d'l : --
:_ _______ ... ..... J
~Tu _ Depth required for flanged beam is less than depth
![_ JQ.= 0.0909 and Fe41 S. required for rectangular beam at supports because 01 = thickness of flange
U
. Fig. P. 3.10.9
CompreSSive streSS m steel for d - 550 compression resistance by flange helps to reduce the b = acrual width of the flange
the value f~ i obcained by in~t:rpolation ¢ Step 8 : Total tensile steel depth of beam. Hence the section of beam at supports is 1. = distance between points of zero
2
A . = o + 5383.4 = 6963.4 mm restricted to its dimensions and is usually designed as moments in the beam
~ 0.075 0.100 A, = A, , + ,,.,., 158
doubly reinforced beam.
In no case. effective flange width should not be greater
r.. 354 353
[a. I than the breadth of the web plus half the sum of the clear
m
3.11.1 Advantages ofT-beam distance to the adjacent beams on either side.
Ia. 3.11 Flange Beam J

uuction becomes monolithic. The slabs and
ua. 3.11 .1 Explain the conditions to be satisfied by a
b, $ b,.+ - -
2-
L,+~
. the slab and beamS an: cast together so that the cons beam to design it as a T beam. State the
Wbere L 1 = clear span of slab to the left of the beam
Sa
In RCC consuucuon, . . or L beam. advantages of T beams over the rectangular

beamS due to its monolithic narure form aT beam
beams. (llji1Mttffi4tll:l] L, clear span of slab to the right of the beam.
- 1Q( slab cast in~t:grally with the beam is called as flange of the beam.
The: portion of t.be beam projected below slab is called as rib or web of the beam. b, b,
I• ~ I• ~
1.----- b,----""1
fo,
~
.I I
[J LFWeb L? u u u I•
L,
•I
bw
I•
L2
•I
L-beam T-beam T-OOam
Fig. 3.11.1 Fig. 3.l2.1
_..A SAC/liNSI/All re.tm Tech-Neo Publi.,.tious.......... lnon: Authors inspire inno..,tion ..-A SACH/11' SHAH r""tun:
l
~
of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 3_36 . . Bo d & Torsion
f)leorY Urn~ Stale of Collapse • Flexure, Shear, n
"' •cturOS (MU)

~ "'" 3.13.2 When Neutral Axis Lie; Outside of the Flange (X.. > o,), the Ratio o, I d Does not
l
n;1 . ___,. eoncrete S• •
lBI Theory of Relllf'"""" Neutral Axis Lies Within the Exceed 0.2 or 01/ x. s 7
Flange (xu < D,)
"[a. 3.12.2 Isolated-;;:] •.=0.0035
1<---- br --<1 ~
the effective flange . Jess than o,. the beam section is treated as a 0 446fck 0 446fck
1
~I
. -·""' T c..~, and L beaiDS·
: : ~~=§:: r~:·
_ When ~. ts 0
for tSOia~<U .....,.,... . cast greater than
width shall he obtained as he)ow but lll oo . forced section.
singly rem
the acruaJ width.
. th f R beam is taken as width of flange b N • - : :: :
_ TheWtd 0 5· ·
al
r·
(i) Tbeams.
L, <b
br = (- L, ) +b,.- ~.87fy 0.87fy
-
b
+4
. ~w ··= -- +0.002
ev
E0
(a) (b) (c)
(ti) L heam.
Fig. 3.13.2 : Neutral axis outside flange x, > 0 1
0.5L,
b, = ( L, j + b.5 b
TJ+ 4
nR
Note:
(a) For simply supported overhang beam, L. may be Fig. 3.13.1
taken as distance between points of zero moments
in the beam.
Moment of resistance is calculated from the expression
given in 15456: 2000, G- I. I, Page No. 96. (if x, < x,,mul
(b)
(c)
For continuous beams and frames L. may be
assumed as 0.7 times lhe effeclive span.
For simply supporiBd beam, Jo is assumed as centre
to cenlr8 distance between support.

(a) When
M,
x, < x'·"'"
= T, xz
U - Fig. 3.13.3
___
...Ast....- ------------ ____ _____ __ ____...._
Tu
m
= 0.87 fr A,, ( d- 0.42 x.)
'l1 3.13 Moment of Resistance of a -- ( ~)

0.87 f, A, d I - b~ f,k
For depth of Neutral axis
.. T, = Total tension offered by steel

Flanged Beam Compression force = Tension force
Sa
(b) When
= 0.87 ~A,
The moment of resistance of a flanged heam is depends
upon the depth of neutral axis. Following are the various Where, C,w= Total compression force offered by web with
M, = C,xz
cases recommended by 15456 . 2000 A G dimension Cbw x d)
No. 96. . ' nnex ' G-2, Page
= 0.36 f<t bf x, (d- 0.42 x,) Moment of resistance,
_ x,.m.,(
- 0.36-d- 1-0.42 ~
x) 2 C,, = Total compressive force offered by !lange M, = M,w+M,1
d b,d f,k
with dimension (br - bwl X Dr
= C,w · Z., + C,, · Z1
Tttlt-Neo Publiati
..,____ JI'ben:Authon Inspur: -~;;;;---------
· · moo.-ltioo
M, = 0.36 f.. b. x, (d - 0.42 x,) + 0.45 '"' (b1 - b.) 0 1 ( d - ~)
Tech-Nw Publication•........... Where AuthorY inspin: innorntion .....A SACmN SIIAIII'enture
.....A SAl111!1'Sf/All Jlentun:
/
tC1 Th&OIY of Reinlorced Concrete
~ Structures (M
[§;! Theory of Reinforced Concrete S!JUC\Ures (MU)
Um~ State of Co
llapse - Flexure, Shear, Bond & TOISion
a. 3.13.3 When Neutral Axis Lies outside
If x, < D,, then the assumptio . .
05
A• " · fJ.t [ 1- \} 1 4.6 M bd J
of the Flange (X.> D,) and the -~
n Is corr~l ' f,, bd
3
Ratio D;'d Exceed 0.2 or D, I X.> 7 If x, > D,, then the a~s umpli .
. on IS wrong th
(ii) If
x,> D, and D, < 0.43 x,
to foJiowmg step to determine x,. en prOceed
M,.,
0.36 f<t x, b, ( d - 0.42 X, )
(a) Assume 0 1 < 0.43 x, .
~ Fig.3.13.5 +0.446 f,, o,{b,- b.J (d -t)
Then calculate x, using the foil .
owmg equation
A. " 0.36 f.. ~. b, + 0.446 f" D, {bt b.)
Assume Dr= Yr 0.87 f1 A•- 0 _446 f D '
X, = ,, , (b,- b ) o.87 f,
al
0.36f,,b, ~
For depth of Neutral axis (iii) If x, > D, and D, > 0.43 X,
If 0 1 < 0.43 x,. then the a~sum r .IS COrrect.
p IOn
= Tension force
~) { I - 0.42 ( ~) }
Compression force
M,. " 0.36 ( f,, b_ct'
ev
If 0 1 > 0.43 x,. then the a~su . .
. mpllon lS wrong then
proceed to foUowmg step to detc .
munexu. + 0.45 f,,{b,- b,) y,( d -~ )
(b) If o, > 0.43 x, ' 0.36 f,, ~. b, + 0.446 f,, Dt {bt b.)
0.446fd< 0.87 f,
Moment of resistance Then calcul ate x using the follow· .
nR
" mg equatton,
M., = M,. + M,r X, = 0.87 f, A.,- 0.446 x 0.65 f '' D, (b, b ) (iv} If -t < 0.2
= 0.36 f,, b. x, (d- 0.42 x.) + 0.45 fa {b,- b.) y, (b - ~) 0.36 f,, bw+ 0.45 X0. I5 f" {b,- b,) •
M,. = 0 36 f,, b, x, ....... (d _ 0.42 x,_""' J
<:> Step 2: To determine x.. mu
= o.
36 •.. ~ ( 1_0.42 ~) b. d' + o.4s r,. (b,- b.) ( d - ~) y, + OA5 f" {b,- b. l o, (d - o, nJ
X,"'" depends upon grade of steel
Where, y, = modified depth of nange A. " 0.36 r,. x, ,.,. b, + o.446 f.. ot (bt b,l
U
Grade of steel 0.87 r,
= 0.15 x, +0.65 o, ~ o, Xumu
Fe250 0.53id D
(c) Stres! diagram Ref. l$456 : 2000. G. 2.2. 1. (v) If ~ >0.2
Fe415 0.479d
~rbwl~ a_ 3.14 Step by Step Analysis of Fe500

M.,=0.36 (~ ){ I-0.42 (~ )} f,, b j
m
Yt 0.456 d
Flanged Section <> Step 3 : Compare x, and x,mu
L___l ..._L1--f--t-- +0.45f ,, {b, -b,)y,{{d - y,n}
l_
T l---.1
o,
· --- -- ---~
:f. - - -- ---- - .
r-------· --- ,-·•.- --- ----- (Determination of Mur)
A _ 0.36 f,. X urn" b, + 0.446 f,, Yt {bt b,)
___ -~----~- -------------- j__[} . d. . -- -- • - 0.87 f '
Sa
Then the section is under reinforced otherwi se it is
_ __(__ _ j_ ______________Jl__ ____ The dimensions of the beam br, b., D,, d, D, grades of
concrete and steel and the amount of steel A., are given. It is
over reinforced which is not permitted by 1$456, in that case
take Xu =Xumu
Where, Yr =0. I 5 x• ...., + 0.65 D1 , but not greater than D1 .
Type I : Xu lies within Flanges

- ~ --b~"~- -------- --- ---- -- ~ bw fo-- required to determine the moment of resistance of the beam.
<> Step 4 : Determine M,, and A.,
{d) Flange {e) Web <> Step 1 : To detennine the depth of the neutral ax is x, UEx. 3.14.1 U®llleWJtli:lltl6fMI']
(i) IJ x, < o,:
AT-beam with effective flange width 1200 mm and slab
Fig. 3.13.4 (I) Assume first that the x. is in the nange.
M, = l 0.36 f" x, b ) x [ d - 0.42 x, I or thickness I20 mm is reinforced with 5 bars of 25 mm
diameter. The width of the beam is 280 mm and effective
When depth of nange is greater than limiting value of C,r = T,
M, = [ 0.87 f, A., j x [ d - 0.42 x, j depth is 550 mm. calculate MR for the beam if M20 and
3
neutral axis and 0 11 x, > 7. Fe 415 is used.
Tech~Neo PubliCOt tions... -...._ Jfl/u:n: Autbou inspire intJUJ'IJiion __ _A S.~C/1/N SHAll Peo/ur<
Tedi-Neo PublicatiOOB- - II'Mrr: Aut!Jors inspire iaoo•~tioo ___ _,~ SA£11/N S/Lllll'eotwe
I c ncrete StrtJC
tures (Ml!)
urnit state o
f collapse
- 500 (11lll. Dr= f 00 l1llTl,

_Flexure. Shear, Bond & lors;
On
b~ "' 30()
~ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU)
p>
611 soJn.:
Given: br
= 800mm. D,= 150mm ; b.=300mm·
d =420 mm; f,, = 20 Nimm 2 •
3-40
It:!
limit State of Collapse- Flexure, Shear, Bond & Torsion
Soln. :
Given : Width of flange b 1 1200mm
Theory of Aeinfo,.ed o -ti50nll11.d- 2 Effec tive depth d 120 + 480 = 600 mm

2
f, 4 15 N/mm
Given: br- _ 2.5 N/mm • 2
~ Soln. : 4 - 20 nun. f,, - 7t 2 7t l 7t
n x4 d
2 7t 22)
=4 X 4 (
d, 550rn"'· ' 25 rom+ A,, 4 x4 d = 5 x 4 x 20 = f256.63 mm' A,.
,_-
br" t200 rom : A~ ~
Given: l
Dr " t20nun:
b•. " 280 "'"'
f,.-- 415 Nin11
11
· ro find :M.. =1520.53 mm2
r,," 20 ]'J/rnm' : c::> Step J : Depth of Neutral axis x.,
¢ Step 1 : Depth of neutral axis (x.J
A• " 5- 25 rom: To find :
Assuming depth of N.A. x, within the fl ange.
. . Assume x., < o,, neurral axis lies within flange.
An!" of steel A.
al
r, "415 Nlmm
0.8 7 fy A, _ 0.87 X 415 X 1256.63 0.37 f, · A,1 0 .87 X 4 15 X I 520.53
981.74 + !256.63 0.36 f, , · br - 0.36 X 20 X 800
To Find: M, 0.36 X 20 X 1200
2
n • n ?5: - ?454.3 7 rnm' 2238.37 78.76 nun < 80 mm
JT)IJl x, 63.54 m < 120 mm
Area of steel A,. " n "4 d' " 5 "4 " - --
ev
Depth of neutral axis X.. xu < D1
c:> Step I : Depth of Neutnll axis X. c:> Step I :
c::> Step 2 : Limiting value of depth of N.A. . . Assumption is correc t.
Assumiog X, lies within the flange. . lies withi n the flange
Assummg X, For Fe4!5, x ... Hm 0.48 d = 0.48 x 420
x 415 x 2238.37 ¢ Step 2 : Limiti ng depth of ne uLral axis fo r Fe 415
0 87
0.87 f, A. 0.87 " 415 " 245412 Q!7 f~ =-'- 3 6 x 25 x ll50 201.6mm
x, - "
o.36 r,, b, 0·36 x 20 >< 1200 x, 0.36 f,, br 0. ' ''"m 0.48d = 0 .48(600)
nR
: . xu < xu.lim• the section is under reinforced section.
102.56 mrn < 120 mrn 78.08 JT)IJl < JOO JT)IJl The flanged beam is considered as a singly reinforced 288mm
D Assumption is correct. be aiD· ·: xu < xu. tim• the section is unde r reinforced section.
xu < Dr Since < f• Xu
c:> Step 3 : Moment of r esistance
c:> St.ep 2 : Limiting value or depth or N.A. .IDl' ling value of depth of N.A Hence the give n T beam is designed as a singly reinfo rced
c:> StepD: LI M, T, X z = 0.87 f, A~ (d- 0.42 X,)
48 550 beam
For Fe415, x,.,m " 0.4 8 d " 0 · " d :0.48 x 500 = 240 mm
For Fe415 , x,.lim= 0.48 0.87 X 415 X 1256.63 (420- 0.42 X 78.77)
Step 3 : Moment of r esis tance
U
¢
" 264 mro the section is under reinforced section 6
·: ~ < XuJirn • .
175.55 X 10 N·mm
. the section is under reinforced section. . H e the gtven T beam is M, 0 .87 f, ·A., (d - 0 .42 x,)
. • X11 < Xu.llm• and beam fails in tensJOn. enc ' 175.55 kN·m .. . Ans.
-Hence. the given T beam is considered as a single considered as a single reinforced beaiD· 0 .87 X 4 15 X 1520.53 (600 - 0.42 X 63 .54)
UEX. 3.14.4 MU - Dec 2013 . 16 Marks
reinforced beam. Mu = T uXZ. -_ 0,S7f1 A 5[
(d - 0.42 x,)
Find the ultimate moment of resis tance of T beam using 6
3 14 .74 x 10 N· mm = 3 14 .74 kN .m
m
c:> Step 3: Moment or resistance " O.S 7 X 4 15 X 2238. 37 (500- 0.42 X 78.08) Fe415 steel grade and M20 concrete grade. Refer figure
M. = 0.87 r, ·A.,(d - 0.42 x,)
" 0.87 X 41 5 X 2454.37 (550- 0.42 X J0 2.5 6J

= 377.58 x 10• N-mm
= 377.58 kN-m ... Ans.
below.for T beam section
b 1= 1200 mm
TJ
Sa
= 449 .2 x 10' N·mm = 449.2 kN·m .. .Ans. d= 600 mm
UEx. 3.14.2 MU- Dec 2016. 10 Marks

A t.ee beam havi ng 1150 mm effective width of flange has a
thlckness of flange equal to 100 rom. The effecti ve depth of
UEx. 3.14.3 Uf!iiM•MJ•ifMUiff!Fffi!ijj
Determi ne the ul timate flex ural strength (moment of
resistance) of the 'T' beam having following section
480mm
0000-
Ast _j
the beam is 500 mm and wid th of the web as 300 rnm. It is properties.
4 - 22mm ~ ----------- - b., = 230 mm
reinforced with 2 bars of 25 rom $ and 4 bars of 20 mm $ Width of flange= 800 mm. Depth of flange= 80 mm 0 000
Width of flange" 300 mm. Effective of fl ange = 420 mm 1+------+1 Fig. P. 3. 14.4(a)
on the tension side. Determine moment of resistance if M 25
bw = 230 mm
con~rete and Fe 415 steel is used for constrUction. Use LSM Area of steel = 4 No. 20 mm diameter bars
Fig. P. 3.14.4
Materials : M20 grade concrete, Fe4 15 grade HYSD bars
Tech-Neo l)ublicn tiuns........... JJ'hen: Autlwrs inspire ionm·otion .... A S,ffi/1/V Slltl/l ~~rllun:
Tech-Neo Publicalioos..._,,_ lfhn e Aullwn·irupirr i'nno•'lllion -··.A SA CHill' SI/A/1 l~turt
. flexure, Shear, Bond & Torsion
!§i! rneoi'Y of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 3-42
Umn State of Collapse- Flexure, S h
nd & Torsion
Boe ar..
fCOIIa~e ~ simply supported beam, the distance between the
Type II x, lies wtthin Web or x • li eS below
UmitStBte o
f zero moment. .
3-41 of Se<tiO" peints o Flang e
tnJCIUres (MU) <!> steP 3: rype
iC'l roed concrete S
!Jeall' is under reinforced :. 1• = L =3.6 m
lBJ Theory of Reinfo
dtheL As ~ Step 1 : Effective width of flange as per clause 23 _1_2
Ex. 3.14.5 . distributed 108 .
UEx. 3'.14.7 MU. Ma 2013 10 Marks)
.•• -·•;mum uruforrolY .... folloWing <!> SteP 4: J\ol.., f A. (d _ 0.42 x,) !,.6 3600 A T beam section having effective depth of 450 llllll. {lange
Calculate u~ ~ CJJ1fY for ""' br = + b.,+ 6 Dt =-6- +300+6x!25
.·w1·dtb 0 f 1200 mm. n"b WI"dth of 300 mm. slab thickness of
- r x z.=o.87 , I
beam of effective span 8 m can
M"' - ' 0 8 [565- (0.42 X 105)] 25
data: I650mm
120 mm. The tension reinforcement consist of 6 bars of
= 0.87 x 415 x I 57 . Dmi;diaiiieter. Detmnine ultimate moment of resistance of
"dth -750 Ollll
(i) Effective flange WI - o< mm =295.42 kN.m
(ii) Total depth = 600 Ollll WI
.th clear cover~ M,, 6 N rom Check for flanged width b, the ~.FIIIJI!.. Use.¥20 coocret.e. fe;415 steel and L.S. M
- 295.4X 10 .
can carry
al
(iii) ThickneSS of flange =120 Ollll M, - ))e8lll
~ li1l Soln.;
J'hXIIIlUID udJ the b, <b.,+ 2 t>,•1200mtn
(iv) Breadth of rib= 230 Ollll dia. thfOUgh p1U>. 2-20 mm <!> Step 5: .th moment of resistance
. moment WI
(v) Tension steel = 3-20 ll1fll L = ~..;, = clear span of the slab to the left and right of
I
Equating bending 2
curtail at midspao. . d d load 25kNim w,L' ~8w, ' am respectively.
the be
ev
(vi) Tbe beam is subjected to ulumate ea
M.. = aM=s"' 8 = 3000- 300 = 2700 mm
I ' (inclusive of self weight) d:~450mm
(vii) Concrete M20 and steel Fe415. 295.42 = 8 w, 2700+2700

b, < 300+ 2 =300+2700= 3000
0 Soln. :
o = 600 nun:
w, = 36.931cN/m
dl _ ultimate dead load :. br = 1650mm<3000mm :, O.k.
l._. . . . . ,...__
00000
Given : br = 750 rnm;

Safe UDL = factored u
nR
b.,. 300,....,
b. = 230 l]1fiJ <!> Step 2 : Depth of Neutral axis
D, = 120mm = 36.93- 25- 25 = 11.921cN/m Fig. P. 3.14.7
r, = 415 MPa Assuming x. lies within flange i.e. x, < o,
f"' = 20 MPa
Ex. 3.14.6 . f 125 nun thick slab Area of steel in tension
0.87 fy · A, 0.87 X 415 X 1885
A. = 3 X ~ 202 + 2 X4"
11 X 20' = 1570.8 miD ' A T beam R.C ·
floor system conSISts o
to centre, The effective
beams at 3 m centre . 0 .36 f,, b, 0 .36 X 20 X 1650
supported bY . x 50 mm. Tenstle Steel
d th of web 1 s 300 mm 4
width an d ep diameter. The grade of
U
Effective depth 20 57 .3 mm < D 1
consists of 6 bars of nun ¢ Step 1 : Depth or neutral axis
600-25-~ = 565
. and Fe4l 5. Determine the moment of
d = D-cover = mm 0
matenals M2 T beam if it is used as a simply supported . . Assumption is correct. Assume the depth of N.A. lies within the flange
resistance of the '
<:> Slep 1 : Depth of Neutral Axis beam of span 3.6 m. ¢ Step 3: Limiting depth ofN·A for Fe415 0.87f, A, 0,87 X 415 X 2945.2
X, = 0.36 f,, . b, 0 .36 X 20 X 1200
Assume neutral axis lies within flange. 0 Soln.: Xu,~m = 0.48 .d = 0.48 X 450 = 216 mm
1, =3.6m; bw= 300 mm
m
Given: D, = 125 mm;
C =T Steel= 6 - 20 mm ¢> , , x. < xu.mu• the section is under · reinforced section 123 mm > 120 mm
= 450nun
o.36 r,, x, b, = o.87 f, A, fy = 4J5MPa
f,, = 20MPa Hence the flanged beam is considered as a singly x. > 0 1
0.36 X 20x X, X 750 = 0.87 x 4J5 X 1570.8
reinforced beam.
To Find: M.. x, does not lies within the flange, hence assumption is
Sa
x. = 105 rnm
bf ¢ Step 4 : Moment of Resistance
wrong.
-~w
M. c. x z = 0.36 f,, b, x, (d- 0.42 x,.) ¢ Sllip 2 : Neutral axis lies below flange
<:> Slep2: Find x,_

105 < 120 rnm L,
.UF 4
·U w 0 .36 X 20 X 1650 X 57.3 (450 -0.42 X 57 .3) ¢ Step 3 : Depth of n.A. x. lies below flange and assume
! !21
'
3.6m 3.6m 6 or d S 0.2
x,,.. = 0.48 d = 0.48 565 3.6m 290x I0 N-mm
X
·i
X.mu = 271.2mm Fig. P. 3.14.6 290kN·m ... Ans. 120
.. 450 = 0.267 > 0 .2
7t 2 1t 2 2
A,. =nx4d =6 x 4 x20 =1 885mm Yr = O.ISx. + 0 .65 0 1 = 0 . 15 (x.d) + 0.65 Dr
Tuh-Neo Puhliutioru- - lnen: Aulhon io~pire inno•'8lioo Tech-Neu Pub~ealioru.,.,_._ lnere Autbors iJUflire imlor•tioo -A SAC/UN Sll4ll Yeolure
.... .A SAC/11/Y SIIAJII'eoture
/
3-43
~ Theory of Reinforced Conaelll $1nJCIUI'8S (MU) re1 Theory of Reinforced Concrete S
IB! tructure8 (MU)
--="'j-44~;U~m~~~S~ta~ta~f~~~~~~~~~~~~
3
= O.l5xx+0.65x 120
c,, + c,l = T, 0
oflapse • Flexure, Shear, Bond & Torsion
utral axis lies within flange 0..J6f"" bw x,. max + 0.45 f,k(br _ bw)Dr"0.87f .. l 3
= 0.15x., +78<0, · · O.K Assume Ne · 7X
) A,, ""' · - " j X288= 123.43 mm > 100 mm
~ _ 0.87 x 415 x 4310.3 O36 X 20 X320 X 201.6 + 0.45 X20 (1 3
CU, +Cll:! = Tu XII : OJ 6 fcl: br - 0.36 X20 X 1250 2
.
::0.87 x 415 A,.max
50- 320) x 110 :. 7x,.,., > o, •stress in the flange is uniform
=
0.36 fa. · b. · X., + 0.45 fa. Yr (b1 - b.,-) 0.87 Xfy. A_
172.9 mm > 110 mm 3
464.5 x 10 + 920.7 x 103 Moment of resistance
0.36 X 20 X 300 X., + 0.45 X 20 (0.15X., + 78)X ( 1200 - 300) A. max = 361.05 - " 3836.58 m- M M
t>, - 12somm
..• ., • " '""'+M~•-
= 0.87x415 x2945.2 2160x,.+ 1215x,+631800 , . Moment of Resistance
T c_ (d-0.416) X.....> + c,(d - Drn )
al
=1.0634x w• Mu= 0.36~(1 -0.42~) f,k·bw d2+0.45 M... " 0.36 f" . x,..... Xbw
1.0634 X 10•- 0.6318 X 1o•=127 .88 mm
(2 160+ 1215) X f,k (b 1 - bw)D1 ( d - %-~ " 0.3 6 X20 X 288 X 300 (600 - 0.416 X288) = 6
" 622.08 X l(f (480.192) =298.72 X 106 N.mm
ev
3
-=;x 127.88 = 54.81 < D, 201.6( 201 fl
:0.36 X42{) l-0.42 x 420) X20 x320 X4202
M~n.,., " 0.446 f" . (b,- bwlD,(d - ely,)
safe
+ 0.45 X 20 ( 1250- 320) X 1 lO x ( 420 _ 1~0) 0.446 X 20 (1000- 3()()) X 100 X (600- 100/2)
Assumption are correct
Fig. P. 3.14.8 6 6 3
:: 155.76 X 10 + 336.06 X 10 624.4 X 10 (550) " 3.4342 x 106 N.mm
X..... = 0.48d=0.48 x 450 =216mm
nR
6
M, :: 491.82 X 10 N·mm =491.82 kN·m
X.....> X. :. x,> o, •..Ans. M, " 298.7x 106 +3.434 x 10'
Yr = 0.15 (127.88) + 78 = 97.182 mm UEx. 3.14.9 MU- Ma
X. lies in web, bence assumption is wrong 2015 , 10 Marks 6
302.134 x 10 N.mm =642.14 k.N.m
Moment of resislallce [Ref. G 2.3] Find M, moment and tension steel A" required for a RCC T
Deptb ofN.A. x,,lies below flange (Ref. G-2.2.1] Area of steel in tension
beam section having following details. Aange width
M, = 0.36~(1-0.042~)fdbwd 2
!?Id --
(effective)= 1000 mm
U
.!.!Q-026>02
420- . . Width of web = 300 mm
+ 0.45 f<> (b 1 - bw) Y, (d -1) Depth of flange =I 00 mm and Area of steel for web :
C,, +C,l = T, Effective depth of beam =600 mm
127.88 ( 127.88.'\ X 20 C,w = 0.87 fy Asw
= 0.36 X 450 I + 0.42 X 450 ) 0.36f"'. bw . x, + 0.45 fct . Yr (b,- bw) = 0.87 fy A" Use M20 and Fe 415
Yr = O.l5 x, +0.65 Dr= 0.15x, + 0.65 X 110 0.36 f,k· X,.- · bw " 0.87 f, Asw
2
0 Soln. :
m
X 300 X450 + 0.45 X 20 X (1200- 30)
97.152) = 0.15x,+71.5 0.36f,, · X'"" l · bw
x97.182 ( 450--- Asw =
2 :. 0.36 X 20 X 320x,. + 0.45 X 20 X (0.15X, + 71 .5) (1250- 320) o.87 f,
0.36 X20 X 288 X 300 2
6 6 1723 mm
= 109.46 + 10 + 315.98 X 10 = 0.87 X415 X4310.3 0.87 x4 15
6 6
Sa
2304 X,+ 1255.5 X,+ 0.598 X J0 = 1.57 X 10

6
= 425.44 x 10 N.mm = 425.44 kN.m •..Ans. 3 mm
3559.5 X, = 971.5 X 10 d =600 Area of steel for flange
UEx. 3.14.8 U.1U · Dec 2012 10 r.lar ksl

ATee beam section having effective deptb 420 mm. Aange
width.of 1250 mm. Rib widtb of 320 mm, slab thickness of
110 mm comprises of 7 ban of 28 rnm diameter. Assuming
3
7 x, =
3
x, = 272.98 mm
7 X 272.93 = 116.97 > 110 : . o.k L... . . . 000000
bw = 300mm
c,, = 0.874 f, A.,
0.446 r,k. o, (b,- bwl = o.87f,- A,,
0.446 X 20 X 100 (1000 - 300) " 0.87 X 4t5
2
X A,1
= 0.48 x d = 0.48 x 420 = 20 1.6 mm A..r = 1729.4 mm

.conc.~ete of M20 and HYSD steel .of grade Fe 415. Calculale Fig. P. 3.14.9
·ujtimale moment of resi5taDce of tbe section x, = 272.93 mm > x,. max :. A. = 1723 + 1729.4
:. over reinforced section X,,""" = 0.48 d = 0.48 x 600 =288 mm
It! Soln.; = 3452.4 mm 2 ...Ans.
Redesign the section for x, = x,mu and A, = A.. max
Area of steel iD tension
Consider x, = x, max = 201.6 mm
_..A SACH/If SIWI Yeoturo
•••• .A SAC/lilY S/IAII Yestur< T«:h-Nt o l'ublicatioo•......•.•• lf'hel'll Authotf inspire isoor1tioo
/
Slate ol Collapse - Aexure, Shear, Bond & 1
Theory of Reinforced Concrete StructUres (MU)
~ umil ~~
concrete and Fe415. Find the reinfo
Ex. 3.14.10
Use M20 . rce~
'-~ "f the section bas to res1st a design ut . t
requ~ 1 Iii% ~;..Th~e..,ory"'=of=R=e=ln"'fo"'rced~~Co~nc~~~
rete Stru
, ctures (MlJ)
moment of 1200 k.N .m. t ~3.14.12
A tee beam having 1250 mm effective widlh of flange bas a
'fbe T - beam of flange width 1200 - Flexure, Shear, Bond & Torsion
tbiciiJicss of flange equal to 110 mm. The effective depth of It! Soln.:
tbe beam is 600 mm and widlh of the web is 300 rom. It is Dr= 150mm 100 rom. rid width 275 nun has nun, flange lhi ~·- - A,. =n x!dl
Given : br = 2500 rom. an effecti c"""88 4 =6 X;j7t X 25 2 : 294 .24 ml
+
reinforced with 6 bars of 20mm oo the tensioo side.
= 300mm. d 800mm
_.., Use M20 grade of concrete
,...... . and Fe5oo
ve deptb .
Is 600
Assulllingde
Determine moment of resistance if M 25 conaete and Fe
b. ~-•culate the ultimate morn 8lade of Steel.
l-"' . ent of . ptb of N·A lies within the flao
415 MPa L _ ()ealll, if area for tension Steel . ltststance of a ~ Step l • ge. (X,< D,)
4 I 5 steel is used. Usc LSM. r,t = 20Mpa. Provided is • Depth or N·A
Iii Soln.: (i} 4 - 25 mm ~ bars .
M = 1200 kN.m , 0.87[ · A O
(ii) 6 - 25 mro ~ bars and .., : ~ = .87 X 500 X 2945.24
Given : br = 1250mm, D=600mn. Dr= itO rom cit br 0.36 x20 X 1200
To Find: g1 sotn.:
al
2
b. = 300 mm. A..= 6- 20mm. fu. =25 N/mm ¢ Step 1 : Depth of Neutral axis for balanced section = 148.28mm
Given: br = 1200 mm,
f,. = 415 N/mm2 X. = X.)im = 0.48 d = 0.48 X 800 = 384 mm bw = 275 mm. X,> D,
·: Dr= iOOmm
FIDd: M,
t t fy = 500MPa, AsslllDption is wrong He .
ev
X..lim = x 384= 165mm <Dr ~ • nee xu lies below flange.
M,. Step 2 : Depth .
Area of steel= 6 x ~ x (20/ = 1884.95 = 1885 mm ToFiod:
2
l of N·A, X. lies below flange and Assume
:. the stress in the flange is uniform. 7 X,> D,
¢ Step 1 : Depth of Neutral uis X. Height of equivalent stress block of uoifonn stress
Moment of resistance for 4 _ 25 rum II> bar C,.+c, = T,
Assuming X. lies within the Oaoge
nR
¢ Step 2 : Depth of neutral axis
1t 7t 0J6f b
2
A,. = n x 4 d =4 x - x 251 ct • X,+0.45fa.(br- b.) Dr =0 . 87 x fJ . .A...
X,. _ ~ 0.87 X 415 X 1885 =
6049
rom Assuming Neutral axis is lies within flange. 4 =1963.5mml
- 0.36 fa. br 0.36 X 25 X 1250 - 0.36 X 20 X 275 X,+ 0.45 X 20 (1200- 275) X 100
Mu = 0.36 fu. br X,(d- 0.42·X.) Assume depth of Neutral axis lies within fl
ange (X,< D,) - 0.87 X 5()() X 2945.24
X. <Dr 1200 xJ06 = 0.36 X 20 X2500 XX, (800 --0.42 X,) ¢ Step 1 : Depth of Neutral axis
1980 X,+ 832.5 X tO' = 1.2812 x 106
¢ Step 2 : Limldng value of deptb of N.A 1200 X 106 = 18000 X, (800 --0.42 X,) 0.87f · A. -0.87 X 500 X 1963 5
U
_ _.y___,
For, f, 415, x,.;,. = 0.48d = 0.48 x 600 = 288 mm 6
7560X, 2-14.4X J0 X,+J 200 X 10 =0
6 0.36 f,t br - 0.36 X 20 X 1200. I980x, = to'
x, = 87.34 mm< Dr 98.86mm X. = 226.6mm
:. x, < x.w., the section is under reinforced section
:. X. < Dr (Dr= IOOnun) 3 3
Hence, tbe given T beam is considered as a single hence assumption is correct but 7 X.= 7 x 226.6mm=97.12mm
m
reinforced beam. :. Assumption is correct
¢ Step 3 : Area of steel 3
:. 7 X.< D~ Assumption is again wrong.
¢ Step 3 : Moment resistaDce Total compression = Total Tension ¢ Step 2 : Limiting depth of Neutral axis for Fe500
Step 3 : Depth of N·A, X. lies below flange and Assume
M, = 0.36 ret brX, (d- 0.42 x,) 0.36 f,t br X.r = 0.87 fy A51 X..mu = 0.46 d = 0.46 x 600 = 276 rnrn 3
Sa
7 X, <Dr
0.36 X20 X2500 X87.34 = 0.87 X 415 Ast :. x, < X..max• the section is under reinforced.
0.36 X 25 X 1250 X 60.49 (600-0.42 X 60.49)
Let Dr = Yr
6 ¢ Step 3 : Moment of resistance
6
391.018 X 10 N.mm = 391.018 kN.mm 1.572 X 10 = 361.05 A51
A,. = 4354.3 mm
2 M, 0.36 fa x. br (d - 0.42 x,)
Ex. 3.14.11
0.36 X 20 X 98.86 X 1200 (600 - 0.42 X 98.86) 0.36 felt b. X.+ 0.45 f,t (br- b.) Yr = 0.87 r, A,.
A T - beam has a following dimensions Number of 25 mm ~bars
Yr = 0.15 x, +0.65 Dr
477.03 X Jd N·mm
Flange width = 2500 mm D = AjA~ =4354.3/490.8 = O.l5x,+0.65 x 100 =0.15x,+65
Flange thickness = !50 mm 477.03 kN·m ...Ans.
= 8.87 = 9 bars .". 0.36 X 20 X 275 X X,+ 0.45 X 20 (1200- 275)
Web width= 300 mm
&iDI X (0.15 X,+ 65) = 0.87 X 500 X 2945.24
Effective depth = 800 mm
Moment of resistance for 6 - 25 mm lj) bar 3 6
1980 X,+ 1248.75 X,+ 541.125 X 10 = 1.2812 X 10
__A SACHI/Y SHAH r..,trur
Toeb-Nt<> PublicatioiiJI,•.__ IJihere Aotllon irupirt imlmlioll
. . of Coliaps& - Flexure, Shear, Bond & i
3-41 umn 5ta1e ~Clrl
!iJ Theory of Reinforced Concnlte StnJciUr8S (MU) - ~ ~
3 ¢ Step 2 : !)etemuoe d ·
3228.75 X, = 740.075 X 10
Ufllit State Of Coil
x, = 229.2mm ¢ Step 3 : !)etenmine x,...,. f,, = 20 MPa apse· Flexure, Shear, Bond & Toralon
X depends upon grade of steel.
73 X, = 73 X 229.2 umu
Xa.II)U, ~ SteP I : Detennine ~
Self weight (
w = 137.6 kN/m
Gnde orsteel w,) = 25 X 0.25 X 0.40
= 98.23 < D, :. o.k. Fe250 0.531 d Qr 100
d = 350 = 0.286 > 0.2 = 2.5kN/m
Fe415 0.479 d Super imllOsed I
x, ....,. = 0.46 d =0.46 X 600 oadw, = w-w,= 137.6-2.5
Fe500 0.456 d ~ Step 2 : Determine x,""'
= 135.1 kN/m
Safe load the ._ __
= 276 mm ¢ Step 4 : Detennine M..,.... and A,. mu X, mn =0.46 X d =0.46 X 350 U<4lll can carry :
al
X,< x.....,, the section is under reinforced Dr
= 161 rom w, = 135kN/m
Step 4 : Moment of resistance

(i) If d >0.2
0.36(~ ){ I -0.42(¥ )} f,,bwd\ ~ Step 3: Determine Yr Gus.._.,_ j
ev
M..,.... =
Yr 0.15 x, +65 = 0.15 x 229.2 + 65
Yr = 0.15:x,...... +0.65D b
.45fct(br -bw)Y,( d-~)
r• ut not greater than q- Shear Stress
99.38 rnm Yr = 0.15x 161+0.65x 100 D,
M, 0.36 fdo: bw X, (d- 0.42 X,) 0.36 f, 1 X 110011 bw+ 0.446 f,, y,(b,- bw) = 89.15mm<IOO [;";.15.1 What Is Shear stress of beam?
+ 0.45 f"' (b,- bwl y,(o, - ~) 0.87 f, :. ok.
~Ana.:
nR
~ Step 4 : Determine M,,"""'
Where, yr = O. 15 X..""" + 0.65 o,, but not greater than D,
= 0.36 X 20 X 275 X 229.2 (600- 0.42 Shear is Caused bY ··- . .
M...mu=0.36(x,.maJd)(I-0.42(x, /d)} 2 uoc vanatJon of bending moment
X 229.2) + 0.45 X 20 (I 200- 275) D, . ..... fdo: b. d + 0.45 aJ ong span and if . the .
10
(ii) If -;;<0.2 fu(br-bw) Yr(d-y,/2) • ' lD same fibre bending stresses
99.38)
x99.38x ( J00-- - vanes at two cross section which produces horizontal shear
2 stress and in turn produces venical shear stress.
M,,nw = 0.36 f,, bw X,,... (d- 0.42 x,. mul + 0.45 M,,... = 0.36( I61 /350)( I - 0.42( 161 1350)} X
20
to•+ 41.62 x w•
U
228.6 x 2
f,, (br- bw) D1 (d- D,/2) X 250 X 350 +045 X 20 X (1600
. -250) q- Shear Stresses In R.C.C. Beams
89.15 ( 350- il~
89
bw + 0.446 f'* D, (b,- !W_
[........ :::;..... _..__.1\CCI
6
270.2 x 10 N·mm 0.36 f'* l), ron X
A...., 0.87 f,
270.2kN·m •.• Ans.
¢ Step 5 : Now determine the allowable load (w ) : 81.83 X 106 + 330.98 X 106
Type Ill : Analys1s of Flanged section ~Ana. :
M,..u =M, expressed in terms of w, ( =I .5 w) and L for
m
(Determination of M,,.,,,. A,,,,, and Imposed = 412.8x 106 N.mm
given end conditions.
Load) M,,..., = 412.8x 106 N= 412.8kN
2 ... Ans.
M,,....=Mu =1.5wL /8
The dimensions of the beam b.., 0 1, d, D, grades of ¢ Step 5 : Detennine A"""-'
Sa
Super imposed load w, = w- wd

concrete and steel, span and end conditions are given. It is A = 0.36 f,, X. nw b.+ 0.446 f"' Yr (b,- b.)
required 10 detennine the moment of resistance M,...u. Where, wd = self weight= 25bD with b, D are in m. stnw 0.87 r, ,_
A,...,... and Imposed Load. = 0.36 . 20 " 161 . 250 +0.446 ' 20 "89.15(1600-260) !+=-!
UEx. 3.14.13 MU • Ma 2017. 9 Marks 0.87' 500
In this case, the beam section is analysed as balanced Fig. 3.15.1
Find the Limiting Moment of Resistance and Limiting Area
section because A,, is not given. Asunu = 3ll5.84 mm2 ...Ans.
of Steel for a T-beam. having flange width of I 600 mm, - In reinforced concrete beam, the concrete below the
¢ Step I : Detennine width of flange if not given Step 6 : Determine allowable load
effective depth of 350 mm and thickness of I00 mm. The ¢ neutral axis is neglected and shear force is resisted by
br = k(~+6Dr) +bw web width is 250 mm. Use M20 concrete and Fe500 steel.
=
w,L
8
2
=
1.5wL2
8
the bound between the steel and concrete.
where k = I forT beam and k = 1/2 for L beam

0 Soln. :
- The shear stress in RC beam is parabolic with zero at
2
1.5w x 4
Given: br = 1600 mm ; d = 350 mm; 412.8 = - - 8 - top and maximum at neutral axis.
Teeb-Neo Publialions- - 111lere Authon itUpiro inDol'6tioa .....A SAC/liNSHAH f'estrut __,1 SACIIINS/L4II y.,.,_
Umit State o1 CollapS8 • Aexure, Shear, Elon<J & i
Iii !lleorY of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 349
Table 3.15.1 : Design shear ~eogth 0;~
- The shear stress below the neutral axis is constant in concrete, t,, N/mm
tensile zone.
Concrete Grade -
It is denoted by t, ..._.. Even w"th
Shear
I
1ln.
.. nere, .o1.
~.Flexure, Shear, Bond & Torsion
the nominal shear stress t s"· " reinforcerne TotaJ .
100: ~
't _ ~ _ Shear force · 'tv "'
' U4J.I not ex nt cross 5ecllonal area of
- bjd - breadth x lever arm (i.e. f, mu) · t , mu depends upon ~ this VaJue
1115 1120 lizs M30 IUS
'lilt glade of COncrete
Stirrups legs effective in shear.
Under no circumstances even . · s' -- s.tirtups spacing along the
q- Nominal Shear Stress ( 'tv)
L-~--+-~-+--r-~~ - . '
shall the nomtnal shear st..... .
Wtth Shear .
reiDforcerne
L_(~1)~~(2)~~(~3)-r~(4~)t-(_5)-r_(6_)~~ ~-... 1D beams 0~ length of the member.
La. 3.15.3 Deline noninal shear stress with given in Table 3.15.2 (fable t, ex~ t,
20 ofJS COde). b - B
8lCpl assiou? ~<~o~.1 ~5 ~~0 -~28~~o_.2_81-0_.2_9-r_o._29-t_o_.2_9-r~~ ""' - readth of the beam or breadth
Table 3.15.2 : Maxim1110 Shea S
al
LQ. 3.15A What is I"IUITlinal sheer stress? ~o~. 2~5~~o-~35~~o~.~~_o_.~~r-o._37-t_o_.3_7-r~
o~
r tress, t of the web of flanged beam.
,..-- - r - , ... NfltUIJ1
0 AM.: ~o=.~=-~~o-~~~_o_.~~_o_.~
__r-o._5o-t_o_.5_o-r_o~~
eoncrete
Grade
MIS M20 M2s MJo
· AJ4o
r;;r-- f, "' Characteristic strength of the stirrup
0.75 0.54 0.56 0.57 0.59 0.59 0.6Q reinfon:ement in Nimm 1 wbicb shall not
ev
Shear force due to design toad ( V, ) acting per unit --.. IDd
cross-sectional area is caJJed as nominal shear stresS 1.00 0.60 o.62 o.64 o.66 o.67 o.se
r:, •
N/rnrrl 25
.
28
. 3. 1
t--
3.5
'--~
37
be taken &realer than 415 N/mm1.
The nominal shear stress is denoted by "1", . 1.25 0.64 0.67 0.70 0.71 0.73 0.74 '---c.....:_ 4.0 li"' Maximum Spacing of Stl
r-- nups
rE Minimum Shear Reinforcem ...__
Design Shear ent
1.50 0.68 0.72 0.74 0.76 0.78 0.7g LQ. 3.15.11 State IS ........._lion .
nR
t. = -:E::-:IJ=erti--:.-ve...:A:..rea--o-r-beam- . · · ..,.....,..., for maximum spacing
0.75 0.78 0.80 0.82 0.84 LO. 3.15.8 Define minimum shear reinlo ·. '- ot ~In beam.
1.75 0.71
v. expression. rtement With
=bel 2.00 0.71 0.79 0.82 0.84 o.86 o.aa ~Ana. :
LO. 3.15.9 State the condition f
or minimum sh
reinforcement, giving its ear
-
2.25 0.71 0.81 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.92 . Af. per IS specifi ati .
9 c on, maxunum spacing should not
where, V, = Design Shear force IS. lCpr8SSiQn as per
be exceed least of the foUowing,
U
0.82 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95
b = Breadth of the member,
2.50
2.75
0.71
0.71 0.82 0.90 0.94 0.96

-
0.98
LO. 3.15.10 When minimum shear
.
proVIded ? State the eq lion
re1n1oroement ·18 S,_""'"' 0·75 d or 300m wbicbever is less
.. ua use for
mtn1mum shear reinforcement
d = Effective depth of beam 3.00 and giVing li"' Forms of Shear Reinforcement
0.71 0.82 0.92 0.96 0.99 1.01 meaning of terms Used In it
above
-
m
q- Daslgn of Shasr Strength of Concrete (-rJ 0 Ans. : LQ. 3•15·12 Slate two types_of shear reinforcement.
For solid slabs, the design shear strength of concrete
I LQ. 3.15.5 What Is deslgn shear strength of concrete ? I shall bet, k. where k has the values as given below. a- Minimum shear reinforcement LQ. 3.15.13 Slate various forms of shear relnfon:ements
giving the expressions for strength se per IS.

Sa
0 Ans. : Overall 300 275 250 225 200 175 ISO - When t , is less than t , . minimum shear reinforcement
~Ana.:
depth or or or shall be provided.
q- Shear strength of concrete
I.S. 456-2000, Clause 40.4, Stirrups is provided in the
- It is provided in the fonn of stirrups.
fonn as given below
It is the design shear strength of concrete in beams K 1.00 1.05 1.10 1.15 1.20 1.25 1.30
(a) Vertical stirrups
without shear reinforcement. (a) Vertical stirrups
~>Y Maximum Shear Stress (t,. Mol (b) Bent up bars along with stirrups
- It is denoted by t ,. Design shear strength of concrete (b) Bent up bars along with stirrups
varies with the percentage of steel and is different for LQ. 3.15.6 Define maximum shear stress of concrete (c) Inclined stirrups
(c) Inclined stirrups
different grades of concrete. with expression ?
- Expression for minimum shear reinforcement
- The strength of shear reinforcement V,.. shall be
LQ. 3.15.7 State I.S. specification lor minimum shear
A, 0.4 calculated as below :
reinforcement in beam. - > ---
b s, - 0.87 f,
Tub-Neo Pub6eat1001
..•..A SACHINSHAH f'<~~IUJt Ted.-Neo Publieations.___lf'bere Autbon iDspire iDJH>r~ti011
·-
re1 fh80IY of Reinforced Concret S
~ e lructures (MU)
~ 3-52
3 .16.14 State the formula ll8ed f Umit State of
(1) Verdcal~ I.0 · · or calculati Collapse· Aexure, Shear, Bond & Torsion
resisted by bent up bars
1
ng shear
Steel bars vertically placed around the tensile "beam &. a.ts.t Neeeaalty of Minimum Shear \
Also state the IS ... ·
reinforcement suitable spacing along !he span of
"'ause r Reinforcement
----
a1 permissible shear to ba cam 99arding
beam to prevent diagonal cracks.
Diamctu of stinups varies from 6 mm 10 16 mm.

Fig. 3.15.4
1...---
g! Ans. :
bars. ed by bant up
UQ. 3.15.16 .....
"'liS!-· Is the necessity of providing shear
reinforcement 1 (IMII•Mf4•i14iijtMb
I
The free end of stinup is tree in compression zone only· For single bar or single group of p all ~Ana.:
- ar el bars all be 1be ..
Expression for vertical stirrups up at the same cross-section ' nt-
(a) ~ llllnimum shear reinforcement is necessary for the
al
11
o owmg reasons.
0.87fy A,.d v., = 0.87f1 A,,sina
v., = s, t.
To bold the beam reinforcement in position while
where. concreting. -
(b) Expression for inclined stinups or a series of bars bent.
ev
2
up at different cross-sections.
A, = Total cross-sectional area of Shrrup
.
legs or
· To prevent sudden shear failure due to formation of
inclined cracks.
Ftg. 3.15.2 0.87 f1 A,. d bent-up bars within a distanceS,. 3. To prevent prema!Ure failure if the concrete cover
v., = s, (sin a + cos a)
(2) Inclined stirrups brusts and the band to main reinforcement is lost
S, = Spacing of the stirrups or bent-up b;m
nR
4. It increases strength and rotation capacity of concrete.
(c) Expression for single bar or single group of parallel
Inclined stirrups are provided to resis!S diagonal along tlie length of the member.
bars, all bent-up at !he same cross-section 5. To prevent failure due to shrinkage, thermal stresses
tension.
'r, = Nominal shear stress. and internal cracking in the beams.
Inclination of stirrup are provided 45°.
V., = 0.87f1 A,, sina
'r, = Design shear strength of the concrete.
where, A,, = Total cross-sectional area of stirrup legs or &. 3.16 Maximum Spacing of Shear
bent-up bars within a distanceS, . _ As per IS 456:2000, Where bent up b;m are provided, Reinforcement
s, = Spacing
'r, U
of !he stinups or bent-up bars
along !he Length of !he member.
= Nominal shear stress.

r
their contribution towards shear resistance shall not be
more than half that of !he total shear reinforcement.
LQ. 3.15.15 Whv_ the contribution of bend up bar is

restlicted to 50% 1n shear resistance ?
As per IS456 : 2000, clause 26.5. t .5, page No. 47. the
maximum shear reinforcement measured along the axis of
member shall be as below :
m
Fig. 3.15.3 'r, = Design shear strength of the concrete. 0 Ans.: Stirrups Spacing (whichever is less)
(3) Bent up bars b = Breadth of the member Contribution of bent up bar is restricted to 50% in shear Vertical stirrups 0.75 d or 300 mm
Sa
resistance is : Inclined stirrups at45° d or 300 mm

The longitudinal bars are bent up near !he suppoll 10 f
1
= Characteristic strength of the stirrup or
resist diagonal tension. bent-up reinforcement which shall not be i) Bent up bars tend to cause longitudinal cracking or Where d =effective depth of section.
talcen greater than 415 N/mm 2
.
crushing of concrete at bent point, as the bar tries to
Bars are bent-up near !he suppoll where bending straighten due to tension. lW Function of Shear Reinforcement
moment is very less.
Equal number of bars are bent up to maintain

a = Angle between the inclined stirrup or bent-
up bar and the axis of the member, not less
ii) They are unable to prevent pressing down of
longitudinal reinforcement and consequent spitting of
LQ. 3.16.1 State the reason for providing shear
reinfolcament In 1M fonn of stirrups.
I
symmetry. than 45• and
concrete.
0 Ana.:
Shear resistance by bent up bars is not greater !han half d = Effective depth. iii) They fail to confine the concrete.
The function of venical stirrups provided in the beam
of !he total shear reinforcement. iv) Bent up bars alone (without stirrups) are not effective
are as follows :
in preventing shear failure.
.-A SACHIN S//A/1 Yesture
-·.A SAC/1/N SHAH Jlenture Tech-Neo Pubhcallons__ .... lntre Autllon ~nsptre lllDOVIIton
Collapse • Aexure, Shear, Bond &.
3-53 Umlt State of ~
10 of Reinforced Concrete Stn,....
...,80 ry
," c--.ures (MlJ)
v..,. 1 0.5V.,.
Ill • Zone of nominal shear teinro 3-54
I. To prevent sudden failure due to shear tension torte • tcernent. Um;t State of Co
0.5V"'
2. To pre\'etlt premature failure if the bond between w zoneof Shear Reinforcement w, ¢ Steps. llapse- Flexure, Shear, Bond & Toffilon
• Compllle t t and t
concrete and steel lost '" c I:Olal;
(I)
LQ.S.16.3 Draw a slletch shoWing zone of Sh e~ In zone L,3• minimum diameter or sfuru ltt,<t <t shear . .
3. It act as tie to bold the reinforcement of beam in . reinfon:em811l
aximurn spacmg. shall not e~ceed I>Ssha!Jbc:6 lllrn Provide •rn;"'-,._ · · · reinforcement is not required.
position. Blldm 0-75donoo .. ~.,.ourn shear reinforcement.
. bc:ver is less. lllrn
611 Ans.: wbJc
s - 0.87f A,
To confine the coocrete
4.
·-~
t¥ Step by Step Procedure for Design Of
(ii) ltt,>t <t
Q" Conditions for Design of Sheer Relnton:ement Reinforcement Sheer
• ,._ · ·. shear reinforcement is required.
al
Continue steps 6 to 8_
l.Q. S.16.2 WI-. lhe c:ondllon b- shear ••ob-d
In an R.C. ' - " 80COidng tl linit Slalll 6
¢ Step : Shear force to be resisted by vertical stirrups
llllllhod. v..
ev
~Ana.:
~ Ans.: :. V.. " V,- t , bd (Clause 40.4 of IS456 : 2000)
(I) If or_ < t, No shear reinforcement is required. But ¢ Step 1: Find Factored S.F. and % A fro . ¢ Step 6.1 : If bent up bars are provided, Shear force to
provide miJtimum sbear reinforcement in the form of I•
L., I
•: .,. ~ __,: ·-.. mgJven data
"•) Factored S.F. =1.5 x Suppon reaction for ~'-
be resisted by vertical stinups V..
stirrups. De3gn :Nar i Minimum shear : Nominal :
'• Worouug load
reinlorooment : reinloroement i If bent up bars are provided then, Shear resisted by
nR
; shear
or bent-up bars.
zone : zone
~"'=.,ment
A:Nd ; 0 871y Asv
S= 0.87~ : S- . 0.4b (ii) factored S.F. = 1.5 x Shear force
us
Fig. 3.16.1 V, = 1.5 xV

(U) If t . > t , but < t..,., then shear reinforcement is
(Clause 40.4 of IS456 : 2000 )
required to be provided in the form of (iii) Percentage Steel
Zone 1: Zone of design shear reinforcement L, 1
A,, Note : The contribution of bent up bars towards
U
(a) vertical stirrups %p, l)d X !()() shear resistance shall not be more than
(V,,""' - Vurmln) hall that of the total shear reinforcement
L,, w, Where V, calculated by
(b) Inclined bars with vertical stirrups or factored shear force
(c) Inclined stirrups. Zone 0 : Zone of design shear reinforcement A~ = Area of main steel in tension at suppon
b = width of beam Step 6.2 : Sbear force for design :
m
¢
Shear force for shear reinforceme01 V...
d = effective depth :. V_, = V., -V., or V.,/2
V,. = V, -t.,bd. .:> Step 2 : Calculate nominal shear stress : ¢ Step 7: Design of Vertical stirrups (S,)
Or v, 0.87 fy A,. d
Sa
Shear by vertical stirrups t, = bd s, = v..
v... =
0.87 r. A,. d ¢ Step 3 : Calculate shear strength of concrete t ,
s. When bent up bars are provided. Spacing for vertical
stirrups
IfVumu<V,.min orV,<Vur.,;,,then t , is depends on grade of concrete and percentage steel
Sbear by bent up bars at suppon(%pt) 0.87 rx A,, d
s,
v..
vust> = 0.87 f1 A,. sin a Refer Table 19, IS 456 : 2000,
Where,
In any bent up bars case In zone L,2. 2 legged 6 mm ~ stirrups shal l he provided. ¢ Step 4 : Calculate 1:, nw
n " number of legs of stirrups in section

It is depends on grade of concrete
$ " diameter of stirrups bar
• ...A SAC/liN SIIAIII'eotu,. T«b-Neo Publications ...•.._ Jnere Authon inspire jtJJJorotiOD
......4 SACII/l(SllUf J'esru...
-----https://cee-book.blogspot.com
~t:A:e:ln:fo~rc~e~d:C~o:n:c~re~te~SI~ru~~~~~s~(~M~U~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
~
~eerY
''
0 3-Se u mit Slate of Collapse- Flexure, Shear, Bond & Torsion
F1 l(Ur6· Shear. Bond & To 1
us~e . e !'SlOt) • Shear reinforcement
, state of CO steP 7 . It( Soln. :
urn~
t) . tiJTUPs 6 mm 4> - 2 legged
pro"'de s Given : b = 230 mm, D 600mm
vertical stirrups
· al stirruPs (S,l AJC8 0
f Clear cover = 25 mm
¢ Step 8 : Spacing of veruc 1[ 2 1[
2
p.,., nX 4 X 4> = 2 X 4X 6 A. = 3-l6mrntj)
. ball be tc:ast of following :
Spacmg s
(i) S, = as calculated in step 7 p.,. "' 56.55 mm
2 A,, = 8 mrn tj)2 legged stirrups.
To ftod : Sbear resistance V•
Q
. Spacing for vertical shear reinforcement·
(ii) s : 0.75d SteP 8 . ·
s: t)
al
= 300 rom (as per clauS" 26.5. 1.5) . g shall be least of following :
~=r
8
spactn
. al Sheaf stress 0.87 fy A.., d
Note :
¢ SteP Z : Nonun J 2 s, v.. Io=eoomm
v,~,o.9Nimm (i) 3-1811YT1
ev
t , = bd = 250 )( 400 0.87 X 415 X 56.55 X 400 +
. . and cross S"Ction of the 38.8 X JoJ 25mm.!
¢ Step 9 : Draw the longttudinal
Sheaf stress in concrete (TJ T, is f '-b-=_2_30_mm....J
pesigD
beam showing the stiJTu!>S dewls ¢ Step3: lo ol
depends on 210.5 mm=2l0mm
~age steel"' 0.6% Fig. P. 3.17.2
I) percen
a s. 0.75 d = 0.75 x 400 = 300mm
nR
3.17 Solved Example
(ii)
~ x 162 = 603.2 mm
rade of concrete M20 2
2) G Area of steel in tension A, = 3 x
s, 300 inrn
(iii)
1[ 2 2
Ex. 3.17.1 . .
•-~ effecove tS relWO'"""
with
,_, - • s = 210 mm least of the above values Area of vertical stirrups A,. = 2 x 4 x (8) = I00.5 mm
A beam 250 mm x 400 rom _, ~0 rce at
3 bars of 16 mm diameter of grade Fe4IS. The sheaf f the Provide vertical stirrups of 6mrn-2legged at a
. the sheaf reinforcement ' Spacing of stirrup S, l50mm
the support is 60 kN. Destgn diameter
U
8 spacing of 210 mm centre to centre.
grade of concrete used is M20. US" 6 rom or rom .! 16
vertical stiJTups.
by interpolation
0.56 - 0.48] (0 6 0 5 Anchor bar A.6mm Vertical stirrups
~- 21egged @ 210 mm c/c
Effective deptb d D - C-
2
=600 ·-25 - 2
~11
t, o.48 + [ o.75 _ o.so x · - · >
611 Soln. :
Given data :Width of beam b = 250 rom
t,
= 0.512 N/JIII]J
2 T
g f\ ¢
= 567 mm
Step l : Design shear strength in concrete ('tJ
m
~
Depth of beam d = 400 mm Maximum Shear stress in con.crete (T~ aw ) II
Step3: '0 100 A,1 100 X 603.2
bd - 230 x567 =0.46
¢ All
% P, =
Diameter of main steel $ = 16 mm
t
~-
for M20 = 2.8 Nlmm
2
1 3-16mm+
-~-
Number of main steel n = 3
¢ Step 4 : Check for shear reinforcement
~b = 250-l 1 Spanl + Refer Table 19, page no. 73 of!S456 : 2000
Sa
Sbear force at support V = 60 kN Cross section Longitudinal section 1
Since t , > t , < t , ...... Design of Shear reinforcement is of beam of beam For M20 and ~Au = 0.46, 'tc by int~rpolation
characteristic strength for M20 concrete f,,= 20 Nimm'
required. Fig. P. 3.17.1 :Shear reinforcement details
2
yield stress in Fe415 steel, f, = 415 N/mm lOOAjbd "t.forM20
¢ Step S : Shear capacity of concrete (Vucl
To filld : Shear reinforcement Ex. 3.17.2 0.25 0 .36
Since V.., t ,X bd =0.512 X 250 X 40 A reinforced concrete rectangular beam has widtb 280 mm
Preliminary data and total depth 600 mm witb clear cover of 25 mm. The 0.5 0.48
beam is reinforced with 3 bars witb 16 mm diameter at
Area of steel in tension support section at tension side. Calculate shear strength of
¢ Step 6 : Shear capacity of vertical stirrups (V.,) the support section if 8 mm diameter two legged stirrups are (0.48 - 0.36)
provided at spacing 150 mm center to center. Use M20 .'. 'tc = 0.36 + (0.5- 0.25) (0.46- 0.25)
v .. = v,-V"'=90-5t.2=38 .8kN
grade of concrete and Fe415 grade of steel. Use LSM .
.....A SA CHIN S/MH f'eDIIH1'
.....A SACHINSIIAH f't:JJtUit Tech-Nro PubUcations........... Jnere Aut/Nm impire imw,..tioD
Teeb-Neo Pubfiatioo• . - rn.n, Aulilot. iMpire iDDorotioJJ
https://cee-book.blogspot.com (
liJ Theory of Reinforced Concrete StnJCIUrBS (MU) jllSOry of Reinforced Concrete S
. lructures (MU)
steP 3 : Shear capacity of cone
~ rete(V,J limits
late of Collapse
v"" = Design shear strength . -Flexure, Shear, Bond & Torsion
'"COncrete
4-25mm+ = t, . b . d =0.66 ~ 3()() )( ~ <!> "0.512NJIDID'
--'1.. x 550"' I089Qo N Step 3: Shear
capacity of concrete (V .J
= 108.9kN
0.25 b=300mm v. . "tbd-
~ llj .A SteP 4 : Shear resistance by ven·
' - 0.5!2 X 300x 550 = 84480 N
Flg. P. 3.17.2(a) '-' ICaJ Stirn-
-··I'>(V,.) "' 84.48 kN
Refer clause 40.4(a), page no. 73 of <!> Step 4 : Shear res.
= 0.462 N/mnl Fig. P. 3.17.3 IS456 : 20(X) IS!ance by vertical stirrups (V,..)
0.87 f, A, d
¢ Step 2 : Shear capacity of concrete (V .J v,. = s. V 0.87 LA d
'" "'---....:..:a.::_ 0.87 X415 x 100.5 x 5SO
al
vuc = T, . b . d = 0.462 X230 X567 = 60250 N
AfeaOfstir!lJPS s, - 150
7t 2 = 0.87x4t5xtoo.sxsso
= 60251cN A.,. = 2x-4 (8) =IOOs. lllrnl 150 ---- <!> = 133 ·05 X 1()1 N = 133.05 kN
Step 5 : Shear .
¢ Step 3 : Shear resistanCe by vertical stirrUps (V,.) 3 resistance by bent up bars
ev
Spacing of stirruP s. = 150 mm 133.05 X 10 N "' 133.05 kN
V"" = 0.87f, A.. sin CL
(clause 40.4{a), page no. 73 of IS456 : 2lXXJ) ~ SteP 5 : Total shear capacity of RC beam
0.87 f"y A.,. d _ 0.87 X415 X ]00.5 X~
ease (I) : No bent up bars are provided =0.87x4J5x( 2X~(25)' )xsin45•
V, = V,, +V.. =l08.9+J 3305 _
v ... s. - 150 Percentage reinforcement . -241.95 kN
¢ Step 1 : ...Aos. = 25064o N =250.64 kN
nR
JOOA IOOX 1963.5
137160N= 137.16kN
P, ~= 300 X 550 =1.196" 1.2 ease (D) : Two bars are bent up ¢ Step 6: Total shear .
resistance of RC section at suppon
¢ Step 4 : Tolal shear capacity of RC beam
¢ Step 2 : Design shear strength in concrete ¢ Step 1 : Percentage steel at support V, = V,. +V,.+V..,=84.48+ 133.05+250.64
v. = V""+V,.=6025+137.16
Referring clause 40.2.1, Table 19 of IS4 56 : !XXI ~ at support is only for 2 bars out of 4 b = 468.17 kN ... Ans.
... Aos. 2 illS, because 2
= 197.41 kN bars are bent up.
(P. No. 73)
Ex. 3.17.3
Determine the shear capacity of RC beam 300 x 550 mm
effective reinforced with 4 bm - 25 mm diameter as a
tension reinforcement and 8 mm diameter two legged
by interpolation
P,
U
For % pt = 1.2 and M20 grade of concrete is obtained
t,for M20
7t
A~ = 2 x 4(25) =981.75mm2
_ ~ _100x981.75
% PI -
2
bd - 300 x 550 = 0.59h 0.6

·~ O!ted concrete beam of 300 x 550 mm overall is
500
+
Orccd with 5 baiS of 20 mm HYSD steel of grade Fe
: placed at an effective cover of 50 mm. The beam
carnes 8 factored UDL of 120 kN/m(worlcing) over a simply
su~rted clear span of 5 m. Design the sbear
rt~ortement Use M 20 concrete: Also sketch the sbear
m
stirrups @ 150 mm c/c throughout the beam. if (i) no bent 1.00 0.62 ¢ Step 2 : Design shear strength in concrete
reinforcement details.
up bars are provided and (ii) 2 bm are bent up. Use M20 0.67
1.25 %Pt t,rorM20
and Fe415 grade materials. Pt% 0.50 0.75 1.0 1.25 1.5 1.75
0.5 0.48
!tl Soln.: (0.67- 0.62) t,MPa 0.48 0.56 0.62 0.67 0.72 0.75
Sa
:. t, = 0.62 + (1 .25- 1.00) ( 1.2- 1.0) 0.75 0.56

Given : b = 300 mm. d 550mm
(0.56- 0.48)
0 Soln.:
= 0.48 + (0.75 - 0.5) (0.6 - 0.5)
A" = 5 X~
2
A~ = 4-25mmljl X (20) = 1570.79 mm2
Stirrups - 2 legged 8 mm q, @ 150 mm c/c ¢ Step I : Maximum shear slress

0.56
V _ wuL _120x5
To lind : Shear capacity V, 1.0 , - 2 - 2 = 300kN
7t 2 ¢ Step 2 : Nominal shear stress

Area of steel in tension ~ = 4 X4 (25) Fig. P. 3.19.3(a)
~ 300 x 10
3
,
0.5 0.6 0.75 t, = bd = 300 X 550 =1.1 8 N/mm
2 2
= 1963.5 mm = 0.66N/mm
Fig. P. 3.17.3(b)
__...4 SAC/liN SIWI Yeo~M -A SA CHIN SllAI/ Yeature
Teeb-Neo Publi<:alioos.- - lfiN:re Autlws UJipire imlmlioo
· Coltapse • Aexure, Shear, Bond & l"or ,_
3-59 umn state o1 s"'n
of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU)
O.S 7 x r,x~ _ 0.87x415 x I~
¢ Step 3 : Maximum shear stress t..., for M20 (3) S, 0.4 b - 0.4 X 300 Urn~ State or Cot
lapse - Aexure, Shear, Bond & Torsion
t-. = 2.8 N/mm 2
= 302.46mm t, >t <t
c C(lnn
spac ing provided will be least of above ~OUr

¢ Step 4 : Design shear stress in concrete (tJ . hence shear .
Maxuoum
relllforcement is required to design
_ ~ IOOx 1570.79 =0. condition Shear ·
resistance by concrete,
.
Pt % - bd (300 X 550) 95
s, = JOOmm V" " t , . b . d "0.644 X 350 X 500
Form "given table, (tJ for Pt % = 0.95
0.62 . 8mm bar 2-legged at I00 mm c/c
Provide " 112.7 X 10-l N = 112.7 kN
¢ Step 8 : Zoning of sbear reinforcement Shear resistance by stirrups,
al
V,._ = t,bd=0.608 x300 x 550= 100.32 kN
Width. b = 350 mm V,. ".Y,-Vuc "400-112.7= 287.3kN
0.75 0.84 1.00 _ y ue + 0.4 bd = 100.32 + (0.4 X 300 X 550) Verticai stirrup
effective depth , d =500 mm
vucmin -
X 10-l =!66.32 kN
b]Id~soomm
F1g. P. 3.17A Assume IO mm ill- 2legged vertical stirrups
ev
Zone I : Zone of design shear reinforcement L,, A~ = 4 X 41t (25)2
0·62 - O.S6) 0 95 0 75) A,, " 2 x ~ (10)2 "157 mm'
t, = 0.56+{1( .00-0.75) ( . - .
= 0.608 Nlmm' L,1 = ( viiCIDU-

w,
v""'') = (300-166.32)
120
= 1963.5 mm2
'- s, -- __ , A,..:;_
<4_87_f._ , ·_d
0.87 X 415 X 157 X 500
v.. 287.3 X 103
Factored shear force ,
¢ Step 5 : Condition = 1.114 =1140 mm ~~50~
nR
" 98.70mm
:. Provide 8mm ill 2 legged vertical stirrups at 200rrun
v, = 400 leN
Fig. P. 3.17.5
Maximum shear reinforcement (Cl.26.5.1.5 , P. No. 47)
:. shear reinforcement is required. for first 0.6 m from supports. Nominal shear stress,
(i) s.... 'J 0.75 d "0.75 x 500 = 375 mm
¢ Step 6 : Sbear force resisted by vertical stirrups Y, 400x 103 (ii) S.,.. 'J 300 mm
t, = bd = 350 X 500 2.285 MPa
v.. = v.- vue =300-(0.608x300 x 550)x 10-l Zone u : Zone of design shear reinforcement L.,
¢
v..
300-100.32
199.68kN
Step 7 : Design of shear reinforcement

L., = (
V"""'- 0.5V"')
= 0.968 =lm
w,
U -
166.32-0.5 X 100
120
Maximum shear stress for M20
t cnw = 2.8 MPa

¢ Design shear stress in concrete
··m1[IT~···-
m
IOOxA..
:. Provide spacing for minimum shear reinforcement pt % = bd 100 X 1963.5
350 X 500 = 1.1 22 % ~b~mm~
Adopt 2-leged 8mm • vertical stirrups s,., = 302 =300 mrn
IOOA, 1.0 1.25 Fig. P. 3.17.S(b)
1t n2 2
A.. = 2 x4x e = 100.53 mm Since, minimum spacing 300mm. bd
Sa
:. Provide lO mm ~ - 2 legged vertical stirrups at

Spacing for vertical stirrups Provide 8mm ~ two legged vertical stirrups over entire T, 0.62 0.67
90mmc/c.
span from 0.6 m from supports @ 300 mm c/c. (0.67 - 0.62)
0.87 X f, X A,.d T, = 0.62 + ( 1. 25 _ J.O ) X (1 .122- 1.0)
s, 8 mm +- 2 Jogged UEx. 3.17.6 (MU · Ma 2015 14 Marks
v..
_ 0.87x415x 100.53x550 _
= 0.644 N/mrn 2
A R.C. beam of size 300m x 500 mm (overall) is reinforced
with 3bars of 20 mm diameter (Fe250) out of which One bar
- 199.68 x 103 - 99·97 mm 0.67
is bent at 45• nearer to support eo(! taken to the compression
~kfurmrutimumspacing
(I) S, 1- 0.75 d = 0.75 x 550 = 415.5 mm
(2) 300mm
'cf1
1.0 1.122
Fig. P. 3.17.5(8)
1.25
side. Design the shear reinforcement if the ~am section is
subjected to a worlriog shear of 100 kN. Use M20 concrete.
100 A,
lid
0.25 0.50 0.75 1.0 1.25
Fig. P. 3.17.4(8) "· 0.36 0.48 0.56 0.62 0.67
- -A SACHIN S/l411 Yt:Dturt Tecb-Neo Pub~cations .••- ...• IJ!bere Authors iospirt ioDO"tion _,4 SACHI!f SllAl/ Yt11ture
--
,....~,G.,..,.
-Flexure, Shear, Bond & .,.
(
i Th:o:y ol Rei1foroed ConcrWI S1Nc1J,188 (MU)
l.inil State ol ....,..........
0.48 ~
I~
"fheOJY of Reinforced Concrete S!nlctu
ocfj
rea(Mu
if Soln.: 0. 87frA.,~
s, = v..
- :
: 0.87x250 x t57xtoos
~
·
0.25 tc 0.5
43 10 X
Jilg. p, 3.17.6(a)
= 239 mm
l
= 0.454N/mm Maximum spacing,
Width, b =300 mm (il s, :1 0.75 d =0.75 x 47o ., 352. rom

5
'-'orcement is required to design. (ii) S, :1 300 mm
FJ&. P. 3.17.7
al
hence shear reWJ• ~ S1tp2 - N ·
' OIIUoaJ shear Stress
II l l shear resistaDCe by concrete, Spacing required for minimum shear .•• v, 200x 1ol
A., = 3 x 4 (20) =942.5 mm ret.uorcement t, = bd =i3(j X 600 =1.45 N/mml
v,. = t,· b · d =0.454 x300 xl70=64 xJoJN 0.87fyA,, =~ ~ Step 3 • u •• ,_.
ev
S, 0.4 x b 0.4 X 300 • ··ULUIIIUIO sbear stress t._ for M20
A., = 2x 4II (20) l = 628.32 mm
l
t - = 2.8N/mm1
Total shear resistance by steel (clause P.No. 22)
182.2mm
~ Step 4 : Design shear stress in COIICiele (tJ
V,. = V,-V"'=I50:-64=86kN
:. Maximum spacing of stinups shall be least of (c140.4, Table No. 19)
Factm:c! shear Silas, d = D- tf2 - C
nR
Shear resistance by best up bar s, = 239mm
(i) (ii) s, "' 352.5 mm % pt = IOO A,. _ IOQ X 2945.24
= SOO- 20f.! -20 = 470 mm bd - (230x 600) =2.134
Assume I 0 mm 41 - 2 legged vertical stirrups (iii) s, = 300 mm (iv) S,: 182.2 mm
Nominal sbear stress, v. = 1.5 X Wort:ing shear v""' = 0.87 x fy A,. sin·a
:. Provide 2-legged 8 mm 41 vertical stirrups at 180 mm c/c.
= 1.5 X )(XJ =150 kN 2.0 0.79
1l
(20) 2 XSID
. 450
u- ~~~
= 0.87 X250X4
Nominal sbear SlreSs,
Maximum shear stress for M20

3
U
= 48.32 X 10 ;, 48.32 kN > V,,12
Contribution of bent-up bar should not be more than
half of total shear enforcement,
d=500mmln-
B=300mm
3-20mm+bar
-
2.25
j0.81-0.7~
0.81
t, - 0.79 + (2.25- 2.0) (2.134- 2)
= 0.8N/mm
~ Step S : Condition
2
m
t,,_ = 2.8 MPa
v.. 86 ~ ~
2 = T =43 kN Fig. P. 3.17.6(b)
Design shear SlreDgth of coocrete
.. Shear reinforcement is required.
:. v""' = 43kN UEx. 3.17.7 MU - Ma 2012 . 10 Marks
Sa
·: since one bar is bent up, only two bars 20 mm • is

A simply supported reinforcement concrete beam of size ~ Step 6 : Shear resistance by ~ertical stirrups
provided through. Shear resistance for vertical stirrups = V us - V "'b
230 mm x 600 mm deep (effective) carries a super imposed V.. = Maximum shear force - Shear resistance by
p!% = 100 A., 100 X 628.32 _ O % load of 40 kN/m over a span of 10 m. The beanJ is concrete
= 86-43=43kN
bd - 300x470 - ·446 reinforced with 6 nos. 25 mm dianJeter on tension face.
Assume 2 legged 8 mm 41 bar as a vertical stirrups Design shear reinforcement using vertical stirrups. = V,-V"'=V,- t, · b · d
pt% 1.0 1.25 1.5 1.75 = 200- (0.8 X 230 X 600) X 10-l
0.25 0.36
A,, = 2 x 4n (8) 2 =100.53 mm2 0.62 0.67 0.72 0.75
0.5 0.48 = 200-110.4
It! Soln.:
0.36 (0.48- 0.96) Required spacing for vertical stirrups
t, = + 0.5 - 0.25 (0.446- 0.25) v,. = 89.6kN
A11 = n X 41l l 1l 2
4l = 6 X4 (25) = 2945.24
l
mm
......4 SACHIN SIWI Ye~~/lllf Tedt-Neo Publiutions........._IJIIJere Aut.bon ilupire iD-.tioiJ
----
of Collapse - Aexure. Shear, Bond &. .,.
lil ThEIOiy ol Rein1orced Cona'8l8 S1ructun1S (MU) 3.os umn State
·ng required for mini1n~
, o~
¢ Step 7 : Design of shear rcinfm:ement Provide spact sht

111
reinforcement in zone II. ·Flexure, Shear, Bond & Tcnlon
+
Adopt 2 - Iegge<~ 8 mm bar as vertical stirrups v'" -- "....,Jrnum
u ...
s,. = 230 nml shear !
It • • 1t 2 1t orce - Shear resistance by
A, = x4 s· =1005 mm' A,, "o x 4 q, =4x - 06)'- COncrtte
. . Provide 8 mm q, 2-lcggedc @ 230 nun c/c 4 - 804.2s rornl
=v,- v.. =Y,- t, · b · d
s~ fur ,-enical stirrups . Maximum shear stress
'lolW Ill : Zone ol nominal shear reinforcement SteP 1 · w,L Seep': shear res·
0.8 fy A,. . d v, !Stance by concrete
(i)
S, = v
. Assume Fe250 for stirrups
L,J
0.5 V"'
---w;= 0.5 x II 0.4 _ I
40 - -m38
= -2- = 180kN
v.. = t,· b· d
0.8 ~m
--
al
= 0.54 X 230 X 500 = 62.1 kN
.. Provide 8 rom q, 2-iegged venical stirrups @ 30() llltn CJc•
S, = 1-16. 2 rnm = 145 mm z- Spelng Length from
"lltnber.
~ = 180- (0.54 x 230x500)x 10-J = 137.9
support 01 Fig. P. 3.17.8(a)
~ v.. = 137.9kN
( ii) S, "> 0.75 d = 0.75 x 600 = 450 mm
ev
145mm 0 to0.87
~ c:> Step 2 : Nominal shear stress ¢ Step 7 : Design of shear reinforcement
(iii) S, > 300 mm I 8mm ~ - 2 6
legged v, 180 x to' Adopt 2 -legged 8 mm • bar as venical stirrups
2JOX500 = 1.57 Ntmm
(iv) Spacing for minimum shear reinforcement
= 0.87 f7 · A,.
II 8mm~ -2
legged
230mm 0.87 to 3.63 m
----- 12
-....._
t, = bd = 2
.A.,, -- 2 x4It 82 = 100.5 mm2
nR
S,
0.4 b Ill 8mm •-2 300 nvTI 3.63mto5m c:> Step 3 : Maximum shear stress t .,_ for M2o
4
0.8 X 250 X I00.5

0.4 X 2.30
=.:.37.6 mm = 230 mm
legged
+-
8 mm • - 21egged 8 mm 2iegged 8 mm 2 legged
o 1~ m de 11230 mm clc 11300 mm clc
+-
}
-- t .,... = 2.8 N/mm
. 2
c:> Step 4 : Design shear stress in concrete (t J

(i)
Spacing for venical stirrups
S, =
0.87 fy A.. . d
v.. AssumcFe415forstirrups
(cl40.4. Table No. 19) 0.87 X4)5 X 100.5 X 500

:. pn:n~.:k 8mm 0 - 2 legged vertical stirrups @ 145 mm c/c
¢ Step 8 : Zoning of sbear reinforcement
v "'·... = v"' + 0.4 bd

110.4 + (0.4 X 230 X 600) X )0-
3
YJ-=0.87~[
U
Ls2 =2.76 m
% pt
%pt t ,
= IOO A, _ 100 X 804.25
bd - (230 X 500) = 0.7
'~LJ]
0.56 MPa
(ii) S, ) 0.75 d
137.9 x 1()3
S, = 131.56 mm ~ 130 mrn cJc
= 0.75x 500 = 375 mm

m
_1t...J=1 .38m
1
r T I 'I 0.56 0.48
110.4 + 55.2 =165.6 kN 1 L=Sm ~
(iii) S, ) 300 mrn
~
0.75 0.56
z.- I : z.- ol desigD shear reinforcement I..., Fig. P. 3.17.7(a): Longitudinal section of beam 0.5 0.7 0.75 (iv) Spacing for minimum shear reinforcement
Fig. P. 3.17.8(b)
Sa
L, 1
_ ( V....,-Y.,_
- w"
...,) - 200 - 165.6 = 0.86 m
UEL3.17.8 (MU · r.ta 2017 9 ~larks s, 0.87 f, . A,
0.4b
40 A simply supported rcctaogu1ar beam of 8 m clear span (0.56 - 0.48)
I
cmies a faclored load of 45 kN/m over the entire span. The t, = 0.48 + (0.75 - 0.50 ) (0.7- 0.5) 0.87 X 415 X 100.5
0.4 x230
. . Provide 8 mm q, two legged @ 145 mm c/c for a beam is 20 mm wide and effective depth is 500 mm. it is
length of 870 mm, from critical section from suppon. Jeinforced with 6 bars of 20 mm diameter bars. Design the
t, = 0.54 N/mm2 394.4 mm
shear reinforcement using venical stirrups only. The ends of :. Minimum spacing s = 125 mm
z.-u: ¢ Step S : Condition
the beam ate not confirmed by the compressive reaction. :. provide 8mm +- 2 legged vertical stirrups @ 125
mmclc
Use M20 c:oncrat and Fe415 steel. Sketch the details.
&:I Soln. : ¢ Step 8 : Zoning of shear reinforcement
Shear reinforcement is required.
=2.76 m Given : L = 8 m, w = 45 kN/m, v,_,.. = v.. +0.4 bd
Shear resistance by vertical stirrups
---A SACIIINSIWII't ntrur
= 62.1 + (0.4 X 230 X 500) X 10-J

UmitState
Of Coil
<Ipse • AeX\Jre Sh
= 46 + 62.1 = 108.1 k.N ' ear, Bond & Tors1on
Zone I : Zone of chsigo sbtar rUfOI'Cftlltllt l.J tJ S

I!P 4 : Design shear stress in eo
ncrete (tJ "'~
=0.7 87.76 X lo'
r
~~
=(v-.-v
w"
..... )_IS0-108.1
45
0.5 Voc 0.5 X 62.1
=----:rs-
(clause 40.4, Table No. 19, IS 456 : 20oo)
100 A,. 100
"' 206.811Un
L,J = - w.
Pt%=~=~
I
Check for lllaximu .
(300 X 500) "' 0.84 01
IS 456] spacing [CL 26.5.1.5, P. No.47,
= 1.6 m =0.69m=0.7m
prom given table , t, for pt %=0_84 (i)
S, ) 0.75d,.075 500
' ·· Provide 8 IIIlD • two legged 130 mm c/c for a :. Provide 8 mm $ 2-legged vertical stirrups @ 300 lll!n C/c.
al
I' @ · x '= 375 mm
length of 1.6 mm. from critical section from support.
Zooe va&a~stirrups
s'~. · Len.....
. s-~
(ti) 300mm
Zooeo: support
- (iiils,,.~
ev
~ =( v.....~~.s v~) 1
n
8mm$- 2legged 130mm
8 mm'- 2 legged 300 mm

0 to 1.6
1.6 to 0.7
.
0.84 1.()()
0.4 b
"'.W..x 415 x 100.5

[CL 26.5.1.5, P. No. 47, lS 456]
- 0.4 x 300 = 302.4 mm

= 108.1 -0.5 X 62.1 m 8 mm$- 21egged 300 mm 0.7 m to L6 Fig. P. 3.17.9
45 - Maximum · .
8 mm +- 2 1egged 8 mm +- 21egged 8 mm+ - 21egged
.. spacmg provided will be least of above four
condiuon.
nR
@I30mmclc @300mmclc @300mmcic - 0 56 ' (0.62- 0.5§}_
= L712m t, - . (L00-0.75 ) (0.84-0.75)
T
I
S, "' 200mm
Provide spacing required for minimum shear = 0.582 N/mm2
reinforcement in woe II. :. provide 8mm bar 21egged at 200 mm c/c.
¢ Step 5 : Condition
~ Step 8 : Zoning of shear reinforcement
s, = 300 IIIlD
v..
. . Provide 8 IIIlD $ 2-legged @ 300 mm cJc
r
~
T
L.2=1.7m
U
L=5m
Fig. P. 3.17.8(c): i.Alogitudinal section of beam

.. Shear reinforcement is required.
¢ Step 6 : Shear force resisted by vertical stirrups
V,. =V,-Vuc
= t,bd
= 0.582 X300 X500 = 87000 = 87 kN
V~·"'' "'Vuct0.4bd
= 175 t (0.4 X300 X500) X tQ-l

m
= 175 - (0.582 X 300 X 500) X 10-l
UEx. 3.17.8 (1.1U- Dec 2014 10 Marks) "'87x60,.t47kN
= 175-87.24 Zone I : Zone or design sbear moron:emeot L,
1
Sa
v.. = 87.76kN L,, ,. ( v....-;/··""' )= (175~145)

¢ Step 7 : Design of shear reinforcement
= 0.56 m~ 600 nun
1!1 Soln.: Adopt 2 -legged 8 mm ' vertical stirrups
. . provide 8 mm ~ 2 legged vertical stirrups at 200
A,. = 4 X ~ (20)
2 2 mm for first 0.6 mfrom supports.
=1256.63 IIIID It 2
A,, = 2 X 4 (8) = 100.53 mm
2
Zone II : Zone or design shear relnron:emeot L.,
¢ Step 1 : Maximum shear stress
W.J.- 50 x7 Spacing for vertical stirrups v.....,-0.5 v,.)= 147- 500.5 x87 =2m
v, = -2- =-2- = 175 kN L'l = ( W,
[CL 40.4 (a) ; P. No. 73, LS. 456 : 2000]
¢ Step 2 : Nominal shear stress
3 Provide spacing for minimum shear reinforcement
v, 175 X 10 2
0.87 fy A,, . d
T, = bd = (300 X 500) l.67N/mm s = v.. s,;, = 302 ~ 300 mm
'
Ted.-Neo PublieoliOIU- - II'1Jen, Autlwr iDipirt m-.lillll •...A SACHJNSHAll ft:Dtutt Teeh-Neo Pubfie~tioos..- . ... f1lbert Authon inspire a.-tiM
o• .-. Aexure, Shear, Bond 8. 1'
liJ Theory of Reinfort:ed Concrete Structures (MU) 3-67 um~ State of Col..,..... . ~ Cl
~
'flleOIY of Reinforced Concrete S!!uctu
'&s(MlJ)
. a1 shear streSs
¢ Step 1 : NoOIID 0.87 f'y A,.. . d 0.87 X5
Since minimum spacing 300 mm,
= ~7.08 )( 5~ lilllit State Of Co!
3
v,
375 X 10
2.5 N/mm2
S, = v.,
t, =bd = 0oo
X 500)
295.26~ V li!pse ·Flexure, Shear, Bond & Torsion
Provided 8 mm ' two legged vertical stirrups over
entire span from 0.6 m from supports @ 300 mm clc. . um shear streSs tCIIW for M25
=!15.7 mm "'""" " v,. +0.4bd
¢ Step 3 : M3XIlD
+-
811111+-21egged 8 nrn 21egged 1 Check for maximum spacing [CL 26· .1. p lo11e I • Zo
"79.8+(04
. X JOO X 500) X 10-3 =139.8 kN
0 200 11111 r;c Q 300 nrn a'c
To
t_. = 32 N/mrn 5 5 · lleofd ·
' · No.47, esigo sbear reiofortemaot L
¢
. hear streSS in concrete (t,)
Step 4 : Desogn s
iS 456] .,
(~--v"'·"·)=l375- 139.8)
I ~
;. 0.75 d = 0.75 X 500 =375 "
500 Table No. !9, IS 456 : 2000) (i) S'
rn-
0U L,, "
mm (clause 40·4• w, 150
_L. !00 A,
!00 X 942.5 = O
63
(Ul 300 mro
"1.57m=l.6lm
pt % = '"b(i = (300 X 500)
al
. 0.87 f, . A,, :. Provide 10 ·
iI From given table •t , for pt % =0.63
<ilil s, = o.4b [Cl. 26.5.1.5, P. No 47
· , 1S456]
nun for forst 161 froun $ 2 legged venical stirrups
Zo · m om supports.
at t 15
ne n : Zo~~e or d..&- bear

0.87 X 415 X )57.08 "-P' s reiofon:ement L'l
0.57 0.4 x 300 =120 rnm
ev
Fig. P. 3.17.9(a) L':! = (~.o~o-Ojy" ) =l39.8-0.5 x 79.8
w, 150
Maximum spacing provided will be least f
Ex. 3.17.10 0
above four " 0.66m
condition.
A reinforced concrete beam of 300 x 550 mm overall is
reinforced with 5 bars of 20 mm ~ HYSD steel of grade Fe S, = 115 mm c/c Provide spacing for minimum shear reinforcement
nR
500, placed at an effective cover of 50 mm. The beam Fig. P. 3.17.10 s""' " 120 oun
:. provide LO mm bar 2 legged at 115 nunc/c.
canies a factored UDL of 150 kN/m over a simply L,2 "6 x 120=720mm
(0.57 - 0.49) ¢ Step 8 : Zoning of shear reinforcement
supported clear span of 5 m. Design the shear reinforcement
t, 0.49 + (0.75 - Q.5 ) (0.63 - 0.5)
if 2 bars are bent upward near support. Use M 25 concrete. Vuc t , bd =0.532 X 300 X 500 = 87000 Provided I0 mm $ two legged venical stirrups over
span 720 oun @ 120 oun c/c.
Also sketch the shear reinforcement details. Width of the 2
0.532 N/mm 79.8 kN
support may be taken as 300 mm. Use the foUowing design
0 Soln.:
¢ Step
..
s: Condition
U
Shear reinforcement is required.
Zonefil
L,3 =
L
2-
Minimum spacing = 300 mm
5
L,,-L'2=2-1.61-0.72 =0.17m
m
Effective depth d = D- C.r= 550- 50= 500 mm ¢ Step 6 : Shear force resisted by vertical stirrups
Provide LO mm - 2 legged stirrup at 170 mm c/c.
1t 2 2
VUJ : Vu - Vuc = 375 - (0.532 X 300 X 500)
•
X 10-l
A,. = 5 x 4 (20) = 1570.8 mm
+-
10 mm <I> - 21egged
tO mm 21egged
@ 120 mm c/c
10 mm +-21egged
= 375 - 79.74
Sa
@ 170mmc/c
@ 115mmclc
f1 = 500 MPa, f,, = 25 MPa ~ A
v.. = 295.26 kN
• T
0
~
two bars are bent up at supports, Area of steel at
500
supports ¢ Step 7 : Design of shear reinforcement
A,. = 3 x 41t (20)2 = 942.5 mm2 Adopt 2 -legged 10 mm ~vertical stirrups I

¢ Step 1 : Maximum shear stress
1t
A,, = 2 x4 (10)
1
=157.08 nun2 iI
~ L,,= 1.61 m - -
w.,L !50 x 5
v, = -2-=-2- Spacing for vertical stirrups
U2
[CI. 40.4 (a); P. No. 73, l.S. 456 : 2000] Fig. P. 3.17.l0(a)
= 375kN
.....A SACBIN SIWI r'"'""'
Tech-Neo Public:aLiono___ IJihere Aut/Jon iD6pite iDIHWititm __j SACHIN SHAH l'tsture
(MU ·De<:. 2013. Ma 2013. 10 Marks)
https://cee-book.blogspot.com u
lllk State Of Coib--.
~ "'I"Hl · Flexure, Shear, Bond & Torsion
3.18.1 Bolld Stresses
- The shear stress

It! Soln.: 0.48 the . developed along the contact surface of
ltlllfoi'Ced b
stress. ar and concrete is defined as bond
- It is denoted b
Ytbd·
- The lllaio fun .

Ction of bond stress to prevent slipping of
0.25 0.5 bar through the harden concrete.
300 '
al
'
to-l-----1.,=5.3 m - - - . t Fig. P. 3.17.ll(a) '
- The Value of bo d Ire , . .
26 2 n s ss •Or bars m tensmn by clause
Fig. P. 3.17.11 ' r- · ·l.i, page no 43 of IS456 · 2000 is as given in table
=o.44N/mm2 s -- 0.87 fy Asvd :, s-- ~
0.87 fv Asv
v., 0.4b
_.._
l'ypeor MlO Ml5 M30
ev
Shear force = V.,.. = w.xL =50x45
-- =IOOkN M3.S M40and
2 2 above
Fig. P. 3.19.9(b) Mild Steel 1.2
· req uired 1.4 1.5 1.7 1.9
Nominal shear stress Shear reinforcement JS (Fe2SO)
Provide 8 mm ell - 2 legged 300 mm c/c.
RYSD
_ ~ _ 100 X 10 _
3 1.92 2.24
*** Nl 2
Shear resistance by concrete 2.4 2.72 3.04
nR
mm
[~ 3.18
Tv - bd - (300 x 500) - (Fe4I5 and
Vuc =t, bd -- 044
· x 300 x 500=62.83 kN Bond ] FeSOQ)
Maximum shear stress in concrete for M20
Shear resistance by steel stirrups - t bd for bar in compression, lbe value of t bd is increased
tcmu = 2.8 MPa _ The bond in RCC is the adhesive force developed
. by 25%.
Vus = Vu - Vuc =100-62.83 =37.17kN
Design shear strength of concrete between concrete and reinforcing steel to transfer the
U ~ 3.19
axial force from a reinforcing bar to the surrounded
Using 8 mm - legged stirrups concrete. Development Length
Assume 2 bars bent up 2 bars provided through.
=2 x 41t (6)2 =100.53 mm2 fY
=~
Asv Bond ensures the strain compatibility of RCC
%pt bd A.. = 2 x ~ (20l =628.32 mm2 - Development length is the miniinum length required to
= 250 MPa for M.S. ua. 3.1 8.1
m
How can we increase the bond between provide a perfect bond between steel and concrete, so
100x628.32 = %
300 x 500 0419
· steel and concrete ? that steel will not slip fromharden concrete.
. 0.87 f,. A,,d _ 415 X 100.53 X 500 =
Spacmg Sv = vus - 37.17 x 103 488
mt/lll,tMJ.Ii4ji!FmiJ - It is denoted by Ld
From Table No. 19 P. No.73.
H .75 d =0.75 x 500 =375 mm
Sa
s, 0 Ans. :
.. p 'tc . Tensile force in bar " ~ $2 x f,
S, ~ 300mm Bond between steel and concrete can be improved due
0.25 0.36 to
Spacing for minimum shear reinforcement
(i) Use of rich inix
0.5 0.48 ~ 0.87£, x 415 x 100.53
S, = 0.4 b = 0.4 X 300 (ii) Perfect compaction and curing
302 mm " 230 mm/c (iii) Adequate cover to steel ~

Fig. 3.19.1
(iv) Use deformed bar
_,..A SACH!N SIJAJI J'ature
~ u·
d is turned around 180' ( rorsl,00 in RCC members are classified into two lllain
. mtt State of Collapse . Aexure, Shear, Bond & Torsion
the ben <lilchn.._
W!Je" d extended beyond by 4$, it . -·~t groups 3
value-
- llif) aD
hook [Fig. 3.20. l(b)].
IS CqiJ
e<J~ .,.;mary or equilibrium torsion
'11 ·21.2 Secondary Torsion
sranJarrl U-f)'{l{' (i) p•
.. Secondary or compatibility torsion.
(·ntemal) turning radius (r in .... (til - Torsion is indueed by the application of an angle of
aJinitnUJII I . . l'Jg. 3.
fbe ·tied for a book is 2$ for plam llllld steel b~~-1) twist SUcb as rotation of member and resulting moment
~
1
~ = 0.87 f)• SJlCC rked deformed bars. Primary Torsion depends on torsional stiffness of member.
but #for eold·wo
t.., xt.. = 4• (0·87 tv)· nerallY considered mandatory ~ - Example of secondary torsion is main and secondary
"ooks are ge or PI . . 0 induced in tbe RC members by an •"·- tri'
n . [Clause 26.2.2.1a ofiS456 : 2nnn atn ~rsw ~n c beam CO!Illected monolithically at a junction .
0.87 ~
baTS in teosJOD vvv). ~ load I.s known as primary torsion.
t.. = 4t,
al
f stirrUP (and transverse tie) Teinfo
In the case o reelllen EJtatDPle of primary torsion are as below
(Clause 26.2.2.4b) specifies that ~
_ This is applicable for mild 51«1. the Code cotnp/'Je
hall be deemed to have been Prov· (a) Cantilever beam with slab
. ~·- ---' bl' 6()'i anchorage s . . •. . lded it
For HYSD, bood sa= 15
any of the ~oUowing specification, 1s satJsfiect .·
•
ev
(b) Beam curved in plan
~= 0.87~
L, = 1.6 (4 t,) 1.6 (4 t,J o d around a bar of diameter not less th (c) Inverted L beams
_9()ben . anthe
stirruP dii!IDt:ter q,, with an extensiOn of at least &$;
J3j' bend with an extension of at least 6$;
nR
180obend with an extension of at least 4$.
equivalent anchorage
length -= te;
~ 3.20.1 Bars in Tension
(cl. 26.2.2.1 of 15456) ~---.d), + Fig. 3.21.2
I (a) Cantiever beam witb slab
U
Bends and books shall conform tD IS 2502. Bending of secondary beam by an angle '9' produced
: ..T the Torsional rotation io maio beam by '9' .
I) Bends ! 4+
•..J
Bends, conforming tD standards are frequently IeSOrted
(a) IWidml90 o bend (b) standard U-type hook ~ 3.22 Design Considerations for
m
to in order tD provide anchorage, contributing to tbe
requirements of development length of ban in tension F~g. 3.20.1 : Anchorage lengths of standard bends IIDd Torsion as per IS456 : 2000
books
or compression.
(b) beam curved in plan
1. Critical section
Sa
- The Code (Clause 26.2.2.1 bOll specifies that "the 'B., 3.21 Torsion in RCC
anchorage value of a bend shall be taken as 4 times tbe As per clause 41.2, page No. 75 of IS456 : 2000,
diameter of the bar for each 45" bend, subject to a section located less than a distance d, from the face of
tbc suppon may be designed for the same torsion as
maximum of 16 times the diameter of the bar". - Which the loads or reactions acting on an axis which is
computed at a distance d, where d is effective depth.
- Commonly a 'standard 90° bend' (anchorage lies away from axis of flexural member, Torsion is
2. Equivalent shear
value = 81ji) is adopted [Fig. 3.20.l(a)], including a developed in the member.
minimum extension of 4q>.
As per clause 41.3.1, Equivalent shear V, shall be
- In RCC, torsion generally occurs in combination wiib (c) calculated from the fonnula
flexure or !Iansverse shear. Fig. 3.21.1
T,
V, = V,+ 1.6 b
.....A SA CHIN SHAH l'uturt
T«b.Neo Pub~t.otiono ........... Where Authon i.tupire imwt'ltioD
.....A SACHJN SIIAIJ Yeature
-- https://cee-book.blogspot.com
/
'"".., • flexure, Shear, Booc:t & .,.
Ji1 3-73
UmitStateOI Col"'~""_: v~
~
(I+Q)
Theory of Amforced Conaete Slrudui9S (MU)
Where. V, = equivalent shear . V, =ultimale shear M. =T 1.7b

rransverse reinforcement for .
T, = Torsiooat moment ,b =breadth of beam .
_,.taJ!gular closed Stirrups ~-" be
placed lots1on s."'~~
longitudinal reinforcement Prov·1~- ·~ Jletpendi
IfM.>M.• ""o f t1Je member. CU)ar to ~
3. E~ nomlnll._ atr.st.. -"""-<ion face. such that the beam n
.... flexural COuor- . h . . ~
u"' . alent Mel wh1c ts actmg in op . Spacing shall not be exCCed
(a) beams ol lllliform depth withstand an equiV Postle
X +y
sense to the moment M.· (i) x, (ii) ....!..._!.
4
(iii) 300 llUn
~ = M,-M,
~· x1 = short dimension of stirrups
Tl'lnsverae relntorcem8nt y1 = long dimension of Stirrups
6.
al
• Two !egged
Jong11uuw
closed hoops enclosing the c
orner
·-·•'·al bar sball bave an area of cross-section A
. ...,
(b) Longitudinal reinforcement
J.,ongitudinal reinforcement should be 1 M_ (l+~l (I+ 0·rl
ev
given by,
Where, M bending lllOIDCnt
-
possible to the comer of section.
Paced as cl
nse as ' - M,+T, 7 )=116+46 ~~·~)
V, · S.
A,.,= 2.5 dl ( 0.87 fy ) = 11 6+79.41 = 195.41 kN.m
~ angle between top and At )east one longitudinal bar should be .
1 1n each
Pace
bottom edges of beam corner of the ties. Since M, < M, i.e. 79.41 < 116 kN.m, no steel on the
tal -·•verse reinforcement shall not be less th
~10 u- ~ compression face . .
nR
- lbe value of t,. shall not exceed t"""" given in IS required for equivalent moment
When cross-sectional dimension is more th'
. . an 450 mm,
Table 20, Page No. 73 of IS-456 : 200 additional longlludinal bars shall be provide 10 satis Required depth nf beam for balanced section
. f .. fy
If tbe equivalent nominal shear stress t~ does not
the reqwrement o IDIDllDum reinfortement and . M, = uJim
StirruP\ sp3(:tng
of se face reinforcement.
exceed tc given in table 20 of IS456 : 2000. minimum
shear reinforcement is provided as give by,
,.. A9J
195 41 6 1
· X 10 = 0.\38 fd bd = 0.\38 X20 X 300 d1
IJEI. 3.22.1 MU • Ma 2017. 9 Marks
-
A,.,
b...
4. Reinforcement
Torsion
>--
0.4
- 0.87 fy
in member subjected to
d U
1\9.
d, Yt D
A rectangular beam section i~ (300 x 600 mm).~erall.
Concrete is M20 and steel is FE415. Factored moment is
116 kNm. Factored torsion is 46 kNm and factored shear is
95 kN. F\nd the reinforcement required. Sketch the details.
:. d = 485.6 mm
SiDCe required effective depth is less than provided

effective depth
reinfon:ement.
(d,., < ~. the section is under
m
&:1 Soln.:
• Area of steel for singly reinforcement beam
When t,. > teo both longitudinal and tranSverse Arectangular beam section is 300 x 600 mm
reinforcement is provide as per clause 41 : 4 . Page No.
lio--bt---1
~o---x,--t
Overall concrete is M20 and steel is Fe415
A,= Q&[
'
f 1- ~ 1-~bd
4.6 Mq J
f,, . bd
15 of 15456 : 2000 !---b----1
Sa
Fig. 3.22.1 Factored moment is 116 kN .m _ 0.5x20[l -

5. Longitudinal reinforcement - 415
Factored Torsion is 46 kN.m
Where, 1
Longitudinal reinforcement sball be design to resiSt = 1108.95 mm
Factored shear is 95 kN.m
equivalent bending moment M,L b1= Centte to centre distance between comer bars in the Number of bars for 20 mm +bars
find the reinforcement requirement. Sketch the details.
Met = M, +M, direction of width
Given:
Where, Met = bending moment at any section d1= Centte to centte distance between comer bars. Factored moment M, = 116 kN.m l
A,p = 4 x 314.15 = 1256.6 mm
M, = torsional moment 1. Distribution of torsion reinforcement Factored Torsion T,= 46 kN.m
As per clause 26.5.1.7, Page No. 48 of IS456: 2000 _ Factored shear V,= 95 kN.m
•...A SACHINSHAlf re~~nue
of Collapse - Flexure, Shear, Bolld
3-75 LJmil State ~l 0
o.s7x415xt57x230~ ~
s, = 46x w6 +0.4x96 x to· x23o
= 126.4rnm=125mmc/c
• b =230mm, Um~ State of Col
Glftll'
, minimum spacing should not e lapSe· Flexure, Shear, Bond & Torsion
C]leck ,or ~~~ C, = 40mm,
EquivaleDl sbear stress V• = V, + 1.6 I.b following
v = 50kN.m,
x,-_ b + • = 230+ 20= 250 mm " T, = 60~.rn
= 95+ 1.6(~)
.
(t)
--- - ,.,... . ..~,....,,'il
•.-., ,..,..., , ...
V 34QX JOl (ii) (~?) =eso +/56.~= 201.625 nun

f.quivaJcot sbear stress t~ = bd =J00;562.5 · · Dtsign the . .
gJ>ieo beam as a doubly reinforced beam
(iii) 0.75d -_ 0.75 x 562.5 = 421.87 IIUn
M..~no 0
al
= 2.00 N!rnm' "' ·136 X f<t bd2 ,. 0.136 x 25 x 230 x46()2
(iv) 300mm
~ 100 X 1256.6 = 0.745% ,. 165.5 X lOS N.lllnt
Percentage steel % p1 = bd = 300 x 562.5
I" .,._ ,; '
1
:. provide 2 legged 10 mm ~ stirrups at 125 nun C/c "' 165.5 kN.m
ev
I• b =230 mm-....]
Stinups~ ' 2-12. rrrn+'

2iegg9d1011111' ~ d1 = Fig. P. 3.22,2
AdditiottaJ MOtneot,
·. · t, > t<, shear reiofort%meot is required.

Side- M
2
"'M.-M..~no=202-165.5
reinforcement 531 5 mm 812) DeSign for shear considering 8C!Uivalent •hear
12mm+ "' 36.5 kN.m
nR
Shear capacity of coocre~ 4-20mm+ ¢ Sl!p 1 : Check for the depth of the shear
i · -"-...&. f" "' 0.446 f<t"' 0.446 x 25 = 11.15 N/lllnt2
10mm . - ·
V"' = t< bd = 0.56 X 300 X 562.5 T b1 =230mm (i) Equivalent shear (clause 413.I)
:. V"' = 94500N=94.5N
Maximum sbear resistance of concrete

I·• b=300mm
.
1--------t!
I
Fig. P. 3.22.1
V
•
= V,+ 1.6 (Tbu) .=50+ 16. (..!)
0.23
Strtss io Steel o COIIlpressioo fsc
!
d ,.
40
460 ,. 0.087
= 467.39 kN
v......, = t,..., .bd
: (2.8 X 300 X 562.5) X 10-l = 472.5 kN
U
Since, d > 450 mm, an additional reinforcement of
O.J% is provided equally on vertical face at spacing
exceeding 300 mm.
001
(A) (1) Dealgn for flexure With torsional moment
(i) Equivalent bending moment

For Fe415
Id'/d I f"
0.05 355
m
Assume V.., > V"'' longitudinal steel is design for
A. = (:JOO) bd =
0.1~ 0.1 x300x562.5 _ 0.10 353
Use 2 legged 10 mm ~ stirrups 100 168.75 mm2 Equivalent moment,
- .Q,55- 35;!)
1! -.1 2
f" - 355 - (0.1- 0.05) (0.1- 0.087) =354.5
A, = 2x4 x lu = 157mm Torsional moment,
Sa
Area of steel in compression,

)+~) ()+:)
M, = T, ( 1.7 =60 x IT
0.87 fy A,. b1 d1 168.75
n = l72. 5 = 1.49 =2 bars one on each face
SpacingS,= T,+0.4V,b, l.1,u = (f"- f")A" (d-d')
Ex.3.22.2 l.1,u 36.5 X lOS
b1 = b- 2 x side cover- • =300-2 x 25-20 = 112kN.m A" = (f"- fJ (d- d') = (354.5- 11.15) (460- 40)
A rectangular RC beam of size 230 mm x 500 nun witb
= 230mm effective cover 40 mm is subjected to following actions : (ii) Required depth for flexure with torsion = 253.1 mm2
12 (iJ Factored BM 90 kN.m =
d1 = d - (cover)- ~IDp= 562.5- 25- T M, = M.,lirn Number of 16 mm • bar
(ii) Factored SF= SO kN.m
6
= 531.5 mm (iii) Factored Torsional moment= 60 kN.m 202 X 10 = 0.136 f,t bd2 = 0.136 X 25 X 230 d2 A" 253.1
0 = T=201 = 1.25" 2 Nos.
Design the beam using M25 and Fe415 grade material. •
Area of tensile steel required for M,u.
·-..4 SACHJNSll411 YetriUJf
_.1 SACHINSll4ll Yu~~trr:
3-78
Flexure, Shear, Bond &l Um~ State of Collapse. Aexure, Shear, Bond & TorsiOO
te of coiiB~ • 0~
~SUI bd ,.3.1 x230X460 = 9.412kN.m
/ "' 1, ....
A..,
~--i+,._-2 ·16 mm bar M,, = M.+M,=45+9.412= 54.4l2kN.m
-328kN 1
" 327980l'l -
2-tOmmtbar
Since M, < M. (i.e. 9.412 kN.m < 45 kN.m).
reinforcement for to1a1 moment M., is required to provided
on tension side only.
Assume cover 25 mm
b = 230 rrm
ArU of sreel for~
:. Effective depth d = D - c, = 450- 50 = 400 rom
al
~
Fig. P. 3.22.2(a) Check for depth
A., = 0.87 4(- 0·4 X...
2
M.,m. = 0.13 fdt bd2 = 0.13 X 20 X 300 X 400
~ ~4eliM:UrMfii ·
= o.87x415(460-0.42
. x 'de cover-~= 230-2 x 25 22 11ft- ~aulal' beaJJI ofsize 300 x 4~ mm.overall reinfllli:ed
ev
b,
"b-2XSI - = 132.48 X 106 N.mm
2 1-.~~ of 20 rom q, as tens10n. reinforcemeilt. It is:
= 1248 OIID
= 1581!11D ll'ltb to a service shear force of 40 kN and a service = 132.48 kN.m > M., (= 54.412 kN.m) .. ok
. ToW ArU of sttel in u:nsion 2 f{ective cover = 460 - 40 = 420 mrn jubj~ted ornent of 30 kN m. ·In addition to ·this it abo
..
A. = A,,+ A,.,-
7 - J488.8 [lllJl
- !248 + 240. -
d, "d-e
~ga -'::rvice torsional moment of 1kN m. Design.tliC Required area of tensile steel
nR
= b, +Iii+~,= 15B+22+18=190mrn ~for combined BM. SF and ~· Assu~· SO·mnt as
x,
Number of bm (2XIDID+l !)e3lP.ve cover to the tenston and CO~ion
= d+.L2 + 18 - ( 40-lf-1o) =45711lin ef(Ccll ·ment. Use M20 and Fe415 as 'grades of the
A. !488.8 :3.9NwnbefS=4NOS· y, 2 ~ ·
n=<\=71
4(2.2)
2 ~aJs. Use LSM. -~[
-415 l-
spacing. jt1 SolD·;
. . Provide 4-22 rom +s hm at ~nsion side. 0.87 fy A,., b, d,
= 405.36mm2
Sbtar rtiDforameDI
% pt
100 A,
= "bd
!00 X 1521 = 1.44%
=243ox460
S, "l,+0.4V,b 1
0.87 X415 X 157 X !58 X420 _
U
= -6Q x 106 +0.4 x 50 x !OJ x 158 -59.5
0.87 f1 A,,d 0.87 X 415 X 157 X 46()
Given
b= 300 mJD, D = 450, A,,= 4 -20 mm q,
V=40kN. M=30kN, T=4kN.m, :. ok

m
100 A, t, s, = v,.-V" = (467.39-77.3)xto3 2
fa=20 N/mm, fy = 415 N/mm , C =50 mm
2
bd :. A,..quired < A,.p.,Yidcd ok
= 66.84 (lllll
115 0.70 Step 1 : Factored force and moment Percentage steel provided
Maximum spacing should be least of following
Sa
!.50 0.74 V, 1.5 V = 1.5 X 40 = 60 kN !()()A, 100 X 1256.64

(i) x, = 190mm P, = bd - 300 X 400 = 1 %
(0.74 - 0.70) = (144 - 1.25) 1.5 M = 1.5 X 30 = 45 kN.m

t, = 0.7 + (1.5- 1.25) . (x, + y,) (190 + 457 ) 161.75 nun Anchor bar
(ii) ~- 4
1.5 T = 1.5 X 4 = 6 kN.m
= 0.73 N/mm2 (iii) 0.75 d = 0.75 x 460 = 345 mm Provide 2 - 12 mm q, bar at top as an anchor bar
Step 2 : Equivalent bending moment
Sbear capi.:ity of concre~. (iv) 300mm Transverse of shear reinforcement :
v~ = t, bd=0.73x230x460 =n276N s, .... '} 161.75 mm
Whichever is less, Assume V" > V,c. longitudinal steel is design for
1.6T, 1.6 x6
Minimum spacing =75 nun c/c/ equivalent moment. Y.,. = V,+-b- = 60+ 0.300 =90kN
Maximum sbear resislllnce of concrete for M25,
t, ,... = 3.1 N/mm2

I
Tensional moment M, = T, ( T7 +~J =6('- +;~J
-.-
17
•••..A SACHJ!fSHAH Yutwf -A SACHINSllAll r,~~rm
Collaf?S6 • Rexure, Shear, Bond B. l:
L,irnltStateol - ~
~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~U.
T>::::: ol ~ c:onaw
- .:..:.=.!
) _.~~EJ. s,10.• s-79 .......... of Reinforced Concrele S!nJctures (MU)
= TU( ~) a.eo
Ancnor bar
2·12 nwn
--c:=:::;;t
A
!CJCIIII8Uiar
.
beal11 of size 300 x 450
bm of 20 mm + as tens•on
.
nun ov
reinfo~llleQt
ellll is
for51·onal moment, MI 1.7
Um~ State 01 Collapse· Flexure, Shear, Bond & Torsion
. forced Wltb 4
S~m4Jemrn-
450mm
rem . 10 1 shear force of 20 kN and a bendi · =3 x (~)
1.7
Design siJear stress in concrete
t.for ~and% Pt=0.335 "0.5

21eggad It is subjeC!Cd .. thi . Qg
~0170nwnr:Jc kN m. In add.ibOn to s 1t also c'llli
momentof20 . ~a M, = 4.705kN
t of 2kN.m. Design the beam for colllb' t, = 0.48 Nimml
jona)ID()IIIell ~
~300nwnoj Since, m, > m,,, design of section should be done for
titS
BM SF and TM. Assume 50mm as effective covert0 the SIJear capacity of concrete
f1&. P. l.Zl.3 : er- tiM fll belm
' --~•ion reinforcement. Use M2o and t;:t41s . alent moment M. only.
eqo•"
tensioo and COuor-
f the materials. V., = t,bd=0.48x300 x 400 =57.6x 1<Y
= 1 % and M 20 grade Ll gradeS 0 M. = M, + M,,= 30 +4.705:, 34.705 kN.m
al
P,
= 57.6 kN
0 So1n-: Effective depth
Sbear capacity of CXliiC:I'dr Maximum shear reinforcement of concrete
b = 300mm. o = 450 rnm
= D- Ce = 450-50 =400 mrn
ev
d
v.., = t, · b · d=0.62 x 300x400 v"_ = t .... bd=2.8 x 300 x 400:336kN
Factored V•-_ 15x20=30kN
. 2
= 74400 =R4 kN Mwim = 0.136 f,k bd = 0.136 X20 X300 X4002 :. 46>336
Sbear resisuoc.e for minimum stirrups

M. = 1.5x20=30kN.m
= 130.56 X 106 N.mm As V.. > V"' s V.. _ the shear reinforcement is
v..,... =~ · bel Provided for equivalent shear force.
nR
T, = 1.5X2=3kN.m
Since, M,. < M.um(i.e. 347 < 130.56)
= 0.4 X 300 X 400 :. Assumption is correct i.e. V..,> V"
Design of beam subjected to torsion with flexure an
= 48x 10 N 3 The beam is design as a singly reinforced beam.
shear shall depends on, Shear reinforcement
=48kN
v,. s v.,. orV.,.>V.,. a- Area of steel in tension Use 8mm- 2 legged venicat stirrups
Sbear resislaoce of cooc:rete
with minimum stinups
v....., = V..,+v__
= 77.20+48
Equivalent shear V"
v,. = v,+ L6t = 30 + 1.6 ( U 0~3 ) Spacing

m
= 30+ 16=46 kN X300 x 400 0.87 X f, X A., X b1 Xd,
= 125.2kN>V... (=92kN)
S, = T, +0.4V,b
1
. . No sbear reinforcement is req~ provide Shear resistance of concrete V,, = 251.31 rnm2
minimum stinups. b1 = b- 2 x side cover-'
v.. = t,.bd
Sa
Number of 16rnm +bars

= 300-2x25-20
Adopl21egged 6 mm +stirrups (A,= 56.5 mm1
0.87 f, . A, Value oft,. is depends on percentage of steel. n =~
A+ _llil!._
_ 20 1.1 - 1.25 =2 =230mm
Spacing S 0.4 b
Longitudinal steel is design for bending only. x1 = b1 +'= 230+ 20 = 250 mm
0.87 X 415 X 56.5 Provide tension reinforcement 2- 16 mm +at bottom
0.4 X 300
d, = 450-25-0=425mm
A, min = ~
When V"' $ Vuc and provide longitudinal reinforcement 0.85 X400 X300 = 245.78 mm2
170.I4mm~ 170mm
fy = 415
20
For equivalent moment y, = 400tT +8-25= 403mm
:. Provide 6 mm 2 legged stirrups at 170 mm clc Shear reinforcemenl
M,. = M..+M. Maximum spacing should not exceed following
% Pt - 100 AM - 100 X402 =0.335
- bd - 300 X 400 (i) x1 = 250mm
ol ()olllpS8 - Flexure, Shear ~
'-~-'l~
fil T!::yat ~Cor.-.~ (MUJ )81 l)ltSIIIt
~ 011 support conditions, beams ~
(iti) (1.1 4+Y,) =--
2.."()+~
- : 163...25 -
~
-'-"" _.-...-~ beam, cantilever bearn
class·1
~
4 IIIII
as~' SUP!""~ • continu
bt-1111-
prop Clllti.leYCr beams. lllis
{iii) 0.7Sd:Q S «Xl=300mm
.rr also ciL.o;sified as rectangular lind
-~ llaQ Sil"piY aupported beama
belli! ~ 011 geomett)'. &t (II
S, = I 3.25mmz 150mm ctfeetive span of member whicb is n .
_ _ _,1_. IOd flanged beam funber divided . " 01 built inte
_ ~- ~ntorw . M...nort is taken as least of folio•• 8rally
. SJ.···Ic reinforced beam and doubly -· o ~~·~··rr- wing :
Prmidr 8mm 2 ~ ,T1tical stinups • ~ of types •.e. '<e . . ·~IQf~
150mm<*.. belli! dcpCIIdS 00 posibOn of steel m section. (i) Effective span =clear span +effective depth
~lllini
=centre to centre distance bctw lc&s than that .;:n
al
illti of lellsioo reinfon:ement sball oot
san dqllb d 400mm. .. alditiooll ~ of
0.1 '1 is pro~idcd •ilich sbaiJ be equally disln'bul!d aloog
~ 3.211 Singly Reinforced ~ (ii) Effective span
supports een
tlvtn by foUowing
~ 0.85
d =~ A, ( 0.85 bd
!be ¥el1ic.a1 ~ II spaciDg DO( cxa:ediD8 3(KIDm Cf' v.idlh
r, r,
(b) cantilever beams
beiiD can be design as a singly reinforced beam
ev
F- beam ·~~ is smaller. -A . . . When Effective length of cantilever its taken
c.;uxed beDding moment IS less than limiting bending 1east value of b = Width of beam
~
bd
=0.1
ID()IIICIIt
rouowing :
d = effective dqxh
._ 0.1 X 300 X 400 20 l M. < M...""' ....design as a singly reinforted beam 't) Effective span = length upto face of su
ppon + 2
1
r, "' Cbaract.nstic strength of reinfortcment in N/mm2
'"' = - 1- mm
I'
nR
100
effective depth D: OVenJI dqxh
_ In limit state ~tbod. the singly reinforced beam is
designed for limit state of collapse (flexure) lind this
--
(ii) Except where it forms the end of a continuous beam
'&. 3.24.4 Maximum Reinforcement
designed beam bas been checked by the limit Slate of where length upto centre of support is laken.
[Ciauae 26.5.1.1 (b)]
serviceability such as deflection, cracking etc.
----
2·10....,. -
(c) Continuous beam
r
4S) "'"
2-18 ......
U
'1!. 3.24 Design Guidelines for Bea.;l
-
In case of continuous beam,
I
(i) If width of support < 12 x clear span, then
L, = L + b or L + d whichever is less
- The maximum area of reosioo reinfon:emen1 shall not
exceed 0.04 bD
A,. ) 4'h Gross area of bwn
)
4
100
x bD
'1!. 3.24.1 Trial Depth of Beam Based on
m
Ji'lc.P.11U
Serviceability (ii) If width is less, the effective span is lakcn as:
&. 3.24.5 Side Face Reinforcement
Number of 10 nun • bar [Clause 26.5.1.3)
(i) for end span with one end fixed and the other
= ~ =;:.; =1.53 • 2 Nos. _ The ralio of overall depth to width should be lies continuous or for intermediate spans,
Sa
n
between U to 2. - When the depth of the web in a beam exceed 750 mm.
Effective span = Clear span
side face reinforcement shall be provided along the two
Provide ooe bar on cacb face of !be beam - Table shows the trial span to depth ratio based on rdllgc
(ii) For end span with one end free and other faces.
Ia. I
of span and intensity loading.
continuous, The total area of such reinfon:emenl shall not less than
3.23 Design of Bums Sr. R1qe ohp111 LoldiDg Span/Deplll Effective depth 0.1%of web area.
No. (a) Effective span= Clear span+ 2
- Beam is a flexural member which resists loads mainly I. 3to4m Light 12to 15 _ Area of such reinfortcment shall be disuibured equally
by bending. on two faces at a spacing nol exceeding 300 mm or web
2. 5to!Om Medium to heavy 10 to 12 (b) Effective span
- The main purpose of designing a beam ii to fll !be size thickness whichever is less.
3. Greater than 12 Width of discontinuous support
Heavy
of beam fll the size of beam and sufficient = Clear span + 2
reinforcement to provide safety throughout its life span. !Om
_...4 SAC/liNJll411 r,."'"

I https://cee-book.blogspot.com
~bal'
(!.) Horizoaul cliJiaiiCe IJe(WCCII flVO ~Jel .
lhallnol be leaS !han the gr:#f1. cithe f~
(i) ()iamdef o( bar if the baru re of~~·
UJJt~Jual•
al
(ii) ()iamdef o( latget bar if the diJDII'W all:
ID case of rniJd eJpasure condition,. nominal COver Ilia
~ size of
. (iii) s [l1lll more !han
coane aggrega~e.
the l)()lllinal
v~Y in
be
12
,¢uced by 5
JDIII ~ter bar.

Jl]lll for JTlliJn reinforce
lllent ufliiJY
fl.g. 3.24.2 : Simplified cu !
ev
'· (8 J Wbe11 the batS ate in rows, tbt:Y ll]ll5l be 11allmeot rules ror amlile
line and the miJiiJDIJJll yQ!ical djsWICC beiWeetl tbt: £j. 3.24.8 curtailment of Tension .,. ,_...,...,,..onbeomo _....,
ban 6ball be greaJV of the foUowing : Reinforcement
(.4) J...o'll oo beaJD supported by one-way slab.
(i) IS [l1lll
nR
(ii) tx nominal maxiJnum siu of aggregaLe· _ The main reinfon;ement. in tension
east d or 12 +
. shall be extend
whichever 1s less• beyond ~
'('be Joad is transferred 10 beam in theBdirecti
1 on of sbort span alon g which
. mam
. reinforcement is provided.
atl
(iii) Maximum diametel' of tbt: bar. mcoretical cut off. L
_ 11JcC>!Ciical cut off is the point beyond which the bar 1·5
EBI
"2i.. 3.24.7 Nominal eover [Ciau• 26.4] Lx,
no longer required to resist bending at that section. 2
-
-
Nominal cover is the design depdl of concrete cover ID
all steel reinforoemen~ including Jinks.
It is the dimensioo used in design and indicaLed in the
drawing.
-
'.;j£ U
The number of bar which can be cUJUiled or be nt up at
any distaDCC J , from the centre of the beam is g·
,~.• 83 ~
1m
~
2
~
m
- It shall nol be less than the diameter of the bar. wbere o, = number of bars at centre
Fig. 3.24.3 : load transfer to beam sbown by sbaded area Fig. 3.24.4 : Load per meter on the beam
- It . is provided in RCC design to proteCt the n, = number of bars which can curtailed at
remforoement against corrosion, ftre etc. section x-x. - Load transferred from slab to beam B 1 (end or current
- It belps to develop the sufficient bond saength along
Sa
beam)
the surface of the steel bar.
- Curtailment in simply supported beam as per SPJ4

MinimUm two bars
- Load tranSferred from slab to beam B2 (intermediate ~1m~
beam )
Fig. 3.24.5
50'~ As!
= w (~2 + ~)
2 Load on beam per meter length = w L,
2
If L, , = L, then load on B2 = wL,
I• •II ~
2
- In addition to this beam is subjected to torsion of~
2
- Load trdllsferred 10 beam supported cantilever slab :
FI&. 3.24.1 : SlmpUIIed cur1allmen 0.08 L Ld/3
I rules ror limply lllpportcld beam
ft.n Au,._, w,u. .,_,,_ _..A SAt:/1/N j'/WI Y"""""
T..a-Noo Publia ·
..
- Htace (Oftlt obcalaina ull.illlllt lold 011 brMD WiJ
lllldliply by klld (ICI.Or I..5.
(I) ...... ~ •lilt . _ ......-tw-WIJ . errcctive ~JYdll for cantilever beam
(il) . . ~. bt
foJioWI08 · ~ or
- Tht lo.d Ia cr..ftmld 10 bt.-lllppllltlnt by ~way
~3.25 Effective KJYdll L = 1+!!
lilatJ. ~ ia tWOo«<hopaa direc:lionl CIIJYiJIC 2
llllifonnly diauibuced lo.d, lbe lold diilribultd ill ~ SliP 5 : Load Calculatio~
~ 011 1on1 beamt and lrianpt. 011 111011
roUJload on beam :
¢ SUp Jr Limiling dcplh of N.A.
beam. Wllb .,_ ancJc w u .tlown Ill Fi&. 3.24.6.
~
al
c.(tfllal udl W1 =dead load of Wall ·
- TllC&I lo.d actina 011 lbe beam in lilt 111011 dimctioD. for Pe2S0 IIUI, = 0.53 (i) "" and kr4d tr·
by slab ~ferred
I l WL'
• iCWL,) 2• 2 ~
for Pe415 8tc:el, d = 0.4H .. lnu:mal udl Wz = ~>elf weight ,,f be·
(II) . arn = unit w ·
ev
concreu: xOrr>Ss area of beam = 25bD tight or
Por feSOO 8tc:el, ~
d = 0.46
rotaludlperm w =WI+ wl
¢ SUp 2: Trial Depth baAed on ~~erviccahiliry ..., factDred load w, = 1.5 w
(Ill
nR
IS code specify Kpan to deprh ratio for . Q Step 6: Factored Bending momenr
auppontd beam, ~llnply
L
d
f=r
= WxMP (i) Simply supported beam
M,
~ Critical .
- t, - t,
• . I A.o.vh , . L
But wumr: rna ~,... orom rarro, d = 12 to IS (ii) Cantilever beam M, ~
(effective depth) for lhear at a diJtance of d
""' ace of ~ Rlpport
j__ ~ U 2 (i)
¢ SUp J: Width of beam (b) Oeaign &bear Ioree at critical ~; V - !:.:!:
¢ Step 7 : Required effective depth for fie~ure -uon oil- 2 - w
~ b Ahall be greater of the following : for Pe415, @· ~ .
D D
f'l&. J.lU (i) b=) 01'2 For FeSOO, M•. u.. = 0.133 f,1 bd2 (ii) Nominal Shear Mresn =&
m
• bxd
- If thia lmod ia auumtd 10 be uniformly diMribu~ load (iiJ Width of Kupport =230 mm Required effective depth is obtained b .
(iii) Percentage stu) at suppon of bar provided
W, lleling over the middle ~ 1,. then • Y equa~ng (area
factored B.M. to M•.llm• through)
Whichever iK le8K
1 00~
Sa
W
,on~lltbeam • [4 ']~"jWL,
WL 4 I
Check for widrh to enKure lateral xlahilily
¢ Step 8 : Main Reinforcement in tension
(i) Area of ten.~ion reinforcemenr

pt= bd
2 (iv) Design shear !lresA in concrete (t J is obtained form

the ltJiaJ load actin& on the long direction ia equal to li) I= 4.0mm < 60 b ( .. )I 250 b
II <~ 0.5 x f,. ( table 19 oflS456 : 2CXX)
WL,~ WL
1
WL
A• = f I-
• 2 -2 •f 12L, - L,J ¢ SUp 4 : Effective length of beam ' (a) If t, <t,, minimum shear reinforcement is
(ii) Check for minimum area of steel in tension provided, no shear design is requiRd
Ellcctive Apan for 8imply KUPJ>Ortcd lx:am shall be leaM
A•wming th11 IO'.od i• uniformly dillti~ over !he
(i)
- uf following : 0.85 bd
. 3
middle 4 L,. lilt equivalenr point ooly ia A. . ... = T (b) lit, >t, ... , Redesign of section is requiRd
Effective Kpan L = 1+ d (c) If t, > t, <t, .... shear reinforcement design is

(iii) Adopt 16, 20, 25, 30, 32 mm diameter bars required
(i) Shear strength resisled concrete V.. =t,.bd

• ...A SA£71/NSHAH Yul.,..
TIG.Ne. Publitotiont........... IJIIH:~ AutW. iupire m-u..
Umit Stale of Collapse. Flexure, Sheer, ~ ~
li1 ~ ol Relnloroad Concrel8 SlrUciUI8S (MU) 3-87
~.nrv uof,~A;;;ei..,nl..,orced=""Co""nc""'re,;;to;.,eS;:,:!!uctu~~
Wall Width 0.23 m = 230 mm ~ 1~
. span L I+ b =4.0 +0.23 _
~(MlJ)
(ii) Sbcar strength resisted by steel
~~~eeu~c - 3.5Q Ill (g"
wall load = 18 kN/rn P' tven)
ectiVC S Pan L 3.50m
(iii) Adopt 8 mm 21egged stinup,

Unit weight concrete = 25000 NtnunJ ~SliP~'• • Load Calculation
tJ
II 2 l
Steel fy = 415 N/mm2 rotaJioad on beam :
A,= 2 x~p 8 =100.5 mm External udl w1 = 18 N/m
¢ Step I : Limiting depth Qf N.A.
udl (self weight of beam)
Cbec\ forlllinirn
(iv) Spacing for sbear reinf()I"Cement Forfe415stecl, ~ = 0.48 )Jitlrllal urn area of Steel in tension
~ unit weight of concrete x Gross area or"-·-
Spacing of sbear n:inf()I"Cement will be least w~ """11 A..... " ~ - Q!5X23Qx365
¢ Step 2 : Trial Depth based on serviceability l _ 5 X0.23 X0.42 = 2.48 kN/m r, - 415 -
of tbe foUowing : .pbD- 2
al
Assume Modification factor = I dl perm w = WI+ w2= 18+ 2 48 -2o 171.95 nun2 < 538.2 mml
0.87 xf,xA,xd rotai u . - .48 kN.trn
(a) s. = v, Minimum depth for simply supported beam, Factored load w' = 1.5 w = 1.5 x 20.48 Using 16 111m bars
L
d = 20xMF=20 = 30.73kNtm
ev
0.87 XA, X f,
(b) s. = 0.4b ~ SteP 6 : Factored Bending moment
L
Assume, (i = 12
(c) s. = 0.75 d '!!})_ 30.73 X 42 Number of bars _ ~ 538.2
M, = 8 =--g-:-=61.46N-rn - -\ = 201.06 = 2.68 = 3bars
L 4000
(d) s. = b whicbever is less .. d = l2 =(2= 333.33 mrn lienee pro ·de
61.46 X 106 N-mm VI d 3 bars of 16 nun Har,
nR
Anchor ban : Provide two bars on at each top comer Cover for mild exposure condition is 20rnm •
~ SteP 7 : Required effective depth for flexure ··-~
ProVI-,A. = 3X201=603mm2 >A .
of I0 to 12 mm to bold tbe stinups in positions. .
for beam cover= 25mm and dtameter of bar is 16 mrn.
' "SSUIJle
¢ ·~·
16 forFe415, Mu.um = 0.138 f,k bd2 Step 9 : Check for deflection
¢ Step II : Check for dcveloplllCntlength at ends . . D = 333.33 + 25 + 2 = 366.33 mm
1.3xM, = 0.138x20 x 2JOd2 Service slrtss f, = 0.58 r, ( ~)
V +L.~Ld . . D = 400 mm (provide) = 634.8 d2
0.87xf,x+
4tbd
sum of anchorage beyond center line of

16
:. d =400-25-2=367mm
¢ Step 3 : Width of beam (b)

U
b shall be greater of the following :
Max, B.M. = M,. = 61.46 x !06 N.mm
Equating max, B.M. to Mu.llm
2
634.8d = 61.46 X 106
= 0.58 x 415e~n
= 214.8 N/mm2
Percentage tension reinforcement,
m
D 400 Effective depth required (d)=
(i) b = )= ] = 133.33 IOOxA IOOxA
support and anchorage of book. P, =~=~
¢ Step 12 : Draw tbe sketch of the reinforcclllCnt details (ii) Width of support = 230 mm d = 318.66<365mm OK 100x603
230XJ6S= 0.72%
Sa
Typr- I Dc'>r9n of Srngly Rernforced Be~m b = 230mm Hence the depth is satisfied for flexure
Modification factor for p, = 0.72%and f, = 214.8 N/mm2
Ex.3.U.1: Check for width to ensure lateral stability: More than one required balance design, we will have from curve
Design tbe simply supported beam of rectangular cross (i) I= 4.0mm<60b=60x0.23= 13.80m under reinforcement section
section carrying !he wall load of 18 kN/m including its self 2 MF = 1.16
.. 250 b 250 X2302 ¢ Step 8 : Steel Reinforcement
(u) I< -d- = ~ = 36232.8 mm = 36.23 m .. .OK
~)
weight. The width of waD is 230 mm. Usc concrete M20
and s~l Fe415. The center to center span of the beam is 4 The reinforcement for under section is given by ( = 20xMF = 20XI.I6
m. ¢ Step 4 : Effective length of beam following Equation ""
It! Soln.: = 23.2mm
Effective span shall he least of following :
_ 0.5 x f" (
A"- f 1-
~ .6. M~)
1- fbd bd 4000
Given : CIC Span 4 mm = 4000 mm Y ok· 230 = 17.39mm>200mm
Effective span L = I+ d = 4.0 + 0.367 = 4.367 m
••..A JACHINSIWI Y.,tm _.,4 SACHJI(SIWI y..,_
L.Jmi!Siall of Collapse- Flexure, Shear, Bolld ~ 't~
0.87 xf.xA,xd ~ "fli80IY of Reinforced Concrete S111Jctures (MU)
.. s, = v,
(~)_ > (~)~ Lo = sum of anchorage beyond
3-90
Urnn State of Colla -
OS?x415x 100.5X365 center line of
llSe Flexure, Shear, Bond & Torsion
Hence the beam is safe in dctlectioo . 722o = I834nun support and anchorage of hook. Available distance
•beyond face of suppon
¢ Step II : Sbear mnfon::emtD~ If 00 hook is provided,
. ,,or minimum shear reinforcement
Spaelllg
"' L !:.. 230
=180mm
=
The critical sectioo for sbec II a dislaDce of d 0.36S
0.87xA,xfx -~ h ' 230
,+ 2 '-"65+2
Lo = 2 - .x +d=T -SO+o=651llrn 1.3xM
m, from the face of the support. :. S, = 0.4b - 0.4 X 230
~+L ,.(13 x47.66 x 1o"\
.-. v>JJ = ¥ -w.@+d) = 394.3 mm say 390 mm Where x' is side cover assumed to be 50 111m.
0 • 61460 ")+65
= 1008 > 180 Hence O.K.

:: 30.7i X4 -30.73 X~~ +0.365) R~S.= 390mm
al
Tbc code further recommends that each bar should be ¢ Step 12 : Design SUJnmary
Maximum spacing= 0.75 d orb whichever is less extended by distance of
= 61.46- 14.75 = 46.71 N Beam Size
Ld 752 230nun X 400mm
= o.75 x 365 = 273.75 > 230 nun
- ~ - 46710 = Oj56 NJmm2 3 3
ev
t,. - bxd -230x365
Main !ensile bars 3-16 mm +bars ofFe415 grade
Hence provide the 8 mm ' stirrups @ 230 nun etc
~ dw OUI of 3 Ban of main reinf<m:mCDt, 1 = 25 I mm beyond the face of the suppon.
~>ill
will be bent up oear the support. And only 2 bars
+
Vertical stirrups 2 legged - 8 mm stiuups @ 230 mm c/c
Provide 2 _ 12 mm ' at top as anchor bars to hold the
available stirrops in positions. ¢ Step 13 : Detail of reinforcement Ancborbar
nR
. ~ _ 100x201x2=0.4S% ¢ Step 11 : Check for development length at ends
·· bd
Hence from Table

- 230 x 365
The code stipulates that at the simple supports, Where
8 mm 2 ~ed stlnups
+
230 mm~c r 12mmt2nos
an:t.O( bar
.
!!!!. 'fe
reinfon:ement is confined by a compressive reaction, the
diameter of the reinforcement be such that
t,
0.25
0.5
(0.48 - 0.36)
0.36
0.48
25
= 0.36 + (0.5- 0.25) (0.48- 0. )
1.3 xM,
v +
L > L
0 - d
U
Assuming that I bars are bent up and 2 bars are
available at supports,
400
(a) L !JtCtion
m
0.87x4 x A.., 0.87x4J5x2x20l 2 nos bars 12 mm +top anchor bars
X, = 0.36 X fct X b :: 0.36 X 20 X 230 1 nos bars 16 mm +
.tl~~--·
=88mm2
Sa
0.47 < 0.556

M, = 0.87fy.A,. 1• (d- 0.416 X.,)
Hence, design of &bear rcinfon:cmcnt is required. M, = 0.87x4)5x(2X20l)X(36S-0.416x88)
voc = tC'bd = 0.47 X 230 X 365 = 3949() N = 47.66 x 106 N-mm • , ,. ;..---- 25 mm cover
~r
··-_!Ja:!:_
V =SF 230 ITVn
V,. = V.o-V"'=46710- 39490 =7220N 2 - 30.73x4
2 -6146kN
- .
(b) Sedion at mid span (c) Section at !Upport
Using 8 mm 2 leg stirrup A.. = 2 x~x 82 =100.5 DIID2 0 87
· X fyX. _ 0.87 X415 X-4J
Ld = --..__
4tbd - 4 X 1.2 X 1.6 Fig. p. 3.25.1
= 47x+=47x 16=752mm
--..A SACH/N Sll411 Yt~~/lllt
------------ ~ Sill"' ol col
~ _ fleXIJAI, Shear, Bond & lor.._
IIi.:"')
......00
,,~
f Reinforced Concrvte Structures (MU)
. factor for compression and •--j)

(l(lificllll0 0 ...... e Steel
3-92 Urnit State of Col -Flexure, Shear, Bond & Torsion
in steel : Table 3.25.1 gives r.4 and 5 page no.38 of IS456 : 2000 is obtained. (c) S, =0.75 d
·ve suess . lilt 4
~~ 1(f,J difeCtlY for different VaJ
. ~ioo stee Ue or 111 figS·
(1<1 (~
)
pennlulbl< = 20x MF, X MF, (d) S,: b Whichever is less
~Jll
tid.
\lS-I : ptsS
IJI comP~n relnforcellltnt (' '
'ttl·
(~)~ < (~)~~ Type II Des1gn of Doubly Re1n forced Beam
rallk- rJ'/d • Shell£ reinforcement

eP 11· Ex.a-25.2
.? S1 .. al section for shear at a dis•·"-- f
0.125 0.125 0.175 ~~ ~o d Des'_•gn a llletangular beam for a simply supported beaOl
'fbC th) froiD the face of the suppon.
~vmg an effective span of 7 metres. superiiDpoSed load is
uve deP
(eifeC force at critical section kNtm and the size of the beam is limited to 300 DliD by
al
-gosh¢ 600nun OVeralL Take effective cover to the reinforcement as
]PI ~ 11! ~ 50 mm. Use M20 and concn:te Fe500 steel.
Yun = 2 -w•\2 +d)
It! Soln.:
ev
Given : Effective span 1.!! =1m,
entage steel at support (area of bar provided Superimposed load w =45 kN/m
(ul perc 100 &.
Toc.al udl perm of addition tensile steel for Additional tbf'O"gb) pt = bd Widtb of beam b = 300 mm,
nR
(Iii ) FactOR:d load,..,= 15 w
¢ SteP 8 : Area
OJ(JDICDt ·go sbear stress in concn:te (t J is obtained form Depth of beam D =600 mm
¢ s.p 2 : FactOR:d ~•;"
.,........g
IIJ()IDCDl
c'2 =T, (iiil pest
2000
!llhle 19 ofl5456 : Effective cover c =50mm, fct =20 MPa. fy= 415 MPa
M, =!£
8 (f"- f.J A,. =0.87fyA.a (a) If t. < t , , minimum sbear reinforcement is To tlnd: A,.
¢ Slep 3 : J.imjting [I]()IIICIIt of resjstaDCC (f.,- f,J A..: provided, no shear design is required
A.a = 0.87 fy Effective depth d = D- effective cover= 60(}.50 =550 mm
Forfo415
For Fe500
¢
M... = 0.138fctbd'
M.. "" = 0.133fct bd
seep 4 : (beckfor beam
M, < M....
l
:. Singly reinforced bealll

¢ Step :
ft Total tensile steel
A. = A.t + A.a
~
U (b) If t , > 1:, .,.., Redesign of section is required
(c) If t. > 1:, < t ,

required
max• shear reinforcement design is
¢ Step 1 : Factored bending Moment
Self weight of beam ::ybD =25x0.3x0.6 =4.5 k.N/m
Superimposed load = 45 k.N/m

m
Number of bars = A+ (iv) Sheaf strength resisted concrete
M, > Mum :. Doubly reinforced beam Factored udl = 1.5 w =1.5 x (45+4.5) =74.25 k.N/m
¢ Step 5 : Additional moment of resistaDCt M.z Curtailed at a distance of 0.081 from the suppon as per (v) Sbear strength resisted by steel V,.= Vun- V"'
M, =
'!!.£ =--
74.25d
-=454.8kN.m
M.z SP34 8 8
Sa
= M,-M, ... (vi) AdoptS mm 2 legged stirrup,

Slep 6 : Aiea of tensile steel required for M..'"' ¢ Step 1o: Cheek for deflection ¢ Step 2 : Limiting moment of resistance Fe500
(~)
1t 2 2
A,.. = 2 x 4 x 8 =100.5mm 1
Mu, = 0.87!1 A 0
(d- 0.42 x,) Service stress f, = 0.58 fy stxpoVlded M~tim = 0.133 fci bd2 = 0.133 X 20 X 300 X550
Percentage tension reinforcement, (vii) Spacing for shear reinforcement = 241.4 x 106 N·m = 241.4 kN·m
A,., = 0.87f, (d - 0.42 x,...,) 100XA,1
p, = bd Spacing of shear reinforcement will be least of the ¢ Step 3 : Check for beam
¢ Step 7 : Aiea of compression steel required for
following M, > M~Hm
M..""'""' Percentage compression reinforcement,
0.87 f1 X A., X d 454.8 kN.m > 241.lkN.m
Compressive stress in concrete f,. = 0.446fct lOO x A" X
p, = bd (a) S, = y
' :. The beam is doubly reinforced beam
0.87 XAn X f1
(b) s, = 0.4b
.....A SAC/1/NSHAH re~~llut __, SACBINSJIAII reDII/Ie
• L
of fleintorced Concrete Structures (MU)
col~- Flexure, Shear, Bond & ~~~~~~~~~::~~~~~~~~!_(UmitStateoreo
,:;; ~ IOOx 1256.6
urnn StSte of l o~ p "' bd - 300 x 550 = 0.76% _....,...,.~~~llapse~~-~A~exu~re~,Sh~ear~,Bond~~&~TorsiOO~;:
. ~ _ L)~ _ _ru3. 364 - 8.92~
-
1
~
A,a
"'~ r
. 1 087 o.87x500
~()(liftcation factor for Pc = 0.76 % and bd "·
l
"' 98! nlll1 2 0.5 0.48
lg.78 N/f[llll from table 4 page no.38 of
. roraJtensile steel Z
¢ seep 8 . _.,--·
f,"' 0.56
[~4?..-c [5456 : z()()O. Mfc = 1.2
~' A,c - ~ u2 t, = 0.48 + (0.56- 0.48)
(~)permissible
I I
' '' = 20X MF, X MFC (0.75-- 0.5) (0.595- 0.5)
I' :
'
'' ''
''' ''' - 20x0.95xl.2 = 22.8 mm
'
: Asrl :
al
7000
~~:tc~,~~~Tu
Sincetv > ~.,
550
12.73 mm < 22.8 mm 1.26 > 0.51

Fig- p, 3.25.2
(~)~ (~)~le
ev
Sincet' >tc• destgn
. of shear reinforcement is needed
<
A.. ,A, +A.a=J250.6+981=223tmm'
1 Shear resistance by concrete
Usin8 25 f]1Jll bars 12.73 rnm < 22.8 mm
y uc = t,.bd =0.51 X 300 X 550
_ !! x 25' = 490.9 nun' f{ence we beam is safe in deflection
A, - 4 = 84150 N =84.15k.N
nR
~ 2231 = 4.54 = 5 bars ~ SteP 10: Shear reinforcement
~ •.., = =----
NUJllberO f """ At 490 9 .
=8.92 N/mm
2
fbe critical section for shear at a distance of d =0.55
d' 50 = o.0909 and = 207.9 - 84.15 =123.75 kN
Hence provided 5 bars of 25 rnm $ bar. we race of the support.
Compressive streSS in steel ford= 55Q l!l. trorn
Using 8 mm 2 leg strirrup
Fe415. the value f is obtained by interpolation
"
rrovided. A, = 5 x 490.9 = 2454.5 mm'
.. vuD = ¥ -w.G+ct)
U
1t
f!d O.o75 0.100 A.v =2 x 4 x 82 =100.5mm
2
354 353
r..
Oot of 5 bars of 25 m, 3 bars provided through and 2
bars curtailed at a distance of 0.081 =0.08x7000 =560 llliD = z- -
74.25 X 7 ./0 3
2
74.25 "\ + 0.55
)
.. S, = 0.87 X f, X A,, X d
(354- 3531 nnn<l) v,
f" = 353 + (0.1- 0.075) x (0.1 - 0.V>V7 from the support. = 259.9 - 51.98 =207.92 kN
1 ~ 207920 0.87 X 500X I 00.5 X 550
m
353.364 Ntmm Step 9 : Check for deflection 123750
_ M,., _ 213.4 X !0 _
6
tv = bxd 300 x 550
Ax - (f"- f.J (d- d') - (353.364 - 8.92) (550- 50) Service stress f, = 0.58 f, ( ~)A,..pov;.ted
= l.26N/mm
2
= 194.3 mm
2
Ax = 1239 mm 2231 ) Spacing for minimum shear reinforcement
: 0.58 X 415 ( 2.454.5' = 218.8 N/mm
2
Sa
Using 20 rnm b~ Assuming that out of 5 Bars of main reinforcemcnt,2

:. S = 0.87 X A,, X f, _ 0.87 X 100.5 X 500
~ x202 = 3 !4. 15rnm
2
A• = will be bent up near the support. And only 2 b~ will v 0.4b - 0.4 X 300
Percentage tension reinforcement,
~= 3 1 ~ ;5 = 3.94 = 4 bars
1 3 available
Number of bars= IOO XA11 JOO x 2454.5 =364 mm say 350 mm
p1 : bd - 300 X 550 = 1.49 % 490.9 X 2
](X) X
Hence provided 4 bars of 20 mm' bar, 2
300 )( 550 Required s. = 350 mm
Provided, A" = 4 x 314.15 = 1256.6 mm
Modification factor for p1 =1.49 %and Maximum spacing = 0.75 d orb whichever is Jess
¢ Step 7 : Area of addition tensile steel for Additional = 0.595 %
moment f, = 218.78 N/mm2 from table 4 page no.38 of =0.75 x 550 =412.5mm or 300mm
Hence from table 6.6. I (Table I 9 of 15456 : 2000)
c"2 = r. 15456 : 2000, MF1= 0.95 Hence provide the 2 legged 8 mm ' stirrups @ 190 mm c/c.
(f., - f.J A,.= 0.87 f, A.,_
Percentage compression reinforcement,
_ .A SAO/IN S/JA// Yuture
Tedt-Neo Pubu~ rm .11UU10rl
1'• · lJ·0118 .......... - woere ' . L JDSplte
· • JDDOY6hOD
• •
....A SA CHIN SJJAI/ Ye~~twt
Urnlt State of CollapSe • Flexure, Shear, ~
1i1 Theo:y of Rei'llorte:l Conaele SlnJCtii8S (MU)
~ ~
¢ s_, II : DaaiJ of reinforcement
lironstete
~ Of Coil~~~>se Fie
~-I· , , · X\Jre, Shear, Bond & Torsion
~
. Factored moment
SteP 4 . -~ • ''0rninaJ Shear Sfress t
2 . v '
w (I ) ··t, ,.bd"'~
Factored moment M, = 4"'L= ~
~ ~-- 230 X 425 " 1.50 N/rnm2
~ ~U: Caleu•··
5 nos blrs25 rrrn +blr =22! kN-rn """t-
~ SteP 5 : Moment ( M.,)
1\efer table 6 7 I
(a)L_..,
-t . . ITable 20 ofJS456 : 2000)
M,. :: [0.36 fct br DrJ X[d- 0.42 DrJ """ - 2.8 Ntnunl
~ ··· For M20 eoncre~
al
f1&. p, 3J5J(I) Step IQ • ('__
M,. :: (0.36 X20 X 189() X IIOJ X _ • ~"Part t , and t
1425
0.42 x IIO]
As t , < t
s: , ...
r-~~-.
6
= 567 x 10 N.mm =567 kNrn ~Step IV: OK
ev
~ SteP 6 : Compare M,, M., ~ and Dr S!ltngth of COncrete tc
8 rnm +2iegg8d ~ J\efer labl 6 6
190 rnm c'c e · .1 ITable 19ofiS456 : 2000)
M,<M..r
5 noeblrs For M2o conere~
25 rnm + :. x, <Dr p, '·
, ' y-50 mm cover l. 50 0.72
~ SteP 7 : Detennine Main Steel
nR
~
~l .. t, "' 0.72 Ntnunl ---......_ _,
300rrm
300rrm
0.5 f,k [ ~.6 M,.] ~ Step v: Colllpare t, and t,
(b) Sedila II mid~ (c) Sedloo 11111pport A..= f 1- 1---..:. bd As t, > t shear .
y f,k bd2 '' retnforcemem is required.
F1g. P. 3JSJ(b) Step VI · Sbear 10
Ql~ [l-
¢
4.6X22J Xl06] • be laken by shear reinforcement V,.
¢ Step u : Design summary .. V,. = V,-t, bd
• 415 20x 1890x4'isr x 1890 x425
Beam Size
Maio !eniile bars at bottom
Maio compression bm at top
vClticaJ stirrups
300 mm x 600 mm
+
5-25 mm bm of Fe500 grade
4-20 mm • bm of Pe500 grade
21egged. 8 mm • strirrups @ 190 mm c/c
U A. = 1500mm
2
Assuming 20 mm ~ bar,
No. of Bar
1500
= Tt4
••
··
V"' : (1 47.375 X101)- (0.72 X23(} X425)
V,. = 76995N
No Bent up bars are provided.

¢ Step VII : Assuming 8 nun +2 legged vertical stirrups
m
Type Ill Des1gn ofT Beam .. =
6000 400 rnm -
d = '"'i5 =
425-say.- wbcre A+= Area of20 mm Har= 314 mm2
As per Cl. 26.5.1.6, IS456 : 2000, the spacing is
calculated using the following formula.
Ex.3.25.3 Assuming cover 25 mm
:.No. of Bar= 4.77 =5 (say) SpacingS=~
• v..
Design T beam section by l.SM for the foUowing details. o_ = 420 + 25 + 1612" 460 nun. A,.""'1c~o~ = 5-20mm = 314 x 5 = 1570 mm2
Sa
Effective simply supported span = 6 rn, thickness of top slab ¢ Step 2 : Effective Flange Width (br) 0.87 X41 5x 2x ~ (8)1 X425
= II 0 rnm. working udJ on beam 30 kN/m including its self Provide 5· 20mm dia bar at bottom in two rows. 76995
weigbl The beam has to support 230 mm thick wall. Use Width of flange br !!l =
6 + bw+ 6 Dr :. S, = 200 mm
M20 grade of coocrete and Fe4 I5 steel. Sketch all the A,. 1570
reinforcement delai!Ji. P1 ..w = bd X 100::~ X 100:1.61%
6000 Check for maximum spacing :
.. br = - 6-+230+ (6x 110)
It! Soln. : ¢ Step 8: Shear Reinforcement As perCI. 26.5.1.5.5,15456 : 2000, the max. Spadng is
Effective span /df = 6.00 m . . br = 1890 mm. 300mm.
factored shear force
¢ Stq~3 : Load calculation So, Spacing shall be least of following :
¢ Step I : Depth of Beam based on ,;erviceability
v. =~
2 (i) S, = 200 nun
~ (i) Self weight of slab= 25 x 0.110 = 2.75kN/m
. . d,"~..'"' = 15
(ii} S, = 0.75 d =0.75 x 425 =318.75 nun
Iii) Load on Beam= 30.0 kN/m = 49.125 X 6.00 = .3 S kN
2 147 7
(iii) S, = 300 mm (a.' per Cl. 26.5.1.5 )
_.1 JACHINSlliH r,.w.
r
Uft!a.M ol Co4:p:8- FleJIUIW, Sheer, ~ & l
1.., • (~)4 t..,

•(20 x 0 .87 X 41 fl
4 X 1.92
~
) "' 94Q·l )
'llfll
,__.. for development length at •u ~>PortA .
(rvl .....-- .
• ---<;n•LO cl- 26.2.3.3 (IS4S6) ~su rn ·
·. S, • 394,40 mm uy )90 mm cJc """"" - .... . lllg~
: . .....,.. S, • 200 111111 cJc. ~in ~tlength compu~ as ~ '
V · We ~ve
.·. ~·- · -21egat~IU"niP·200111111
c:Jc. U M, )
(- y -_ (1.3><
22 1
147.75 X
x/J•) =1 947~
I "UU
Using LSM
¢ s..' : OICd&: for de~ leaP <:,ooditioii LO be urisf>Cd is given by.
al
8c:adiac - - . ! ftar forr.c .
[ L, ~ ( I.3VM..L)]
(ij
> L•
M..= 221k11kn. v_= 147. 5 to"
( u) Mama. ol ~ o1 ~ ~ ia1D oupporu : ~ L. = Ancboragt beyond support line
.w, • 221 t:N.m [ L. ~ 1945 I > 940.23 mm
ev
(w I l:letdc ' :A imp ol 2S 111111 ~ boa : fknct, dtveiopiDelll length is sati.~f~ without . Slab •"'""""' ................ .. ......... ........ ... .. ... ..
~value. l.l
Uuac W20 C<lDCn:St and ~ I.S gDdt HYSD boa. 4lly 4.1.1 Classification of Slabs . ...... ..
one Way Slab .... ....... .............. ... .. .. .::::.:::::....... .. ........... .......................................................... 4-1
..:,. St-. •• : s-..y ol a-,. l2 w ~ ................... .. ·················
~~~. §~;~~=;:-~~i=~~~~:=~~-;~
j)
nR
·12 ""' • rd'/7 bow
j,l
--
-
ZlO- l.5 ....
...... ~:::::::..
......................................................... 4-3
·· · .................-....................__ ., .......................... ~
U
uEx. 45.2 tlii!DMIWi·G
emm• - 2~ Ollrrull!l UEL 4.5.5 ................................... ......................... 4-9
0 200mmCl!>r111;rto""""''
Two Way Slab ................................. ........................................................................ 4-14
4.6.1 Restrained Two Way Slab ...........· ........ ......... · ............ · ... .................................... .. 4-18
4.62 Simply Supported Two Way Slab::::::::::: ..... ................................................................................. 4-18
m
[}~§~~:~ :~:: ~ : -~ : : ~ ~ ....................................................................... ............ 4-23
Sa
f"~C- ' · 3..25.3 UEL 4.8.1 (MU - Dec. 2018, 12 ~~~Mea) .......................... .. ........... .............................................. ............. 4-23
1Smm UEL 4.8.2 (MU - May 2012, 12111Mca) ................ .... .. ............ . .. ......................................... 4-26
Beam Sm; = 231'1 /475 mm ;
UEL U .3 (MU- May 2013, 15111Mca) ............. ...... . .. ................. .......................................................... 4-28
~ABorn.,.TfJp 2·12mm
UEL 4.8A (MU- May 2018, 12111Mca) .. .. .......................................... 4-30
Shea- Surrupt =ll mm t - 2 leu,ed vttticaJ lll1rUp\ 4! ZIIJ mm d e. UEL 4.8.5 (MU- May 2017, 9 Mllrlca) .................................... ............. .. .......................................... 4-32
UEL U .S (MU - May 2016, 12 Malb) .......... .. ....................................................................................... 4-34
Chapter EndJ
UEL 4.8.7 ((MU - Dec. 2016, 12 Malb) ................................. .. ...... ................................... ............... ...... 4-36
DOD UEL 4.8.9 (MU - Dec. 2012, Dec. 2014, 14 M8rttl).. .. .... .. ............................................ ...... ...... ................. 4-oi.O
Comparison between One Way and Two Way Slab . .. .......................................................................... :::
4.9
Chapter Ends
r
SW. are ~ a.m.~}' aed as a 11om 101 roofs ci

~ ffective span of a slab <1.o....... ~
"fbe e -I'<O<IS UPDo ~ bou
~ . . as per IS456 : 2<XXl : clause No. lldary
~000 22.2 Jlage No. 34
h is llllljr:a2d Ill ~ loais 1Pbicb lit D"'IISkr 10
beam
1 SiJilPIY supported slab or Which .
al
J tile walls cr ~ 10 ~ 1be slab. (I) IJu·ilt
Slab ~ lk ID.t due 10 bl:lldial aaiOD iD '* ~

[a_ 4.3 Two Way Slab
-uy with its supports.
iJllt~-
IS !lot
1 = Clear span +effective depth

l1lo diRaioa. .a is ~ aa:onliDgly.
ev
[-a. 4.1.1 a ullluliorl ot Sllbl I Wbm tbe aspect ratio ( t) is less than 2, !he slab .
IS
L
. bever is less
= Clear span + width of su!lPOrt,
tllJC
called as two way slab.
Slabi are llllillly das:si&d iDro foiJooviDg types :
t
AspeCt ratio 5 2
~)
cantilever slab.
.ve span = length to the face of suppon
nR
.
(a.) BBd 011 stupe.
EtfeGil I
+ 2effective depth
e~- ~
_ It bends in bolh directions.
(I) Rcc:uopl.. (ti) Squatt.
Wben tbe slab is supported along its all four edges
(Iii) Cira&Ur.
bends in two orthogonal direction, main reinforre~~
(b) 8&scd 011 supportiDg c:oaditioa. is provided in such slabs in two directions. Modification Factor (M.F) 1) Mlnl!n~~n rtlnforcement
(I) Simply supported slab. (ii)
(iii) Uotilever slab.

Cootinuous slab.
U Span to effective depth ratio : (Ref. IS456 : 2(XX) :
clause 23.2 page No. 37)
As per clause 26.5.2.1, page no. 48 or IS4S6 : UXXJ,
reinforce~~~ent in each dirtction should no1 exceed as
given below :
(iv) Aal slab supported dim:dy 011 column witbout (a) Basic value of span to effective depth ratio for span
m
bwns. upto 10m.
(c) Based 011 spanning dim:tioo. Sr. no. Type of slab BaicYIIue Mild steel 0.15% or 10ta1 cross sectional atea
Sa
(i) Ooe way slab. (ii) Two way slab. I Cantilever HYSD 0.12%or total cross sectional atea
7
'*
Ia. 4.2 One Way Slab I 2
3
Simply support
continuous
20
26
2) Maximum dlllllller of reinforcing
(clause 26.5.2.2)
Total thicknts ofsfllb

- The slab which is supportod 011 two opposirt support is Diamertr or bar <
8
called as ooe way slab.
~
(b) For spans above I0 m, the value in (a) may be
multiplied by 10/span in meters, except for cantilever.
l)
Mulmum dlatance betw.n
(spacing)
'* In tenllon
Wbeo the aspect ratio (?.) is grea1er !han 2, the slab is
called as one way slab.

(1) Ooe way slab (t< 2) (b) Two way slab ( t;>: 2) (c) Depending on the area and the stress of srtel for ltnsion
reinforcement, the value in (a) and (b) shall be
-
As per clause 26.3.3(b), page no. 46 or IS456 : 2000,
Fig, 4.3.1 spacing or reinron:ement in each dittetion should not
modified by multiplying with modification factor as
exceed as givenbelow
shown in Fig. 4.4.1.
•...A SACHINS/WI Ye~~tm
Design or~
~
U&~n
of Reinforced Concrete S!!uctu
li'ITJ::y ol ~ Conc:rell srucu- (MU) 4-S
[)c:pCIICiin8 011 die area and 1be stress of 8~
~
sn~~n +effective depth
~<~u
)
. forte ~ctellf r-
_ M.m n:ioforcaumt < Jxcfhdive deplh of slab ~ reinforCement. die values m (a) and (b) llsion f.,l OR
IJI()(Iified by multiplying with IIIOdificatJ sh.u ~ LSM
lOO - wllicbela" is less. on t ••r to center of supports .
()btaiDed as per Fig. 4.4.2. llctor ~ cen"' ......... Wbicheve .
- s-d for stJriab&e IIIII ~ (di5U!Wio0 ~) ~ SteP 4 : Lolid calculation r
15
less.
< S x effa:live dcplb of slab ~ 450 mm wbid!Cver is ~in~ oo the area of compression re ·
~ tnforce pead load: refer IS875 : 1984 <Pan I)
die value of span to depth ratio be further Ill . !~lent
2
less. J. M,= 2.96 bd
. Odifj~ b 1'bt self weight of slab may be found b
4) ~ Gl dll'lldlon multiplying with the modification factor obtain~ ~ M,=2.76bd
1
of slab and thickness of slab YCOnsidering
per rtg.4.4.2. as IJIIit area ·
As per clause 23.1.(b), page DO. 37 of 15456 : 2(XX), f weight of slab = unit weight of
SeI concrete
deflcclioo of slab sboukl oot exceed 5p111 1350 ~ 20 mm ~ 25d X depth of
al
~ab~
~is less.
z. Li~e load : refer IS875 : 1984 (Pan 2) &jllatc fact~ be .
nding 1110ment of M,_,.
(JCCIIPancY classification for residential If~<:~ .... Safe for flexure.
ev
b~Ji!din~g-----~ ~
OveJall dep«h - .......
- -1"" + clear cover
All rooiDS, kitchens, Toilet and bath Step 7.• "'-'- .
"'4111 R:infortement
Ooe-way slab is dcsigDed as 1 rcaaogu1ar beam of ooe ~~---------------1

IDCII'e width in cro&s-sectioo; as a balaoced sectioo 10 satisfy A.= ~[1-~1-
'
46
' ~]bd
fdbd
nR
lbe ~13 of limit SWe of coll.ap5e in flexun:. Or
2.4
¢ Step I : Type of slab Percentage tension reinforcement 2.8 3.0 A. is calculattd fromthe equation.
.
l
(i) Aspecll'lllio =~ > 2, it is ooe way slab Y~g. 4.4.2 : Modltkation factor for tension reinfol'tenttnt M, = 0.87 4A. (d- 0.42x.)
The value of x,. sball be as
¢
(ii) According 10 support cooditioo,
supported, cantilever or cootiouous slab.
it may be simply
Step 2 : Depth of slab based on deflection criteria (cl.

23.2, page No 37)
U 0.75 to I kNim2
Total load to be supported by slab per unit length alon
. b . d
1be short span 1s o tame .
g
~
X,. -
-
l!:lli..&
0.36ft.~b
Step 7.1 : Check for minimum reinf01cemen1

Ref. Clause 26.5.2.1of IS456 : 2000.
Sr.- 'I'Jpul.., Bl*fllae
m
Minimum Al'fll or
I Cantilever L
;j=7
Fig. 4.4.3 : Modlfk:ation fac:tor for compression
3. Floor Finish (FF) Gndeal~
illeelluteadoa ......
A...,. per
Jn addition to this also consider the weight of floor Mild steel Fe250
reinforcement 0.15%bD 1.50
2 Simply support L finish i.e. 0.6 to 1 kN/m2
;j=20
Sa
span HYSD Fe4t5 and 1.20

Total load w = (DL +LL +FF) 0.12%bD
3 continuous L d = x M.F. for simply supported slab (one way) Fe500
;j=26 20
Factored load w" = Load factor x Total load= 1.5 w
span Where D=overall depth of slab
Assume percentage of Slt:el find out modification factor And d--- for cantilever slab.
- 7xM.F. ¢ Step 5: Design factored moment ~ Step 7J : Maximum diameter
for giveo grade of Slt:el.
¢ Step 3: Find the effective span of the slab For cantilever slab, Ref. Oause 26.5.2.2 of IS456 : 2000. page number 48
(Oause 22.2 of IS456 : 2000 page 34) w, x(lerri Slab thiclmess

M, = 2 d 'J 8
Fe250 145 0.7%101%
The effective span of a member that is not built
For simply supported slab, Assume diameter of bar 8 rnm or tO rnm or 12 rnm.
Fe415 240 0.25% to 0.45% integrally with its supports shall be taken as clear span plus
the effective depth of slab or to centre of supports whichever w, xO,ni
FeSOO 290 0.2% 10 0.35%
is less. M, = 8
_A SA CHINSI/AH r.,ture
Permissible development length

M,
Ld 5 1.3 y-+ L. Ref. ci.26.2JJ (c), Page N
~ ICIUal ~of Sled povided • 0. 44.
P, = ~xJOO Reinforcement should be extend from the
al
Ld
support by length equal to3 Ref. cl. 26.2.3.3(a).
face Of
F'Did 11CtUaJ IIIDdifialioo fa:lllr comspoodiDg to given
gr.de of steel and poiDI Klllallicm Fig. 4.43. M1 = Moment of resistance of remaining bar at sullPon.
ev
:. Depth~ (for deftcctioa) =20 X A.clual M.f.
Sl!lll : T,1 X Z =0.87(1 •\u (d _ 0.42 \)
0.87 f1 A,. 1
This depcb ~ 11111S1 be less lhao d povided If DOl Where X, = 036 fct b
tbeo the effective depcb 1110S1 be iDcreased. A - area of bar at supports (balf of tbe area at the
nR
¢ Step J : Distributioo Skd ""'- centre).
v, = Sbear force at centre of supPon.
Minimum area of steel in tension is provided as
distributiou Sleel. Provided development should not exceed Witb linuled
PLAN
r--------.r-----------.------, development Note 1- Diame•r amm for deformed
Mild steel Fe250 O.!S% bD

......
Gntletllllll ~Anafll.... A..-. Jill'
LID-- ¢ Slep J1 : Check for shear
Calculate t, = ~
bd U Note 2- Diame•r 6 mm
.
llpacj bars; to nwn lor l'lllin ba"; lll*ing • 3d or 300
ng ~Sc:tor~mm
Typical details of 1 slab 'Pin . .
l'tlrtg '" one cirtdior(ono 't<ly slab)
mm
_ __ .F1-"g.....:4:..::.4·:.:..:4: Reinfo~.w.n.
________
HYSD Fe4JS
0.12% bD 1.20 - ~OIIeWIJslab
andFeSOO
------'---------'------1
From Table 19 of IS456 : 2000 page 73 find tbe design
shear strength of concrete considering grade of concrete and Solved Example on One Way
----------------
Assume diameter of bar 6 mm for Mild steel or 8 mm Since, 1,11., > 2, slab is design as one-way slab.
m
for HYSD bar. percentage of steel. Slab
~ Step 2 : Trial depth of slab clause
IOOOxA, Further multiply this design shear strength by k (clause
Spacing s = A,. where A, is area of one bar EJ,4.5.1 Span . .
40.2.1.1 page 72 of IS456 : 2000) to get exact design shear effective depth = B.V. X modificatiOn factor
Sa
Check spacing < 5 d or 450 mm whichever is less. slrength. This should not be less tban t, calculated above. Design a roof slab over a passage of size 10 m x 2.5 m
Assume pen:entage a 20 steel 0.3 %
¢ Step 10 : Check for development length !Jtlvided at tbe entrance of a public building. The slab is
lit Nolll : The shear force in slab is very small and MF = 1.5for Fe 415,
111pported by 230 mm wide beam and carries superimposed
Provided development length Ld and value of tbd from
there Is no need to provide shear 2
cl.26.2.1, page No. 42 of IS456. bad of 3 kN/m • Use M20 and Fe 415. Draw neat sketch Basic value of S.S. slab = 20
rainforcement in slab.
showing reinforcement details. 2500
0.87fx+ - d- = 20 x 1.5
Ld = 4 tot ~ Soln.:
d = 83.33 mm
¢ Step I : Type of slab
Assume mild exposure condition, cover = 20-5 = 15 mm
Aspect ratio = 11 IL, =210.5 =4 >2
Assume diameter of main reinfon:ement is 10 mm
......HACIIINS/M/1 r..-
-..4 SACHINSHAH Ye~~ture
)_,___
' https://cee-book.blogspot.com
Designots~
il !'lleO!Y o1 Reinlolald Concrlll S1NdiJ8S ,('! of Reinforced Concrete S~
~
0.12~
(MU)
A_..= o.IH>bD=IOOx;OOo I ra. (MlJ)
.t
Ovt:raU depcb D = d +c +2 x 110 .. forpt%=0.3andf, =238.SN/11Unl,
= 132mm2 MF = 1.45
83.33 + 15 +~ = 103.33 !DID
. . Spacing for main reinforcement
defleCiion = ( ~: ) =(~) _
¢ Step 3 : Effective span
~ ~~ 90 - 28.ntnrn
~ = L+d= 2S00+90=2.59m}
s= A,.
pe(tllissible deflection =B.V. x MP
:: 0.87X 415
.. L, = L + b= 2SOO + 230= 2.73m AssiiJJIC 10 JDID. bar, A• =41t X 10l :: 78 = 20 x 1.45 =29 rnro X 135 (90- 0.42 X 6.77)
.541llttJl :: 4.25 X IO' N-llllll
Whichever is less
1(XXJ X 78.54 ••• 1deflection < Permissible den . Shearr.......
s= 268.32 = 292.7 tnrn ~""atSUppon
al
:. L, = 2.59m ""- ection
·· safe.
~ SteP 10 : Check for development length
¢ Step 4 : Load ca1cu1a1ioo per mcrr:r length v,:: ~_9.75 x2.59
. . Provide 10 mm • at the spacing 290
nun C/c -~ (i)
2 -~ =12.63kN
2 .. Ld - 4 (tbd x 1.6) ForFe415
(i) Dead load DL = y D = 25 x 0.11 = 2.75 kN/ID ¢ Step 8 : Distribution steel L, ::~
ev
0.87 X 415~ 2 - side cover + 3+
(ii) Live load U. = 3 kN!m 2
A,. = 132 mml Ld = 4 X 1.6 x 1.2 _llQ
- 2 - 25+3xl0 = 120
1t l (ii) L "» d-90
Assume 8 JDID 4' bar, A• =4X 8 =50.27 l'Drol 0 - lllln
=
Totalload per meter W DL + ll + fF
nR
Spacing per meter
= 2.75 + 3 + 0.75 = 6.5 kN/m 470mm
I(XXJ At 1000 X 50.27 But if no hook is pr .de
OVt • L, = 0
factoralload w, = 1.5 W =1.5 x 6.5 =9.75 kN/m S = A._ 132-
L M,
¢ Step 5 : Factmd bending IIIOIDmt • " 1.3 x y+ l,
380 mm c/c 'i 5 d or 450 rn
2 2
¢
u - w,L- 9.75 x 259 -8175kN m
··-.- 8 - 8 - . .
Step ' : Required depcb for bending JIIOIDeDI

8.175 X 10
U
380 mm c/c 'i 5 x 90 450 =
. . Provide distribution steel against shrinkage and
temperature 8 mm 41@ 380 c/c
AssUme alternate bars are bent up at suppons
A.t =
~ 270
2 =T= 135mm
0.871, Aat - 0.87 X 415x 135

= 13 X 4.25 x 106
Required L,> ptnnissible L
1.3
M
V +I,> L,
· 12.63 x 10, + 120 = 557 mm
X.= 0.36 f,l b - 0.36 X20 X I~

m
0.136 x 20 x HXXJ
¢ Step 9 : Check for deflection
557 > 470
:. safe
S4.82mm < ~ I(XXJ A• 1000 X 78.54 « Reinforcement Detailing
A. pmidcd = - s- = 290
:. Depth is safe agaiDBI bending moment
Sa
2 Dis1nbul!on steel 8 mm +o 380 mm rio

270.83 mm
¢ Step 7 : Main reinforcement
A.~= 268.32mm
2
A. = 0.:, f" [I- ~ 1- fct4.6bd~ ] bd Main reln1orcement

f, = 0.5 8 f x Area of steel required
' Area of steel provtded 10mm+ 0 290mm c/c
230
0.5 x20 [ 230
~I - 1 _ 4.6 x 8.175 x 10 ] I(XXJ x90 mm L, =2.5 m
268.32 I• •I• mm
20 X I(XXJ X W 0.58 x 415 x 270.
83
=238.47 N/mml •I• •I
= 268.32mm2 Refer Fig. 4, Pg. No. 38 of IS 456 : 2000 Fig. P. 4.5.1

Minimum area of steel
Pt a. 'de I00 A•P I00 x 270.83 O
.,. provt = bd =
1000 X90 = .3
••...4 SA£111/YSHAH y..,""'
/ - ~--Oe•s•lg•n-ot.s..'a•bs;;.;u;;,:s;,:,:lni,!Ls'-1
= 1 kN/m 2
4x 6 = 28.27 nun'
4-10
Iii Soln,:
FJOOC r.nisll IOOOx A IOOO
(Assunlt(l) - 9 kN/m s = A::t=~ Given. 0
• versu depth
d w- " 144
TotaJIOII =1.5 X w = 1.5 X 9 = 13.5 ~,.,,
1OIJd per rn w, "'~'Ill = 196 mm:::: 190 nun c/c D = IOOmm
facton-d d bending moment for si Clear span
, factore · lllpiy L = 3.5mm
~sttP 4
' . provide 6 rom' at 190. mm c/c Wall thickness
ported slab 2 · ' • Check for shear . b = 230mm
sUP w L' 13.5 x 2.62 8
.-J!--8 = 8 =11.6 ](N. lll t) SteP • !J!: 13.5 X 2.62 live load LL = 3 kN/m2
M_,=
vd = 2 2 = 17.685 kN
Ptoor Finish FF = 0.75 kN/m2
'red depth of slab
s·ReqUl 2
~ 17.685 X 10 3
~ SttP · For M20 fck 20 N/mm2
al
_ o.I38 f,, bd
¢ Glvm: b= 230 Jilll1 for Fe 4]5, M,.,uro - -r. = bd = 1000 x 120 "' 0· 15
Oear span L = 2.5 m • SupPOrt bealll
For Fe4t5 f
415N/mm2
o.l38 x20 x 1000 x d2 y
ble 19, IS 456-2000
f{efef ta
Li~ load. L.L.= 5 t.N/m' 27fiJ d
2
. shear strength for concrete To ftnd : Reinforcement
ev
l
r.. = 20N1mm pestgll 1
= 0.68 N/mm2
c Step l : Effective depth
l Equate BM to M.)iln 'd slab. design shear strength for concrete.
f, =415N/mm for soIJ
2760 d' = I 1.6 X I06 Assume 10 mm ~bar and nominal cover of 15 mm for
¢ Step 1 : Trial clep!b of Lbe slab is 1, = k . t , = 1.3 x 0.68 =0.884 N/nun2
mild exposure
Assume percentage steel 0.3%.
modification factor d = 64.78 mm < 100 mm .. safe
-r. no shear reinforcement is required.
nR
1, >
1.5 forfe415.
d = Overall de pth - Cover- Diameter of bar
6 . Main reinforcement
• Reinforcement details 2
~ 6 ~] ¢ SteP 9 •
d =
1, 2500 = 83.33 mm
20x"M.f. = 20 X I.5
SteP·
~[I
A,= fy
- I
-f. bd bd
ck th of slab D = 120 mm d = D-C-!= 100-15- ~O =80mm
. I0 mm and cover for mild --4- .6-x_l_l.~6-x-1...,.0 ] pep Distribution steel
Assume bar diameter smm@ 190mmC/C ¢ Step 2 : Effective length
Ql xjQ ]- ) - 20 X 1000 X 1002 X J()()Q
exposure is I5 mm. = 415 [
D = d+ cover+i=83.33+ J5+z
:. Effective depth,
103.33 mm = 120 mm
10 x 1oo = 346.3 mm
Spacing of 10 !Dlil ~ bar
A• =
2
1t
4x 10
2 U
= 78.54 mm
2
L,
1,
L+b or L+d
3.5 + 0.23 or 3.5 + 0.08
3.73
3.58 m
or 3.58 whichever is less
m
... 10 1000 X At _ 1000 X 78.54
d = D-C-~=1 20 - 15--z=lOOmm ~ ~ -+1 ~ ¢ Step 3 : Load calculation
Spacing, s A,, - 346.3 231)mm 230mm
Self weight = 2.5 x 0.1 =2.5 kN/m2
¢ Step 2 : Effective span Fig. p, 4.5.2 Main reinforcement : 10 mm @ 200 mm
226 = 220 mm c/c
centre to centre = 3 kN/m2
Sa
I, = L+ d or L+ b Live load
1000 X A. 1000 X 78.54
2500 + 120 or 2500 + 230 Provided steel A,.p = 220
Distribution steel : 6 mm @ 190 mm centre to centre
Floor finish = 0.75 kN/m2
2620 mm or 2730 mm 357mm
2 Total load = 6.25 kN/m2
Ex. 4.5.3 Total load per meter width w = 6.25 kN/m
Whichever is less ¢ Step 7 : Distribution steel
Areinforced concrete one way slab of overall depth I00 mm Factor load w,= 1.5 x w = 1.5 x 6.25 = 9.375 kN/m
:. 1, = 2.62 m A,. 0.12%bD issimply supported on a clear span of 3.5 m. wall thickness
¢ Step 3 : Load calculation ¢ Step 4 : Factored bending moment
~ 230 mm and slab has full bearing on the thickness of
2 ~~ x JOOO x 120= 144mm2 walls. Design the main and distribution reinforcement for
2
- w, L - 9.375 X 3.58 - 15 02 kN·
2
Dead load of slab 25 x D= 25 x0.12=3 kN/m M,- 8 - 8 - · m
2
2 the above slab. The slab carries a live load of 3 kN/m with a
Live load 5 kN/m Spacing for 6 mm ~ M.S. bar, 2
floor finish of 0.75 kN/m use M20 grade of concrete and ¢ Step S : Required depth of slab
Fe415 steel. Draw a sketch showing reinforcement details. For Fe 415, M,,lim = 0.138 fck bd2= 0.138 x 20 x I000 x d2
_..A SACB/NSRAII riiDt~
.....A SACB/NSRAII restrue
J~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~----~~~========~==~::~~D=e~s:ig:n:o:f:S:~::~
~
I.BJ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Str\ICIUr98 (
.
= 2760 d2
MU) 4-11
(c)
Modifjcalion factor based on % steel and se
l
For f, = 228 N/mJil end% steel= 0 .655, MF"' l.ts ~as
Usin
.
fVtee s
l.s
1.1
of Reinforced Concrete Stru
~ SteP 10 : Reinforcement details

cturaa (~lJ)
Equate BM to M,.,... J>enDissible def)cction = Basic value x M.F. Alertemate bent up bar oHIIabs using LSM
6 10mm+@ 240mmC/o
2760 d 2 15.02 X l0 =20 x 1.15 = 23 nun
d = 73.8 mm < 80 mm '· 3580
: . safe in bending Actual deflection cr=so=44.75nun
¢ Step 6 : M ain reinforcement Actual deflection > permissible deflection
o~yf•• [I - ~ Jbd
al
.
Not safe against deflection. Redesign for
A,. = 1
~ (v = 125 mm) arger
0 .5 X 20[
= ~ I- I
4.6 x 15.02 X 10
20 x JOOOx80
Jx }()()OX 80
¢ Step 9 : Development length
Development length
3.5m 230mm
9
ev
= 6 20 mm
2 o.87 f. 0 .87fycp
4 'rbd 4 X ( !.61:;:;}
Spacing of 10 nun 9 bar ~==~----------1:0~m:m:!+a~t~1~~~mm~a~c:___________
~.___~~~----~--
-J
2
For M20, 1.2N/mm
~x
2 1 'rbd
A. 10 = 78.54 mm
0 .87 X 415 X 10
]()()() X A. 1000 X 78.54 4 X 1.6 X 1.2 = 470 1IUn 10mm+at1~mmac
Spacing s A,. 620
nR
Permissible development length
126.67 = 120 mm c/c Mt -------------------------------~~~P~-~~3~--------------------------
I 000 X A, 1000 X 78.54 Ld = 1.3y+Lo
ElL ...5.4 : ¢ Step 3 : Loading
Provided s teel A,q, = 120
Alternate bars are bent up, hence area of steel at end J)eSigD a simply supported RCC slab for a floor of a ball 3.8 (i) Self weight= 0.14 x 1 x 25 = 3.5 kN/m.
2
·= 654.5 mm supports tD x 12 01 (inside dimen: ions) with 230 IDOl wall~ around.
¢ Step 7 : Distribution steel A,. 1 A,. at end = 50% area of steel AssiJIDC LL of 3 kN/m and finish load I kN/m use M20 (ii) Floor fmish = 1.0 kN/m.
grade concrete and Fe415 grade steel. Take M.P. = 1.4.
O. J5% bD= ~~ X IOOO X 100 1 2 =3.00 kN/m.
A,. 2 x 654.5 = 327.25 mrn (iii) L.L
U
Oteck for development length is not necessary.
150mnl Moment of resistance at the ends 0 Soln.: Total= 7.50 kN/m.
Spacing for 6 mm 9 M .S . bar, M1 0.87f1 A,. 1 [d- 0.42 x.,J ¢ Step 1 : Estimate the thickness of slab D
Factored load w, = 1.5 x 7 .5 = 11.25 kN/m
A. = ~x6 =2827mm ~~3: ft:~·JJ ~
2 2
0.87 fy A..t [ d- 0.42 ( li..qulr<d 20 X M.P. ¢ Swp 4 : Factored Moment M,

2
I OOO X A. JOOO x28.27 0 .87 X 415 X 327.25~]
w, X (/,a)' 11 .25 X (3 .925)
188.5mm 3800 M, = 21.66 kN .m.
s A.. 150
m
= 0.87 x415 x 327.25 [ 80-0.42 ( 0 .36 x 20x 1000) d = 20XT.4 =125 DlDl 8 8
Factored shear force

::::: 180mmc/c = 8.638 X 106 N·mm Assuming cover 15 mm
Shear force at ends due to design load ~ - 1! .25 X 3.925 =22 . lOkN
. . provide 6 mm 9 at 180 mm c/c v, = 2 2
o.....,..... = 125 + 15 = 140 mm
w. L _ 9.375 x 3.58 = 16 .78 kN
Sa
¢ Step 8 : Check for serviceability V ¢ Srep 5 : Detem>ine req uired depth for bending
2 - 2 ¢ Step 2 : Calculate effective span l,rr
(a) Service stress X. = 0.4 8 d ... Fo r Fe 415
Area of steel required ) L Suppo~ width side cover - 3 4' leff = Clear span+ Effective depth OR
= 0.58 x Yield stress X ( Area of steel provided 0
0 36 f b X (d - 0.42 x,) =M,_
230 c/c distance between supports ... whichever is less . '' " 1000 (0 48 d) [d - (0.42 X 0.48 d)]= 2 1.66 X 10'
6~~5 ) = 228 N/mm
2 T-25-3X 10=60IDID
= 0.58 x 415 x ( 0.36 X 20 )( .
. . l.rr 3.800 + 0. 125 =3.925 m OR
(b) Percentage tensile steel % p 8.638 x 10 60
6
= 729.2 mm :. d""'"'"" = 88.6 rom.
_.. Safe for flexure
Ld = 1. 3 X 16.78 X 103 + l.rr
0 .23 0 23 - 4 03 m
3.8+2 + - - - .
A...., X 100 654.5 X 100 _
---
0 655 values
bD JOOO x 100 Actual Ld< permissible Ld boVe twO
:. ok • • l.rr 3.925 m lesser of the a
470 < 729 .2 - ·~/ioll
-T-~---~---~~~~timu--==---~~=--A7~~-~7·
~--~~
. --~~------------------------------~--SI~aww==~~~r~~ T~ Ntliatioou--IJ'bere Autllon iD6flur:
~ Theo at Reinforced Concrete Struc:IU1'88 (MU)

say 130DIID S
88.6 mm < 125 mm ¢ Step 8 : CheCk for deOcction ··· 01(
¢ Step 6 : Dererminc main stcc.1
Pq,.u'tldod = 0.420%
S~ 2:
o.~1r« -~Jtxi
l'riaJ de Desi n of Slabs using LSM
A. = [• ~l'e(lu; ....... S Pth or slab
f, 0.58 f, x Area of stoe~
~
2 Cctive dePth " ll.V .
0.5 X2Q [
6 526.12mm As · x Modification factor
4.6 X 21.66 X 10 ] X 1000 X 125
=~ 1- suone l'ereeo
I - 20x IOOOX 125
2
~ M.P. "
lage or •leel 0.3 %
I<
A. = 526. 12 mm S,_..;<kd · J forM415,
al
llV=20
1000 X 78.50
Assuming 10 mm +bar = 541.38 nun 2 20 x 1.5
145
JOOOxA. d " IOOillDl
Spacing 526. 12
A. f, 0.58 X 415 X "54i38 Assuone mild
exposure COodi .
ev
" IS lllm tioo, cover for I0 mm bar
area of 10 mm +bar= 78.5 233 .92 N/mm
2
1000 X 78.5 Overall dePth 0 "

.·. Spacing d+ c ++n= 100+ 15+5
526.12 Refer Fig. 4 of IS456 : 2000,
r::> 120 rnm
s 149.2 mm say 145 mm • --··' modification factor for P, = 0.42% Step 3 ·• Err..-.:
nR
1\(;W'U and for -uve spao
Check s < 3 d and fe415 is 1.36 (approximaJ.ely).
L, " L+d or L+b whichever is less
.
Span _
<300mm .. .OK . . Depth required for deOectwn - 20 x actual M~ 3000 + I 00 or 3000 + 300
A,. 526.12 X !00 3100 rnm or 3300 mm
bd x 100 IOOOX 125 _ 3800 = 139.70 mm.
.. D....-.-wxl.36 Fig. P. 4.S.4{b) : Plan
L, " 3100 rnm
0 .42% > 0.12% ... OK c:>
As 0 ........, fordenection < D"""""' ...sare surnm•IY of design
U
Step 4 : Load calculation
¢ Step 7 : Determination of distribution s!UI 139.70mm < 140mm Dead load, DL " yO = 25 x 0.12 = 3 kN/m2
Slab tbiclmess 140mm.
Assuming mild steel 6 mm +is used for distribution ¢ Step 9 : Check for shear Cover 15mm
Live load, LL = 2 kNim'
steel.
vd 22.10kN. Main steel 10 mm ¢1 @ 145 mm c/c.
Floor finish with lime concrete,
~ _22. 10x 10
0 . 15% ofA,... 3
A,..
m
FF = YL x d =20 x 0.075 = 1.5 kN/m 2
t, bd -1000x 140 =0.16Ntmmz Distribution steel = 6 mm ¢1 @ 130 mm ctc.
0 15
.. A.., ·
100 X
1000 X 140 Total load, W = 6.5 kN/m
For M20 and P, = 0. 160% from TaiJie 19 of IS456-2000 UEJ.U.& (MU · Ma 2015 . 13 Marks
2 ()esign a simply supported RCC slab over a room of size Factor load, w, = 1.5 W = L5 x 6.5 = 9.75 kN/m
.. A,. 2!0mm
page 73 ' design sbear strength of concrete t , = 0.29 N/mm
2
lm x 7m. The thickness of supporting wall is 300 mm and c:> StepS : Factored beading moment
Sa
and for solid slabs the design shear strength for concrete
Spacing of 6 mm +bar, !be slab carries 75 mm lime concrete on its top, tbe unit
L' 9.75 x 3.1' - ll?lkN
M, = ~-
sball be t , k where k in this case is 1.3 [Reference clause
weigbl of wbicb is 20 kN/m3• The live load on slab may be 8 - 8 - · .m
40.2.1.1 page 72 of IS456 : 2000) 2
rateo as 2 kN/m .Use M20, Fe 415 and LSM. Apply c:>
Step 6 : Required depth for bending moment
aecessary design cbecks and draw neat sketches showing
Where, Area of 6 mm +bar = ~ = 28.27
Design sbear strength of concrete
t, 1.3 X 0.29
details of reinf_orcement.
d = \}
~ r=s=
~ =
11.7l x l0
O.l38 x20 x 1000
1000x28.27 0 Solo. :
s 210 0.377 N/rnm
2
65.62 mm < 100 mm
¢ Step 1 : Type of slab
:. s 134.64mm As t, > t, no shear reinforcement is required.

1/L, = 3=2
7 :. d rcquired < d pro..;dcd • it is safe.
2 2
Check S < 5d and 0.377 N/mm > 0.16 N/rnm
il =at Reinbced CcJncnja s.ucu. (MU)

¢ Slip 7 : Main reillfllltaDelll
(l) ..........
A.= O~fm[l-~ 1-~ ]bd (li) ~Cid«

Rtftr Fig. 4 p.No. 38 of 1.5456
0.5 X20 [
=---m- 1-
MF = 1.5
L 3<XXl
(IT) Adllll clefledioa = d =too = 30 11Un
00 Clleck ror ........ ra.r~
~ dtfledioo BV x MF = =20 x
al
(Y)
A 0 _ 0.12 l
1.5::: 3o
· - - .L2%b0 =100 x ICXXJx 120= 144mm :. Actual deflectionS permissible deflection
:. safe.
... A.> A.. :. o.k.
,.s.s Say 8.44 kNt
ev
(W) SI*Jacror ....m ...,~ ¢ Step 11 : Check for developmentlengtb ~ . a canu'Iever cha"lJa slab projectin
·
~ Ill.
l)eiiP g l.21ll.fro Step4: Delennine
0.87 f, ~ using M-20 grade concrete and Fe4 Ill the f~ lllOment M,
s I<XX! At ICXXJ x 78.54 L4 = 4 (1.6 tw) For Fe415(HYso1 ~diJlOsed load including finishing as 2 15 Sleet Take
A. = 350 ~P"'- ' .5 kNtllll. 1.1,:~
0.87 x415 2
~ !jOin.: . . .
nR
47
224.4 mm= 210mmc/c 4 X1.6 X 1.2 4J = 4J = 47x IO =47011Un ~ SteP 1: Esumate thickness of slab •0 • '· 1.1,;~
2 =6.65 kN-m.
· · Provide main reinforcement of 10 mm +@ 210 mm c/c M, Span
:. d = Bas1c. U dratiox- M.F. =~
1200 Fietortd sbear forte
L6 = 1.3y+l...o V,: w, X 1,:8.44 X 1.255
(lv) A provided _ I(XX) X 78.54 _ 2
•,.,. - 210 - 374 mm ~ = 10.59kN.
Assume alternate bars are bent up at suppons assunting M.F. = 1.5
Steps: Dete .
~ = ~ =430 mm from face :. d = 100.8 rom ~-- lllUne ~uired depth 'd' for bending
(v) Bent Alternate bars at
¢
of the support.
Step 8 : Distribution steel of 8 mm 41

A.,=
XI
L 374
T =2 U
= 187mm
0.87fy A., 0.87 X 415 X 187

2
0.36 fd< b = 0.36 X 20 X!{)()(): 9.38 llUn

Say 105 mm.
AsSuming cover 20 mm.

•vr Fe4J5
•
6 65
u
.... = 0.138!;. bd
· XIO' ; 0.138 X20 X100) (d)!
:. ~ = 49.08 mm
2
A. = A,...., = 144 mm2 As ~ < d.,.,

o.87 f, A,., <d- o.42 x. l D = 110+20= 12Smm.
m
M,
Spacing for distribution steel, 49.08 mm < 110 mm .. .. safe for bending.
¢ Step 2: Calculate effective span 'l,rr'
0.87 x 415 xl87 (100- 0.42 X9.38)
_ I<XX! A+ _ ICXXJ X 50.26 _ d......,... ¢ Step 6 : Determine main steel
S - A,. - - 349 mm
144 6 1,[ = 1+-r
A.=~[~-~~-~1bd
6.725 X 10 N·mm
Sa
Maximum spacing :;. 450 mm or 5d = 5 x 100 = 500 V, = w;L =9.75;3.1 = 15.1 kN 110 ' f<tbd
.. 1," = 1200+T=12Ssmm
mm whichever is small _ O.S x20[
- 415 I -
SupPOrt width . .. 1," = 1.255m.
:. s = 340 mm c/c Lo = 2 - Side cover + 341
= 182 mm2
. . Provide 8 mm 41 bar as distribution steel at 340 mm c/c ¢ Step 3 : Loading for 1m wide strip
300 ¢ Assuming 8 mm diameter tor bar
= T -25+3x 10= 155mm
Se1fweight=0.125 x 1 x 25 =3.125kN/m
¢ Step ll : Check for serviceability for deflection (l)
IOOl Xo\
6 SpacingS = ~
M, 1.3 X 6.725 X 10
(2) Superimposed load including finishing = 2.500 kN/m
"1.3y-+Lo= 15.lxl0 + 155
100lx 50.2
A,. r<qWrcd 350 .. S= - 1-82- =275.74 mm say S=270 mm
f,= 0.58xf1 X~=0.58x415x =225MPa Total 5.625 kN/m
'"'I provided 374 734 mm > 720 nun
.. Fsctored load w, 1.5 X 5.625 = 8.4375 kN/m. CheckS = 3d
.. 734 > 720 :. safe
I https://cee-book.blogspot.com
De not Sl&be
of Reinforl'lld Concn111 S1n1c:1UrM (MU ll81n !-ll
...ok
=
For M20 and P, 0.15 % tc= 0.28 Nflll!nl
artd~
~
and S = 300mm
sllbs tbe design ~ strength for concrete sha(l beot SQU~
Actual perteolqe of steel P,_. wbere ldn this case IS 1.3 [Refer clause 40. 2.1. 1 t , ll ~
Page 7
~ 180 00 JS456 : 20001 ~ Qf
P,.,.,. = b d X 100 ='iiiiiiXi"iO XI
. Design sbeil' strength of concrete ,. 1
3 )( 0.~
:. P, = 0.16%> 0.12% ... ok ..
0.364 Nlmm
l .
8 .,
¢ Step 7 : Determine of disttibutioo Sleel
As Design shear strength of concrete > t ,
Assuming mild su.el 6 mm +bar is to be used for 0.364 N/mml > 0.085 N/mrnl
distribution Slcel.
al
safe in sbeil' and no shear reinforcement .
A..t 0.15% of A.- .... IS l'equ·
¢ Slltl 10 : Cheek for development length Ld lrtQ.
0.15
lOO X (00) X 125
• x (0.87 r.>
ev
2
Ld = 4Tbd
.. A..s 187.S mm
8(0.87 X 415l
Spacing of 6 mm bar + Ld = 4xl.92
s
IOO>x-\
tbd
2
= 1.92 N/mrn for M20 WlJeO the aspect ratio (f) is .less than
nR
A..t concrete. ' 2, the slab is - RC3trai
= 376.09 mrn. ned slabs art those
IOO>x28.27
.. Ld called as two way slab.
from lifting due
.. s 187.5
wbose cornets are prevented
to effects of torsional moments.
Ld = 1.3 ~
vd +to nP£tratio ~
1' S 2
ISO.nmm Say ISOmm. ASr-
- ~ slabs are .
Cbeclr. S = 5 d or S = 4SO mm wbicbever is less ....ok. /
0
= 12 ~ or d whichever is g..:. ·~ate r W\JeO the slab is supported along its all ~
types f eoosoderecl as divilkd into two
o strips in each ~ion:
- our edges and
¢ Step 8 : Oieclr. for deflection
P, provided = 0.157%
Actual modification factor =1.6 approximately
and for FC>41S
/
: ./
Md
0
0 U
= (12x8)or IIOmrn
IIOmrn
6.65 X 106 N-mm

beflds in two orthogonal direction, main ,_,
. . reuuortement
is provided 10 such slabs an two directions. (i) One 'doll .
lll1 e stnp of width equal to lh=quarters
of the res .
pect!ve length of span in either
directions, and
= = 10.59 X 103 N
m
... from Fig. 7.4, IS4S6 : 2000 Vd
6 (li) Two edge strips, eacb of width equal to one-
6.6Sx 10 ]
:. Depth required for deflection = 7 x M.F. :. [ 1J X l0.5g X IOJ + 110 = 926.34 mm.
eighth of the respective length of span in either
directions.
~
7 ~6
1
Sa
:. Depth required for deflection= = 107 mm As Ld < 1.3 y + lo

d
- In restrained slab, the effect of torsion is taken into

As Depth required for deflection < Op,.vidod 376.09 < 926.34 .. .ok
account and the bending moment coefficienl with
107 mm < 125 mm. ...safefor deflection.
R' SUmmary provision of torsion at comm are given in lable
¢ Step 9 : Cbcclr. for shear 26,clause D·l.l of IS456 : 2000.
Depth of slab = 125 mrn.
Vd = IO.S91r.N.
~
3 Cover = 20 mrn
.Y.i, 10.59 X 10
bd IOO>x 125
way slab (t < 2) Two way slab (t~l)
Main steel = 8 mm ~ @ 270 mrn c/c.
2 (1)0ne (b)
0.085N/mm Distribution steel= 6 mrn ~ @ 150 mm clc.
Fig. 4.6.1
--4 SACHIN SIWI y.,,..

Ii
1..!
-· E:dge:
_j _i L _!_ ~ --.j .i j-
1 8 r- 4 8 25Bforspan~
al
25 A. for apan t. middle aod edge strips
Fig. 4.6.l: DlvWoa IA.ub Into ~
=---...:..::...:..::.::.::.:::.:
[-a. 4.6.2 Simply Supported ______ IJ =Coefficients given in Table 26 Annex D
Two Wtl'f Slab _ a.. a,.
ev
'- Page No. 91 of IS456: 2000.
Simply 5Upported slabs are supported along lbe four
The moment developed is depends upo
edges with comers beld dowu aod loaded unifunnly.
conditions. n eqge
nR
IS4S6 : 2000 1w given a simple IJidbod for designing
simply Sl1pportcd slabs which do n01 have adcquale FOUOWI·ng are the various moment
(boundary conditions)
onslraioeq
provisioo to resist torsion at COI'IIeB aod 10 prevent lbe 0.03.2 0.03J 0
comer from lifting. ·043 0.047 0.051 0 """
I. All four edges continuous (interior Panels) ....., 0.06() 0.065
~ short Edge continuous. :
0.024 0.018 0.03;! 0 0.032
f--
In this IIICibod the maximum bending moment is
2. One short edge discontinuous ~ --= ~ ~ 0.041 0.045 0.049
0.024
calculated by adopting bending
'a. 4.7 Bending Moment In Two Way

Slab
coefficient
lllOIDCDt
specify in Table no. 27, clause D-2.1 of!S4S6: 2000. 3.
4.
U
One long edge discontinuous
Two adjacent edges discontinuous
5. Two.short edge discontinuous

1-
3.
Negative moment at continuous
edg
e
Positive moment at mid-span
One long edge discontinuous :

0.037 0 043 0 048
. . 0.051 0.055 0.057 0.064 0.061
0.028 0.03.2 0.038 0"""
0
'""" ·041 0.044 0.043 0.052
0.037
m
0.028
Negative moment at continuous
6. Two long edge discontinuous
edge 0.037 0.044 0.052 0.057 0.063 0.067 o.on o.oes
In two slab, bending moment in both direction is 7. Three edge discontinuous and one long edge 0.037
Positive moment at mid-span
predominant and hence provided main n:inforcement in
Sa
continuous 0.028 0.033 0.039 0.044 0.047 0.051 0.059 0.065

bOih directions. 4. Two adjacent edges 0.028
discontinuous :
8. Three edge discontinuous and one sbon edge
Bending moment in each direction is calculated by, continuous
M. = a. wL: edge
9. Four edges discontinuous but comers held down 0.047
~ = a,.wL,l by providing torsional reinforcement Positive moment at mid-span 0.035 0.040 0.045 0.049 0.053 0.056 0.063 0.059
Where, 0.035
5. Two short adges discontinuous :
10. Simply supported slab without torsional
M.. ~ Moment pee unit width spanning I, and 1
= n:inforcements.
respectively 1 Negative moment at continuous 0.045 0.049 0.052 0.056 0.059 0.060 0.065 0.089
edge
Positive moment at mid-span 0.035 0.037 0.040 0.043 0.044 0.045 0.049 0.052
0.035
-4 £4CHJNSIWI r..,~~uo
Design of S!ebs ,d 6DrY of Reinforced Concrete S~

res (~lJ)
11 111
- 1~
-·
4-21
~ (t.4U)
Theo:y of Reinforced eoncrete S1nJCIUres cs, ~~ of L,,L,) Long 'Pin . .. .., 0
corner of slab do not Pltven
$110ft aplll coefiiCIIIIII . .. ' a. for ... ; : : : , ~ led frollll:<>.·
c.. Type oll*lll .ndiJIOIIIIIIII
.--- L.~
~ Cf.,•...., are moment coeffic~ent
tt . . is giv . n o1 Slabs USing LSM
No. -lllldnd
-1.0 -.--
1.1 u
.3 . , ••
1 .
1.5 1.75
(II)
2.0
(10) ~5
6 : 2000·
en mTable
27•Page N
~~ ~
(7) (8}
(6} ,..:--
(11) .
(1) (2) (3) (4)
~ !---'-" ~ f•bte
4.7J : Beading DMiment toettlcte
nta for , ..ba
6. Two long edges dl9continUOUS :
- - - ~lonro~
- - - - O.Q4s
; II. fOQr ~ide. at rlebt ancJoa,
Negallve moment at continUOUS
- 'Y 1.0 1.1 simply llllpported on
edge
0.068 0.080 0.088 o.oas
0.057 0.063
-
al
0.043 0.051
PoaiiiYe moment at rrMHpan 0.035 f----
~
7. Thl88 edgaa discontinuous ~ 0.062
(One lon9 edge continuous) : 0.124
ev
0.014
Negallve moment at conlinUOUS
0.057 0.064 0.071
0.076 0.060 0.084
0.091 0.097 -
edge
0.069 0.073
0.057 0.060 0.064 0.043
Poaltive moment at rrMHpall 0.043 0.048 0.063 -
------
nR
8. Thl88 edges cisc:onlinuous (one
short edge continuous) :
Negative moment at continuous - - - - - - 0.057

- -
edge
0.071 0.076 0.087 0.056 0.043
0.043 0.051 0.059 0.065
----
Posllive moment at mid-span
9. Four edges discontinuous :
Positive moment at mid-span 0.056 0.064 0.072 0.079 0.065
EDGE STR
(0. 125~)
•.
IP
0.069 0.100 0.107
MIDDLE STRIP
EDGE STRIP
(0 125 L)
.
'! ·y
U 0.056
-
l ', ' - - T
m
' (0.751y) •'•
r ;
~;:,::"
Sa
MIDDLE STRIP
(0.75~)
~ .t- ~ . a'y
lfJ ~a _ ~
±~· q,...---a-'---t-1·-~ 1 PlAN

1
EDGE STRIP .... ....
(0.12511)
a,
t<----~ ----.j•l Section 'M '
Fig. 4.7.2: Basis for code moment coel'llcients for 'restraloed' lw1>-way slabs
Fig. 4.7.3 : Detailing of Tonlonal Reinforcement at Comen
_,4 JACHINSIJAIJ YtJJIIII'<
l~~r:ey::~~~R~•~nu:*~~~a:•~~~~~~U~)--·~~~------------~---n~~~
aause ~
- ToniouJ ~shall be povided II lAY CCl'IJCf 1)-1.8 ofJS456.
Ly::4.8111
- - sl.b is simply supporud 011 bolb edges meetiDB
11 lbe corner. (b) At comer C2 contained by edges over one
. aJ . 0 f~~· f,"' 41s~a
- This CID ooa~ be povided m!be form of mesb
or Briel Jllllan It top and bouom.
contiJiuOUS, the torsion reinforcement sha!J be "~Ch ~
!be amount of (a) above. This Provision .
Clause 1)-1.9 ofiS456.
IS
~Of
•
R1Vt0 itt
]1, )Old
"'
"42S
~ DL+LL+PF
. +2+1 ~ 7.25kNt
- The bin caa be made U-sbaped (wbemer coo\'ellienl) ~ Step 5 "'• ~ 1.51\': 15 m
81111 provided in tbe two ortlqooal dim:lioos as sboWD (c) At comer C3 contained by edges over both : P~ · x 7·2S"' 10.875 kN/m
in R,. 4.7.3. .
!be slab is conunoous, ors1on reinforc· Of 1\o~•
t . aJ
•ucb
t.t., , ~og Dlorncnt
:. 1'be slab is two way slab. ' a. w, l l
- The Code (<llase D- 1.8, Page oo. 91) J'eC()IIIIIIt:l
.
not be provided. as supulated in ClaUse
lllHars
lleeQ M,"' !ly w, <
al
SilJce the slab. . •
D-lto
lhlt lbe lllelh sbouJd eXIald beyood !be edge OWl I J$456. . Of () SUP 2 : Trial depth of slab
'be)d rio..._ II ~ Dloooli!hk
No 9 -wn i.e. slab . ally over bum with
distloce DOt less tbaD ooe-fiflh of !be sboner spill ( /, ). 1• ~ 3.5 m, span to depth ratio given·
. . ,'fable 26 D IVJth faur edge disco .
~.d
Y Jicable. Ill clause 24 ' l.I,Js 456·onnn nliDUOUs case
- The total ~ of Slllelto be provided in each of the four a ~oat""' .) Pot •-.oJ
ev
4.7.2 Functions of Providing ,,,~ ~ 1.1
layers sbould be DOt less than : Distribution Steel In Slab
;.
Spall to effective depth ratio Specif. •.
~' In clause 23
. . M. ~ oon a."' om4 ay = 0.061
0.75 A ; , if both edges meeting at !be a:rner are )icable .2 is . . x 10.87Sx4.651l -
1 .. M,, 005 - 17.4kN. m
discootiuoous; I. Bars placed parallel to longer span in one IVay slab 11'1' ' · 6x 10 875 4 2
distributed steel. Here are place above the lllai ilrt d 20 x Modifying factor :. ~ · x · 1 = 14.35kN.m
65
nR
0375 A ; , if ooe edge is cootinuous and !be otber bars parallel to shorter span. n steel
~roeMF = 1.5
~ St- Dlorncnt M. = 17.4 kN-m
discontinuous. "'1'6:~
2. It is to overcome temperature and shrinkage &lfess 4500 depth for lllaXimum BM
d
h--~
the surface area of slab is more no sh.-_. Of = 20 XJ.5
•ullll(age an
temperature stress are high. d
d = 150mm
'J ~
3. It is resist the creep stresses.
Ji1g. 4.7.4 : 1'llree types or Corum

· .
U
4 It is hold !be main steel bars so that due to tem
.
increment the expans1on remam under control.
5. It is provided generally 0.12 % to 0.15% of the

peralllre
AsSume mild exposure condition co
bit diaateter 8 mm.
D
=
d 1
' ver = IS DUn
+ 2 +15
8
=150+2+1S
and = 79.411llll<l5lllllll
.. ~=~
:. safe.
~ s~ep, · Reuw
m
A ; , is the area of steel required for !be maximum =169 mm= 170mm ' O!tement along shoner span
mid-span moment in the slab. Three types of comers, Cl, a 4.8 Solved Example on Two Way 1 8 Area of steel aloog longer span
.. d=D - 2 -15=170-2-15: ISlllllll
C2 and C3, shown in Fig. 4.7.4, have three different Slab
requirements of torsion steel as mentioned below. ¢ Step 3 : Effective span A=~
f [ 1- ~
.... .6M,.]
1- - bd
Sa
' c,, bd2

(a) At comer Cl wbere !be slab is discontinuous on both L, = L, +b or L, +d
sides, the torsion reinforcement shall consist of top and
-~
-415 [ 1-
Desigu simply supported slab for a room 4.5 x 4.8 m of a 4.5 + 0.23 or 4.5 +0.151
bottom bars each with layers of bar placed parallel to residential building using M20 and Fe 4 I5. The slab i8 X I!XX) x lSI
4.73 or4.65J m whichever is less
the sides of the slab and extending a minimum distance suppolted on all sides by a wan of 230 mm thic~ess. Check
L, = 4.651 m A., = 334.7 mm2 >A..,.,
of one-fifth of the shorter span from the edges. The the alab fll"sbear using table as given below. Sketch'ibe
amount of reinforcement in each of the four layers shall mafmlemeot delails. ¢ Step 4 : Load calculation Minimum reinfoitement for Fe 415
be 75 per cent of the area required for the maximum Lyllx 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.75 2.00 Dead load, DL = y D = 25 X0.17= 4.25 kN/m1 • , = 0.12% bD =100
..... 0.12 x I!XXl D
mid-span moment in the slab. This provision is given in 0.074 0.084 0.093 0.099 0.104 0.113 0.118 Live load, LL = 2 kN/m2 (Residential) = 1.2 0 = 1.2 x 170=204mm
1
a, 0.06 I 0.059 0.055 0.05 I 0.046 0.037 0.029

Floor fmish FF = I kN/m2 (Assumed)
•......4 SAC/1/tf SHAH rt~~ture
~ 'fh6ory of Reinforced Concrete Structuree (MU) 4-
"ctual
r.;. I ij.;piJJi&i 28
Design of Stabe using LSM
..,..tion < pem1issihle deOcction 'f#lo• R.C. alab for a mom ltleuurins s m x
" cl\1111 de n~~
1 L, • 5. 1 ~ 1 m
J)t8':'to be caat monolithically over the beams With ~
Spacing for main rrinforoonent ·· 6
]!XX) ·\ JOCIJ X ~O.l.. =I ~-l ()lcCk for ~hear ¢ Step 4 1 Load taleulatlon
s, = A., " ·~-
~ SlePt! : rJ/Jld dO wn . 1be width
•
o.r supporting beam la
- 230 nun. The
f("l!C( ,, ~upport IIC carriet super tmpoled load or 3 kNtnt Ufte M20 Dead load, Dl " YD • 25 x 0.17= 4.25kN/m2
t SOmm SIJcllr
~ = 10.875 X
45
. = 24 5 kN
rJ/J
pe41 ' . ..,..
"""W neat sketch showing reinforcement . and. live lOad, 1 u .
2 3 kN/m (Given)
¢ Slql8 : Rcinf~ aloog ~~~ sp:!ll v, := 2 [i1 soln.: Floor finish pP ,. 1
. L :: 5 mm rd = 20 MPa I kN/m (Assumed)
EITC(lli •~ depCh ~ ~ spill Given • • TOWICJad.
=14.1mm w = DL + LL + FF
~=d - t= l51- b=230mm r, = 415MPa
"' 4.25 + 3 + I = 8.25 kN/m
al
2
~ of steel ~ longer span LL= 3 kN/m
Factored load, w, = 1.5 w = U x 8.25"' 12.375 k.N/m
A..,
Ojf,.
= - f, - 1-
~I- f.-4.bbd'~ ] t>d' f'ciCCn!J8C 0
f teel at bonom near support
S ~ SteP 1 : Type of slab
¢ Step 5 : Factored bending moment
te barS are benl up al supports 6
Assumr Altema Aspect ratio 11 11, = 5 = 1.2 <2
ev
] !_. ill = 167.5 mm
2
2 := 2 :. The slab is two way slab. Since the slab is casled monolithically over beam with
X ](kX) X 143 ~ _IOO X 167.5 ~ Step 2 : Trial depth of slab corner held down i.e. slab with four edge discontinuous case
%pi "' bxd - 1000 x 151 No. 9, Table 26, Dl.l . IS 456:2000
~-3 mm' > A_ Since 1, > 3.5 m, span to depth ratio given in clause 24 _
nR
1
:= 0.11 %< 0.15% is 001 applicable. For 11 /1, = 1.2 a.= 0.072 ~ = 0.056
Spacing for main reinforcement
Based on % steel and grade of concrete . . Span to effective depth ratio specify in clause 231 is · · M, = 0.072 x 12.375 x 5.151 2 = 23.64 k.N . m
~ _ ICkXJ X 50.2
S, = A,_, = 290.3 = ] -I 3. I mm applicable
t, :0.28 ·· M, = 0.056 X 12.375 X 5.151 2 = 18.387 k.N. m
R 170mm clc For slab thickness of 170 mm, k = 1.26 ~ = 20 x Modifying factor :. Maximum moment M., = 23.64 k.N·m
U
2
:. Providl: 8 mm • bar with spacing in x-dircctioo Kt, = 1.26 x 0.28 =0.353 Nlmrn ¢ Step 6 : Required depth for maximum BM
Assume % pi for Two-way slab is 0.2 %
J 50 mm clc and in y-<iireaion 170 mm clc
MF = 1.7 for Fe 415 from Fig. 4 Cl. 23.2.1 (c) d =
A,. provided in x di=tioo 5000
0.28 < 0.353 20 X 1.7
d
_ ~ _ J(kX) X 50.27 2
m
A,.. - S, - ISO - 335 mm
Hence the slab is safe in shear d 147mm
¢ Step ' : O!eck for deflection 93.23 mm < 147 mm
Assume mild exposure condition, cover = 15 mm and
A
f, = 0.58 f ~ bar diameter 8 mm.
Sa
)' "pnMQod .. safe.

334.7
0.58 x 415 x 335 = 240.5MPa
D d+~+l5=145+ ~ +15=164 ¢ Step 7 : Reinforcement
IOO A• 100 X 335

mm" 170mrn 0.5 fd [
A,., = - f- I -
4.6 M,..
I - - -2-
J bd
t;;j- =~ =0.22 1- I :. d=D - ~ - 15=170 -~- 15=15lmm ' f,k bd
b8 = 230 mm Span = 4.5m I I
230mm
Forf, 0.5 X 20 [ 4.6 X 23.64 X 10 ]
232.5 and % pr = 0.22 MF = 1.55 ¢ Step 3 : Effective span 415 I- I- 20x 1000 x 14i
· · Permissible deflection = 20 x MF = 20 x 1.55 = L, L, + b or L, + d
31 Fig. P. 4.8.1 : Reinforcement detailing
x IOOO x 147
5 + 0.23 + 5 +0.151
1
A11, = 478 mm > A,..;,
5.23 or 5.151 m whichever is less
.....A SACHI!Y j'JIAIJ Ye11tutt
~ f11eorV of Reinforced Concrete Structurea (MU) 4-28

k for defleclion +0
P·. i ... ;t(l

/ SliP tO : Cfle' A
8 mm spacing 120 mm rJo
overall depth • 3~ x 0.8
Por Fe 415
(~
d' = d-·-
- 147-8 :ol39iDJ11
f, "' 0.58 7 A•pn!VI<I<d
478
,,.,...,I D =
3000
28 = 107mm
o.Sf"[ 1- ~-~]bel'
0.58 x 415 x 5o2.'7 = 229 MPa ~ l •5m E D = llOmm
- f bd
tOO A 100 X 502.7
~~ ~~~ Assume mild exposure C =1~ mm and bar diameter 8 mrn
f, "
r Torsional steele mm +125 mm+
o.sx20[ 1-
~ ~]
1- 20 x 11XX1x 139
%pt"' ~=tooo x t47 =0.34
.. Effectivedepth d = D-C - ~2 110-IS-2 =
8
229 and % pt = 0.34 MF = 1.4

For f, =
= 91 mm
X 1000 X 139 . 'bl deflection = 20 X MF = 20 X 1.4 = 28
al
penntSSI e ¢ Slep 3 : Effective span
389.2 rom' >A.- L 5151
tion= -d = ]4 = 10.3 mm ~{CJI+ 0125mmc/c
;.ctual de nec [Clause 22.2(a), Page No. 34, IS- 456 : 20001 }
Minimum reinfortXment for Fe 415
ection < permissible deflection . . s , 1, = L + b = 3 + 0.23 =3.23 m Whichever is tess
ev
0.12 IlXXI o Actu aJ defl a.e.
A._ " 0.12% bD "Joo X ~~---r+-------
l
¢ ..Step : Cbeckfor Anchorage I Development length
11 E L, = L + d = 3 + 0.091 =3.091 m
1/)
1.20 = JlX 170=204iDJ11 0.87 f
~ ~ =47 x 10=470
II . . Effective span I, = 3.091 m
10
~ Steps : Spacing for main reinforcement For Fe 415 Ld = 4 (1.6 tbd) nun
~ IOOO x 50.27 :I05 v
8mm+0120mmrJc
¢ Step 4 : Load calculation
nR
2
s. = A., = 478 Assume Alternate bars are bent up at supports Dead load DL = y D = 25 x 0.11 = 2.75 kN/m
2
IOOmmde
~ - 1000 x50.27 = 129 mro
!:r = ~ =251.35 mm
2 Live load LL = 3 kN/m (Given)
Floor finish FF = I kN/mm (Given)
2
s, = A., - 389.2 0.87 f A111 _ 0.87 X 415 X 251.35 _

1
X, = 0.36 f,kb - 0.6 X 20 X 1000 - l2.6 lllm
Total load perm. w, = DL + LL + FF = 2.75 + 3 + I
= 125mmde
Provide 8 mm
A. provided in x dirtction
+bar witb spacing in x-4if'ection
100 mm de and in y-direction 125 mm de
M = 0.87 f, A,, 1 (d- 0.42 x,)
1
0.87 x415 X 251.35 (147 -0.42 X 12.6)

6
12.86 x 10 N.mm
w,L, 12.375 x 5.151
U Fig. P. 4.8.2 : Reinforcement detailing
uex. u.3 A&MkltitMI

Design a roof slab on a roof of clear dimension 3m x 4 m.
¢
= 6.75 kN/m
Factored load, w, = 1.5 x 6.75 = 10.125
Step S : Factored bending moment

M,. = a,. w, L,
2
m
A.u =
I000 A,
S, =
I000 x 50.27 502 7 2
100 - · mm v, = 2 - 2 =3 1.87 kN The slab is simply supported on 230 nun thick walls on all And M,, = Uy w, L,
2
2
four sides. Take live load as 3 kN/m and floor finish load as 2 2
~ Step 9 : TooionaJ reinforcement L, = Support2 width .
stde cover + 3~ t kN/m • U~ M20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
2 wu Lx = 10.125 x3.091 =96.74
. L, 5000 Bending moment coefficient
S
Sa
Mesh SlU = = - 5- = 1000 mm ~/L, 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.75
= 230/2-25 + 3 x 8 = 114 mm (0.099 - 0.0930)
a, 0.062 0.074 0.084 0.093 0.099 0.104 0.113
a,. = 0.093+ (1.4-1.3) (1.33-1.3)
TolliionaJ area, A.., = ~ (A.,) =~ (502.7) = 377 mm2 (i) L,) d=l47 (ii)L0 )12~= 12x8=98
a, 0.062 0.061 0.059 0.055 0.051 0.046 0.037
.. L. = 98mm a,. = 0.0948
Spacing for 8 mm bar, 1000 A,
s -_ A, I000 x 50.27 It! Soln.:
= 377 (0.055-0.051) (14- 33)
Mt ¢ Step l : Type of slab Uy = 0.051 + (1.4- 1.3) . I.
Ld = 1.3 V +L.
133 mm = 125 mm
6
. . Two way slab Uy = 0.0538
.. Provide TolllionaJ steel at top and bottom of each
12.86 X 10
13
· X 1. X JOJ + 98 = 622.6 miD :. M, = 0.0948 x 96.74 = 9.17 lcN.m
comer witb 8 mm ' bar @ 125 mm de 3 87 Step 2 : Trial depth of slab
Mt [Clause 241 Note 2 Page No. 39, IS 456: 2000] M, = 0.0538 x 96.74 = 5.205 kN.m
1.3y+L > L
0 :. safe
For two way slabs of shorter span 1, up to 3.5 and MMu = 9.17 kN.m
2
l.L=3 kN/m
•...A SACIIJN SIMI/ Ye•trut
Toeb-Neopub"uallOOB
. ..._.JI'bere AutiJon iMpirr imumtioD
jI~!i~~~~~==~~~~::~~~~~~~=---~~
B Th90<y of Reinforced~ Slruclures (MU) 4-
29
................~~~~De~s;ig=n~oi~S~Iabs~~USin
l.s
:....:::
0 .099 I()()() X ~
1000 X -1t 8 2 1.1
4
··~ "'·" - "'·' Design of Slabs using LSM
_ .. Provide 8 mm +@ 160 mm c/c in x-<tirection.

1.3 1.33 1.4
Spacing in y-dicection per meter length
al
0 .055
A..y > A....;.
p=------~--------·l 0 .051
A..y > A,...,;n
I()()(} X~ IOOOx 50.27
Torsional Reinforcement
1 .3 1.33 1.4 s = A., 182 - 276rrun
ev
At each comer, Torsional reinforce . Assume mild ex
1'1&- P. 4.8..3 posure C = 15 mm and bar diameoer 8 mm
:. provide 8 mm +@ 270 mm c/c in Y-direction. rop and bottom mesh. ment os provided in
:. OveraiJ depth d 8
¢ Step 6 : Required depdl ¢ Step 9 : Check for deflection L, 3000 =D+C +4>12 = 110+ 15+2
Mesh size = 5 = -- =600mm
5
~ 0. 1~8~b
IOOOx~ 1000x 50.27 = 130 mm
d s 160 Area of Torsional steel (D 1-8, Annex D, o::> Step 3 : Effective span
2
314. 16mm
nR
58.4 mm < 91 mm pg. No. 90, IS 456) [Clause 22 ·2(a), Page No. 34, IS - 456 : 2000]
2
~<d,..,.;...,. 299.72 mm 3 3 1
• = L + b or L + d Whichever less }
A,, = 4 A,,, = 4 (314.6) = 235.62 mm2
IS
¢ Step 7 : Reinforcement A,."""""' Lx = = 3 m (but g1ven ts effective span )

f, 0.58 fu X A,. prov;ded
A.. =
o.5
-fy-
c"' [ 1-
....\J11- f:bd'
4.6 M.a J xbd 299.7
2
Spacing for 8mm 4> bar S = 1000 x 50.27 213
235.6 - ~
200
mm Effecuve span L. = 3 m
0.58 X 415 X 314:16 = 226 Nfnun2 :. Provide torsional steel at top and bottom in a mash '::> Step 4 : Load calculation
0.5
~1-
X 20 [ 4.6x9.17xl0 J Percentage steel (provided)
of 8 mm 4> at 200 mm c/c at each comer. · Dead load DL y D = 25 x 0.13 = 3.25 kN/m 2
&&iiM:AUMMi
U
I - 20x I000x91 2 Live load LL 4 kN/m2 (Given)
UEL 4.8.4
xl000x91 =
IOOxA,.
--bd--
100x319.16
1000x91 °· 35 % Design a slab on a hall of size 3m x Smeffective. The slab Floor fmish FF 1 kN/mm 2 (Given)
2 is simply supported on 230 mm !hick walls on all four sides. Total load perm, DL + LL + FF = 3.25 + 4 + I
294.72 mm Refer Fig. 4 Page No. 38 of IS 456 : 2000 2
Consider live load as 4 kN/m and floor finish as 1 kN/m 2.
4.6 M..,J
8.25 kN/m
A.,_
o.5 f"' [
-fy- 1- \J11-~
....
xbd
pt% = 0 .35 and fs = 229.6 MPa = 230 MPa Assume M20 concrete arid Fe 415 steel. Factored load. wu 1.5 x 8.25 = 12.375 kN/m
MF = 1.45 ~II,. 1.1 1 .2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.75
J o::> Step 5 : Facoored bending moment

0.5 X 20 [
=415"
1000 x 83 = 182 mm 2
1-
4 .6 X 5.205 X J0
I - _20_X
_I_OOO__ - I---8-:
X_(9 ) 2~ X
m . =
Actual deflection c~)
depth
Permissible deflection = Basic value x M.F.

~
= c3000) = 32.96mm
li!f
a,.
a,.
0 .074
0.061
Soln.:
0 .084
0.059
0.093
0 .055
0 .099
0.051
0.104
0.046
0.113
0.037
And
M,u
Muy
ax wu L, '
Minimum reinforcement. 20 X 1.45 = 29 ¢ Step 1 : Type of slab w" < 12.375 X 3 ~ 111.375
1
Sa
A....u,= 0.12% bD =too0 . 12
X IOOOx 110= 132mm
2
Actual deflection > Basic value x M.F. L, I L, = t = 1.67 < 2 .. Two way slab Bending moment coefficient
20 X 1.45 = 29 (0.113 -0.104)

¢ Step 8 : Spacing of bars in x-direction per meter Step 2 : Trial depth of slab 0.104 + (1.75 - 1.5) (1.67 -1.5)
lengili Actual deflection > Pennissible deflection Since L.L > 3 kN/m 2 , i.e. LL = 4 lcN/m' Assume 0. 11
. . ok : . Slab is not safe in deflection, redesign the slab with MF= 1.4
0.037 + (0.046- 0.037) ( 1.75- 1.67)
higher depth say 130 mm span ( 1.75-1.5)
20 X 1.4
effective depth
0.04
d 3000 - 107 mm = 110 mm
28 - _.A SACJIIN SllUI y..,'""'
Tech-Neo Publ.icatiOIU _•..A SA CHIN SJIA// ratU/f!
Designot~ .
" !hecxY of Reriolt;ed Concr8ll ~ (MUl spacing of bars in

leoglb
x-directi~
on Per
:. M. = 0.11 X 111375 : 12.25 kNJD
Mw.
My = 0.04
= 12.25 kNJD
X 111375 = 4.45 kNJD '
... lll:
Acrual deflection > Penniss'ble
1
deOecti011
. . Slab is safe in deflection,
. It'IS a two way slabs
..
0.113
HXX> x ~ s'
1000 x-\
s = --~=~ A.. 331.325 ,. 167.7
¢ Step2: Triat.t.-•
""''W of slab
Since 1, > 3.5 m, .

given in clause . span to depth rano for two way slab,
S = 151.7 mm "150 mm 24.11S not applicable.
al
.. Provide 8 rom •@ 150 mm clc in x~irection Assu~re %pt of steel is 0.3 and M.F. = 1.5
'~Ff=:r spacing in y-{fircctioo per meter length

bs :230mm Span =3m 1:-i
d = _s_
20 M.F.
4(00.
=20X'i5= 133.33:: 140 mm
ev
A.., > A.m.. 230mm
1.5 1.67 1.75
A.,.,;. Assu~re 10 mm +bar and cover 15 mm
.. A..,> Fig. P. 4.8.4(a) : Sectioo along shorter span
Fie. p. 4.8.4 IOOOX-\ :. D= 140+ 15 +~= 160 mm
s = Torsional Reinforcement
¢ Step 6 : Requind depth ~ ~ Step J : Effective span
nR
12.25 X 10 At each comer, Torsional reinfon:e~rent .IS provuled
. in
d 380.8mm "'300 mm (Say)
0.138 X 20 X 1<XX:l I,.= l,+b=4+0.14=4.14m
toP and bottom mesh.
. . provide 8 rom • @ 300 mm clc in y~irection. 1" = l,+b=5+0.14=5.14m
66.6 mm< Ill mm . L, 3000
Mesh siR = 5 = - 5- = 600 mm
~<~
:. safe ¢ Step 9 : Check for deflection ~ Step 4 : Load calculation
tOOO x A• IOOOx 50.27
¢ Step 7 : Reinforcement Area ofTorsional steel (D 1·8, Annex D, D.L.=25D =25 x 0.16=4 kNim'
A., = 0~ fd< [ I - ~ I -
y
0.5 X 20 [
---ru- I-
4.6
f.t bd
~
] X
4.6 X 12.25 X 10 ]
I- 20 X I<XX> X 1101
bd
= s
A.p!O"id<d
A..~ = 299.72mm
f,
l
U 150
= 0.58 f, X ~· '"lu;m~
= 335.13 tlltll'
• 'II provided
Pg. No. 90, IS 456)
.
3 3
A. = 4 A., =4 (314.6) = 235.62 mm'
I000 X 50.27
Spacmg for 8mm • bar S = 235 .6 = 213 " 200 mm
L.L(F.F.) = I kNim2
w = 9 kN/m
2
Factored load per meter w, =y4 w= 1.5 x 9 = 13.5 kN/m

m
331.325 ~ Step 5 : Factored bending moment
x1<XX>xll0 0.58 x 415 x 335.13 = 238 Nlmm'
:. Provide torsional steel at top and bottom in a mash
= 331.325 mm
1
100 For .!r
I, = 1.25
Percentage steel (provided) = x A. =100 x 335.13 of 8 mm • at 200 mm c/c at each comer.
~ .6 M,.y] x bd bd IOOO x 110
Sa
0.5f fd< [ 1- As the slab is simply supported oo all the four edges
A"'t = y
1----,
f'*' bd UEx.4.8.5 MU • Ma 2017. 9 Marks with comer held down (i.e. four edge discontinuous)Refer.
=0.305%
4.6 X 4.45 X 10 ] Design a R.C. slab for room measuring 4 m x 5 msize. The Table 26, Annel D, Page No. 91of IS456 : 2000.
0.5 x20 [ 1------.,... Refer Fig. 4 Page No. 38 of IS 456 : 2000
4i5 1- 2
a,
20x IOOOx(JJ0- 8) slab is simp!y supported on all the four edges with comer !I a.
x IOOOx 102 pt % = 0.3 and fs =238 MPa beld down and carries a live load of 4 kN/m and floor
2
I,
122.89 mm
1
:. MF = 1.45 fmisbes is 1 kN/m1. Use M20 mix and Fe415 steel. 1.2 0.084 0.059
Minimum reinforcement,
~~
Actual deflection = ( ....
3000 0 SOin.: 0.093 0.055
pth ) -
- ( 110 )
1.3
-- 2727
. mm
A,..,;. = 0.12% bD =~~ X I<XX> X 110 L,=4rn, L,=Sm
2
1.25 0.0885 0.051
Pennissible deflection =Basic value x M.F. LL =4 kN/m, Floor finish. FF =I kNim
1
132mm 2 l
20 X 1.45 =29 f'*' = 20 Nlmm .f1 = 415 N/mrn
Ted!-Neo Puhlit.atioea _.A SAC/liNSll411 P1'61111"
(
-- --
------------ https://cee-book.blogspot.com
,c::'1 .,.,ao"' of Reinforced Concrete Structu
I!! 1
,,P '' res (MU) 4-34 Design of SlabS using LS!;!.
/ ~-- g.iiMfJJ§Flilb .. ~··
~ Step 4 : Load calculation
~ a·-idential building mwuru 4 1 m x 5 8 .
~b~~~~=,;::~~~~=-~(M~U~,.
~ TheOfYol~~ ..<I-33 . provide IOrnnt
1 • bar at 280 nun c/c along longer sp
an.
r~PI"'
~
~
.:.:. •'.of bY · s'~
·-300 mm thick wall on all.. f6Ur . ~~·
· m. . IS, Dead load = DL = yO= 25 x 0.16 = 4 kN/m
2
siJIIPIY supported sl3b using M20 and ~S~ :~

'
; -o""•' x t3.5 x-4.14 .. Torsional Reinforcement Live load = LL =3 kN/mz
M.. = a. "'•'•- .1100-' ~ Slrl' 8: Torsional reinforcement is provide<( . -~ ~ live load ~~ the slab as 3kN/m2 and ltie
w[Jie
At each earner. tn
" ' /:oJ ·sb load as lkN/m. Apply c~ for sbea.:· Aoor finish = FF =1 kN/mz
~= and .. dCyelopment. length. Sketch ~
20.5 kN·DI 1 and bO!!ODI mesh. 2
.l-o057x IJ.5x4.14 top L Total = W.= 8 kN/m
a, w,l,- · . _ _.! =54140 =828 mm Area of ... d)tllt df:IJ!ilS ~oog bol,h ~. "
MeshsiZt - 5 :~or¢.- -'--...:. -::
IJ.2 kN·DI t-8 Anllex D. Pg. No. 90, IS 456) Ly!LX 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.75
.ooa1 steel (D • I
¢ Skp' : <kd for dcplb Tors•

i 3
A. = A.. = 4 (433.6) = 325.2 mm' a. 0.093 0.099 0.104 0.113
al
MaximWD B.M. = M.. = 20.5 kN·m ,..-
0.055 0.051 0.046 0.037
IOOO X 50.27 _!!1
Mu. = 0.138 r.. txf
sotn..
2 1.3 0.38 1.4
l
0.138 )( 20 )( I<KX>d = 27
f1Jd spacing for 8!11Dl. bar S = 325.2 [i1
Fig. P. 4.8.6
= t54.6"' !50 mm
ev
GIVeD:
Equaling M, .. 1D MaxiiDUJD B.M. ~ SteP 1 : Type of slab Factoled load = W. =1.5 x 8 =12 kN/m
:. provide torsional steel at top and bottom in a
27f/J t = 20.5 x to' ..!:.r.
L
5.8
= 4.! =1.41 < 2 ~ Step S : Factored bending moment
.. at 150 rnDI c/c at each comer.
d = 86.18 mrn < t40mm mash of 8 rnDI ,. • M., = a. W,L~
~ Step 9 : Reinforcement detailing ~ SteP 2 : Trial Depth of slab for two way slabs shorter
nR
:.OlC.
2 and M,y = cry W, L~
¢ Skp 7 : Steel reinf()I'CeiDelll sbortCC lt:oglh pan 1, up to 4.6 and L.L =3 kN/m
W, L~ = 12 x4.242 =215.73
A..= O~f~[~-~Jbd dL = 20XMF
Bending moment coefficient
-~[1
-415
- - 4.6x20.5 x ~J x i<KX>x l40
I 20x 1000 XI
AsSume % Pt for two way slab is 0.3% MF 15 for f, 415 = 0.099 - 0.093 I
a.= 0.093+ (1.4-1.3) (1.41 - .3)
U
4100
= 433.6mm
1 • I -i d = 20xl.5
= 0.0996
300mm
= 0.051 + (O(~~; ~~-·~~I) (1.4 -

I[ ..l l
;.. = 41u = 78.54 mrn D = 136.67 mm = 140 rnm cry 1.41 )
Spacing aJoog sbortt:r length
• Assume mild exposure condition, cover for mild cry = 0.0506

m
I000 x A,_ I000 x 78.54
e~posure and diameter of bar I0 mm is 15 rnm
s. = A.. - 433.6 M, = 0.0996 x 215.75 = 21.4 kN.m
t 10
181 ~ 180mmclc Overall depth = D = d +c + 2 =136.67 + 15 +T ~ = 0.0506 x 215.75 =10.92 kN.m
Sa
:. Provide 10 mm diameter bar at l80 mm clc 0.055

= 156.67 mm =160
. ~?r
St«l reinforcemtnt longer span 10mm +@ 280 mm cJc
10
- 0.5 f'* [
A.,- f 1- 1-
MD] bd'
4.6 )(
fbd' "' Effective depth = 160 - 15 - T = 140mm
' ~
¢ Step 3 : Effective span
1.3 0.38 1.4
0.5 X 20[ 4.6 X 13.2 X 10' ]
1 20 x l000 x l40'
4iT"" L, = L + b =4.1 + 0.3 = 4.4 m
Y !(XX! X 140
I-
L, = L+d=4.1 +0.14 = 4.24m

} Fig. P. 4.8.6(a)
= 272.3 mm' M,..,. = 21.4 kN.m

Which is less
Sp-.oclng ~long longer JP'dll for 10 mm • bar Jllg. ... 4.11.5
Effective Kpan /, = 4.24 mm
I(X•J :.c 78.54
•, • 212.3 • 28K mrn ; 280 mm clc
.....A .l'AOI/N.11/AII r.ntu"'

~Of~
lil Theory of Aeinforoed ~ Structur81 (MU) USing
= 377.40 1 300 mm ~ 300 ~
¢ Sflp' : Requiml Depth
:. provide Smm +@ 300mm c/c Y-directioo •t each comer. Torsional reinforce
d ~~= ¢ Sill 9 : Cbcek for Deflection

"
and bOttom mesh.
lllentis-...
r•vvJded in
"' 20xM.F
loP L 4100
88.05 mm< 140mm :. Site (()()()X At 1000 X 50.27
Mesh size = 5= 5 = 820nun Assume %Pt for tw0
A,.~ = s - 200- way slab is 0.3% rnf = 1.5 for Fe 415
,.rea of Torsional steel ~
251.35 mm
2
d = 20 x1.5
= 247.353 mm 2
A,. l 3
&
""~ 4 A..,:: 4X 247.353 d = 141.67 mm
~
~ : 0.58 f. X A, proridcd Assume lllild exnn...- ~.a: .
t85.5t47 nun2
al
, .
exllOsure and . ,........ '""""lion. cover .or mild
A..=4JS 0.5x20 [
1- 4.6x21.4x 10
l-20x IOOOx 1402
J 247.353
0.58 X 415 X 25T.I5
spacing for 8mm 41 bar diameter of bar 10 mm is 15 mm
x 1000x8140
2
S lQ90 X 5.!!Jl .. Overau depth = o =d +c +!
ev
236.87 N/mm 185.5147
2
454.2 mm > A..-. · :.o.k. 141.67 + 15 + s
.
Peroelltage steel (provtded) =~
bd 270.97 mm., 250mm
· A.y = O~fa [~-~~-~ ]bd provide torsional steel at top and bottom ·
161.67"' 170 mm
JOOx2SI.35 =0.179,.0.2% 10 a Dlesb of
Effective"-~ d = 170 - IS 1Q= ISO mm
J = IOOOX 140 SJIIIIl 41 at 200mm c/c at each comer. -.,... -2
nR
_ 0.5x20 [ 4.6x 10.92x 10
A.y- 415 I- l-20xiOOOx(I40-IOJ'
p, % = 0.2 and f, I)EJ.4.8.7 2016 12 r.larks
~ Step 3 : Effective Span :
xiOOOxl30
MF = 1.62 A)la)l of a residential building measurea 4.25 mx
. .
s.9 m.Jt L. = L+ b =4.25 + 0.3 =4.55 m
242.13>A,.min :. o.k is supported by 300 mm thick_ wall o.o. all four sides. Design
. = (11!!!!..)
Actual deflecllon depth !be simply supported slab usmg M 20 and HYSO Fe 415 L, = L+d=4.25+0.15=4.4m
Minimum rrinfort:anmt for HYSD
steeL Assume the live load on the slab as 4 kN/m2 and !he
¢
.f.
S&ep 1 : Spacing of ban in

length
0.12
... ,..= 0.12% bD=(OO x IOOOx 160= 192mm
2
x~ ~ mtUr Permissible deflection= Basic value x MF

= 20 X 1.62 =32.4
U
410Q\
= ( 140) =29.28mm 2
lJoOI' finish load as I kN/m • ·Apply checks for shear
dl:fleetioD and development length. Sketch ~
mororcement details along both lpllll.
Ly/Lx 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.75
Whichever is smaller.
Effective span I, = 4.4 m 4400 mm =

M, = 0.0978 x 268.62 = 26.27 kN.m
m
a. 0.093 0.099 0.104 0.113 M, = O.OSII X 268.62
:. o. i Adual deflection> Basic value x M.F = 20 x 1.62 = 32.4
ay 0.055 0.051 0.046 0.037
Adual deflection >permissible deflection
= 13.72 kN-m
~ Step 4 : Requiled depth
~ Soln. :
Sa
Slab is DOt safe in deflection, redesign the slab with
s IOOO x ~
1000 X -' \ g2
4 bigbr:r deplb 160mm. ¢ Step 1 : Types of slab d=~
A.. - 247.353 =203.21 3 mm 59
h ·
L =425=!. 38 < 2 :. Design a two way slab
' .
S • 200mm
¢ Step 2 : Trial depth of slab
d = 97.56 mm < ISO mm ·: safe
Provide 8mm • @ 200mm c/c in x-direction. Spacing
For two way slabs, shorter span L, up to 4.6 m > 3.5 m
in y~ per meta" lmglh
and
A-,>A._
¢ Step S : Reinforcement
= lfm x At_ IOO'J x 5().27 JOOnrn L,•4100m L.L =4 kN/m2 > 3 kN/m. Span to depth ratio is taken
5
AM, - I33.200 as per clause 23.2.1 of IS 456 : 2000. A._,=
0.5 X fFI [
r, I-
~I 4.6
- f" bd
M,]
bXd
file. P. 4.8.6(b)
-A JACHIN57/All Yt:t~tlln:
https://cee-book.blogspot.com (
nw-..r, d ~ Calalll (:lWCUtl
0.-~ / 11)[ ).f.. f.., lAS
• 4if"" I -
(~) ( 42S(}
•nl.J7mm1 AJjJJJ1 ~ = .Depch = ~if) "' 2Js.33
t;Jitj
p~ ~ B~ic value x M.P.

(iij
: 2D / I.45 =29 live load,. 3 k.Nim2
" 2!!3..47 m11l
Milli.llllllll rein!on:emmc
A.c;UW ~f)ectioo < basic value x M.F. b=150mm T (ijj) floor finUb
= 0.5 k.NJm (A.Mu.rntdJ
A.-" 0. 12%bD=~~ x iOO'J Y I70

28.33 < 29
D >
T~ load ,.. =6.25 k.Nim2
al
3m Factored per
A.c;UW dellection < Pennillsible deflectirJn
204 mm
1
:. Slab usafe in deflection. I---sm~

1 llleler load"·= r. "'= 1.s x 6.25
= 9.375 kN/m
¢ s~ep ' : Spacins ot ban i.a A -<lirection per DICIQ Jengtb Fig. P. 4.8.8
~
ev
Step S : Factored bendin
A,., > A.- gmoment
. 5 .h
~ Step I : As pect ratm =L, = 3= 1.67 < 2 Aspect . _h 5 09
7[ 2 ratio r -L =-'-= 1.65
HXXJ x A J(XXJ x;; x 8 • 3.09
s ~-
A.. 523.17
:96mm :. It is a two way slab.
From IS456 : 2000, page no. 91, for r =1.65 and slab is
nR
~ Step 2 : Trial depth of slab
s 90mmclc 300
4250 mm 30o SUPJlOrted all around with adeqWIIe restraint and comers an:
:. Provide 8 mm +@ 90 mm clc in A~Oil ;m~~.~~·~-------------------~ As sboner span is 3m < 3.5m and live load is
held down (four edge discontinuous)
Fig. P. 4.8.7 0.1
JkJ"/ro2 from 15456 : 2000 Clausc24.1 r a.
Spacing in y-dim:tioo per meter length
TOlliional Reinforcement Shorter span
~
0.~
Overall depth = 28 1.5 0.089 ~-·--·r·------·-a
A.., > A,..., At each corner, torsional reinforcement is provided in
s
s
Provide 8 mm
1000 X A+_ 1000 X 50.27 _
A,1 -
175mm
28347 - 177·3 mm
+@ 175 mm clc in y-direction.

top and bottom mesh.
Mesh size = .!:..,_ U

4250-
5 - 5 - 850 rnm
Area of torsional steel (D 1-8, Annex D, Pg. No. 90, IS 456)

:. D .!:...
2s
3000
=u
107.14 mm= IIOmm
1.75 0.100
a.
0.056
0 089 (0.1 -0.089\

1.5
= . + "IJ5:T.5) (1.65- 1.5) =0.096

1.65
Fig. P.4.8.8(a)
1.75
m
Assume bar diameter 10 mm and clear cover is 15 mm. 1
3 3 M., = U.. w, Lx = 0.096 X 9.375 X 3.092
¢ Step 7 : Cbcct for deflection A, = 4 A,, =4 X 558.56 .. Effective depth d =D-~- C =110-~-15 = 90mm
IOOO x A; 1000x50.27 2 8.56kN.m
A•pro'*"• " S " 90 418.9mm ·
¢ Step 3 : Effective span 2 2
Sa
]000 X 50.27 M,, = lly W, Lx = 0.056 X 9.375 X 3.09

558.56 Spacing for 8 mm ~bar= S = = 120 mm
2
418_9 L., L + b or L + d =3000+ 150or 3000 t 90
A,. roqWmf 523.17 mm 5.013 kN.m
Provide torsional steel at top and bottom in a mesh of 8 3150 or 3090 mm
f, = 0.58 f1 X ~
A
...,providod
mm ' at 120 mm clc at each comer. ~ Step 6 : Check for depth
.. L.,= 3.09 m For Fe415,
523.17 Ex. 4.8.8
0.58 X 415 X
558_56 L + b or L + d =5 t 0.15 or 5 + 0.09 0.138 X 20 X 1000 d
2
Design a slab over a room 3 m x 5 m. The slab is supported
2
225.45 Nlmm on masonry wall all around, with adequate restraint and 5.15 or 5.09 m 2
2760 d
. ~ 100 )( 558.56 comers are held down.
Percentage srul (Prov1ded) = bd = x 2 Max, B.M. = M., = 8.56 X 10 N.mm
6
1000 150 Take live load= 3 kN/m , support bearing b =150 mm, Use
M20 grade of concrete and Fe415 grade of steel.
= 0.372 =0.4%
-A SACH/NSHAll Ye11/UJT
I
tensile reinforcement
(b) Pefeelllage
Equating mu.. B.M. toM.. .. - ~x iOO=~
- bD IOOO x 160 "'o-43s !.&_ 13.5 X4.139 loacs
27«J <i = 8.56 )( 106 = 2 -~=28kN Design of Slabs uGI_ng LSM
cation factor based on service strc ~litJ
:. safe (c) ModifiI ss r, an me% PI ror
Pe 41 ~ r101n Pi
. .
d = 55.7mm<901111D MF =
1.5 from F1g. 4, page no. 38, 1s . d %
Support width two-way •Jab ia 0.3%, MP ,. 1.5 for
1 456 1-. = 2 - side cover _ 3' tg. 4, 1.23.2.J(c) il 4~6 : :um.
¢ Step 7 : Main sreel stee (snan \_
4139
2
· (XJJ.
Aaual ~;J39=29.8mm 300 ~
= T - 25-3x 10=9smm d • 20x 1.~
(i) Steel for shorter spm~
. 'ble deOection = ba.~ic value x M.P.
~1-fbd
4.6~bd 1-. 1 effective depth= 139 mm
f'tt!JIISSI
O.H [
A,..==.:al-
r, .. = 20 x 1.5 =30 mm 1-. ;. 12<11= 12 x 10= 120mm
al
0..5 x20[ Actual deOection !> permi~si ble delltt1 icm
= 4ir""" 1- 95 < 139 mm
:. ll is safe 1 ·· O.k.
IJ X16.25 X )() '
2
= 2g 1 101 + 95 = 851mm
ev
282 oun 1-6
¢ Step 10 : Cbeck for development length
0.18 x b D 0.12 x J<XXl x JIO = 153.6h 160 mm
- 0.87f,p_~
-
~= 100 :. f:f!t..tive "-•d ,. • 10
L6 - 4 t ..., - 4 ( 1.6 t..,) · · U.k. -vu• 160 -J
1 - 2= 141Jmm
132mm OV SlqJ 3 : Effa:tive 1pan
For M20, tbe value t "" from Clause26. ·I .J,
nR
+
Provide 10 mm bar at 120 mm c/c. page no. 43. 15456 : 2lXJO
2
[)efign a 8imply ~upportecJ ~lab for ~ room of lize L, ,. L + b or L + d
1 4.o111 :x 5.75 m (internal). 'fhe 8lllhpane1 is~ .
J(XX) x A,- J<XXl x 78.54 = 683 mml 1.2 N/mm
•....c of 3 5 kN/rn 2 ~nd Ooor hntHh
• . Jo·.od 10 kN/ 1 to live = 4/JliJ + 23() or 41XXJ + 141!
Spacin1 - 115 ,.,... · · m ~fr11111
o.g7 Y 415 x 10
L6 4 1 1.6 1 1.2 =470 mm jjsJtlf weight. U&e M 415 steel and M20 i!llde = 414ll mrn =4.14mwbicheveri>Je"
¢ Step I : Distribution 1tcel COIIcrete. ~
ll!e 23 em thick wall around. -v S1q14 : u rAd calculation
0.15 y bD O.JStl<XXl X160
a, = O.I5%ofgr011un:a= ~=
"' 240mm
1
100 Permili~ible development
M,
L6
U
= 1.3 ~
length
V + L"
Moment of reHixtance of remaining IYdll iii

~.thai the blab corners are preven(td rr0111 lifliog.
r--
Lh 1.0 1.1 1.2
o.002 0·074 0·llf'A 0.!YJ3 o.m o.10o1 0.113

1.2
1,4 1.5 1.75 fiiJ
(iii)
Live l<rod LL = B kNirn'
Flonr finl\h fl' = 1.0 kNtcn2

m
Sp-.ocing f<x 6 mm • bar, S
support.
0.002 0,001 0.059 0.055 0.051 0.046 0.037 Tf.lu.J lmod w = DL + LL + PF = 8.5 KN/m2
s ,. Jl7.~mm · JJ() mm c/c
O.H7 f, A., rt1 Soln.:
xli = 0.36 fd b Factored lcrdd w, = 1.5 W= 1.5 / ~ 5 = 12.75 ~N/m
¢ Step I : Type of Hlab
Sa
provide diWibuti..,ru tul 6 mm • id I 10 mm clc per llltler

"' alternalcs lrd/H are bent up at supportx.
C:. HCep 9 : Oleck fur ~~eTVicuhility "' per LS456 . 'lfi.IJ, 6!S3 A~pe<.t ratio f
L 5.75
= - - = IA38 <2
4 C:. Stq» S : Fil(:tored bending moment
rml 41512 '
Clau.e 23.2. I L M 11, =
l
u..w, l,
Area uf ltcel required )
(JJ(, I 21) I HXXJ
f < 2, the ~lab is designed a.~ two way \lab
(a) Service wen f, " 0.51! t,l (!lre11 uf Atu·l pr{]Vided
~. 17.13 mm
' M., = u, w,~
¢ 8ttp 2 : Trial depth of slab l! l, 1.4 1.5 1.438
0.1!7 f1 A01 (d- 0.42 x,)
1 ll, 0.099 0.104 0.1009
Since L, > 3 m and abo L.L. > 3 kN/m , two way slab
6 3
~ 0.051 0.(146 0.0491
().
• 225.5 Ml'a 0.1!7 /. 41 5 )' 1139 - 0.421 17.13) i1 dcKign ax given in clause 23.2.
U,= 0.099 + (0.104 - 0.099) (1438 - 1.4)
( J.S - J.4) X •
16.25 1 10'' N.mm ~= 20 x MP
.....A JAl1/INJ1UH Yntm

T<dc-N.. Publiutiono.....•.... tf'ben: Aut/Jon Jnlf'll• l/looriiiOo _.A JA(Jf/N SIW/ r"''"'"
I f
11:1 Theory of Reinforced Concrete swctures (MU)

~
¢ SteP 7 : Reinforcement
0.104 • ~· of steel in x-direCtion Design of Slabs using LSM
(i) ,.._ .....----
0.5 f,. [ \ } 4.6 M__J :· Permissible deflecu·
= - f 1- 1-~ bd o.nvided A. :
on= 20MF=20 x 1.55=31 mm
A.u ' (iV) pv Actual deflecuooh - i!1Q.
o.sxw[I- A = IOOOA_i_~ - 140 = 29.43
1.4 1.438 415 , "'Px s, - 190 =413.4 mml .-. ActuaJ deflection < Permissible :. safe
X !40 X 1()00 IOOOx 78.54 ¢ Step 11 · Chec
Fig. P. 4.8.9
396mm
2 A,q,P = 300 = 261.2 mnl • k for ancborageJDevelopment1ength
Fe4!5, L, = 47 $
al
~
v
1.1009 (ii) Area of steel in y-directio.-n--,--- SteP 9 : Torsional Reinforcement
A., = · ~,f,i [I _ 1- ~: ~~Jbd

0.051 - 0.046 (I 5 _ 1.438) 0 L, = 47 x 10=470mm
0.046 + 1.5 - 1.4 . As the comer of slab is prevented from lifti .
ng 1.e.
. nal restrained at corner, Torsional reinfo~-me . Assume altemate bars are bent up at supports.
-~ ruu~
ev
0.0491 d'= d-~=140-10=130mm · -
be required . ~ 414
,------- A..1 = 2 =T=207mm
2
'~Ft::J~
0.5 X 20[I- 4.6 X 10.73 X 10 J 1, 4000
A,y = 415 I 20 X 1000 X 130' Mesh sizes s-=-5-=BOOmm 0.87fy A,tl _ 0.87 X 415 X 207
X 1000 X 130 A. = 036fci.b -0.36x20x 1000
2
nR
1.4 1.438 1.5 238.2mm
10.38mm
(iii) Minimum A.. for Fe 415 (HYSD)
Fig. P. 4.8.9(a) Spacing for 8 mm $bar M1 0.87f, A.._ 1 (d-0.42x.J
A.._min = 0.12% bD = 1.20 = 1.2 X 160
Factored B.M. in x -direction 2 S = !()()()At_ I(XX) X 50.27
!92mm A"T - 390 = 0.87 X 415 X 207 (140- 0.42 X 10.38)
2 2
M,, a, w,l, =0.1009 x 12.75x4.14 A.u and A,,, > A..mu. = 10.137 x 106 N-mm
22.05kN-m
Factored BM in y-direction
2
M,, = a,w,/ =0.0491xl2.75x4.14
1
2
¢ Step 8 : Spacing for reinforcement
~
It 2
= 4 x 10 =78.54mm
(i) Spacing for A,u :

U 2
162mm=l60nun
:. Provide 8 mrn ~ 5 bar as torsional bar at a spacing

100 mm c/c top and bottom at each corner.
¢ Step 10 : Check for deflection

V, =
L,
~·L =12.75;4.12=26.265kN
= Suppo~ width - Side cover + 3$
m
230
1000 A• _ 1000 X 78.54 = T -25+3x 10 = 120mm
10.73kN-m s, = Asu 396 198 ·33 mm
f, = 058f ~
y A.pro~dol
BM,.. M,. = 20.6 kN-m
• (i) L, 1 d = 140
190 mm c/c :J. 300 nun or 3d
396
Sa
¢ Step 6: Required depth for B.M. 0.58 X 415 X 4 )3.4 (ii) L, 1 12$ = 12x10=120mm
3 X 120 = 360
..
d Vo.l3it.b Provide 10 nun ~ bars
direction.
@ 190 rnm c/c along short 231 N/rnm
2 L, = 120mm
Ml
IOOA.._p
(ii) Spacing for A., : % pt = ----w-- L, = J.3 x y-+L,
6
1000 ~ _ 1000 x 78.54 _ mm 100 X 413.4 10.137 X 10 + 120
S, A., - 238.2 329 .72 J.3 X 26.265 X 103
89.4 mm < 140 mm )000 X 140
" 300mmc/c:; srn.u 622 mm > 470 mm

= 0.295
Provide I0 nun ~ bar @ 300 mrn c/c along long M1 :. safe
:. Slab is safe in bending moment. J.3 xy-+L, > L,
direction. Refer Fig. 4, page number 38
MF = 1.55
_.4 SACHJN SJJAll le."""
li1 Theory of Reinforced Concl9ll StnJCtllre5 (MU)

Design of Slabs~
1eomm
,.:1 ...,eorv_ of Reinforced Concrete S!ructu
~·"
~ ·. .· '!~""'"'"""'"l""
4. Ma111 reinforcement is req . .
:
llUed to lltlch 8I ,
~
direction. abs tn one
Distribution steel is
B
position of main steel
t.
al
Chapter Ends
ev
QQQ
nR
~-=n~-
U
m
U-Wf*' IOraional ateel
Section 8-8
Fig. P. 4.8.9(b).: Relafomment detalllng
I
Sa
Ia 4.9 Comparison between One Way and :rwo Way Slab
Sr. No. OlleWIJ*il Two way slab
I. (f. }s greater than 2 (f.) is less than or equal to 2
2. It is supported on two opposile edges, hence it It is supported on all four edges, hence it bends in both
bends in one direction only direction.
J. Depth require is more Depth require is less
T..h-Neo Publicotiono.•...••. ft.., Audon ;..,;~ is_,tios .....A SA£1111¥ !J1WI Ylllltute
- https://cee-book.blogspot.com
~
/.1 ft!BD
5.
rY of Reinforced Concrete Structures (M
7.3 Equation of Short Axially

U)
loaded Col
5·8
UmnSlate of Collapse·Compression
f t.imit State of 5.7.4

.
Design Procedure for Axially I~-~- ,
umns With HeliCal Ties
(CiaUSe39.4 of 15456 : 2000) .................. 5-6
""""'''ICI Short Columns
Compression solved Umvcrs1t Exam ics ............................................................................ 5-7
Collapse- Uf"· 5.7.1 (MU • 5-18, 4 Marks) ................ .
al
~ tor short and slender column. Menters
Unit 51111 d Cllllple _ Cuia.. ewioft : Urril sl8fe cl ~. Dei'SioPI"8nt of interactive curves and their use in
ufX. 5.7.8 (MU ·Dec. 2012, 8 Marks May 20t
sUljeded lo coomed axial and (li-aJdaiSS wei SS biaXIal 3
• &Marb, Dec,2014, 8 MlrQ).,., .. ................. ., ..........., ............ 5-13
ev
I
coiJrm desigl. UfX. 5.7.9 (MU -Dec 2016, 8 Marbj ............
.. ........................................................................................................ 5-14
... ......... ............................. ......................................... S.t
UfX. 5.7.12: (MU ·May 2015, 12 Marb)........
5.1 Cobm ............................................... .. ....................................................................................................... 5-17
LO. 5.1.1 Deline CoUm ....................................................................................................................................... S.t I uex. 5.7.13 (MU ·Dec. 2018) ......... ..
................................................ ...................................................................... 5-18
nR
5.2 T)p8S d CoUms (As per Clause 25.1.2 of 15456 : 2001)........................................................................................ S.t Interaction Diagrams ........................ .
5.8 ....................................................................................................................... 5-20
5.3
LQ. 5..2.1 Slate the variou5types d ooUTV1 ss per IS 456:2()00 ........................................................................... S.t
ElJecliYe Lenglh (Clause 25.2 ofiS456 : 2001).......................................................................................................... S.t

I 5.8.1
5.8.2
Interaction Diagrams or Design Charts of SP·lS ................................................................................ 5-21
Approximaoons and Umnations of Design Charts of sp. 16............. ................................................. 5-22

LQ. 5.3. 1 Deline ElJecliYe lengftl. Write the elfedive length of column tor cftfferant end condi~on . ...................... S.l
Approxima~ons ..................................................................................................................................... 5-22
5.4
5.4.1 ~()(Mail ReiTforcement (Clause 26.5.3.1 of 15456 : 2000)................................................ 5-3

U
T)p8S d Cobm Aeinfott:ement...............................................................................................'' ..' ........... ' ..···...... ·.... 5-3
5.8.2.1
5.8.2.2 umnations ............................................................................................................................................ 5-22
5.9 Design of Short Columns under Axial Load with Uniaxial Bending .......................................................................... 5-23
LO. 5.4. 1 Slate the IS Specifica1icr1 for Longtuci1aJ reinfrxtement in column . ................... ·................................. 5·3
5.9.1
m
5.4.2 TratlSVeiSe rx Ulefal Reinforcement (Clause 26.5.3.2 of 15456 : 2000) ............................................... 5-3 The Analysis of Short Columns under Axial Load with Uniaxial Bending............................................. 5-23
La. 5A.2 Slate the IS Specifica1ion for Transverse rein1oo:ement in column........................................................ 5-3 5.9.2 Design of Short Columns under Axial Load with Uniaxial Bending ........................................... :.......... 5-24
5.4.2.1 Pitch and Diameter (J{ Lateral TieS (Clause 26.5.3.2(c) of 15456 : 2000).............................................. 5-4 5.10 Short Compression Members under Axial Load with Biaxial Bending ..................................................................... 5-24
Sa
5.4.3 Helical Aalton::ement (C1ause 26.5.3.2 (d) (J{ 15456 :2000)................................................................. 5-5 5.10.1 IS Code Method for Design of Columns under Axial Load and Biaxial Bending
5.5
&:am:ity ................................................ .......................... .................................................................................. 5-5 (Clause 39.6 of IS456 : 2000)....................................................................................... ...................... 5-25
5.5.1
Mrimum Eccentricity (C1ause 25.4 (J{ 15456 : 2000) ............................................................................. 5-5 5.10.2 Solution of Problems using IS Code Method....................................................................................... · 5-25
5.5.2
Maxinun Eccentricity (C1ause 39.3 of 15456 : 2000) . .............. .......................................................... 5-5 Solved Umvers1t Exam tes
5.6
Slenderness Lirrits for Columns (Clause 25.3 of 15456 : 2000) ............................................................................... 5-5 Ufx. 5.10.1 (MU ·May 2015, 8 Marks). . ................... .... . ................................................. ............................ 5-26
5.7
Axially Leaded Short CoUms .........
............................................................ 5-6 UEx. 5.10.3 (MU ·May 2012, 10 Marks)....................... .................................... .................................................. 5-27
5.7.1
Assun¢ons (Clause 39.1of 15456 :2000)................................. 5-6
5.72 Equation frx Short Axially Leaded n ..... .. ................... .. ......... .. UEx. 5.10.4 (MU ·May 2012, 10 Marks)................................................................................................................. 5-28
ied CoiUfiYlS 1Ciause39.3of 15456 : 2000) .................................. 5-6 Chapter Ends ... .. .. .. .. .. .. ....... .. .. .... .. ........ ........ ... .... ....... ........ ............... · ... · · ......... ... · .. .............. ............. .. .. 5-33
I
I
C\ .or/ of Reinforced Concrete Structu
~ 111 rea (t.IU) 5-2
1'il~ 5.3.1 : Effective Length of Collllllna for Dtlrereat IJmit State ol ~reaalon
. . . 'J. ' End Coocltt~oaa (Cllu.e
- If the Ieogt
h of a column is less than three .
ti~~tes .
.J4ree of End Re&trabtt ot Colllp"''llon . r-----=::..:.._ 25.1 and Table 28 or 18456 : 2000)
raJ dimension 1,.. I D < 3 or 1 1 b 'Is Members · . ., SYIIIbot '1'1.....-- •
least late '>' ~ 3, it is · ., •._.....Value ltecom.... .w·
called 8 pedestal. J' , of Etrect~ve
ILQ. 5.1.1 Define Column (1) -----.:. ~ Uugth l-ath

-
-•!.A
The """"r
horizontal dimension D shall not ex
Ceed fOUr - --------~~,~
--~---
·! ; (l)~~~~4-~~~
li1l Ana.:
Column is a compression member, the effective length
times of b.
Short eotumn
gtrectively held in position and restrained against
"''"" ;, bmhw"'- I
\-:::-:::~-+-_:(~l)~-~---(~3~)~-~
0.501 0.651
al
of which exceeds three times the least lateral dimension. (II)
~:.·v=el=y~h=el:d~in~-po::s:iti:on~a:t-:oo:th~e~n~~-.r----~-~-----j__ _ _ _ _-l
. . . . _.. I '·"' ,. ,
If both the slenderness ratios 1.. 1 D and 1., 1 b ~ 12 th
• e
a. 5.2 Types of Columns (As per
···~· ·~ ~,.
colurnn is a short column.
ev
Clause 25.1.2 of 15456 : 2000)
(Ill) Long Column
I~UI _,_ __ ........ ~1J - If for a column. 1... I D and I'>' I b > 12, it is a slender
Effectively held in position at ooth en~. but not
I
1.00 I 1.001
colurnn in respect of major or minor axis, respectively.
456:2000 restrained against rotation.
nR
If both slenderness ratios are greater than 12, it is
li1l Ana.:
slender column in respect of both axes. ,--
q- Column divided Into three typea u per IS 456:2000 Effectively held in position and restrained against 1.001 1.201
Here, 1" = Effective length of column in respect of the rotation at one end, and at the other restrained
(i) Pedestal major axis, against rotation but not held in position.
(ii) Short column
(iii) Long column

minor axis, and
U
D = Depth in respect of the major axis,
1., = Effective length of column in respect of

Effectively held in position and restrained against 1.501
m
rotation at one end, and at the other partially
b = Width of the member.
restrained against rotation but not held in position.
Ia. I
Sa
2.001 2.001
5.3 Effective Length (Clause 25.2 of IS456 : 2000) Effectively held in position at one end but not
restrained against rotation, and at the other end
I. LQ. 6.3.1 Define Effective length. Write the effective lenglh ~ ca1unv1 lor different end condition. restrained against rotation but not held in position.
2.001 2.001
0 Ana.:
Effectively held in position and restrained against
The effective length of the column is the length between the point of contraflexure of the buckled column. rotation at one end, but not held in position nor
restrained against rotation at the other end.
Tech-Neo Public.alioou.. • Jnu. Aut/Jon itupirr m-.u..

--4 SA CHIN SIWI J'esllll"
---
Umit State of Coll&pse~
r~~~~~~~~~~~U)~~~~:-.~::::::::~~::~~
~ Theory of Reilton:ed Concr8ll ~
_
• not equal to its (3) In no
case it doeS not exceed 6 per cent w~-
' •oen b
~
(1
) AS '
not spaced more than 75 lllin
onglludinaJ b
. ars
(i) AB
linit State o1 Collapse-compression
The effective leoglh of a column (lj are . per
rroro coIUDID below have to be lapped with those in ~
IS on either side
~••verse remforcement shall only • Clause 26.53.2(bX3(i),transverse
the u....- go round corner
liiiBIIJlPOrfed length (I) in all cases. colwon under consideration. d alternate bars for the Pllrpose
reinforceme .15
nt provided for the outer-most row
all of Providin
effective lateral supports. (Fig. 5.4.!). g in accordance with (a) above, and
(B) Minimum Number of longitudinal •teet
a. SA Types of Column (I) For rectangular colu010 shall be 4
(ii)
AB per Clause 26.5.3.2 (b)(3(ii),no bar of the
Relnfoi'cln'lll1t inner roW ·IS closer to the nearest compression
( ) For circular colUDIOS shall be 6
2 f~ than lhRe times the diameter of the largest
A column bas two types of reinfoo:ements: (C) DiaJMllr of longitudinal steel bar in the inner row.
al
(i) Longitudinal or maio reiDfOitCIJICIIt and
Tbe diameter of the longitudinal bars shall not be . - The diameter of such transverse reinforcement need
(ii) Transverse or lalenl reioforcetnenl
than 12 OIIII.
less .' .. .' not, however, exceed 20 mm (Fig. 5.4.4).
(iii) Helical reiofon:etDeDt ~
< = 75< =75
(D) SpaCing of longitudinal bars Transverae
ev
Fig. 5.4.1 : Lateral tie mlnloroement
a. SA.1 Longitudinal or Main (1) Tbe mioiDIUDI horizontal spacing between two ParaJiel
Reinforcement (CiaUM 26.5.3.1 (Z) As per Clause 26.5.3.2 (b)(2), If longitudinal bars
main bars sball not be less than diameter of larger bar
of 18456 : 2000) spaced at a distance not exceeding 48 times the
or maxinwm size of coarse aggregate plus 5 mm.
diameter of the tie are effectively tied in two
..
nR
ILQ.U.1 :-m:.:~ ~., ~] (2)
Tbe rnaxiJnuro spacing of longitudinal bars measll!ed
along the periphery of the colu010 shall not be more
djrections, additional open ties are provided in between
longitudinal bars (Fig. 5.4.2).
Individual groups
than 300 OIDI.
It! Ana.: Fig. 5.4.4 : Lateral tie
The longitudinal reinforcement resists axial load and (E) Nominal cover to longitudinal bars
a 5.4.2.1 Pitch and Diameter of Lateral
bending moment.
The transverse reinforcement resists shear forte, shares

a small fraction of axial load if provided in the form of
helical reinforcement, keeps maio reinforcement in
position and prevents longitudinal bars from buclding
U
(I) Nominal cover in case of a colu010 equal to (i) 40 mm
(ii) the diameter of longitudinal bar whichever is
greater.
(2) In case of coiUDIDs of width 200 mm or less whose

Ties (Clause 26.5.3.2(c) of
IS456 : 2000)
(1) Pitch : The pitch of transverse reinforcement shall be

m
Fig. 5.4.2 : Lateral tie with Open Ties the least of the following :
Tbe longitudinal reinforcing bars in the form of vertical longitudinal bar not exceed 12 mm diameter, the
steel are used to carry the compressive loads along with (3) As per Clause 26.5.3.2(b)(3),For longitudinal bars in (i) The least lateral dimension of the compression
nominal cover of 25DIDI may be used.
the concrete. compression members are placed in more than one row
members;
(Fig. 5.4.3)
Sa
Tbe following are the IS requirement for design of a 5.4.2 Transverse or Lateral
>=~ Dlameer
I + (ii) Sixteen times the smallest diameter of the
column : Reinforcement (Clause 26.5.3.2 ~ longitudinal reinforcement bar to be tied; and
of IS456 : 2000)
(A) Areas of longitudinal steel
(I) Minimum amount of steel should not be less than 0.80 lLQ 5.4.2 · State the IS Specification for Transverse
/( "' (iii) 300 OIDI.
(2) Diameter : Tbe diameter of the polygonal links or
% of gross cross-sectional area reiltforcement In cojumn. lateral ties shall be not less than one-fourth of the
-' J (
(2) Amount of area should not be more than 4 % of the diameter of the largest longitudinal bar, and in no case
Clause 26.5.3.2(b) of IS456 : 2000 stipulates the
gross cross-sectional area of the column less than 6 mm.
guidelines of the arrangement of transverse reinforcement as
under. ""
Fig. 5.4.3 : Lateral tie
Ted.-Nee PublitatiOIII Tech-Nee Publitations.••....• lf'llere AutMn U.apin: ii!DoYitioo

._.A SA CHIN SJJ..UI rtJJtun:
---- --
/
.('1 of Reinforced Concrete S ._
I! ~ ~rea (MUJ
f~Jtlbd' As per ClaUSe 25.3.2 or IS45f;
,
uJIS
upported length of a cantil
ever COllllnn
: 2eoe ;,.
...,
2
--d tOOb /D, where
r,J...,.- . .
o IS.
the Jar
shaiJ llOt
characten.tic .
,..,.,nsion which 1s also restricted &er latemJ the COinpress,ve strength of
.....-- up to fOUr . COncrete,
(vide Clause 25.3 ofiS456). litnes ofb
lliea Of C0Dcrete,
r, "
It is oGled that in practical construction Axially Loaded Short C charactenst;c strength of the
• Colullllls olurnna
CO!llpression reinfon-.emcnt, and
~
al
rarely uuly concentric.
lllea of longitudinal reinforcement for
Even a theoretical column loaded axially WilJ COlliJDns.
accidenllll eccentricity due to ina have
. . . ccuracy a_ 5.7.3 E,.,..,__
ev
5.4.3 Helical Relnfol cement (Clause construction or vanallon of matenals etc. io .,_,of Shon Axially Loaded
fbe maximum compressive strain in
26.5.3.2 (d) of 15456: 2000)
Accordingly. all axially loaded columns h
I (ll
compression is taken as 0.002.
concrete in axial Columns with Helical Ties
. . . . S OuJd be (CiauBe39.4 of IS456 : 2000)
(1) Pitch
designed coos1denng the nurumum eccentn .
cuy as Strain in concrete and steel are equal.
(2)
Helical n::infon::emem shaD be of regular formation stipulated in Clause 25.4 of 15456 and given below - The COde funber recommends that the ratio of volume
nR
5~ + ~OI}\ or 20 mm
with the IUrns of the helix spaced evenly and its ends ""e maximum compressive strain at the high!
(3) •u of helical reinfon:eme.tt to the volume of core sball not
compressed extreme fibre in concrete subjected to ~
e,"""!:: greater of ( .
shall be IIDCbon:d properly by providing one and a half ·-- (5.5.1) be less than 0.36 (A,/ A.-I) (f,.lf,). in order to apply
extra tnms of the spiral bar. compression and bending and when there is no tension
The pitch of the helical tum shall not be the mon: than
e1 """ ;:: greater of ( 5~ + ~0) or 20 mm . .. (5.5.2) on the section ~hall be 0.0035 minus 0.75 times tlie
the additional strength factor of 1.05 (Oause 39.4.1 ).
strain at the least compressed extreme fibre. ACCOrdingly. the governing -equation of the spiral
15 mm, nor mon:: than one-sixth of the core diameter of where /, D and b are the unsupported length 1 columns may be written as
• arger
the column. nor less than 25 mm , nor less than three (4) suess in steel is governed by characteristic stress-strain
U
lateral dimension and least lateral dimension, respectively.
times the diameter of the steel bar forming the helix. P, = 1.05 (0.4 f"' A.+ 0.67f, A,J
curve of steel in compression. The stress-strain curve of
P,
(2) Diameter : The diameter of the helical reinforcement a 5.5.2 Maximum Eccentricity steel in compression is the same as in tension. 1.05 ~ 0.4f.. A.+0.67f, A,., ... (5.7.2)
shall be as mentioned in sec. 5.4.2.1(2). (Clause 39.3 of 15456 : 2000)
(5) The column is short. - The pitch of helical .reinforcemelll is delerolined .using
the following relation as per Cl39.4.1 of!S456: 2000.
m
For the column to be short, as per Clause 39.3 the ~ 5.7.2 Equation for Short Mlally Loaded
eccentricity shall not be more than 0.050 or 0.05b. Tied Columns (Ciause39.3 of ...(5.7.3)
15456 : 2000)
where D, = Diameter.of concrete core,
a
Sa
5.6 Slenderness Limits for
According to Clause 39.3 of IS456 : 2000, when the $,, = Diameter of spiral reinforcement,
Columns (Clause 25.3 of
eccentricity does not exceed 0.05 times the lateral
IS456 : 2000) a, = Area of cross-section of spiral
dimension, the member may he designed by the
reinforcement.
following equation.
p = PilCh of spiral ~orcement.
As per Clause 25.3.1 or 18456 : 2000, column is a ... (5.7.1)
0.4f,• A, + 0.67f1 A"'
venical compression member whose unsupported Note: The pitch .and diameter llf the 8l)lr8l
length I shall not exceed sixty times of b (least lateral Where facto red axial load on the member • relnforCel!llll shoUld also• talilfY ·Ciauee
dimension), if restrained at the two ends. 26.5.3.2 of 15456 : 2rioo. ..

-A SACIIIN S1UII r..,_
Fig. 5.4.6 : Column with belkal reinforcement
Tech-Neo Pub~CJIIioos ...- Where Autbon U»pire imJOr~~lioo
__.A SACHINSIIAH YI!Dture
liJ Theory of Reinton»d ConcreM·5tNCt1Jf8S (MU) 5-7
5.7.4 Design Procedure for AXIally

Loaded Short Columns _
J Step 4 : U!ti ·
Um~ State ol Col1
lllate(fOCI<>~)l
Column ( p •)
"1>8e-Compre88\on
oad carrying capacity of
¢ Step I : Fiod eHioc:liw: leqth
al
¢ Step 2 : Fmd !be minimum ccc:entricity and choCk
¢ Step 1 : Gross area of square column
tbe type of column
b X b = 425 X 425
¢ Step 3: Fmd t h e - olsteel Fig. P. 5.7.2
2
180625 mm
Use. P. = 0 .4f"' A,+ 0 .67£,. A,.
<!> SteP 2 : Area of steel in compression
ev
¢ SteP 2 : Area of steel in compression
¢ Step 4 : Design of lateral ties 1t 2 1t 1 ~P.5.7.3
1t )2 1t 2 ;.,. = nX4<\> =4 x 4 20 = 1256.64rnnl
Tbe ~of transverse reinforcement (lateral ties) A,. = n x 4<<1> =8 x 4(20) =2513 .27nun' P,
0.4 {"""'+0.67 + t:., A..
is dctermiDed from Clause 26.5.3.2 C-2 of IS456 as not less <!> SteP 3 : Area of concrete Ac
¢ Step 3 : Area of concrete Ac : 0.4x20x 158.39xl03 +0.67x415xl604.5
than (i) ~and (ii) 6 mm. ~ = A 1 - A><= 90 X I 0
3
1256.64.= 88773 .4 mm'
A, A,+ A,., - 1713.25kN
nR
Tbe pitch of lateral ties, as per Clause 26.5.3.2 C-1 of A, A 0 -A,.,= 180625 - 2513.27 <!> SteP 4 : Ultimate (factored) load carrying ca . Ex. 5.7.4
colunm ( P •) paclty of
IS456, sbould be not more than tbe least of A, 178111.726 Calculate load carrying capacity of column 300 mm in
P. 0.4 fcr. A,+ 0.67 f, A"' diameter reinfon:ement with 4-16 mm <1> and 6-12 ~ bars.
(i) Tbe least lateral dimension of tbe column. ¢ Step 4 : Ultimate (factored) load carrying capaci
column ( P.) ty or 0.4 X 20 X 88743 .4 +0.67 X415 X 1256.64 Use M20 concrete and Fe415 steel.
(ii) Sixteen times tbe smallest diameter of longitudinal 3 It! Soln.:
P. 0.4 f"' Ae + 0.67 f, A,., 1059.4 X l0 N
reinforcement bar to be tied.
Ginn: Diameter, U : 300 nun
0.4 X 25 17811\.726 + 0 .67 X 500 X 2513.27 1059.4 kN ... Ans.
U
X
(iii) 300 mm Reinforcement 4-16 mm <\1 and 6-12 mm <\1
¢ Step 5 : Draw tbe cross section 2633.06 X to'N UEl<· 5.7.3 (MU -Dec 2014 5 Marks )
Concrete M20 fu. = 20 Nlmm
2
p. 2623.06 kN Calculate ultimate L.C.C . of short axially loaded R.C. Steel, Fe415 r, : 415 Nlmm
2
Q" Nun.rtc:al on axial loedecl column colUmn of ~ize 400 mm X 400 mm, if it is reinforced with 8
¢ Step S : Safe load To find : Load carrying capacity P •
baiS of 16 mm diameter as longitudinal reinf=menL Use
U&.. 5.7.1 . . . . . . . . ,;.lidfil Pu 2623.06
p YL =--..-5-
0
A square cOlUmn of side 425 mm is reinforced with 8 ban
of 20-mm diamc:fel" of grade Fe500. H tbe grade of coocrete
is M2S. caJculate the safe load can:y.
m p 1748.71 N ...Ans.
-,.u0/Fe415 .
ttl
¢
Soln.:
Step 1 : Gross area of square column
UE.x.5.7.2 MU- Ma 2013. 5 Marks
3 2
0 Soln.: Calculate ultimate load carrying capacity of Reinforced A = 400 X 400 = 160 X 10 mm
Sa
425mm CODClCte short column with 300 mni x 300 mm sectio"n.lt is ¢ Step 2 : Area of steel in compression
D:300mm
Given: Size of column b
reinforced with 4 bars of 20 mm diameter as longitudinal
Reinforcement n=8, 41=20mm 2 2
Fig. P. 5.7 .4 : Cirallar ~umn
reinforcement Use M20 concrete and Fe 415 steel. Adopt A, = 8 x % x 16 = 1604.5 mm
2
Steel fe SOO f, = SOO N/mm t.SM. ¢ Step 1 : Gross area of ciicu\ai column
¢ Step 3 : Area of concrete Ac 2
Concrete M2S fct 25 N/mm
2
0 Soln. :
Ac A_ A, = 160 x 10
3
- \604.5 A,_ = ~ o' = ~ ('300)' = 70685.83 rom
To find : Safe load on column ¢ Step 1 : Gross area of square column 3
3 2
158.39 X \0
A0 = 300 X 300 = 90 X 10 mm
.....A SA CHIN SJIAII Venture

.G'11lJeOrY of Reinforced Concrete 8
Theoz of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 5-9 ~ !Tuctures (MU)
SteP J : Area of concrete (AJ
¢ Step 2 : Area of seeel in compression ~
A, = A,-A.c=A,-(~)\ Perce lJm~ State ot c
ntage for longit . ollapse.eompression
Udlllal &teel
A, = 0.99 A1
~ SteP 4 : Size of column Toftod:

4 x~(l6) +6x~(12/
2
Longitudinal
_),
- (i) s·
Relnforoemen t P, 0.4 f,k · A,+ 0.67 f,. A" lle of column b
1482.83 mm2 0.4 fck (0.99 A 1) + 0.67 f ( (il) Number and diame
, O.OlA)
? • (iii) Di ter of longitudinal steel
Step 3 t Area of concrete (A,) Lateral<
ties
-- A,
~
llllleter and .
Pitch of lateral ties
al
Assume square column
A, ~-A.,= 70825.89- 1482.83 Step 1 : Fac~ load
69203 mm2 I Pitch b = F. P,

1. 5 p = 1.5 X 15()()
.::> SteP 5 : Check for eccentricity
Step 4 : Ultimate load canying capacity (P.> Fig. P. 5.7.4(b) L b
P, 2250 kN X 10' N
ev
em;, = 500 + 30 :t- 20 mm ~ Step 2 : Pen:entage of steel
0.4 f'* A. + 0.67 f, A.:
Area of concrete (AJ .::> SteP 6 : Area of steel in compression
0.4 X 20 X 69203 + 0 .67 X 415 X 1482.83 1
,= ·
A" = I%A 001 A (given)
965.92 x 10 N 3
A., = I% A, =O.O I (b X b)
~ Step 3 : Area of concrete
Assume 20 mm $ bars
Minimum percentage of steel in column A, - A.. = (1- 0.01) A1
nR
965.9Kn
= 0.8% gross area :. Number of bars = C;) 0.99 A1
Ia" o..ignof AidiiiiJ ~Column ~ Step 4: Size of column
Maximum percentage of steel in column = 6% Gross area ,;::> Step 7 : Lateral tics
See,_ for Deslp AxlaJiy lollded column . I Using standard fonnula
For design purpose, assume A"= I to 2% A, (i) Diameter of L1cs = 4 $1. or 6 mm whichever is
State the condition of minimum eccentricity for the P, = 0.4 f,, · A, +0.67 r, · A"
(ii) pitch = LLD
U
design of RCC short column as per J.S. 456-2000 = 0.4 X 20 X 0.99 A1 + 0.67 X 500 X 0.01 A1
(I) Minimum ecc:entriclty I . 16 X $L = 2250 x 103 = 7.92 A1 + 3.35 A1

(i) Diameter of ties = 4 X d1ameter of greater longitudinal 11.27 A1
_ Unsupported length Lateral dimension 300 mm
- 500 + ~ bar or 6 mm whichever is greater 3
2250 X 10 ) 2
( ~ = 199645.07 mm
>20mm (ii) Pitch :t- LLD Ex. 5.7.5
..JA. = ~ 199645.07
m
Design a squ are column carry an axial load of 1500 kJ.i. ~·~ Side of column b
(II) Maximum eccentricity for axially loaded column :t- 16 mm x diameter of longitudinal bar
unsupported length of column is 3.5 m. Use M20 concrete 44(,.82 mm ~ 450 m
:t- 300mm and 1% Fe 500 for longitudinal reinforcement. Use Mild
em.. > 0 .05 lateral dimension :. Provide a square column or size 450 x 450 mm
steel (M.S.) bar for lateral tics. Apply the checks for
Whichever is less.
Sa
Factored axial load minimum eccenLricity . ¢ Step 5 : Check for eccentricity
0.05 h
P, 0.4 fa · A, + 0.67 f1 • A,. d" Step by Stwp Proctldunt to Dnlgn a 0 Soln.:
0.05 x 450 = 22.5 mm
Area of concrete Squant Column Given:
Where, A,
L b
¢ Step I : Factor load = 1.5 x Axial load e,~ :1- joo+3o
A,. Area of steel in compression ~·_::~.\!column
P, = 1.5 P 3500 ~- ?2 nun
A, Gross area =bd Axial load P = 1500 kN } Soo+ 30- -
¢ Step 2 : Assume percentage of steel (A..,) 3.5 m
A, A,+A,. Unsupported length i.. -
20N/mm'
Area of steel in c ompression (A,) Concrete M20 f,,
500N/mm'
Stee l Fe 500 f,
rJ1J Autbon· iospia inOOt'•tioD
Tecb-Neo PublitatiuuS--········ r.re
~ Th~ of A~lon:ed Concrete Structures (MU) s-11

Limit Stat& or Collapse-eo
~Press~o
--
;eli:I;INtMfij ~
~ Step 6 : longitudinal SICel UEx. 5.7.6 .
....... square column subJected to a fact
A,. 0.01-\ J)esigD a """· Ortd
of2000 kN. Adopt M20 concrete and Fe 4 I5 1°ilQ
2
O.QI X (450 X 450) = 2025 mm
0 Soln. : "' o.oJ x <450 x 450) =2025 11Un2
A rr. .__ 7t 2 2
, ._,wne diameter of bar 20 mm A.=4 (20) = 314.15 nun Glveu:
ruaroeter of bar 20 mm A :: ~ (20 2
0
N A,. ~ ~~~~
Mll).lllt 4 ) =314.1Srnni
WDberofbarn = ~=314.15 =6.45=8bar Factored load Pu
2000kN Numberofbarn :: ~-~
:. Provide 8 bars of 20 mm +as a longitudinal sttel. A, -314.15
Concrete M20 f,t
~
al
Step 8 : Latera! ties 6.45"' 8 bar
Stee1Fe415 f,. = 415 N/nun 2 .
pro vide 8 bars of 20 mm $ as longitudinal
Diameter of bar = i (diameter longitudinal bar) Assume Percentage for longitudinaJ steel
:. Steel. Axial load p = 1600 kN
" SteP 8 : Lateral ties Length = 4 m
ev
20 A,. = 1% A I . Condition . B th
4=5mm 1
Diameter of bar = 4(dtarneter longitudinal bar) . o ends are fixed (I.e = 0.65 L)
To find: M2o fc~ = 20 Nimm2
6 mm whichever is greater 20 Fe4IS ~ = 415 Nimm2
(i) Size of column b 4=5mm
~ 6mm To find : size of coluum and reinforcement
nR
(ii) Number and diameter of longitudinaJ steel
Pitch 6 mm whichever is greater
~ Step I : Fac!ored load
(iii) Diameter and pitch of lateraJ ties
(i) p > LLD = 450 mm ~ = 6 mm P, = 1.5 XP: 1.5 x 1600:2400kN
(ii)
¢ Step 1 : Factored load
~ Step 2 : size of square column
p = 16 ~ =I6 X 20:: 320 whichever is less P, = 2000 X 103 N Pitch
(iii) } Assume %of area of steel, as per cl. 26.53. IS 456
p = 300mm p=300mm (i) p :t- LLD = 450 mm
¢ Step 2 : Percentage of steel Minimum %st = 0.8 %gross area
:. Provide lateral ties of 6 mm diameter at a pitch of
:lOO mm.
¢
A." = J%A, =0.01 A,(given)
Step 3 : Area of concrete

U (ii)
(iii)
p = 16 <i>L = I6 X 20 : 320
p = 300mm
}
whichever is Jess
p=300mm
Maximum %st = 4%gross area
Adopt area of steel 2%of gross area
2
DJJ--
:. Provide lateral ties of 6 mm diameter at a pitch of A,. = I()() A, = 0.03A,
A, A1 - A,. = (I-O.OI ) A1
300mm Area of concrete Ac = A, - A~ = A, - O.D3 A,
m
A, 0.99 A1 Ac = 0.97 A,
1 450mm ! ¢ Step 4 : Size of column Factored load P, = 0.4 f,, · A, + 0.67 f, · ~
Sectional Plan = 0.4 x 20 x0.97 A1 + 0.67 x415 X O.D3 A,
Using standard formula
Sa
3
..A. 400 x 10 = 16.102 A,
longnudinal pu = 0.4 f,, · A, + 0.67 f,. · A"' 2
~""' r---r---
steel S-20mm A, = 144054 mm
0.4 X 20 X 0.99 A, + 0.67 X 41 5 X 0.0 1 A 2000 X 10 3 Longitudinal ties Sides of square column
1
lateral lies 6m m+ 8-28mm~
a = -{.\ =~ 14?054 = 386 ~ 450 mm
at pitch = 300mrri"" 10.7 A,
3 :. Provide square column of size 450 rrun x 450 rrun
t- 2000 x 10 ) 2
A1 = ( ---uJ.7 = 1869 15.9 mm
2 2
Gross area provided Ag = 450 = 202500 rnm
..A. ~ Step 3 : Longiludinal steel in compression
Sectjonal Elevation
Side of column b = -f\ = ..j I869 I5.9 Lateral ties
8m m~300 mm clc
Areaof steel 202500 = 4050 rnm·
Fig. P. 5. 7.S : Sectional Elevation = 432.34 mm =450 m Sectional A~ = 0.02 X Ag = 0.02 X
Elevation
:. Provide a square column of size 450 x 450 mm Adopt 28 nun $ bar
F.tg.p. 5.7.6.• Sectional Elevation
Tech-Neo PuhJ;catious. __ ___ Where Autbor.ilupire isDOr.twn
.... ..4 SAC!//II'SHAll Yenture Teth-NeoPublications.......- Where A"th0'£5 i111ipire iooor1tioo
·mit State of Collapse-Compression
U eccentricity
k for rninirown000 450
StrP
5 : CheC.-h.- + !b!2
30
= ~00+ 30
c;.,. 500 - 23 > 20 mrn . .
al
Number of bars '1 8 + 15- eccentnclly.
·ally loa dedit has
A_, provided = Jumn is not a.x.o ~+ fa L.aterat-
8mmq,aoo mm c/c
co 20 = 500
--~ emil!
¢ Step4: Laleral tiles .
Diameter of lateral ues ±x.,_ =4
22
ev
(i)
5.5mmor6mm
6mm
. g of ties
(ii) spacmLLD = 450 rnm mm
(a) - 16 x 22 = 352
(b) 16cl>t_-
J.._ateral Ties ral ties = 4I
nR
x diameter of longitudinal
piaroeter of late
(c) ~-= is Jess (i)
steel
1 S = 300 mm
era! ties of 6
mm dia.rnc:ter .!.x25or6w hichever is greater= 6.25
Given :
~ion
f = 20 N/mm2• f Y =415 Ntmm 2
ad p - 1800 kN. ck
~ :;:: :300{ ~
-
4 Axiallo and steel
0 Soln. : P = 2250
Given: <I>,- = 8mm To find : . of column a
Axial load f = 415 MPa o:::> Step I : Sae I I% of gross are .
= 20MPa. ' area ofstee
Assu~
rnm • : .·./ . ofties
r,.
. and s teel . ")SpaclDg 570 m.m = 0.01 A,
.. Dimension
U
(u LLD = 400 mm
~mm~ To find • • Size of column · s area (a)
J6<1>L =
16x25=
Areao
f concrete.
A = A.-A.c= A • - 0.01 A&
(b)
o:::> Step 1 • f steel I % of gros
Assume area o :., = 0.99 A•
.. . . SOOmm •I (c)
I Axial load
A~ -A~ -
Factored load
0.01 A, = -A -0.0 1 A• = 0.99 A•
Area of concrete A , = A, • pu 1.5 X !800 = 2700 kN
A~
Factored load
3375 X
pu
pu
IO'
=
.
m
I 5 x Axial load = I. 5
0.4 r,. A,
+ 0 .67 fy A ,,
0.4 X 20 X 0.99 g
X
A + 0.67 x 415 x
2250 = 3375 kN
o.o
1 A
•
2700 x 10'
2700 X !OJ
pu
Aa -
Side of squ
=
=
=
1.5 X
0.4 f,. A.
+ 0.67 fy
0 4 X 20 X 0.
99 Ag + 0.67 X 4
7:92 A• + 2.;8 A,,=

252.32 X 10 nun
are column
...[A'. = .Y252.32
10.7 Aa
15
X !OJ
X 0 .01 A•
Sa
10.7 A• J J mrn 2
3375 X 10 = 315.4 X JO b= •1=500mm 500x500
10.7 Whichever I S less . s at a spacing 300
lateral ue 502.3 column is
f square
.·. Prov ide 8 rnm q,bar asa . Dimension
uare column 3
m.rn c/c.
Long~~dinal ste:l 0 I X 5002 = 2500 nun
Sidesof sq --J3!5.4x 10
A,-
Fig. P. 5.7.7 - 0 .0
0.01 A s- _..,4SACHIN£1L4H l'eature
Teeh-Neo Publicalioos .. ---·-

D = -J"A. - W SHAH l'entu=
.....ASAOif. Mon.· inspire inno.,•tioo
Tech-Neo Publications ... ------ Where Au
-
~=~.Th~::~~~~~~~~~~:=~~
Adopt 25 mm • 00
..
eory Of Rein~ Concrete S1ructureS (MU) ....;;-~~--~~--------U•m._lt•S•m•te•o•f•C~o~lla=p~s~e
Ex- 5,7.10
• - co'""
De-<ign an llXiRlly loaded column 400 mrn

~--It,.
x 450
~
~ fheoiY of Reinforced Concrete St~
51
eel spactng
.
. 400 - 2x 40-
= ~ :: 144111111
rea (MlJ)
It
". = 4 x (20)' =3 14. 15 mm1 81
both ends wrth an unsupported length lllrn Pin
· 1 d f 2000 kN. Use Mor 2 ·8 rn nCQ
can)'ing axial scrvrL'C oa o ~ ctear ,,,pacing betwee n bars'
20 Pe4
NuJnberofbarsn-~ ~
-"= 314. 15 =7.96 ~ 8 bars ttl
Given:
Soln.:
15 or
·
(4l
rransverse steel
144 -32= 112
111111 <3()()
111111 :. O.k.
Ref. Clause 25.5 .3.2 (c. 2),
b 400mm. D 45o rnrn
3 m. r,, page No. 49 of IS456 : 2000
~ L
3513 20 N'rnrn'
'\ x 100=-soor x 100= 1.005% p 2000kN. r, 415 Ntrnrn' (i) Diameter of link or lateral . 1
al
Ires (. " x D·
l.ateral ties To ftnd : Reinforcements st longitudinal bar 4 •ameter of
0) DiiUileler of llllcral ties ( I) Check for minimum eccentricity
1•1"8'
I
= 4x32 = 8 mm Given :
I L D P, " 300o X IO' N,
4 x diameter of longitudinal steel e.u. = 500 + 30
ev
. I
(ii) diameter (. 6 mrn r, = 415Nirnm'.
Clause 25.4 ofiS456 : 2000
4 x 25 or 6 whichever is greater = 6.25 3000 450
Whichever is greater
500 +3()=6+ 15 .. 41T = 8rnm
~T 8mm
(li) SPIKing ohies 21 rom or 20 mm whichev . spacing for lateral ties
er rs greater Assume area of Steel is 1% of grass area
nR
(i) Least lateral dimension b = 400 mm
(a) LLD =500 mm 2 1 rom
A,. " O.ot -\
(b) 16,L=I6 x 20=320DUD emu 0.05 D = 0.05 x 450 = 22.5 mm (I·,·) 16 x Diameter of longitudinal bar_
- 16 X32=512rom
(iii) 300mm Area of conc~te , A
(c) 300mm , .. A,= A, (1 - 0.008) = 0.992 A,
Whichever is least
....... _
Whichever is less.Provide 8 DUD ljl bar as the formula given for axial load is applicable Factored load P, = 0.4f"' A,+ 0.67 f, A,
a latera) ties at a s pacing 300 DUD c/c. (2) Factored load P. = Yd x P = 1.5 x 2000 = 3000 kN.
.. Spacing 300mm
40mm
3000 x 10' - 0 4
- • X 20 x 0.992 A +0.67 X 415 X 0.008 A
1 1
-.! _1+-1
U
(3) Longitudinal reinforcement 3000x 10'
A• = ~=295264mm2
T"''""'
--r
P, 0.4 f,, A,+ 0.67 f, A,
.. For square column.
450 x 400 = 180000 mrn2
1.
A,
500 mm : :
. . A, A, - A, = 180000 - A"' side {A. = -J 295264

3
1 40mm
. . :. 3000 X 10 = 0.4 X 20 X (18000- A"') + 0.67 X 4 15 X A., 450mm T 544 mm :::: 560 mm
m
6
SOOnvn = 1.44 X 10 - 8 A"'+ 278.05 A, Dimension of column = 560 mm > 400 mm.
I• •I
270 A" 1.56 X 10
6
-\ The formula of axially loaded column is applicable:. o.k.
2
A, 5777.78 mrn
Longnudinalti-ue:s~!.:.l==;f:=:;! ¢ Step 2 : Check for minimum eccentricity
Sa
8-20mm ~
Use 32 mm ljl bars, A,= 47t (32)2 =804.2 mm2 ~Longlludlnal 81.911.1
(i)
L D 3000 560
em,, = 5oo+m =5oQ+3Q = 24.67mm
8·32mm+
:;;~t-!3:=t=j
..
A, 5777.78
Numberof bars ='""i\= 804_25 =7.2::::bars
. . Provide 8 - 32 mm bar as longitudinal steel.
8 x ~ (32)' = 6434 mm
2
-
/
;r;,:;;m
Lateral ties
+0300mm ~o
(ii) emin :;;:; 20mm
Whichever is greater
24.67 mrn
8 mm~ 300 ;mc/c
Lateral Ues ·A""
ECTlO NAL ELEVATION 0.05 D = 0.005 X 560 = 28 mrn
Sectional pt
A., !)[O';dcd
bxD
6434
xi00 =450 x400x iOO
1\J e~
:. o.k.
Elevation ~-;g. r. s.7.tO
3.6% < 6% .. O.k.
Fig. P. 5.7.9 . . Provide lateral Lies of 8 mm II> at 300 mm c/c.
Use cover 40 mm
Tech-Neo Public.otioos..- ...... 11'11<'11' AutlJon inKpire insonlioo .....A SAC/IllYS1WI f'<Dture Teeh-Neo l)uhlications..•- .•.... Jfbere Aulbors inspife inoo.-.tion
. 1 helical rcinton:ed s ho rt cin:ulnr column

l)eSig1l . to ca~. PrOvide 6 - 20 mm ell bars as a I .
. . s11o11 column axial toad of 1200 kN at scrv1ce condition. Use - '1 lltl :. onguudinaJ steel -Comproaslon
1t 2
. -A steel Fe 41 5. Also de.,ign the helical re·
MlO wou.
COncrcle rovided 6x 4 20 =1885 rnrn2
¢ ~ .. : longiludinal steel .
u.~ng.-..
c. ?"'
_,.., ,, tee].
•nforee
llleQt f..<P
A.., = 0 .()()8 X A,= 0 .008 X 560' = 2508.8 nun· ~ SteP 3 : Helical reinforcement
0 $01n. :
Adofx20mm.bar. A. =~ x20' =314. 15mm' sume 6 mm diameter spiral With cl
_
Given :Axial load P = 1200 kN AS ear cover 40 mrn.
al
20MPa diameter D, = D- 2 X cover= 460
Nlll:nbtt of ban;
-;:;=
= A.: 2508.8
=7.99;::: 8 Nos. M20f"' ~ - 2 X4Q
O
3 14_15
HeticoJ u..
415 MPa 380mm 6 mm t 025 mmc/c
..... 7t •
8 x 4 x 20. =2513.3mm
'
Fe41Sfy
Assume Longitudinal sleet = I % A,= 0.01 A,
ev
~ x iOO A,., 0.01 A 1
1t 2 1t 2
longitUdlnaJIIleel
6-20 mm 0 25 mm +bar
A, aross area A.= 4D =4 (460) = 166190.3rnm'
2513.3 A, A 1 - A,.,= (I- 0.01) A, = 0.99 A
g
~
560' X 100
Fac!ored load P, = 1.5 x Axial load = 1.5 x 1200 ¢ SteP 4 : Pilch
nR
0.802 >0.8% o.k. P, = 1800k.N Let p is !he pilch o f spiral reinforcement
....._ Step 1 : Diameler of column from ( Volume of core per pitch V,= A, p = 1134l1.5 p
1 ....., actorect load
( i) Diameter 4+t.or 6mm equation Volume of he lical reinforcement
Whichever is greater (The s!rengLb of column wilh heu cal reinforcem 1t 2
en1 by Yus = A, L=4 6 X1t (380-6)=33221 nun'
20 5 %as per clause 39.3 P.No. 7 1 of IS 456:2000).
4
U
or 6mm=5 or 6
P, 1.05[0.4 f,, A, + 0 .67 fy A"'] As per clause 39.4. 1, page No. 7 1 of IS 456: 2000
'h 6mm Fig. P. 5.7.12
1800 X 10
3
1.05 (0.4 X 20 X 0.99 A, + 0.67 Volume of helical reinforcement _ (~ ) 1.
(ii) Spacing of ties volume of core - 0 ·36 A - I f
x 415 X O.OIA, J ' y UEx. 5.7.13 AII••·N4 "ij
( a) LLD =560 mm 11.236 A 1
3322 1 166 190.3 ) 20
0 ·36 ( 11 34 11 .5- I 250
Design a circular column 10 carry an axial load 2000 lr.N
m
ll34 11 .5p using concrete M 20 and Fe415 steel.
(b) 16 x ~=l6x20=320mm
3 2
160.21 x 10 mm 3322 1
(c) 300 mm p = 1520 = 21.86 rnm 0 Soln. :
2 3
.!!.0 160.21 X 10 Given: 2000 ; f,, = 20 Nlmm'
Whichever is less. 4 ¢ Step 5 : Check fo r pitch 2
Sa
f, = 4 15 N/mm :
D 451.6 nun= 460 mm
Maximum pitch
To lind : Diameter of column and steel requirement
:. Provide column of diameter D = 460 rnm.
(i) p ':f 75 mm
Longitudinal steal
¢ Step I : Factored toad P, = !.5 P = !.5 x 2000 =
8· 20mmt
Sac1Ional plan
~ Step 2: Longitudinal steel
1t 2 2
(ii) p ':f i core di ameter= i x 380 = 63.33 rom 3000kN
A.., = 0.01 x4 x 460 = 1662 mm ¢ Srep 2 : Diameter of column

seomm Minimum pilch
Assume A~ = I % A, = 0-01 A,
Fig. P. 5.7.11(a) Assume 20 diameter of bar
(i) p (. 25 nun A, = A, - A, = (t - 0.01 ) A, = 0.99 A,
A 1662
.·. Provided 6 mm 4> lateral ties a! a spacing 300 mrn de. Numberofbarsn=A" = - - = 5 .3 (ii) p (. 3 x diameter of he lical steel
¢ SIA!p 6 : Reinforcemenl details
• ;f<2o)' ~ SACHIN SIWI r.,.ture
Tech-Neo l)ublications..._...... Where Authors iDSJIITr: innoVMlioo
.....A SAO/Ill' S1/AII l'eoture
Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 5-19
Using equation Ex- 5.7.14

Design a circular column of diameter 400 3
0 .4 fck ~ + 0.67 fy A,., Illrn w·
18 ~lh heJ.icill
lgOO,<.IO
reinforcement subjected to a factored load of
0 .4 X 20 X 0.99 A1 + 0.67 X 415
column has unsupported length of 3.2 which . ~· lQ 3xo·
xO.oJ ' \ = 10.7A1 .. Is ert . c 'iliileter ofh r
held in pos1Uon at both ends, but not restr . ective1, Pi C ICa) steel
3 3.InC(J ' tch=6277 ' = 3x8=24mm
3000 X 10 2
-280360 mm rotation. against = · mm > 53.33 mm
10.7 Asc
:. Prov;d
0 SOJn.: epitch of so mm
1!:o2 280360 1t
4 t.dopt 22 nun$ bar A•=4x 2i =380.13 rnml
al
Given :Unsupported length I= 3.2 m
D lateralties8mm +somm r:Jc
597::: 600mm A"' 2625 3
Factored load P. = 1800 leN
f'lulllber of bars =~ = 380. i3 6.9 :::: 7 bars Longitudinal steel7 . 22 1m!
Step 4 : Longitudinal reinforcement Column diameter D = 400 mm
provide 7-22 $bars
ev
A.., = O.oi A 1 =0.01 x~x600 =2827.4mm
2 2
End condition- Both end pinned
\o--
Adopt 20 nun bar Ao= 254.5 mm2 To find: . Steel requirement Asr;provide = D=400mm --1
.:!> SteP 5 : Helical reinforcement Fig. P. 5.7.14
Adopt 18 nun b A.. 2827.4 ¢ Step 1 : Effective length
ar A =314 .15= 9 Nos.
0
Assume 8 rom diameter spiral with clear cover40mm
nR
Since ends are effectively held at both ends b
.·. Provide 9 - 20 mm cj) bars ' Ut not 'l:!.. 5·8 Interaction Diagrams
restrained against rotation core diameter =D - 2 x cover= 400 _ 2 x 40 = 320 mm
¢ Step 5 : Transverse steel
1t 2 1t 2
(i) Diameter of circular ties
L = 1=3.2m core area A, = 4 d, = 4 x 320 = 80424.8 mml The interaction diagram is the curve drawn with and
¢ Step 2 : Slenderness ratio 1t 2 1t I ( f,~~2) as an abscissa and ( &n) as an ordinate
whichever is greater Gross area A,= 4D = 4 x 400 = 125663.7 mm
1
L 3200 for the various values of p/f,, ranging from 0 to 0.26 for
U
20
D = 400 = 8 < 12 .. It is a shon column
Let p is the pitcb of spiral reinforcement
4or 6 =5or6 distribution of reinforcement such as equal
c:> Step 3 : Check for eccentricity Volume of core per pitch Y, = 80424.8 x p reinforcement on two parallel faces or on all faces of
<P-r 6 mro rectangular sections. This diagram is also called as P,-
L D 3200 400 Volume of helical reinforcement
em;u = 500 + 3o=soo+3Q M11 interaction curve.
(ii) Spacing of circular ties
1t 2
A, X L = 4 X 8 X 1t (320- 8)
m
This diagram is drawn for square, rectangular and
(a) D=600mm 19.73 mm < 20 rom
3 circular column for different gmdes of concrete and
20mm V"' 49269 rnm
(b) 16 cj)L = I 6 x 20 = 320} whichever is less steel. This diagram is advan1ageously used for the
As per clause 39 .4.1, Page No. 7 I of lS456 : 200, column subjected to axial load and bending moment.
(c) 300mm e,.., 0.05 D = 0.05 x 400 = 20 mm
= 0 . 36 (~ - 1 )~ This diagram provides for the different modes of
Sa
Volume of helical reinforcement
. . Spacing = 300 mm etc :. It is consider as a axially Volume of core A, f, failures namely compression failure, balanced failure
loaded column 125663.7 ) 20 and tension failure.
. . Provide circular ties 6 rnm cj) at 300 rom etc. 49269 0.36 ( 80424.8- I 415
I
c:> Step 4 : Longitudinal steel 80424.8 p The interaction curve is drawn for various load-
Lateral ties 6 mm ~
62.77 mm d M 1 combinations for all possible
@ 300mm r:lc p momen1 (pu an u . d
The strength of column with he lical reinforcement by 49
Pitch limitation as per Clause 26.5.3 2 (d) Page No. eccentricities of loading. For deSJgn purposes. M, an
Longitudinal steel 5% as per clause 39.3 Page No. 71 of IS456 : 2000. p are calculated on the basis of design stress-straUI
9·20mm ~ Maximum pitch
P. I .05 [0.4 f,, A, + 0 .67 fy A " ] c:rves (including partial safety factors).
(a) 75 mm
(b) i; x Core diameter= i X
53 3
320 = .3 mm
Fig. P. 5.7.13
Tech-Neo Publications ...•...... Where Authors inspire inoovatioo ..•.A SAO/lA' SI/A/1 J'eoture
i! ry of Reinforced Concrete St
Umlt State of Collapse C !;! fileD ructures (MlJ)
Theory of Reinforced Coocreta Structures (MU) =on.nressl third set of twelve charts
The design interaction curve represents the failure s.8.1 Interaction Diagrams or~ . '(be
(iJi)
6?..
• nurnlJeri
are for circular columns ha . _ ng from 51 to
vmg etght I . de · Umit State ot
Charts of SP-16 ealgll Stgn, the d' ID . Collapse-Compression
envelope and the point given by the co-ordinateS 1 bars of equal diameter and _ ongnudinat
such · ratto may be din
steC UtUforrnJ
(M,. and P.) falling within the interaction curve ,.,..urnferentially (Fig.5 .8.4) for thr Y spaced . Situations interllledi· •rent from those values. In
,... ee &rad lltaling linear · ate Values
SP-16 has three sets of design chans prepar fe250. Fe41 5 and FeSOO) and Interpolations. are determined by
indicates the safe values of the combination of load and ed bns es of Steel
bl"shed in SP-16 for rectangular and circuJ 4S6 ( , each of (c) Equal
moments. pu 1 ar tyPe ba5 four values of d !D ratios (0_ 05 them distribution or
ss-sections of columns. These three sets are as ~ s Of ' 0-10 015 bars on four sides or twenty loogitudlnal steel
~ ~~- o.zo). • . and ~ngular columos
The salient points on the interaction curve are as under
(i) The charts 27 to 38 are the
~
first set of twelv ·
. e charts In spite of the above .
(I) Point- I corresponds to the axial loading with zero rectangular coluiTUls havmg symmetrical 1 . for rnay be Used with . _consideration, the design charts
al
. ongllUdi Tie
moment (P..,) and e = 0. This indicateS, the steel bars in two rows (Ftg. 5.8.2) for thre na1 bars greater th Out .
Slgntficant r
error •Or any number of
e grades an etght p ·d
column is subjected to axial load only. steel (Fe250, Fe415 and Fe500) and each of Of equally on four sides. rovt ed the bars are distributed
, _ thern h
four values of dID rauos (0.05, 0.1 0, 0.15 and
0 -20)
as (d)
D LoolritudloaJ
"' bars in tirattar columos
ev
Axis of bending
v
·
---"-- Main---'<+-,..
bars Though the desi hans
eight b . gn c are prepared considering
ars uniformly pi~ circumferentially, they may
(
-
<p generally be Used for any number of bars greater than six,
I
Fig. 5.8.4 : Circular column section. reinforcement umforrnly pi~ circumferentially.
nR
uniformly distributed circumferentially
p All the thirty-six charts are prepared for M 20 grade

[a. 5.8.2.2 Limitations j
of concrete only.
P..,
~0'------------.Jr-
d'f- -d'
im}
Approximations and Limitations
11+---4
of Design Charts of SP-16
Fig. 5.8.2 : Rectangular column section - reinforcement
U
Fig. 5.8.1 : Column under compression with uniaxial distributed equally on two sides
bending ~ 5.8.2.1 Approximations
(ii) Charts 39 to 50 are the second set of twelve charts for
(2) Point- I' corresponds to the axial load with the rectangular coluiTUls having symmetrical longitudinal Fig. 5.8.5 : Six-bars arrangement
The followin g are the approximations of the design
minimum eccentricity prescribed in Clause 25.4 steel bars (twenty numbers) distributed equally on four
charts of SP-16 : The following are the limitations of the design chars of
m
of IS456. 1be corresponding ultimate load i1s sides (in six rows, Fig. 5.8.3) for three grades of steel
SP-16:
represented as P~ . (Fe250, Fe415 and Fe500) and each of them has four (a) Grade of concrete
values of d'ID ratios (0.05, 0. 10, 0.15 and 0 .20). (a) Longitudinal bars equally distributed on rour
As mentioned in earlier section, all the design chars of sides or roctangular columns
(3) As the eccentricity increases, the moment Axis of banding
v SP-16 assume the constant grade M 20 of concrete.

Sa
increases with the neutral axis x, moving froliD
However, each chart has fourteen plots having different Twenty bars, when equally placed on four sides, are
outside towards the extreme fibre. values of the parameter p/f,, ranging from zero to 0.26 at an placed in six rows avoiding any bar on the two axes.
p 0 0 0 0 interval of 0 .02. The des igner, thus, can make use of the However, there will be bars on the axes for odd number of
( 4) Point-3 on the interaction diagram indicates t'he actual grade of concrete by multiplying the p/f,, obtamed .s the 6-bar arrangement
rows. A very common type ' .
J
balanced failure state. The design strength valL!es from the plot with the actual f,, for the particular grade of h ymmetncal are oot
(Fi . 5.8.5). Such arrangements, thoug s '
for the balanced failure condition are denoted as concrete to partially compensate the apprmumauon . g . harts of SP-1 6. In such cases, the
covered in the destgn c . - . sl in
0 0 0 0 designer has to make his own assumptions JUdic•ou y
---+l.r-
(b) The d'/0 ratio
I
-1 bl hartsofSP-16.
~D
(5) Point-4 on the interaction curve refers to the pure d'l+- -d' order to use the aval a e c
11+----4 The three sets of charts have four fi xed values of _d' /~
flexural state (P, = 0) with the ultimate moment H 0 wever in the pract•ca
of resistance M, 0 - Fig. 5.8.3 : Rectangular column section - reinforcement ratios (0.05, 0. I 0, 0.15 and 0-20) · '
distributed equally on four sides A lhors inspire innov:~tion

Teeb-Neo Publications.......... lfhere u
Tech-Neo Publications........... Where Authors inspire inno011tioo .....A SA £.111ft SJJAJII'enture
,. https://cee-book.blogspot.com
Umlt State of Collapse c ,(\ 'flleo

~ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 5-23 - ornpre~
II f)1t suength. capacities of the column, tither
.
....
' Alternatively, he bas to prepare the actual design chan
depcn d'mg on the bar arrangement to get accurate results.
~5.9
Design of Short Columna .........._
under Axial Load with Unla
Bending ltlaJ
'
aJon
'fllUS,
e or patr of P, and M,, will not ha
the designer shall assess
p
, or M, -
ve any s m
u tx.
This can be . .
llllnlmi!Cd by .
prepared by IS4S6 .
1n SP-16.
lllmg tht ~ign chan.
6Uion
. f p and M,)&i,tn <Pair of P and M

(Patr o ' " ,, a1 strength The
(b) Unsymmetrical arrangement of longitudinal bars in ............... ara'ities
PIOcedure to deo.ign the
...(5.9.1) of SP-16i, explained below. column ll!ing design clwu
rectangular cross-section~
· an ysts type of ~ Stq, I· A1.
It is known that the design of columns b . ' . t.me of problem is known as al . .
. . . Y dtree 'fhiS n· . sume the aizc of lbe column
It is not covered in the cbaru. computations mvolves several tnals for I
. , . exact problem.
detcrminauon of steel percentage. tn Which the As1ume the 1·
thrCC steps are given below arc used to de . ~U of the column and calculate ,f!D.
(c) Non-uniform placing of longitudinal bars in circular rcentage ts assumed by companng the . 'f he . · stgn the
cross - ~>CC ti on s
pe . strength ' column using destgn chart~ of SP-16. Step 2: Calculate (2.-.
1and (~1
al
· Jculatcd from the assumed steel wuh the giv
ca . . en load . f" bD) f" bD')
on the column and hence. ume takmg.
~
1 • Selection of the design chart
It is not covered in the charu. ~ SteP · Step 3 : Seltction of lbe design chan
Thu, , design chans prepared by IS456 published in Sp_ select a particular design chart, specified by lhe chart
Id) Cros~ - !.CC t.i on s other than rectangular or circular like. I. Select suitable the design chan from SP-16 for lbe
ev
16 arc u,ed in getting several alternative •S<>1Ut1ons
. from the known value of d'/D and the grade of . 1
corresponding to IfID, &Jade of concrttt and dWribution of
T, H. X etc. u1111Jer, . . stee
0
quickly. . ular columns; and cons1dcnng also the distribution of ~!eel.
[or c1rc
Cro~s c;ect ion ~ other than rectangular and ci rcular . dinal steel bars equall y on two or four sides for the
Further, these design charts arc also used for lhc Jongltu ~ Step 4 : Determination of lbe percentage of
ular columns.
se<:ti ons arc not cove red in the chart, . analysis of columns for safety etc. However, there arc rectan g longiUidinal steel
nR
The item~ under h. c and d. though rare. !>hould be
limitations of using the design charts. which arc
mentioned in the succeeding sections.
¢ SteP 2 : Selection of the particular curve
Locate the point of intmection of ( &o) and
Select the particular curve out of the famil y of fourteen
f,~~l) fmd the suitable value of plf"
taken care of by preparing the r"pectivc dc, ign chars ...., and
Several numerical problems arc solved in this lesson ( Thus, amount of
when needed. in the chart selected in Step I. The selection of the
curves .
for the purpose of illustrati on covering both analysis all be made from the value of p/f,1 parameter wh1ch longitudinal steel is obtained by using the following relation.
curves h
(e) Concluding remarks and design types of problems using the design charts of
is known.
- Besid es approximation' and limitation' a' ex plai ned.

SP- 16 is u!>td advant ageously even by mak ing 'orne
more approximati on' if the chan' arc not directly
applicable. In the note of Clau'c 39.5 of JS456. the
a
SP-16.
U
5.9.1 The Analysis of Short Columns
under Axial Load with Uniaxial
Bending
¢ Step 3 : Assessment of the column
This can be done in any of the three methods selecting
tWO 0 f the t
thi rd par·am
hree parameters as known and comparing the
eter to satisfy Equation (9.10.1). The parameters
.
¢ Step 5 : Design of tranSverse reinforcement
Design the transverse ties.

m
if bD2 and pif,1 for rectangular columns. Short Compression
are pjfck bD' Mu ck ~5.10
foll owing is recommended. wh ich i' worth
Jn many situations. it becomes necessary to assess the For circul ar columns the breadth b shall be replaced by D Members under Axial Load
reproducing. with Biaxial Bending
safety of a column with known cross-section (the diameter of the column).
di mensions, and longitudinal and transverse steel
Sa
"The design of members subject to combined ax ial load

reinforcing bars.
Design o1 Short Columns unde_r . d moments into the
and uniax ial bending will in volve lengthy calculation 1!. 5.9.2 Axial Load with Uniaxial Bendmg Beams and girders transfer their en .
I mns of a building frame m two
by trial and error. In order to overcome these The objecti ve is to examine if the column can resist comer co u · also have
rpcndicular planes. Interior columns may .
difficulties interacti on diagram' may be u,ed. The'e some critical values of P, or M, or pairs of P, and M,. . · Jvcs with the pe "f he layout of the columns IS
. I. lumns mamly mvo
have heen prepared and publi shed hy BIS in "SP-1 6 as may be expected to be applied on the column. This is The des1gn o co . 1 biaxial moments I '
. . ntage of longitudmal stee p.
done by comparing if the given values of pai r of P, and determmauon of perce . b and D irregular. .
Design aids for reinforced concrete to JS456". · the dimenswns • . art designed considenng
M, are less than the respecti ve strength capacities pair 'ther assuming or knowmg . d. al
et .. . d steel. distribution of longltU m Accordingly, such columns
Accordingly. the usc of SP-16 is ex pl ai ned in the ofP, and M,. grades of concrete an d'/D f om the analysis axial load with bia.tial bending.
· le rows and r
following sections for the solutions of both analysis and bars in two or mu Iup
The word "gi ven" shall be used in the suffix of pairs of
design types of problems. or elsewhere.
p and M to indicate that they arc the given values for
u " . · jnoor•tioo
which the column has 10 be examined. - - - - - -.- - Wb ,.Authors m>P'"'
Tetb-Neo l'ubliwuons.......... e
------~~~~--~--------~~~-
Tecb-Neo Publications ........... When: Authors A SA£1/IN j1Uff f'entun:
m.<p1rr: 10nora11on ....
~ ~of~ Concre1a Struc:bJr8s (MU) 5-25 Umil State of Collapse.c
. ornpr
'&. 5.10.1 IS Code llethod for DMign of
The intc:nnediate Vlllue of are obtained by . ~
tntei'Jlo
Columna under Axial Load end as shown in Fig. 5.10.1. latill!}
Biaxllll Bending (CiauN 39.6 of gross area of tbe section. and
IS456 : 2000) aaust 25.4 of IS256 stipu)ales the
total area of steel in tbe 5ection [llininlUID eccentricities and . llnounts of the
are given ·
It is worth mentioning !bat tbe quantities M (5.10.1 and5.10.2)ofsec. 5.lO.I. Ill~
p an: due to external loadings applied on tbe "'' ' aJJct
• Sttuc~ Wbere I, b and D are the UOsu
are available from tbe analysis. whereas M AA re aJJct
. • . ... , . .. ...Yl ilnd (> lateraldime . I'POned ~eo...
nston and larger laterat
•---
~.... ~
al
are the capactbes of tbe column Section to be .
"'
cons•der resvectively. The clause fullher sti ~on.
0
o~--0-.2---0-
.4--0~.6---0.~8--1-0--+PJP~ tbe~gn . ~~
. --' "• bending. it is suffi .
b1JliU"' cteru
Plllates
to~
that for the
Fi~ 5.10.1 : Exponent a, versus PJP.. eccentricity exceeding the Dlini.rn that tbe Given:
a. 5.10.2 IIID Value about B = 230mm,
ev
aXis at a time. one D = 350mm
P, = 1500\N,
A Clause 39.6 of 1S456 recommends tbe following L = 3.2m
(3) verification of eccentricities
simplified fommla. based oo "'Bresler's Load Contour Check 'or · ·
'' lllUUmum OCI:entricity
Method". for the design of biax:ially loaded columns. The JS456 : 2000, suggest tbe following steps t d .
o es•gn th It is to be done determining e , u
1
m
••...,... and e, = M,l
f1) 3200
lj) = 35Q= 9.14<12mm
relationship between M.n and M..,., for a particular value of columns subjected to load and biaxial moment. e
P. from tbe given data of P,, M,. and M . :. sbon
nR
P, = P.,. expressed in non-dimensional form is : .. .., . and e . and L 3200
(1) Selection of trial section for the de
of problems
51
9n tyPe
Cymin from Equation. - ii = uo= 13.913 > 12 :. long
... (5.10.1)
(4) Assuming a trial aectlon inclUding
:. The COlllDIJI is treated as slender column.
Tbe preliminary dimensions are assu d longitudinal reinforcement
Where, M,. and M,. = moments about x and y axes
~·~=3: >~
me during the
due to design loads and analysis of structure .... =
This step is needed only for the design type of problem,
which is to be done as explained in (a) above. 18.07 mm<20mm
U
M,.., and M,, ,= maximum uniaxial moments tbe Assume tbe percentage of longitudinal steel f
rorn the
column can take under tbe actual load P by bending about x given P,. M,1 , M,,. f,kand f,.- Determination of-M..., and M..., ....!:...
B 3200 230
(5) soo+3Q=soo+3Q= 14.07 mm
andy axes.
• Note : Pillai and Menon suggested a simple Use of design charts should be made for this. M,._, and .. clllia = 20mm
'd . way
a, is relared toP,/ P., (Fig. 5.10.1), of cons1 enng a moment
. t I of M,, 1, corresponding to the given P,, should be M,.,.;, = P,xe,.;, = 1500 x20x 10- 3
approx1ma e y 15 per cent in excess
m
Wbere, P., = design load on tbe column (lower percentage up to 5 per cent 'f significantly greater !ban M,._ and M,. teSpectively.
30kN.m ...ADS.
PjP uz is relatively high) of the resulta~t Redesign of tbe section should be done if the above are 3
P.. = 0.45f"~+0.75f, A"' ...!.._ - 1500 x 10
moment not satisfied for tbe design type of problem only. r.. ao - 20 X 230 X 250 - 0·932
(i.e. value P, of when M =0) 2 2 1 30x10
6
M, = l.l5 x (Mux +Muy ) n (&) Determination of P... and a,
20 X 230 X 3501 - O.Q53
Sa
... (S.i0.3)
As the uniaxial moment for tbe trial section with The values of P.., and a, can be detennined from Assuming diameter of tink 6 mm and main s~eel 20 mm
... (5 .10.2) diameter.
respect to tbe major principal axis x:x, if M., ~ M,, ; Equations, respectively. Alternatively, P.., can be
a, = Exponent whose value is to be taken as follows : otherwise. il should be witb respect to the minor principal obtained from Chart 63 of SP-16. Effective cover d' = clear cover + .... + T
...
axi s.
... (5. 10.2(a)) (7) Checking the adequacy of the Mellon
The reinforcement should be assumed to be distributed
P,i P,, This is done either using Equation or using Chart64 of
equally on four sides of the section. d' 56
SP-16.
:. i5 = 350=0.16
0.20 1.00
P, 2
From chart 54 of SP-16 forr;ao= 0·93
0.80 2.00
-A SM1I1lfSHAll r_.
Te<b-Neo Publiatiooa _ _ IJ1J.,., Authors inspire innor.~lion ___ .A SA£11/NSIIAH Ytntu"'
Limit
G!l •olfl· 1 It! 1o1n.1
tiJlltiiii' IN I I ~ ;l ~lltrun Cll¥•n I h .. J(J() 111111

A" " JUIJIJmm'
1
o•~··
~
o, u'_ol'/, ~
111111 vtufllt t'OI IIonl 11,.. ~ ,, 20 nun til )} .. ~I)() lllfll II., " JIJOO rnm
1
'"I ,,.,,,, - \1(1\ I I'

I p
' ;II ~ liMI
ll~ih•nlt~lufnl l'l'll"llll "' K 111111 ~ lro ~!1111111 1•/t• tl' • ~() lnlll Ku •
1\~ - \I I \ (,,
(1 :11 ·'
~~, ~211 uiHII'o ~I~ . 1',., - 20nml 1', ~I ~ Ml'u
·~.
.. 20 Ml'n r, • 41 ~ MPn
l 1
I,., II 1',, J~~ N/nun 1',, • 71lN/uun
~· - (1;\1 ·r11 nnd 1 I'
"
•:, ..
\1 .'11. 1,, 2
1 3 N/mm'
'J N/mm
al
rtA •
I:> s•~·· I I !lrrn lll'lllll~llmllnlll ~leo!
.. ll
.. 11$\, 1,,
- (I :\1
To nnd
IW I I,, - \1 ,'II' ~11- 4 '-'•
I' - ~ .. • K" · D • I> • ~(Kl mm
ev
'Ill' ,1,<11
'~'\"'~ !!! H'll ' • , :> Sh•JI 2 : !lrt'll or rm~relll A,. " Aron uf cuhuun -
I'll Since tho t:llh.llllll Is Jusl "" tho vcrt~o ur ~niCking
. Sl' . I!• f1•r ---: • 0 ..17~ 111\1l An·n 11f IIIIIY,IImllnnl stcd
'"''1""'""1 ~····· · . 1111
M
•
~ - 1.~7 10'
n 1
" ;j X ~~0 - I KK~
" 0.36 r_, hD +I: (f,. - f,1) A,.
___, " lO' .ll~l
nR
(, U
..!:. n.ll7
1',.. O.J(l I',, hD =0.36 X 20 X 3()() X ~()()
,I' $. I ~ (., "
h•ri) " ¢ Slctl 3 : Loud currying cnpnd ty t.os x w• N
\.J '""''\lnmn.
,I'
0
. 0.10
..!:.
r...
().o7
P, " 1.05 lOA r"' . A,. + o.67 r, 11•.1 I; P.,,l
------------------------ .. !!:0 = 0.18

..!:. = O.o7
1.05 (0.4 X 20 X 94326.3 + 0.67 X 415 X I KK5(
U
•:c. 1342.7 X 10 N
3
(355 - 9) 3000 + (70 - 3) X 3000
·t-1 p =0 07 f , = 0.07 X 20 = 1.4 %
Pe~-cntagt > .- · ' 1342.7 kN ...Ans. 1.038 x to• + 0.201 x w•
A~ of longitudinal steal Check ror ettenlrlclly 1.239 x 10 N
6
\ pt x Cross area of column

~ Soln.:
1 Minimum eccenlricity ~ 0.05 x D P"' +l:P..,, = I.OS x 10° + 1.239 x 10°
m
.. P,
1~ x (~x 3001)
1
1
G!.-m: P, 675 1'N = 989.60 mm ~ 0.05 X 350 2.319 x w• N
L, 0.&5 L = 0.&5 x ~.0 = 3A m = 3-l(Xl mm ~ 17.5 <20mm . . O.K . ...Ans.
= 2.320 kN
Assume 16 mm '
~uircd minimum d.iam<l<r for sbon column
Sa
60 UEx. 5.10.4 MU - Ma 2012 10 Marks UJUmale moment

- A,= 989 · = 4.9 = 6 bar
.!:. Number of bar - ~
D
12 ; .. .!!. (16)1 A R.C.C. column 300 mm x 500 mm is reinforced equally
4 2
on two short sides by 3000 mm on each side. The cover to
P..,(0.5 D-0.416 xJ + (Pusi x1 + P,.u · x,)
Provide 6- 16 mm' bars !be centre of steel is 50 nun.
0.18 X 106 (0.5 X 500-0.416 X 500)
Minimum eccentricity Calculate ultimate load and ultimate moment the column
UEL 5.10.3 r.tU l.to 2012 10 Marks I 6 6
L D 3400 300 can exist if it is just on the verge of cracking take Ku = I use + [1.038 X 10 X (250- 50)+ 0.201 X 10
e = 500+3o=500+Jo Calculate the load canying capacity of a short axially loaded
X (250 - 50)]
cin:ular coiUIDD 350 mm diameter reioforced with 6 no's of M20/Fe 415 take
18mm<20mm 2 6 6
20 nun diameler bars. The belical reinforcement consists of ~1 = 355 N/mm •
2
f,2 =70 N/mm 45.36 X 10 + 167.4 X 10
:. e.,., 20 mm 2 212.76 x I06 N.rom = 212.76 k.N.m ...Ans.
8 nun bars spaced at 50 mm c/c. Assume clear cover 10 main f" =9 N/mm2, fc2 = 3N/mm
Minimum factOred momeoL su:el equal 10 50 mm. Use M201Fe 415.
-4 SACHINSJWJ J'utlll'e
.c1
,........,
fhSOIY of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) Umit State of Collapse-Compression
197.85 X 10
6
f-10.1 25 X400 X 6001 = 0.054

p.
~ biaxial short co~umn by LSM with material M25
Assuming d= 50 rom, :. d I D = ~
8
~ Theo d fe415 to carT}' working 750 kN. Working moment of
1
=0.0833
,., 0.029
~ ~ 111 @ tnajor axis bisecting depth of column and 50 kN 1
1 abOUt mmor
. . b'tsecting width of column. The ¢ Step m: Determine value of p I fck for d I D = 0.05
IIXJS
0 and for d I D = 0.10 ~ then ftnd value of same for
1
weset(f) . • UlD steel as longitudinal steel

111
JlliSIIWOrted length of column is 45 m. The column is fixed
0.0833,
w end and hinged at other. Show detailed design
:. provide JlliDilll 11 0
cslcuJations and reinforcement details in plan and section Using interpolation.
= I%
J.,etpl
al
bD -~3()(lx600 -1800
1
2 cs~cuJations. (i) Plfa 0 for d I D = 0.05
A. = p1 tOO - 100 llliD
fZI Soln.: (ii) 1
d /D 0.10
all f 20 IJIIII diaiDtter as longitudinal steel
l!1l Soln-: provide 6 b 0 ~ Step I : Minimum eccentricities Plfa 0
ev
¢ SUp( : • l)eSigD of lateral ties
¢ SUt' VJ . Left 0.80 x 4.5 = 3.6 m :. PI fct 0
Ultimale load P, = 1.5 "700 = 1050 kN . reroflinl = 8 mm
Assumeb 400 mm, D = 600 mm :. Provide minimum steel as longitudinal steel
=
Ultimale moment M, 20 " 40 80 kN-ro = (a) AsSuroe diaiiiC
~ tieS sball be leaSt of following Let pt 1%
Greater of ( 3600 400)
500 +3o and 20 mm
= 25 wrom2 (b) pjtcb ofl
nR
f.. bD I x 400 X 600 2400 2
C, = 41~N/!DID
2
, -•" tateral diJDeDSiOD pt 100 = 100 = nun
(i) ,_.._. 20.53 and 20 rnm = 20-53 mm
¢ Slql D : Asswn< size of coiUIDII
greater of ( 3600 600) :. Numberofbars=~=8
e, mm 500 + 30 and 20 rom !x201
b x D = 300 !DID " 600 !DID 4
(ii) 16 Xzo:=320IJIIII
27.2 or 20 mm = 27.2 rom
· -moo aod
10
¢ Slql m : CoiDDID effectively bl:ld r-·- :. Provide 8 bars of 20 mm diameter as longitudes
U
(iii) 300 !DID P, Ultimate load= 1.5 x 750 = 1125 kN
rmrained against t'()(alioo al ~ ends
¢ Step IV: Determine M,..1 and M,, 1
:. Provide pitch= 300. M. Ultimate moment @ major axis
= e mm +
Lateral ties
Effective length = L = 0.65 " I 0 300 ric (a) Determination of M..1
1.0 x 70= 140 kN m
= 0.65 " 3500 = 2275 !DID
forPj fct bD = 0.18751
T M.r Ultimate moment @ minor axis
m
¢ Slql JV : Selectioo of the design cbal1
IOO x Aa 100 x 2400x400
2 ·
2
d1/D eoomm 2.0 x 50= 100 kN m pt (provided) = ~ = 600 I%
For f, = 415 N/IDID and assUllllllg
1 M... 6
140x 10
Assuroe cover to reinforceroenl = 40 lJllll. P, = 1125 x 10! = 124·44 mm .!..._ p I
f,. b = 0.1875 and 'f. = 25 = 0.004
Sa
6
diamclt< of bars used =16 mro 100 X 10
diameter of ialeral ties =8 !DDl

1125 x JO' = 88.88 mm
Determine fc{;~2
Fig. P. 5.10.5 : Design of footing e, and eYare greater than e, mm and eYmm
:. Effective depth d' = 40 + 8 + 1612 = 56 !DID For d. I D 0.05, ~=0.1
¢ Step U : Assuming trial section
=
Overall depth (assuroe) 600 !DID ¢ Step VU : summary
d' 56 (a) Column size= 300 x 600 mm
b 400 mm, D = 600 mm For d. I D 0.10, fc{;~2 = 0.09
:. 0 =(;00 =0.093=0.10
1.15 (m.,2+ m,/ 1"2
fc~·~2 ~.095
M.
(b) Longirudinal steel= 6 bass of 20 mm q, For d I D
1
0.083,
¢ Slql V : Detmnination of percentage of longirudinal 1
(c) Lateral ties = 8 mm q, @ 300 mm clc 1.15 (1402 + 100l n = 197.85 kN m
2
steel 3 :. M.,, 0.095 X25 X400 X600 X I0-<;
1125 X 10
0 1875
Refer chart 25 X 400 X 600 = ·
_ .A SAC/liN SI/A/1 Yutun:
Umit State of Coli~
Iii Theory of Relnforced Concrete Structures (MU) s-31 ~ Theory of Reinforced 2oncrete
1.22 ( JOO )Ill · ~ ~1"8S(I.lU)
= 342 kN m > 140 kN-m (m,.. given) :. Ok (~~) +23M =0.336+0.36=0.6i7st = 1576 iDd20 5--3,2
llUn ::: 20 llUn
Determine M,71 Um~ State of Coil
:. Design sections is safe er min = &realer of (~ ~~ Provide 11 b ~pr~
~ pI \soo +30) ars of2o mm ~
f'* b D 0.1875, and f;: = 25 = 0.04 ¢ Sttp vn : Design of transverse reinfortelllent
= 2242 and 20 h'l-.
pt <Provided) =~
...... ::: 20 llUn
!h
b
50
400 =0.125
Diameter of lethal this > ( .2f) P, = ultimate load- 1000
~ Step IV : Dete . .
300xsoo =2.25 %
• - X 15::: 1500 kN
:. Provide smrn diameter bars

M,., =
ultimate mo
meot @ major axis p
IIllulation of M,. and M
'l'J
:. Determine value of m,71 1 fct D b2 for I
d. lb=O.IOandd.lb=O.I5 Spacing of )a!eral tie is least of. 2xioo=200kNm c;bo 0.4 • !. -£11
ret- 25 =0.09
ultimate moment @ major axis
al
For d. lb 0.05, 2 (a) 400 mrn =least lateral dimension of column Determine
M_y 1 1fct D b = 0.1
For d.lb = 0.10 2
= 2 x 30=60kNm ~
M,71 1f,k D b = 0.092 (b) 16x20=320MM ret bD
d. lb
e, ~- 60xto6
for diD = 0.10
For 0.083 2
M,71 I fct D b = 0.096 P, -iSOox iQ! =40·mm
ev
(c) 300 nun M..,
M,yl 0.096 X 25 X 600 X 4002 X 10~ e, and e7 are &reate than
r e, and e7 min.
~ = 0.13
230.4 kN m > 100 kN m

If m,. 1 and M,y 1 are greater than M,.. and M,.y
:. safe ok :- v ~'
u
r--t-- Bmm+o
¢ Step U : Assuming !rial section M..J = 0.13x25x300xsoo2 x 10..
8 bars of ~ - 300mmc/c b = 300mm,D=500mm 243.75 kNm > 200 kN m(Mux given
. )
nR
So, no need to redesign the section 20 rrvn + 600 mm
1.15 (rn.,l + rn.,/Jifl
l
:.OK
¢ Step V: Determine P, and a,. Delennioe M_,
,.. 1.15 (2002 + 60llll = 240 kN m 1
pDt 0.45 fa Ag + (0.75 fy- 0.45 wA. "' '· 1500x 103 ..!...... p
25 X 300 X 500 ::: 0.4 f,i bD = 0.4 and f = 0.09
ci
0.45 X 25 X 400 X 600
240 x 106
+ (0.75 X 915-0.45 X 25) X 2400 k
3420kN
1125
3420 = 033
Provide 8 nun lateral tie
Ex. 5.10.7
U
Fig. P. 5.10.6
@ 300 mmlc.
:.diD= soo=O.I
so
25 X 300 X 6002:::0.128
Assuming d' ::: 50 mm
. d'fb = 0.20
d'lb = 50
Ford'!b=O.IS
300=0.166
Determine value of M., I fa Db2 for d'lb = 0.15 and
M.,/fa Db' =O.IOS

m
. 'P,/P.. a, ¢ Step m :Determine value ofP/ fc~~ for d1 / D = O.IO (-
Design a biaxial column by LSm with the materials M25 For d'/d = 0.20 M'l'/ fa Db2 " 0.09
then find value of same for 0.10
0.20 1.00 and Fe415 to carry a working load of 1000 KN. Working Ford'/d =0.166 M,Y! / faDb' =O.I04
Plf,k = 0.09% ford 1 /D:::O.IO
moment of 100 kN.m about major axis bisecting depth of
Sa
0.33 ? M,, 1= 117 kN.m> 60 kNm

column and 30 kN.m about minor axis bisecting width of !.
fd = 0.09 %
0.80 2.00 column. The unsupported length of column is 3.6 m. The As M.. 1 and M., 1 are significantly grealer than M,. and
0.80-0.20 0.33-0.2 column is fixed at one end and hinged at other. P = 0.09 X 25 ::: 2.25 % M,, resp. Redesigns of section is nol needed.
200-1.0 x-1 Provide P = 2.25 %
~ Soln.: ¢ Step V : Delennine P, and is a,
(x-I) 0.6 0.13 2.25 X 300 X 500
~ = 100 P,. = 0.45 fa A1 + (0.75 f,- 0.45f") A,
¢ Step I : Minimum eccentricities
a,. Exponent= 1.22 P,. = 0.45x 25 x 300 x 500
Leff = 0.8 x 3.6 = 2.88 m
¢ Step VI : Check for adequacy of section + (0.75 X 415 - 0.45 X 25) 3375
Assume b = 300 mm 0 = 500 mm Use 20 mm diameter of bars = 2700kN
2880 300~ 3375
e, min = Greater of ( 500 +To) and 20 mm Numberofbars = 'lfl 1= 10.74= 11
420
Umlt State of Coli~~
¢ seep vn : Des•gn
. of transversal reinforcement
...........
Use8mm diiiiiiCler bars WI'tb spacing of latera.I tie
(a) 300mm- least laterat dimension of column
(b) 16x20=320mm Design of Foundations

(c) 300mm
0.80 _ 0.20 _ 0.55 X 0.2
. Provide 8 mm la!eral tie @ 300 mm c/c
_ _-.
2-1 - X-1
•· Diameter+
al
--
X_ 1 (0.60) = 0.55- 0.2
0.6x - 0.6 = 0.85

,.... ............ ,,...........,._........ ................
a. = 1.58
......... ..,.............. -.""'..._,.. ..._~
ev
raft foundations In the exam)
¢ Step VI : Check for adequacy of section
nR
1-'1 )'-"
( 243.15
200 ) + 117 (.§!!_
= 0.7+ 0.34 = I $1 8.1
Fig. P.S.J0.7
Ace Footing ..................................... ································ .......................................................................................... 6-
:. Design is safe. L0. 6.1.1
1
6.1.1 Write a short note on : RCC footing......................................·································································· 6-
1
Chapter Ends Purpoee of Footing ................................................................................................................................. 6-
U ClCJCJ
LQ. 6.1.2 State the purpoee of footing. .................................................................................................................. 6-
6.1.2
Type of Foundation ................................................................................................................................ 6-
LQ. 6.1.3 Enlist various types oltooting. Explain any one...................................................................... .

1
::.'":::::~,=:: : : : : =·=···:=::
62 .............. 6-1
m
6.2.1
Thickness of Footing Base Slab·········.........................................
Sa
6.2.2
"""""""'····~··· · · · ······ · · · ·· ···· · · · ·········· · ··· · · . : =:= ::
LO• ..,_, ""''"w""'-• · · f footing from IS456 : 2000· ........................... .,
6.3
:: :::::.:: ~ : ~ ::-~ ~~~~ :~ : :
.
Design Procedure for Alually Loa
ded Isolated Footing .:....................................
. II loaded isolated footing................................ .............
6-4
LQ. 6_3_1 Write step by step procedure for design of 8XI8 y
11::'1 'fh80I}' of Reinforced 2oncrete Slructu
II! .res (MU)
6-1
(; &.1 Rcc Fooung] Type of isolated footing

UEx. 8.3.1 (IIU- Dec 2011,10 lllllb) ...................................................................................................................... 6-s
r;.1.1x· Writeasnort~ I. Square fOOting
UEL 8.3.2 (IIU- u.y 2013, 141111b)...................................................................................................................... 6-e ~------.:~ 2
· Rectangular footing
_ Footing is provided to trans . the · ·
UEx. 8.3.3 (IIU-IIay 2017, 18 llllb).................................................................................................................... 6-11 Dllt load of the 3. Circular fOOting
supported by columns or Walls to th . structure
e SOli.
UEL 8.3.4 (IIU ·Dec. 2012, 121111b) .................................................................................................................. 6-13 - Design of foundation is based p
. . on assumption that it
behaves as a ng~d base to transr. .
UEL 6.3.5 {IIU-IIIay 11,121111b)........................................................................................................................ 6-16 . . er urufonn load or the
vanallOn of pressure under r.oou· ill .
ng w be linear.
al
6.4 Combined Footing .................................................................................................................................................... 6-18
- If the. centroid of footing and resultant of applied load
ua. u.1 What is combined fooling? When is 10 be provided? What are the various types of combined comctde, the distribution of pressure will be unifonn.
fooling? (MU ·Dec 2018) ................................................................................................................... 6-18
ev
6.4.1 Typee of Combined Footing ........................................................................................ " ..... " "" .. " ........ 6-19 [a. 6.1.1 Purpose of Footing
UQ. 8.4.2 What are the various typeS of combined looting ? (IIU • Dec 2016) ................................................... 6-19
Aeclangular Fooling ................................................................................................................................................. 6-19

I LQ. 6.1.2 State the purp08e oltootin'g. ; J
nR
6.5
- The main purpose of foundation is to spread the load
LQ. 8.5.1 Explain Rectangular combined looting ................................................................................................. 6-19 over a large area.
6.6 Trapezoidal Footing.................................................................................................................................................. 6-19 - To ensure safety of the super structure against soil SquorelooUng
erosion and soil movements.
LQ. U.1 Explaln Trapezoidal combined looting................................................................................................. 6-19
To increase the stability of the structure various
6.7
6.8
UQ. 6.7.1 What is strap looting? When nis provided? Also draw of strap looting. (MU ·'May 2016) .................. 6-20 U
Strap or Cantilever Footing ...................................................................................................................................... 6-20
Beam and Slab Footing ...................................................................................... ·.... ···· .. ·.. ·.. ·· ........····· ..................... 6-20
-
Ia.
environmental forces like rain and wind.
To provide a base platfonn for masonry and concreung.
6.1.2 Type of Foundation J

,,
m
i.a. 6.8.1 Write a short note on : Bean and Slab looting...................................................................................... 6-20
LO. 6.1.3 En~st various types of looting. Elcplain any
6.8.1 Design Step lor Combined Rectangular Column Footing .................................................................... 6-20 one. · · ·
Sa
So\vrcl Urlr.;r·t"itl Ex.:1111 )\cs

1. Isolated footing
UEL 6.8.1 (MU ·Dec. 2014, 2016 lbrb,llay 2012, 20 Marb) ........................................................................... 6-21 I~ I~ .
2. Combined footing
PLAN PLAN
UEL 6.8.2 (MU ·IIIey 2015,20 Marb) ................................................................................................................... 6·25
UEx. 6.8.3 (MU -llay 2016,20 lbrb) ................................................................................................................... 6-29

Ia. 6.2 Isolated Footing l Roctongulor fooling Slopo -looUng
Fig. 6.2.1 : Isolated footing

Chapter Ends .......................................................................................................................................................... 6·33 I LQ. 6.2.1 Write a short note on : Isolated Footing
When a separate footing is provided to each individual

column, such footing is called as isolated footing .
......4 SACHINS/WI r.,tu~
6-3
(I) At the face of the column, pedestal
. or wall for~00 ·
_ 'lbe acmal cover may be even men dependi113 on the supporting a concrete column """-- ting
• ~""'<'~~tal or reinforced
presence of barmfol cbemicals or minerals, Water table
J eec.
concrete wall, and
(U) Halfway between the centre-line and tbe

The lbictDess of a footing bue slab is pcnUy blsed (b) T1llctlnMI It tht edge of footlnga (Ciau.. wall, for footing under masonry . ~ge of the
011 OOIIIidt:t._ of star 11111 0ex1e. wbicb me M.1.21nd 34.U of IS458) . Wall. This IS StipUlated
ID
criticallllW lbe oolama knlioa. Clause 34.2.3.2 of IS456.
'lbe minimUID tbictneSS at tbc edge of reinforced and
- Geaerany. . . OOIISiiZnlioas predominlle. and tbc plaiD ()()IICI'ele footings sball be at least 150 rnm for
(d) Shear force (Clause 31.6 and 34.2.4 of 18456)
tbil:bea is"-' 011 . .ailcria. foolings 011 soils and at least 300 mm above the top of (1)
al
piles for foolings on piles, as per the stipulation in - Footing slabs shall be checked .
Euept iD lbe caR ol small foocings. it is CCOIIOOiical to m one-way or tw().wa
shears depending on the nature of be di y
Clause 34.1.2 of 15456. n ng.
YrJ die lllil:bas from • - - ll - edF to • - If the slab bends Primaril ·
muimam ... !be face ofdlt column, iD DlepiDg wid! _ For plain concrete pedestals, the angle <X Ymone-way, the footing slab
ev
shaU be checked in one-way vertical shear.
lbe Vllillioas in beu11iq IIIDIJal( IIIII sbcar fmle. This (see Fig. 6.2.2) between the plane passing tbrougb the
- On the other hand, when the bending is Primarily tw
may be ICbieYCd eill:ler by slopiDg - top face of - boCtom edge of tbc pedestal and the corresponding
way, the footing slab shaU be checked in tw().way sbe:
bile slab or by proYil:liDg a stqJped foocing. juDclion edge of tbc column with pedestal and the or punching shear.
borizontal plane sball be determined from the foUowing
nR
lD my c:ae, dlt IS456 : mJ Code (Oawe 34.11) d/2 d/2
expression. (Clause 34.1.3 of 15456) }o-hL.j
reslricu lbe miDimum thictDcss at dlt edge of tbc where B
foociq to ISO mm for foociqs iD geoeraJ (and to 300

k. = 0.5 + ~'
but k, $
mm iD lbe case of pik caps). This is done to eusme that (b)
Column
Fig. 6.2.3
lbe footin8 '- sufficienl rigidity to provide tbc where ~' = Short side of column
Long side of column
.~ beariag lftSSIRS.
B(L;D -d) p,.. or
A ·~Ding course' of lean coocre1e (about 100 mm
lhic:t) is -uy prcMded below -footing base. U
Fig. 6.1.2 : Plain concrete pedestal
and t, = 0.25 -rr:;.
The respective critical sections and design shear
strengths are given below:
S.F. on shaded area =
B-b )
= L ( -2--d
2. T~y or punching lhear (Cia111131.8

Pa.o~
m
1. One-way shear (Ciauae 34.2.4 of IS456) and 34.2.4) (Rg. 6.2.3(b))
112
tan a <;: 0.90((100q./fct)+ I} (Fig. 6.2.3(a))
Lc:i. e.u- Explain ~way shear 1n 1oo11ng.
ta. az ~~* 111 ~ II*• • ., tor foOling j q, = Calculated maximum bearing pressure at the ~Q. 6.2.3 ~ one-way ~In loo)lng. "
I
. flam 18458. 20110. .
where
2
LQ.US EJqllaln punclling shear in 1oo1Jrv.
Sa
base of pedestal in N/mm , and

One-way shear has to be checked across tbe full width - Tw().way or punching sbear shall be c~ked around
(a) Minimum nominal cover fct = Characteristic strength of concrete at 28 days of the base slab on a vertical section located from the the column on a perimeter half the effective depth of
( a . . 26.4.2.2 of IS456) 2
inN/mm • face of the column, pedestal or wall at a distance equal the footing slab away from the face of the column or
- The minimum nominal cover for the footings should be (c) Bending momenta (Ciauae 34.2 of IS456) to effective deptb of the footing slab in case of footing pedestal.
more than tbal of other structural elements of tbc slab on soil, and the design shear strength of concrete
- Normally, the thickness of the base slab is governed by
supmlr\JCtllre as the footings are in direct contact with The critical section of maximum bending moment for without shear reinforcement is given in Table 19 of
shear. Hence, the necessary thickness of the slab bas 10
the soil. tbc purpose of designing an isolated concrete footing whicb Clause 40.2 of IS456.
be provided to avoid sbear reiofortement
supports a column, pedestal or wall shaU be:
Clause 26.4.2.2 of 15456 prescribes a minimum cover S.F. on sbaded area = [LB- (d +D) (b +d)) P...t ...(li)
of SO mm for footings.
.....A SACH/NSIUH ri!Dture
of Reinforced Concrete S•".

Design of Foundations •ucturea MU
.......... 6-S
a. 6.3 Design Procedure for Axially =
Shear force v, uplift JlleSSure x Shaded area = 2 [(b+d) +(I +d))
LOIIdld ..... Fooling Footing acts as a cantilever with udl

To frnd d, equate shear force
1
o shear resistan b
~ Step 9 : Overall depth
~~w ~ Y
px[~;b)-d] XL
I LQ. 1.3..1 Wrbe 8tap bv 8tap PIOCICbe for d8&I!JI '01 I V, =
- ~loaded illallad footing. . Shear resistance by concrete ¢ c = COVer for footing =50 mm
Step 10 : Reinforcement
... Dielgn . . . v, = sbear stress x shear area= t. x (d x L)
¢ Step 1 : Load 011 footing To find d, equate shear force to shear resistance by
al
concrete
Assume self weight of footing is I 0% of load on
column
ev
Load 011 footing 1.1 x factored load on column
¢ Step 2 : Area of footing
A _ (Load 011 footing)l1.5
"r - SBC
_ Working load on footing
nR
B
- SBC
Fig.6.3.2
¢ Step 3 : Size of footing
¢ Step 8 : Depth of footing for bending moment
For square, B = ~
B
For Rcctanguiar ~ = Bx L Critical section for maximum bending moment is SedionoJplan
consider at the face of column and pedestraJ/footing
But B and L ~ in proportionate to size of column b and I
¢
B
I =
b
T
Step 4 : Factored uplift soil pressure
:. B =yxL
b
~------8------~
~
U
[(8; b) -d]
Fig. 6.3.1
B M. = uplift force x centroida! position
= [px~;b)xLJ x! ~;b)
Fig. 6.3.4 : Sectional Elevation
Type I Numencal on Isolated Foottng
BM=~L
m
Factored load on column A rectangular column of dimensioos .23(). i!liJ;t :>< 400,~
P = Area of footing provided ¢ Step 7 : Depth of footing for two-way shear or puc bing subjected to an aXial load of l<XXJ &'r;sip IIi~ iM;jaiej(
shear Equate BM to M...~m to ftnd d required for Max. BM. footing for the·column •uming SBC Qf aoif .of soiro.to hi
¢ Step S : Permissible shear stress 220 kNim'. Use M20 concrete and. Fe 4)~ 'sieel. .Actopl
. at 2
d from the
ISM. Draw neat sketcbof-Ieioforcemeot details. Apply all
Sa
Critical section for two -way shear ts

t, :S K.·t, necessary checks.
periphery of column perpendicular to plane footing.
Where k, = 0.5 + ~' but should not greater than I. 0 Soln.:
Shear force at critical section.
~ = sborter side of column Given: = 230rnm, D=400mm
longer side of column V, = Uplift pressure x shaded area
p l!XXJ kN SBC = 220 kN/m
2
t, = 0.25 ....ff:t = p [BL- 2 (b +d) (L +d)] (B-b)l2

f,, = 20N/rnm
2
f,=415N/mm
2
Fig. 6.3.3
¢ Step 6 : Depth of footing for one-way or wide beam Shear resistance by concrete To find: size{)f footing
shear :. Safe depth will be greater value arnongs shear force
V, = Shear stress x shear area ¢ Step 1 : Load on footing
and maximum bending moment.
Critical section for one-way shear will be occurs at a
distance 'd' from the face of the column. Assume self weight of footing I0 %of load on column
b0 = Perimeter at critical section
•••--4 SA CHIN SJWJ Yentun: Ttdi-Noo Publieations..--- Hen: .-lutllon impin: iJJIJ1Jr1tion
of Reinforoed Concrete SIJuctum (MU Jt"' Th&OIY of Reinforced 9oncrete ~ ·-·

II! ~· uctUres (MU)
1.1 XW: 1.1 X 1000 6-7
IIOOk
293.7kN.m ~ Step 7 • Design of Foulldations
Factoft:d !Old oo fOOling Wu = 1.5 1100 =16SOkN • Check for depth in tw
Shear) o-way shear (punching
¢ Step 2 : Arta of footing :. Maximum bending moment
Critical sec .
M..u = 422.5 kN.m lion for two-w
Arta of fnnrina - !Old 00 foaling distance d/2 from the . ay shear is COnsider at
--- - SBC of soil penphery of colll!nn face.
IIOO 2
Limiting Moment of Resistance v' -- uPlift Pressure x Shaded are
~=22Q=5m
M...B.. = 0.138 fed bd2
= PlBL-(b+d)CDtd)]
al
b B ... (iii)
o =I
230 B
ev
400 =I Fig. P. 6.3.I(a)
Shear force at critical section
:. B = 0.575 L
2m
Arta of footing ~ = BL V, = Upward soil pressure XArea of strip
~ v.. = pa[~; 0)-d]
nR
5 = 0.575LxL
2
L = 8.69m Fig. P. 6.3.l(b)
;p
4
°·
25ox 2[e - 2 )-d]
.. L = 2.94m Fig. P. 6.3.1
Shear resistance by concrete
500(1.3 -d)
B = 0.575 X 2.94 = 1.69
6
... (i) v, = <b, d
422.7 X 10 = 0.138 X 20 X 400 d2
¢
L = 3.0maodB=2.0m
Arta of fOOting provided
Atp = BL=2X3=6m2
Step 4 : Upward soil pressure
U
d = 618.8mm
Cover for footing- clause 26.4.2.2. P. No. 46, IS456
Assume cover for footing = 50 mm and

1.
"'-
:. k, =
- 05 A b
t, = 0.25~ =0.25-{20 = 1.12

0.23
. +p,=0.5+i)=0.5+Q.4=1.07>1
b, = perimeter of critical section
= 2((D +d)+ (b +d)]
= 2((0.4 +d)+ (0.23 +d)]= 1.26 +4d

:. V, = 1120 x(l.26t4d)xd
... (iv)
m
Diameter of bar =20 mm :. t,= I X 1.12 = 1.12 MPa = 1120 kN/m2 Equating (iii) and (iv)
Factored load on column
P = Area offooting provided 20
:.overall depth D = d + c + ~12 = 618.8 +50 +2 Nominal shear stress 250(6- (0.23 +d) (0.4 +d)]= 1120 (1.26d +4d1]
= 1.5 ~1000 =250 kN/m2 6- (0.092 +0.63d + d1) = 5.64 d + 17.92 d1
Sa
= 678.8 mm "' 700 nun t, = Bd

~
1
16.92 d + 5.01 d- 5.908 = 0
¢ Step 5 : Depth of footing for Bending moment 20
:. Effective depth d = 700- 2 -50= 640 mm v, = t, Bd= 1120 x2x d ... (ii) d = 0.46m <0.64mm
Critical section for bending moment criteria is consider
¢ Step 6 : Cbeck for depth in one way shear (Beam Equating (i) and (ii), we get, :. Safe in two way shear
on the face of column
shear)
2240 X d = 500 (1.3 -d) ¢ Step 8 : Reinforcement : Assume per meter width
!h=.lli I (1- D~
M. = P 2 x2\--2-)xB Critical section for one way shear is consider at In long direction M,= 422.5 kN. m
4.48d = 1.3-d
distance d from the face of column.
Pg B 22SOx 2
(L-D) = -- (3-0.4)
8
2
5.48 d = 1.3 A... = ~[
r, 1- ~1-~]Bd
r,, bd
d = 0.233 m= 233 mm < 640 mm
422.5kN. m _ 0.5x20 [ 1- 4.6x422.5x106l x x
- 415 1- 20x 400x 6402J 400 640
:. Depth of footing provided is safe in one-way shear.
-4 SACHIN SJWJ l'esture
~of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU)
~ Theory of Reinforced Concrela StrucUea (MU)
6-9
Design of Foundat~one
.... Atp = BL=2 X3:6m2
Assume cover for footing = 50 mm and
Design ot Fc_lUndationa
= 2233.8 mm2 · *w f.lU r.1.1 2013 I I f.l.u k'
~ SliP 4 : Upward soil prtSsure
Number of bars for 16 mm • bar
A ~ar column of dimeosions 300 ~ x 4SO•.~ Diameter of bar= 820 mm
subjectlld to an uitimatc axial load of 1000 kN: ne;l~-~ p = Factored load on column
Area of footing provided
Areaofoocbar ~=~(16)2 =201 mm2 isolated footiog for tbe coliunD assuming SBc'of IOU'!if~ :. OVerall depthD = d +C +¥2 : 384 +50 +~
= 1.5 X 1()()() 2
to be 190tN/m2• Use M20ccmcrete aod Fe 41~ steel ~ ~=250kNtm 2
n _ & _2233.8 444 mm "450 mm
- ~- 201 LSM. Draw oca1 sketcb .of reinfoic~~~:~· ·~~~
~ ':,:··~ ~ :/~··.•·. ' .;:~·:;~:1 ~ Step 5 : Depth of footing for Bending moment :. Effective cover d = 20
= II.I!Nos .. l2bm
~..._, •'••(
450- 2 -50=390mm
:. Provide 12 bars of 16 mm along loog direction. It! Soln.: Critical section for bending moment criteria is consider
¢ Step 6 : Check for depth in one way shear (Beam
the face of column
al
b = 300mm. D=450mm 011 shear)
Ia sbortdJrecdon M, = 323.7 kN.m Gl'ea:
A _ 0.5x20[ I 4.6x323.7xHf X 230 X

P, !OOOtN SBC = 190 kN/m2 , = P{L;D) x t~;D) xB
M Critical section for one way sbear is consider at
·-.y- 415 I- 624 2
- 20x 230x 6241 fa. 20Nimm ~=415Ntmm
2
distance d from the face of column.
.!!
ev
2 250x2
=2038mm2 P g (L-D) = g - (3-0.45/
To find : size of footiog
Number of bars for 16 mm +bar along sbon direction ¢ Step 1 : Load on footiog 406.4kN. m
2
M = (B-b) XL _ 250 x 3(2-0.3)2
Assume self weight of footing I 0 % of load on columo "'y p 8 - 8
nR
n = &~-_2038
201
Load on footiog Wr = 1.1 x W, = 1.1 x 1000 270.94kN.m
IIOOtN
:. Maximum bending moment
10.13 Nos = 11 bm
¢ Step 2 : Area of footiog
M,... = 406.4 kN.m
:. Provide II bars of 16 nun along long directioo.
. Factored load on foaling
¢
Area offootmg = SBC of soil
1100
At= 190 =5.79m
Step 3 : Size of footing
U 2
Limiting Moment of Resistance
Fig. P. 6.3.2(a)
m
b B V, = Upward soil pressure x Area of strip
i5 = I
16bnol16mm+
300 B
450 =I
V., = pB[~; 0)-d]
250 x 2[e -~- ~ -d]
4
Sa
:. B = 0.667 L
- - I
B=2m Area offootiog At = BL 500 (1.275 -d) ... (i)
5.79 = 0.667 L x L
1:-·' 2
2000 rnm
L = 8.685 m k, = o.s + ~' = o.s +~ = o.s +~is = 1.16 > 1
L=3m .. L = 2.947 m Fig. P. 6.3.2
:. k, =
6 2
Fig. P. 6.3.1(c:) B = 0.667 X 2.947 = 1.965 406.4 x 10 = 0.138 x 20 x 1000d
t, = 0.25~ =0.25{i0 = 1.12
L = 3.0 m and B = 2.0 m d = 384mm :. t , = I x 1.12 = 1.12 MPa = 1120 kN/m
2
Area of footing provided Cover for footing- clause 26.4.2.2. P. No. 46, IS456
.....A JACHINS/l4IJ r..t=
https://cee-book.blogspot.com I
"TheorY of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU)
6-11 .I
~ere central band width = width of footing =2m Design of Foundations I
&-10
2S0[6-(0.3 +d)(0.4S +d)]= 1120 [I.Sd + 4d1 ...... Longer side of footing L 3
Axial load p = 850 kN -
1 P"' shorter side of footing =8 =2 = 1.5 M20 f,t = 20 N/mrn2
6-(0.135 +0.7Sd +d ) = 6.72d + 17.92 d2
t.. --~
Bd ~ 2 Fe415 fy = 415 N/mm2
16.92 d2 + 5.97 d- 5.865 = 0 1982 = 'iJtJ
V, = t.,Bd=l120x2xd ...(ii)
d = 0.438 m > 0.39 mm 2 x 1982 · condition : comers of the slab are not held down.
fiqulliq (l) IDd (ti). ~Fl. :. Provide diameter d = 0.438 m = 438 A.tcb = ~ = IS85.6mm2
¢ Step 1 : Check on footing
22A() X d 55() (\.275- d) D = d+c ++12 =438 +50+~ Spacing of 20 mm ill bar
2 Assume self weight of footing 10% of load on column
4.48 d 1.275 - d 1000 X 314.15
= 498a500mm S= 1585.6 =198.13mrn., 190mrn Load on footing Wr = I. I W = 1.1 x 850=935 leN
al
5.48 d 1.275
d = 500-60=440mm ¢ Step 2 : Area of footing
d = 0.233 m =233 mm< 390mm ¢ Sup 8 : Reinforoement : Assume per meter width
:. Provide 20 mrn $ @ 190 mrn clc in central band of
A = load on footing _ 935
short direction 1
•·• DqiCb of~ provided is safe in ooe-way sbcar. .. SBC of soil - 190
ev
¢ Slip 7 : <lliec:k fur deplh in nro-way sbcar (pullching
blloal dlredloa M, = 406.4 kN. m
0
-rv- = 4.92m2
-~\t [I-~ 1- ;~ ~] Bd
6 1--
sbear) A.. = ¢ Step 3 : Size of square footing
20mm+~ 100mmc/c
t---
Critir.:al sectioa fur tvro-way star is coosi<lc' a!
05x20 [ 4.6 X 406.4 X 10 a = ..JAr =..(492
nR
di5tiDce df2 from lbe periplay of coluum face. =9415 I- 20 X 1000 X 4402 X IOOO X 440
= 2.21m,.2.3m
v. Uplift~ X Sbaded ~ = 2977.6mm
2
20~+ 0150rrvnc/c 20 mm+ 0 190mmrJc . . Provide footing of size 2.3 m x 2.3 m
D. 1 at cantnll band
p [BL-(b+d) (D +d)) 1t 2
Spacing for20 mmljl bar~ =4(20) = 314.1Smm2 \ : .. ·- t:i< ¢ Step 4 : Net upwan:l pressure intensity
250 (2 X 3- (03 +d) (0.45 +d)] ... (Jii)
IOOOA,. 1000x3!4.1S p = Load on.column
s = A.
U
=
= 105.5 mm = 100 mm clc

2977.6
:. Provide 20 mm ill @ 100 mm clc along long direction.

~ 5()()mm I 2000mm
I
B=2m
¢
=
Area of fooling provided
~=
850
160.68kN/m
Step 5 : Depth of footing from bending momen

critical section for bending moment criteria i
m
500mm ' \
Ill abort diredlon M, = 270.94 kN.m l-3m
consider from the face of the column
0.~~520 [I-
Fig. P. 6.3.2(c)
A,.y=
fie. P. 6.3.l(b) 2
Sa
= 1982mm
2
= 160.68 X 2.3 (2.38- 0.45)
Spacing for 20 mm ill bars "J)eslgn a square footing of uniform U.Uckness for an IU.ialiy a
~ column of (450 mm ~ 4SO ~) s~. Th~ SBC of soil M = 158.1 kN .m
x 314.15 _ISS S
S _ 10001982 ISO 2
- · mm = mm •190 kN/m , Column carries a load of 850 kN . Use M20 Limiting bending moment
b0 = perimeter of critical section "' Provide 20 mm ill @ ISO mm clc ~ and Fe415 steel. Sketch ~steel details. M,,lim = 0.138 f,kbd2
2[(D+d) + (b +d))
Reinforcement in the central band of short direction It! Soln.: 158.1 x 10
6
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000d2
2[(0.45 +d)+ (0.3 +d)] =1.5 + 4d
[Ref. Cl. 34.31(c) Page No. 65, IS 456:2000] Given d = 239.33 mm
:. Vu 1120 X (1.5 + 4d) + (0.3 +d) X d ... (iv)
Reinforcement in central band width 2 column size a = 450 mm
Equating (iii) and (iv) Total reinforcement in short direction = if+1
2
SBC of soil = 190 kN/m
Tall-Nee Publitalions........... Where Aut/Jon iDspire iDDorllioD _...4 SACHIN SIL4Il y..,.,..
-A SACH/N SIWI Ye~~ture
of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU)
6·13
&-12 Design of Foundations
7t l
~
¢ Step 6 : Depth of footing for ooc wty
Cbeamsbur) = D-c- ! 20
2 =310-50-- _,."
2 - 4J\J lllrn 5 ~108 for 16 mm ~ bar (A~=4x 16 = 201.06mml) 0 Soln.:
1000:\ _ 1000x201.06 Given : b = 275mrn; D= 450mm

¢ s_, 7 : Depdl of footing in two way shear (punchin s = :\ - 2126.73
shw) g w, = 900kN; SBC = 210 kN/m2
~ 94.5 90 mm c/c
fck = 25N/mm
2
; fY=415 N/mm
2
B=2.3m :. Provide 16 mrn ~ @ 90 mm c/c in both direction To find : (i) size of footing
2576d = 341.84- 369.56d
B= 2.3 m (ii) steel reinforcement.
2945.56d = 341.84
al
¢ Step 1 : Load on footing
flc. P. 6..3.3(a)
d = 0.116 m=116 mm Assume self weight of footing 10 % of load on column
Critical ~ for ooe '"''liY shear is consider at I•
L=2.3m
distaoce 'd' from lhe ~ of lhe column Flg. P. 6.3.3(b) Load on footing Wr = 1.1 W, = 1.1 x 900 = 990 kN
ev
Sbear force 31 aiticaJ section Critical section for two way shear is consider at distance ¢ Step 2 : Area of footing
d/2 from be periphery of column face.
v., = P · B [ (L;a) -d] 2 Area of footing =
Factored load on footing
SBC of soil
V, = p[BL-(a+d) ]
nR
160.68 X 2.3 [ {2.3 -20.45) d J 2
160.68 [2.3 (0.45 + d)2]
.i.
~m~ ~~~~~~~~~
!D=310mm 990
210 = 4.714 m
2
T~~~ ~ ~
160.68 [5.29- 0.2025- 0.9d- d2] 50mm ~mm
369.56 [0.925- d) 2.3m
160.68 (5.0875 - 0.9d - d2) ...(iii)
I•
341.84-369.56 d ... (i) SecUonolelevollon (i) Proportion of size of footing
Shear resistance by concrete l B
'L B=ob L= 275
. . k,
k,
t,
A
0·5 + t', O b 0.45
= .s + 1 = o.5 + 0.45 = 1.5 1 1
0.25 ~ = 0.25 ...J2o = 1.12 N/mnl

v,
U
:. b, = perimeter of critical section = 4(a +d)
4 (0.45 + d) = 1.8 + 4d
r
L.
-
--
-1
-
2.3m
D =
(ii) Dimension of footing
Ar = BL=0.61L x L
2 ~ 4.7 14
450 L=0.6I L
m
= 1120 x( l.8+4d)=d L = 0_61 =MI = 7.714
2
t, 1 x 1.12= 1.12N/mn/ = 1120kN/m
Equating equation (iii) and (iv), we get
L = 2.78 m = 2.8 m
:. V, = t, ~d= 1120 x 2.3 x d 2 2.3m
160.68[5.0875 - 0.9d-d ) = 1120(1.8d+4d)
B = 0.61 X 2.78 = 1.69 ~ 1.70 m
Sa
= 2576 d 2 PLAN
... (ii) 5.0875- 0.9d -d = 6.97 [1.8d + 4dl = 12.55 d + 27.88 d2
:. Dimension of footing B x L = 1.7 m x 2.8 m
Equating Equation (i) and (ii), we get, 2
:. 28.88 d + 13.45 d- 5.0875 = 0 Fig. P. 6.3.3(c) : Reinforcement delalling for square 2
footing A, = 1.7 x 2.8 = 4.76m
:. Provide the depth of footing is the greater value :. d = 0.247 m
¢ Step 4 : Upward soil pressure
from BM and shear consideration iuEx.U.4 MU • Dec. 2012. 12 Marks
¢ Step 8 : Reinforcement factored load on column
d 0.247 m m;tangular footing of d_imension 275 nini x 450 rnm is P = Area provided
990 x 1.5
overall depth D 4.76
iloling for the column assuming safe bearing capacity of the
- 0.5 x20 [
- 415 I- 2
J
4.6 X 158.1 X 10 IOOO X 250 2
.Qlto be 210 kN/m • Use M25 concrete mix and TOR steel. 312kN/m
2
307=310mm I 20 X 1000 X 250
2
=2126.73mm
•....-4 SAC/liN S/UH Yesture •...A SACHJNS/WI r..'"'"
~ Th~ Of Reinforced
¢ ~~(MU) 6-14 .c'1f11SOIY: of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 6-15
Step 5 : Depth of tn.,.,;__
~ v. =
. Design of Foundations
-~ fur bending moment Uplift pressure x Shaded are
0.5 X 25 [ 4.6 X 366.85 X 10
Critical section for- bending
p [BL-(b +d) (D +d)] 4i5'"" 1-
on the face of column moment criteria .is considu 25 X 1700 x3 7 02 1700 X 370
312 (2.8 1.7- (0.275 +d (0.45 +d))] = 2982mm2

p
ML-
8
ot 312.6 X 1.7(2.8 0 .45)2
X
8 312 [4.76- (0.124 + 0725d + d 2)] •• . (ill)
al
Number of bars
366.&5 kN. rn
~ 2982
PL<B-bt n ~ = -7t-- = 9.03 = 10 Nos.
312.6 X 2.8 0.7 0.275}' 2
8 4(20)
8
222.17 kN. rn
ev
Fig. P. 6.3.4(a) Provides 10 Nos. 20 nun cj> bar along long direction
t- L = 2.8m
• X
1
'- m·1f~~~·T~_: _ _ ~~I~

(ii) In short direction
7
Shear Force at critical section :
V• _ Upward soil pressure x Area of strip

Fig. P. 6.3.4(b)
_ 0 .5 f., [
A,.,.- fy
~ 4 .6 Mu
I- \j I-~ Ld
f J
0
p B [(1; ) -d] b0 perimeter of critical section
0 .5 X 25 [ 4 .6 X 222.17 X 10
~ 1- 2800 x3502 x2800x350
nR
312.6x 1.7[e·8-;0.42)-d] "2 [(D +d)+ (b +d)] = 25 X
2 [0.45 + d + 0 .275 + d] = 0.145 + 4d 2

530.4 (1.175- d) = 1815mm
1x (L; D) . . . (i)
Vu 'tc bod
I• •I Number of bars (Assume 16 mm q, bar)
Fig. p. 6.3.4 1250 X (1.45 + 4d)d (1.45 + 4 d 2 ) .. . (iv)
0
k. 0.5 + 13c = 0.5 +-& = 0 .5 +
0 ~; Equating Equation (iii) and (iv), n =
.:?!m. 1815
A• =2Q1=3.03 ~ IObars
.-. Maximum Bending moment 312 [4.76- 0.124- 0 .725d- ct'l = 1250 (1.45d + 4 ct2)
1.11 > 1
2 (iii) Reinforcement in short direction in central band
M.._ = 366.85 kN. m = 366.85 x 106 N.mm 4.626- 0 .725d- d = 5.8d + 16d2
k.
U
2
17 d + 6.525 d- 4 .626 = 0 [Refer cl. 34.3.1 (c), page No. 65, IS456 :2000]
Limiting moment of resistance Tc 0 .25 .,P:.. = 0 .25 -./25 = 1.25
d = 0.364mm Reinforcement in central band width 2
M,..Um 0 . 138 f""bd
2 :.T, 1 x 1.25 = L25 MPa = 1250 kN/m 2 Tostal reinforcement in short direction = B+J
:. Provide maximum depth among bending moment,
Nominal shear stress
O.l38x25x 1000d2 =3450d 2 Shear force criteria Where central band width= width of footing= 1.7 m
Equating Maximum. B . M. to M.,. Um T, ~ :. V.=T,Bd= 1250x 1.7d d = 364mm
13 ~ = ~:~= 1.65
¢
d
Beam shear)
366.85 x
326mm
w•
Step 6 : Depth of footing by one-way shear (wide

m
530.4( 1.175- d)
1.175-d
2125 d
Equating Equation (i) and (ii),
2125 d
4d
. .. (ii)
Assume cover for footing c = 50 rnm and diameter of
barl2mm
Overall depth of footing D = d + c + $/2 = 364 + 50 ~
= 424 = 430 rnm

~
1815
1370mm2
Number of bar in central band (16 mm cj>)

Sa
Critical section for one way shear is consider at a d 1.175/5 = 0 .235 m = 235 mm :. Effective depth d = D-C- $12= 430- 60 = 370 mm
n = ~ = ~;~ = 6.8 = 7 Numbers.
distance d from the face of co1u11Ul.
¢ Step 7 : Depth of footing for two way shear (Punching ¢ Step 8 : Reinforcement •
shear) :. Provide 7 Numbers. 16 mm c1> bar in short direction
0) In long direction
Critical section for two-way shear is consider at a in central bandwidth.
distance d/2 from the periphery of column face. 0.5 f,, [ ~ f 4.6 Mu ]
A.,. = fy I - \j I - fck Bd1 Bd
--A SA CHIN SIMH l'eDture
Iii Reinforced~
~
Theory of f Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU 6-17 Desl n of Foundations
flleO 0
Structures (MU) 6-16
Design of Foundations L-0.5 = B-0.25=
4.19~
(L) -0.25 ¢ Step 4 : Bending Moment
......
9 Bending moment at column face parallel to x - axis
L-et ) = 0.5-0.25
Column 2
275 mm x 450 mm M,, = p.L1 ·C,
(L -L419~)
2
= 0.25 2
272.73 x 2.2 x o.s;s
Bending moment at column face parallel toy-ax
I= 0.5m Cy 2
r
M.y = p.B,.Cy
al
~ o.sm
7-16mm+ 2 - 16mm+
b = 0.25 m
r X
f3t=2m 0.85
272.73 x2.0x--
2
2
X
ex 197.05kN.m
ev
~ -- --- ..·
Lt =2.2 m
1= 0.5m ey = 0.85m
., . I
nR
Fig. P. 6.3.5(a)
B1=2m
2
L = 4.19 =0.25 L
L-2.8m
L2 -0.25L-4.19 = 0
SECTIONAL PLAN
L = 2.176m =2.2m
Fig. P. 6.3A(c)
4.19 4.19
:. B = L = 2.176 = 1.93 m =2.0m
U
.UEx.8~.5
:J ~·
MU - M<1 2018 12 M<1rks
¢ Step 1 : Load on footing
~..t= 2.2 m
A)~ta.os' CQIWnu of.duneDsions 250 mm X 500 mm is

:. Provide column footing of size 2.2 m x 2.0 m Fig. P. 6.3.5(b)
wb~~ k ultimate load of 1200 kN. Design an iaolated

Assume 10 % self weigth of footing
CheCk C, = B ~ b = 2.0 ~0.25 = 0.875
Factored Moment M... = 1.5 x 229.7 = 344.55 kN.m
{~' foii.;tlle ~lumn ~ming safe bearing capacity of Factored load Pur= 1.1 P. = 1.1 x 1200 = 1320 kN
_ L -I _ 2.2 - 0.5 _ O
CY - 2 - - .85 m
c~l- 2Ul.-kN/m2. Adopt grade of concn:te M20 and grads of
m
2 ¢ Step 5 : Depth of footing
¢ Step 2 : Approximate arc of footing
S!Cei.Fe ~m. . Working load on footing
Area of footing provided A, = L x B = 2.2 x 2 = 4.4 m
2
Soln.: Area of footmg = safe bearing capcity of soil ¢ Step 3 : Net upward pressure on footing : 6
0.138 X 20 X 500 = 344.55 X 10
factared load on column Pu
Sa
- (1320/1.5) - 4 19 2 2 6
Glveo: A, - 210 - . m P = Area of footing provided = (L x B) 0.138 X 20 X 300 d = 344.55 X 10
Column dimension b x I = 250 mm x 500 mm . B- 4.19 1200 2

d = 353.3 mrn
~ = B x L=4.19m
2
.. - L (2.2 x 2) = 272.3 kN/ m
Ultimate axial load on column P.= 1200 k.N
Mu,Um = Mu,y
2 Note : · Dimension of footing is selected such that Ncite : In · calculation of net· upward Pr81!8Ur& on
Safe bearing capacity of soil SBC = 210 k.N/m footing, the seH weight of footing is not
2
0.138 x f"' · b·d =296 .25 x 10
6
cantilever projections of footing from faces
2
M20 grade concrete f'* = 20 N/m m of the column are equal, considered because the lead load of footing 2
0.138x20 x 250d =296.25 x 10
6
acts in the opposile direction soil pressure

To ftnd : Design of footing : cy = c, and hence ~ doesnot produce any moment d = 655.25 mm
(i) Dimension of footing L-0.5 B - 0.25 or shear in footing considerably.
: .d""' = d = 655.25 nun
(ii) Reinforcement 2 2
_.A SACBIN SI/All ftJJtlll'<

TO-Nto Publialioo• --lnere AutiJors inspire imwr•tioD
--~
lOIDIIl~ 6-18 ~Z of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 6-19 Design of Foundations
bar 8Dd clear cover of 50
0verau de IDID Number of I 0 mm +bars 'flii'O or more columns are supported by a common base Rectangular footing can also be provided to tbe
ptb d+c+! ' foOling to transmit tbe load of structure is called as columns with unequal loading with heavier loading to
01
- ~ 680
- ~ = 78':54 = 8 .65 - 7 bars cmnbined f<X>ting. interior side away from property boundary line.
655..25 +50 + 120
It is based on assumption that the f<X>ting is infinitely
stiff or rigid and the C .G. of the column loads is I a. 6.6 Trapezoidal Footing I
al
710 IDib
coincides with the C.G. of the footing area, it is
Tbe over-au depth may be _
subjected to uniform upward pressure from soil
shear stresses. lDCrease by 30 % to limit tbe
beDC&Ih-
j.La: 6.8.1. • Explain l'ra~~ .comblned ~ ·.•·
.·. Overall .._.L
-.,..._. = 1.3 x 710 = 923 nun It is also based on assumption that the footing is bend Trapezoidal footing is necessary if the footing cannot
ev
-·· Provide over-au depth of92S mm both longitudinal direction and transverse direction. project the required distance beyond the column face or
if the external column near the property line is heavily
-·- Effective deptb for sbon """'~ .... In longitudinal direction, footing bends with columns
-.--. -. = 925 - 50 - I 012 develops hogging bending moment and cantilever
loaded.
portion beyond column faces develops sagging bending The parallel side of trapezium are kept rigbt angles to
= 870 1DID the line joining tbe centre of two columns, tbe greater
Effective depth fi moments.
or 1ong span dy = 870- 10 = 860 mm width is provided near the heavier loaded column.
nR
Sectional Elevation In transverse direction, it produced sagging bending
¢ Step 6 : Reinf"orcemeot in a sbon span ~ moment.
A.z o.~f.., [t -.. \j./ I - 4 .6 M,.7J

r'*- b - d:_j
bd I'
I B.
X 870
O.Sx20 [
415 1-
-v 1 4. 6 X 344 .55 X
20 X 50Q X 8702
J0°J 500
6.4.1 Types of Combined Footing
U
liZ! Ana.:
1162mm2
4-2.2 m (I) Rectangular footing
Number of 100 nun 41 bars Sectional plan of rectangular footing
(2) Trapezoidal footing.
Fig. P. 6.3.S(c) (3) Suap or cantilever footing (a) Rectangular footing

(4) Beam and slab footing
.·. Number of bars along short span =~ I a. m
6.4 Combined Footing I ( ~ 6.5 Rectangular Footing I
1162
= 78 _54 = 14.79 =IS bars ua. 8.4.1
¢ Step 7 : Reinforcement along longer span
What is combined footing? When· is ·to be
provided? What are the various types of
combined footing ? (I@IMtM*Jeilfij
p c:.a.·1. Explain Rectangular cOmbined footing.
Sa
~ I. - ~]
- In combined rectangular footing, footing can be
A.., -_ 0.5 frk [
f• 1- f"" bd bd liZ! Ana.: extended beyond each column face to a distance
When isolated footings are very closed to each other or ~equired in such a way that the centre of gravity of the
=~
O.Sx20 [
1-
~I 4. 6 X 344 .55 X
20 X 500 X 870 2
JO'] X
250 X
860 overlapped or column the property boundary, combined column loads coincide with the centroid of the area of
footing is necessary. footing.
(b) Trapezoidal footing
= 679.5 = 680 DlJD2 - When tbe loads on both column is equal, the
Fig. 6.6.1
rectangular column is advantageous.
_ ...A SA CHIN S/l411 J'eDiun:
.....A SACH/N SJl.UI r-~un:
~ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (t.AU) 6~
I '&. &.7 Strap or Cantilever Footing I a. 6 ·8 · 1 ~~~~;:-! ~~~~::,~~~=ng
Design of Foundations
-J of Reinforced Concrete Structures MU

a 1 +a,+ I
I!> Step 4 : Effective upward soil pressure

= L
6-21
MaJ(imum bending moment OCcurs
I •. I °0
~ 7.1_ What .. strap footing? W'hM It .. provided? p = Factored load of column
< Factored SBC
column the face of
_ Also dr&w of strap footlog. iii1L!Iili£iti! Area of footing provided

o(R_,..,l
I!> Step 5 : Upward pressure per meter run M = ~XB'
When separate footings are provided under two
al
columns 8Dd the two footings are connected by beams
is called as stn1p footing.
= PXB Calculate transverse reinforcement for this moment
¢ Step 10 : Shear reinforcement
l_ -~-u _ffi_lle
I!> Step 6 : Shear force and bending moment
When the distance between two columns is too large
Provide the shear reinforcement as per I.S. requirement.
and the combined footing either rectangular or Calculate shear force at C. G. of column and at critical
lrapezoidal is became uneconomical, it is essential to sections. Also find bending moment at column and at the ¢ Step 11 : Check for Development length
ev
provide strap footing. -Ll.M-
.'
w.ru'
point of zero shear force.
Type II Numencals on combmed rectangular
Tile strap footing is provided on the assumption that ' ¢ Step 7 : Required depth of footing footmg
'' '
strip beams is stiff enough to lransfer the column loads '
(i) Calculate the depth of footing for maximum bending
~-=aL'~!:==~===:~--------~~
to the soil with equal and uniform soil pressure under uex..U.1
both footing. I• - •1/ moment consideration
:-· L N 1•~••••1§+Uif+l:tffiitit?IM6J*4••••J•+mrffltO] _ ~ ~'/
nR
The function of strap beam is to lransfer the load of (ii) Check the depth of footing for one way shear and Design the combined rectangular pad footing fooc blo,
heavily loaded outer column to the inner one. Fig. 6.8.2 punching shear . colwnn A · and B carrying load of 800 kN 1m fiJoo,kilf
respectively. Column A is 400 mm square and ~js ~- m,in
I+~+-+n-~nn 2B Plan
¢
¢
Step 1 : Total Load on footing
W = Total load of column + Self weight of footing {10%)
Step 2 : Area of footing

¢ Step 8 : Longitudinal steel
Calculate longituclinal reinforcement

moment and sagging moments
-0 ~ J
for bogging
square-in size and they placed at 4 m c/c. ~ widdl"ot'
footing· as 1..5 m and SBC of soil as 200 kNint'. Uae M2o.
and Fe 415. Also draw a neat sketch showing reinforcement
detailsc -
~ Soln.:
rs r--rr
0.5 fck [ 4.6
---f,-
U
A,., = 1- 1- fck bd' bd
(Ultimate load I FOS) Given : = 20 MPa.
fck B= 1.5M,
Safe bearing cpacity
¢ Step 9 : Transverse reinforcement
Working load f,=415MPa. SBC =200 kN/m2
Elevation SBC The transverse reinforcement is provided under each w, = kN w = 1000 kN
Ttr
Fig. 6.7.1: Strap footing 800
~": :·~ ~ ":; ;""" "' ~

2
oo•-
q
¢ Step 3 : Projection of footing from column centre-line
wO<hin • '""' ""''"' •
I I co\lu~!~-~off~~~~"St ~
a_ 6.8 Beam and Slab Footing
I LQ. 6.8.:1
m
The projection a, and a, should be such that C.G. of
footing coincide with C.G. of the column loads. <m
7!:' ,J~_- ------~-----;I$----1a=1.5m

Write a short note on : Bean and Slab fooling. Let, x = Distance of C. G . of column loads
J6ca-= ol
from centre of column A
j c.' c i
Sa
W 8 xl (WA+W 8 )xx
W8 1
A
- - ' band width, I
I
'\ \
I• band width •I 1t1J
"'l.b
; ;
I 8 : :
PLAN Fig. 6.8.3 , '
WA+Wu
c-=::::------:Jb
Band width of column A B' = b + 2d but a<d
~~~~~==·~''------~~-·
Centroidal clistance of load = Centroid of footing
B' = b+d+d
a,+ x = L/2
WA
ELEVATION Projection beyond column B {a, ) Net upward pressure P = B x B' Fig. p. 6.8.1
Fig. 6 .8.1: Beam and slab-footing .•...A SACJII!f S1JA// reotu.re
__.A SA CHIN SHAH Yeoturt! . . Wbe~ AutboN inspire innoY.Ition
T..,h·Neo Publicatoons ... -····-
lil Theory of Aeinfon:ed Concrete Struduraa (MU)
¢ Step 1 : Load 00 footing
Total load of column = w 4 + w11 = (800 + 1000)

6-22
¢ Step 4 : Effective upward soil pressure
p
Design of Founda!iorla
Factored load of column

Area of footing provided
-
w = 1800
1.5 (800 + 1000)
Selfweightoffooeing(l()'lf,) = 0.1 XW=0. 1 x 1800 (1.5 X 7)
2
:. Total load W = 1800 + 180 = 1980 t.N p 257 kN/m
al
2
¢ Step 2 : Area of footing < 1.5 X 200 300kN/m .·. 0.1(_
:X
<U1timate load I FOS> ¢ Step 5 : Upward pressure per meter run
Fig. P. 6.8.1(c)
Safe bearing cpacity
Working load 1980
= p X 8 = 257 X 1.5 = 386 kN/m
ev
2 In a cantilever portion, one way shear is made at a
SBC = 200 = 9.9 m ¢ Step 6 : Sbear force and bending moment distance d from face of the column.
Width of footing B 1.5 m(given) 1200 kN 1500 kN
~~-;;h t t t'fit t t t ~r;;·1

Shear force, V.= SFRB -p(t+d)
Length of footing L = ~ = ~~ = 6.6 m =329.27 kN.m
M1 3
662 X 10 -386 X 10
3
(~ 5 + 1000)
= 7m BMD
nR
P =386 kNim
Fig. P. 6.8.1(a) 662 x w' - 386 x w' (0.25 + d x 1o·')
Provide size of fuoting I .5 m X 7 m.. Fig. P. 6.8.1(b)
... (i)
¢ Step 3 : Projection of footing from column centre-line ~ ron:e c:alculation Point of contraflexure Assuming% pt = 0.2 steel, 't, = 0.32 N/mm2
Tbe projectioo a 1 BDd a, sbould be such lbal C.G. of Sbear force just left of A, SFA.L = 386 x 1.28 = 494 kN It is the point of zero bending moment v.
footing coincide with C.G. of the column loads..
Sbear fon:e just right of A. SFAI<= 494 - I 200 = - 706 kN BMxx =0 = 386 x
2
n - 1200 (x- 1.28) = 0 bd
Let. i = Distance of C. G . of column loads
2
193 x -1200x+ 1536 =0 v. 0.32 X 1500 d = 480 d.
Shear force just left of B, SF8 L = - 706 + 386 x 4 = 838 kN
U
from centre of column A 1.8 m Permissible shear stress = k 'tc = 0.32 N/mm
2
Sbear fon:e just right of B, SF8 R = 838 - 1500 = - 662 kN
3 3
x2 4 .41 m 480d 662 X 10 -96 X 10 -386 d
Bending Moment calculation- Bending moment at A (C. G.
3
of column A) ¢ Step 7 : Required depth of footing .. 866d 566 x 10
i
= 2
= 316.21 kN.m
~ 0.13~ckb
386 x 1.28 /2 ... d 654mm
2 .22m d
Centroidal distance of load = Centroid of footing
a 1 +i L/2
m
Bending moment at B (C. G. of column B)
2
= 386 x l.72 n = 571 kN.m
Maximum B.M occurs where S.F . is zero
¢
:. AdoptD 720mm, d=720-60=660mm
Step 9 : Check for depth for two-way shear
: . d = 260mm
a 1 + 2.22 1n SFxx 0 D d+c+cl>/2 =244+50+¥
Sa
··E · ··· ·ij·
a1 (3.5 - 2 .22) = 1.28 m 386 X- 1200 0 304= 320mm
Projection beyond column B (a, ) 3. 1 m ¢ Step 8 : Depth of footing in one-way shear
2
a 1 +a,+l L BMxx 386 x n - 1200 (x- 1.28) Critical section for one-way (beam) shear shall be (b +d)
1.28 +a, +4 7 386 3 12 consider at a distanced (effective depth of footing) from the
; · -1200(3. 1- 1.28) Fig. P. 6.8.\(d)
1.28 +a,+ 4 7 face of the column carrying heavier load.
- 329.27 kN.m
7-4 - 1.28 = 1.72 m
Tedo-Neo Puhlicatioru--- fiere Autlwn ;.,pin ilu»r.tittD -.A SACHI!f S/MH Yeoture
6-25
IJt1 Theory of Reinfoo;ed Conc:nMa StrucUes (MU) 6-24

=- d width of column A B' =b + 2d but Qesign of Foundations
8~ a<d
~if Sotn.:
Coosidec critical scctioo at a distance df2 from tile face . • Provide 13 number of bars of diameter 12 mro41. B' = b + d + d = 0.4 + 0.66 +o.66 = 1.?2 m
of heavier column for punching sbear.
upward pressure p = ~ _ -1lQQ__
[Li) Reinforcement for sagging moment Ml ;
Area resisting punching sbcar =bo d

571 kN. m
f'lel B X B'- 1.5 X 1.72 . i~"=1200kN W8 f1400kN
b0 = 4 (b +d) =4 (500+660)
-0.5~ [ 1- ~.6M,.]
t---2- bd
= 465 kN/m2 ----mr300··-~--·---300rm-- -- . B
= 4640mm fy fcl: bd a1 ' 300' x ' a.
Maximum bending moment occurs on the face of
sbear force at critical scctioo
O.Sx20 [ 1 _ 1-
4.6 x 571 x 10
2
J
X 1500 X 66()
column
= Column load - upward pressure on A., E 415 20 X 1500 X 660
M
p(B-b)2 B' 465 ( 1.5 - 0.4)2
the area within the periphery 8 X = X 1.72
= 3103 mm2 8
al
1500-386 (0.5 + 0.66): Use 16 mm +bar. = 121 kN.m W8 = 1400kN
v. 980.6 kN Number of bar 300x300mm

A.
3103 d =
ev
Nonnal sbear sttess,
n = -;:;=m=15.4 = 16bars
3
V, 980.6 X 10
= b;d 4640 X 660 , a, ,, 4m
tv (iii) Reinforcement for sagging moment M 3 1 1 •I• az •I
= 0.32N/mm2 M3 = 316kN.m Fig. P. 6.8.2
nR
179.65= 160mm<660mm
Pennissible sbear stress O.Sx20 [
4.6 x316 x 10 J :. ok
Given factored load w.A= 1200 kN w•• =1400kN
~ .6 M,] bd
A..,= 4i5 1-
1- 2 x1500x66Q
t, o.25 K =o.25 V2o 20x1500 x 660
A..=
o.5ret [
-f- 1- I - - -- 2 ¢ Step 1 : Load on footing
= 1366 mm2 > A.mw, ' fct bd
1.12N/nml
Minimum A.,
0.12
loo 0.12 00
xBd= 1oo x 15 x660
A
...... -- ~[1
415 -
Assume self weight of footing is 10% of total working load.
Working load on footing
¢
. . Nonnal sbear sttess is less than permissible sbear
stress, it is safe in punching sbear.
Step 10 : Longitudinal steel
(i) Reinforcement for logging moment M 1

Number of barn = A; =
TI'IIII5Vene reinforcement
A,, 1366
U
Tol =6.8 "' 7 bars
Spacing of 16 mm $bars
1000 ~
= A.,min =
1000 X 201
1188 =169=160mmc/c
¢ Step 2 : Area of footing
w
1.1 (1200 + 1400)/1.5
2860 kN/1.5 = 1907 kN

m
_ Working load on footing _ 1907 _ 2
M, 329.27 kN. m ; .Provide transverse reinforcement 16 mm $ @ 160 mm c/c. Ar - SBeof soil -!50 - 12·71 m
The transverse reinforcement is provided under each
0.~ fcl: -\j~]

¢ Step 3: Projection of footing from e.G. of column A
column within a band having a width equal to the width of uex. s.a.2 (MU • Ma 2015 20 Marks)
A.. = [ 1- -
' - r: bd bd 2
~~
Sa
' y column plus two times the effective depth of foundation. ign a ·combined rectangular footing connecting two -
x = WA+Wa = wA+Wa
O.Sx 20 [
A..,=4i5 1-
4.6 X 329.3 X 10 J
x 1500x660
column •A' and 'B' at 4 m· C/c 'apart·and carrying factOred
1400 x 4
1-
20 X 1500 X 660
2
Fa! load l2~ kN aP_d 1400 kN respectively. The property· 1200 + 1400 = 2·15 m
= 1425 mm2 line 400 mm away from the outer face of column 'A'. Sizes
e .G. of load = centroid of footing.
of columns A and B are 300 mm x 300 mm and 400 mm x
Number of bars using 12 mm 41 bars - L
400 rom respectively. Use .M20 and Fe 415. Adopt SBC of a, + x =2
1t 2 2
~ = 4 12 = 490.9mm soil as 150 kN/m2. Draw neat sketches showing details of
a1 + 2.15 = U2
reinforcement.
A., 1425 L = (0.55 +2.15) x 2 =5.4 m
n "A;= 113.1 ~12.6= 13bars Fig. P. 6.8.1(e)
Tecl.-Neo Publications-- Jnere Aatl»n iiUpire iluHwatitNJ .....A SACHINSIWJ Jleattur - - - ' tboniDspi~iDIJOYitioa
Ttr:h-Neo Publications.-..- rrncro "u
~ ~ o1 Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU)
6-27
... ~' : Depth of footing based 00 maximum B.M. . . D:lan of Foundations

•• = 300
400+2 =5S0mm=O.SS m
SF.u = 265.32- 1200 =- 934.68 kN M..- = Mu.llm ~ProVJ~ ~of fOOting d = 362 mm. D=420 mm -
SfaL = -934.68 + (482.4 X4) Step 8 : Check for depth in twC).way shear
L-/-a1 =5.4-4-0.55
= 0.138f'* · b -d2
6 Consider critical section at a distance df2
= 994.92kN
o.ssm 832.5 X 10 = 0.138 X 20 X 2400 d2 of heavier column for '"""'bin bear from the face
r - gs .
SF111 = 994.92-1400=-405.08kN
=~
"dlh fl'nnhftft 12.71 d = 354.5mm Are resisting punching shear
WI o """""6 L ="""5:4" = 235 • 2.4 m
Bending liiOIIlellt ca1culalioo
~ume 16 nun~ bars and clear cover 50 nun
A = b.d =4 (b +d) d =4 (SOO +360) 360
:. Provide size of footing 2.4 m x 5.4 m BMA = 482.4 x 0.55 212 = 72.96 kN.m = 1238.4 x tal mm2
¢ Step 4 : Effec:ti~ Upword soil JRSSUre on fooling BM1 = 482.4 X 0.85 212 = 174.3 kN. m
... overall depth D= d +C+~=354.5+ 50+8
cU2icU2
-.j~ : -.j~i~
al
Fac:torM load of columo = 412.5,.420mm
Po = Area of footing provided Maximum bending moment
. ·----·-·········--·----·---·~ J.:~--
2600 SFxx =0
:. Effective depth d = 420 _58= 362 mm
L&Jid
~=200.6 ~ Step 7 : Depth of footing in one-way shear ~T2
ev
482.4x- 1200 = 0
.. 201 < (factorM SBC) 1200 Critical section for one-way (beam) shear shall be
x = 482_4 = 2.49 m Fig. P. 6.8.l(e)
I.Sx IS0=225kN/m2 :. ok consider at a distanced (effective depth of footing) from the
.. 201 kN/mm2 face of column carrying heavier load.
column load - upward pressure on area within
nR
Upward soil pressure per llll:fer run periphery of column
''
P = P0 X8=201x2.4=482.4kN/m + ve shear force ~ Wa-p(b+d)2
¢ Step 5 : Sbear fon:e and Balding lllOIDellt Fig. P. 6..8.2(b) . ···-0-

·--------------·-----d
co... ------ 1400-482.4 (0.5 + 0.36l
0.4 d
1200 kN 1o400 kN 2
-.j~)H
1043.2 kN
X
0.55 J. ~ 0.85 BM,... = 482.42 -1200 (x - 0.55) :2
L1~kN
v
4m
ffftffffffff f f f ffft
~
P=482.4~
994.92 kN
2
2.49
= -832.5mm U2
= 482.4 x-2--1200 (2.49-0.55)
V.
Fig. P. 6.8.2(d)
= SFsR-P~+d)
tv
~ 1043.2 X 10
3
= bod = 1238.4 X 103
= 0.84N/mm2
Permissible shear stress
m
405~ ~FJ). = [ 405.08 482.4 (
04
2 + ~~)JX 10 3
t, = 0.25~ =0.25..j20 = 1.12N/mm2
3 ; . safe against punching shear.
= 308.6 X 10 -482.4 d ... (i)
934.68kN Sagging (+BM) Assume percentage of steel =0.2%
Sa
¢ Step 9 : Longitudinal steel

Fig. P. 6.8.2(c) :. -c, = 0.32 (i) Reinforcement for bogging BM. M1
72.96kN.m 174.3kN
Point of contra flexure,
Permissible shear stress = k -c, = I x 0.32 = 0.32 M1 = 832.5 kN. m
B.M.D. v
BMxx =0 Nominal shear stress -c. = bd
x2 = v.
832.5kN.m 482.4 2- 1200 (X- 0.55) = 0
t , . bd
_o.5x 20 r1_ 4.6 X 832.5 X J0 X 240Q X
0.32 X 2400 d = 768 d ...(ii) - 415 L I- 20 x 2400x36i 362
Fig. P. 6.8.l(a) 3
Solving quadratic equation, we get, 768 d = 308.6 X 10 - 482.4 d
Shear force calculation : 3
308.6 x 10
x. = 0.63 m, x2 =4.35 m d = (768 + 428.4) = 257 ·9 mm
SFAL = 482.4 X0.55 = 265.32 kN
< 362mm
......4 JACHINSJlAJI reotu.rt
~~of Relnforoed Concrete Structures (MU)
&-29
~ Theo:y of ReinlorCid Concr8la ~ (MU)

Provide 2S mm +bar,
Number of bar o =~ =7841.2 - IS 97 16 bar

&-28
D -
- ~-
~ - 201
Design of Foundatlone
1379.7
=6.86 .. 7 bars =-
~r of 16 mm' bars
n 2176 =10.8 ,. II bars -
~ 490.9 - ... ¢ Step 10 : Traosvene reinforcement
Provide 16 ban of 2S mm diameler The traosvene reinforcement is provided under

. band ba . .dth each
(ii) Reioforcemeru for IIUill8 IDOIDeDl
column With a VIDg I WI equal to the Width
column A) ~ (UDder column plus two times the effective depth of footing. of
~ = 72.96 kN. m Baod width of column B

8' = b + 2d =0.5 + (0.362 x 2)
A~ O.Sx20 [
·--a·--:m- 1- 1
_ 4.8 x72.98 x 10
20 X 2~ X '!/822 X 2400 X 362 Net upward pressure
al
=566.16mm2 ~ 1400
P = BB' = 2.4 x 1.22 = 478.14 kNtm2
Check for minimum reinforcement , 'L .·p:'-
Maximum beodiog moment occurs on the face of column.
~ - ill
ev
0.12
•......, - IOO xbD=IOO x 2400x420 J!.@..:..!!L2 , _ 478.14 !2.4- o.s/
M 8 X8 - 8 X 1.22
1210mm2 2400
263.231tN. M
:. A.z < A_.
~~b --
nR
Provide 16 mm • bar d
- +
Number of bar o =~
A. _ll!Q
- 201 602 b
· • 7 ars 199.35 mm < 362 mm :. ok
16 mm - 7 bars
Plan of bottom reinforcemenl
(iii) Reinforcement
columo B.
for sagging moment M1 under § [fy -~]
1 - \J 1 -~6 x bd
+
25 mm 6 bars 25mm +16bars
Ml = 174.3 kN.m
-~[1- I 4.6 X 263.23 X 10
O.Sx20 [
"-a= --:m- 1- 1
4.8 X 172.3 X 10
- 20 x 2~x3822
= 1379.7 mm <A,.;.
2
X
2
Ann X
"""
362
-41 5
= 2176mm
2
U
- 20 X 2400 X 3542 X 2400 X 354
2400
m
:r 5400mm
Plan ol 1011 reinforcement

Sa
Fig. P. 6.8.2(g)
UEx. 6.8.3 : IWIJ.Iil1.1.{5$

Design the combined footing for two columns Cl of size 400 x·400 nun and. CZof.~\It 500 )( 50(lmmi4 '!~¢ ~~·
SOO ltN and 800 ltN as working loads respectively. The columns are spaced at 4m apart The available widlb ~ ia
l.4m. The 'smaller column is 0.4 m away from the property line. The S8C of the soil is t40kNI.i(use l.W'and fie4:15.
~ketch reinforcement details. " ' ''· ,..,
Fig. P. 6.8.2(0
_.4 SACHIN SIWI l'mture
S)leal' for calculation

..... <1000""'
-ot ~ .. L-I -a1 c6.24-4-0.6: 1.64m
~ 6.35 SFAL = 209x0.6: 125.4kN
4) Widtb of footing= L = ffi = 1.017 • 1.1 m
lo- al
?
-IS' a
¢
Provide size of fooling 1.1 x 6.24 m
s.., 4 : mecdft upwarcl8011 preaare on footing

SFAR = 125.4-500 =374.6 kN
SFBL = - 374.6 +(209 X 4) =461.4 kN

D = d+c+!=418.45+50+8
= 476.45 "480 mm
i• -41
7oo...:' i ~ factored load on coloull\n SFBR = 461.4- 800 =- 338.666 kN Effective depth = 480- 58= 422 mm
i
i
L Po = Aiea of footing provided ¢ s•-7· Depth f, · .
i Bending moment calculation o •ootmg m one way &bear critical
..,liN I
1300
-r ·
-·Et
w, •
w,.~IIN = 1.1 X 6.24 = 189.39"' 190 section for ooe way (beam) &bear s.b.all be
al
= 209 x 0.6212=37.62kNm
D·~
BMA consider at a distance d (effective depth of
190 <(factored SBC) = 1.5 x ISO footing) from the face of column carrying
2
BM8 = 209 X (1.64) 12 281.06 kNm =
·!· .
=. 22SkN/m2 heavier load.
.J
ev
4m Maximum bending moment
'"" •!• ~ Upward soil pressure per meter run
= P,xB=I90 x l.l=209kN/m Sfu =0 '

~
p
¢ Step 5 : Sbear force IDCI bendiog moment 209xx-500 = 0 . -·-·--·---------------·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-m·-· ....

Gi'Val fllctored load w oA =soo kN' wa8 =800 kN
nR
SOOkN 500 d
= 209 = 2.39 m
~ 1.64 ~.5~2!it
¢ Step 1 : ....... - fOIItiac x
1=4m
f :.4 3
'' X
Assume self wagbt of footing is I0% of liltal wolting load
f f' i BM., = 209 2X - 500 (x- 0.6)
Fig. P. 6.8.3(11)
Worting load on footing= l.l (wA+ w 8 )11.5 p =209 ki'Vm
= 209 iU2t
2 - 500 (2.39- 0.6)
¢
w
Step 2 : Area~ fOIItiac
l.l CSOO + 800)
= 953.3kN
1.5
U = 1426.62-895=531.62mm
Point of contraflexure
BM,. =0
v, = SFBR-P @+d)
[338.6-209 (0iS +~~)]X
3
338.6 X 10 - 52.25 X 103- 209 d
llf
m
A Woddng load on fooling
_
"t - SBC of soil xl ... (i)
374.6kN 2092 -SOO (x-0.60) =0
- 953.33 - 6 35 l SFD Assume percentage of steel = 0.2%
- 150 - · m 281 .06
Solving quadratic Equation
Sa
37.62 t , = 0.32
¢ Step 3 : Projecdoa ~ foodac rr- C.G. ~ coluam 2
104 x -500x+300 = 0
Permissible sbear stress= l<x'l, = I x 0.32 = 0.32
- ~ 800x4
x = WA +We =500+'800 =2.46 m . :!..
NoiDIDal shear stress = bd
C.G. of load = centroid of footing
¢ Step 6 : Depth of footing based on maximum B.M
· _ L L t ,X bd = Vu
a1 +x =2a1 +2.46=2 Mumu = Muhm =0.138 f,kbd
l
BMD
0.32 x 1100 xd= 768d
6 2
L = (0.66 + 2.46) x 2 = 6.24 m Fig. P. 6.8.3(a) 531.62 x 10 = O.l38x20 x \IOO x d 3
768 d : 286.35 X 10 -209 d ...(ii)
400
a1 = 400+2 =600mm=0.6m d = 418.45mm
_,f £4CHJNSIWI Ye.aturr:
of Reinforced Concrete Structures MU
~ Theory of Reinforced Concntllt Structures (MU)
6-33
6-32 Design of Foundationa Desi n of Foundations
d =
2.86.35 X 103
(768 + 209) = 293.09 mm _0.5x20[t-
- 415
4.6 X 531.62 X 10
20 X 1100 X (422)1
J X 1100 X 422
--
293.09 < 422 mm = 4328.36 mm
2
¢
Provide depth of footing d = 422
Step 8 : Cbeclr. for depcb ID two-way shear

mm. D = 480 mm Provide 25 mm +bar
~ 4328.36 ' t· '
dr==. =r===r==b}m-
r.=
. lr = l
Number of barn= A. :: 4 90.9 "' 8.81 "'9 bar

\)45.45.(1 I} Sectlon•l Elev•tlon
al
Coasider critical sectioo at a distauoe d/2 from tbe face
of heavier column fur punching shear.
Provide 9 bars of 2S mm diameter ;&~ci~lh!
(ii) Reinforcement for sagging moment M.. (under
Fig. P. 6.8.3(d)
Al'e resisting punching shear columnA)
~ 6
ev
d _ \} 31.64xl0
A b 0 d = 4 (b + d) d = 4 (SOO + 420) 420 M 2 = 37.62 kNm -\J-0
. ~--b = 0.138x20 x 2400
1S45.60x 103 mm2 , A,.,=~

0.5 X 20 [
1-
4 .6 X 37.62 X 10 J
20 X 1100 X (422)1 IIOO X 4 22
69.112 mm < 422 mm o. k:
[&]II.
= 249.82mm
2 A,, ~[1-~1-
415
4.6mu]
fck bd
1 B
X
d
------------------· Check for minimum reinforcement

[t-
nR
_0.5 x 20 4.6 X 31.64 X 10
- 415 20x l100x4181 x llOOx 418
- A..mu, ~~ xbD= ~·~ x 1100 x 480 oo-
(b+d) T 2
= 211.77 mm
2 2
633.6 mm "'634 mm
Fig. P. 6.8.3(c) Number of 8 mm +bars 6240 nvn
A.a < A.tmin P ..n of top nofntorc.nent
Column load - upward pressure on area within periphery

Provide 16 mm + bar n = 1: = d~.;:
2
= 4 .21 "' 5 bars Flg. P. 6.8.3(e)
U
of column ~ 633.6 Choprer Ends
Numberofbarn= ~ = 201 =3.15 = 4bars
= W B- p (b
2
+ d) = 800- 209 (0.5 + 0.42) 2 = 623. 10 kN aaa
¢ Step 10 : Transverse reinforcement
3 The transverse reinforcement is provided under each
.Y.._ 623.10 X 10 = 0 .40 N/mm2 column with a band having width equal to the width of
Tv = bod 1545.60 X 103
column plus two times the effective depth of footing .
Permissible shear stress
0.25 ..Jt;;.
1.12 N/mm
= 0 .25 ..,f2o
2
m
Band width of column B
B' = b + 2d = 0 .5 + (0.42 X 2) = 1.34
Net upward pressure

Sa
: . safe against punching shear
~ 800 2
p = BB' = 1. 1 x 1. 34 = 542.74 kN/m
¢ Step 9 : Longitudinal steel Maximum bending moment occurs on the face of

column
(i) Reinforcement for hogging BM, M 1 2
524.74 (1.1 - 0.5) X 1.34
M1 531.62 kNm 8
A_. 1 °-~Yr,. [1 -~] bxd

31.64 kN m
_.A SA CHIN SJMII Yesture

TRCS Techmax

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TRCS Techmax

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

TRCS Techmax

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

https://cee-book.blogspot.

. <.4' .. ~.' ... , .. _._;.: .);f'"~.>·t(.

Strictly as per the New Syllabus of Mumbal Unlv~rslty Yllt~.eff~;fr'Q~.-~~1·~,~f;t)

from Engineering students and teaching faculties all over India.

Wht-•tt- Autho ·ts lnspi'tt- l!Uwt•tdion

~ Chapter 1 : Working Stress Method (1-A, 1-8) ................. 1-1 to 1·32

Shear, Bond and Torsion (3-A, 3-E) ................. 3-1 to 3-97

~ Chapter 6 : Design of Foundations (6-A, 6-B) ................. 6-1 to 6-33 1.6

Working Stress Method

WSM method over LSM method ............................................................................................................ 1·1

1.1.1 Advantages of Reinforced Concrete ....................................................................................................... 1·2

1.1 .2 Disadvantages of R.C.C .............................................. ............................................................. .. ............ 1·2

1.1 .3 Reinforced Concrete Building Elements .......... ....................................................................................... 1·2

1.2 Working Stress Method (WSM) ............................................................................. ..................................................... 1·3

1.3.2 Permissible Stresses in Steel in Tension ............................................................... ............ .................... 1-4

1.4 Assumptions made in Working Stress Method .... .. ..................................................................................................... 1-4

1.4.1 Modular Ratio ......................... .............................................. ;..................................... ............................ 1-4

1.5 Beams ............. .................. ......................................... ................................................................................................ 1-4

1.5.1 Singly Reinforced Beam ......................................................................................................................... 1·5

1.6 Basic Terminology ...................... ..................................................... ........................................................................... 1·5

1.6.1 Effective Depth ....................................................................................................................................... 1·5

1.6.2 Clear Cover ..........................................................................~ ................................................................. 1-5

1.6.3 Effective Cover ...... ................... .............................................................................................................. 1·5

(iii) Limit state method

1.12.3 Moment of Resistance of Double Reinforced Rectangular Sections .................................................... 1-21

LQ. 1.14.1 What is difference between singly reinforced add bl .

~ 1.1 Introduction to Various Design

LO. 1.1.1 Enlist v~rious design methods available for

Concrete is strong in compression but weak in tension .

Steel is reinforced suitable at the place where concrete

(i) Working stress method (WSM)

(ii) Ultimate Load method (ULM)

(iii) Limit state method (LSM)

Reinforced concrete is used to construct various

(1) Buildings (2) Bridges

(7) Chimney (8) Towers structures :

(9) Concrete roads 1. Working Stress Method (WSM).

2. Ultimate Load Method (ULM).

3. Limit State Method (LSM) .

2. In working stress method, serviceability criteria is not

Teeb-Neo Publications..•-...._When: Authors inspire irmoration .....A SA CHINSHAH Yen tun:

~ Theo of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 1-2 Working Stress

a. 1.1.1 Advantages of Reinforced ~ 1.1.2 Disadvantages of R.c.c.J

It has very good Tensile as well as compressive

R.C. structures are more durable.

concrete makes the R.C. member to be moulded in any Flg.l

Teda-Neo Publieations••_._ Here Authors iDapire inDo1111tion

~ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 1·3 Wor1<1ng Streea Method

MIO 3.0 2.5 -

Ml5 5.0 4.0 0.6

Ia 1.2 Working Stress Method (WSM) I M25

M35 11.5 9.0 1.1

"21. 1.4 Assumptions made in Working

5. There must be a perfect bond between steel and

a. 1.4.1 Modular Ratio (c) Over reinforced beam

rr ~ : The rotio between modulli of elasticity ~ Types of Rectangular Beam

Teeb-Neo Publieatiooa-- Inert: Authon iiUpire WDOt-6tioa

~ Theory of Reinforced Concrete Structures (MU) 1-5 Working Stress Method

( ~ 1.5.1 Singly Reinforced Beam = D- ~ - clear cover

ln such beam, steel provided only one side of the section.